indian mass media--anthology by govt. of india

MASS MEDIA IN INDIA2009

MASS MEDIA IN INDIA2009

Compiled and Edited byResearch, Reference and Training Division

National Documentation Centre on Mass Communication

PUBLICATIONS DIVISIONMINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND BROADCASTING

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

2010 (Saka 1932)

© Publications Division

Price: Rs. ?

Published by Additional Director General (Incharge), Publications Division,Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India, Soochna Bhawan,CGO Complex, Lodhi Road, New Delhi-110 003

http://www.publicationsdivision.nic.in

Publications Division Research, Reference and Training DivisionEditing: Nitima Shiv Charan Compiled and edited by: S.M. KhanCover Design: R.K. Tandon Surendra Kumar

H.M. SharmaS.S. Thakur

Indexing by Sushma Gautam

Sales Centres : • Delhi – Soochna Bhawan, CGO Complex, Lodhi Road,New Delhi-110003 • Hall No. 196, Old Secretariat, Delhi-110054 • Mumbai – 701,B Wing, 7th Floor, Kendriya Sadan, Belapur, Navi Mumbai-400614 • Kolkata – 8,Esplanade East, Kolkata-700069 • Chennai – ‘A’ Wing, Rajaji Bhawan, Besant Nagar,Chennai-600090 • Patna – Bihar State Co-operative Bank Building, Ashoka Rajpath,Patna-800004 • Thiruvananthapuram – Press Road, Near Govt. Press,Thiruvananthapuram-695001. • Lucknow – Hall No. 1, 2nd Floor, Kendriya Bhawan,Sector H, Aliganj, Lucknow-226024 • Hyderabad – Block 4, 1st Floor, GruhakalpaComplex, M.G. Road, Nampally, Hyderabad-500001 • Bengaluru – 1st Floor, ‘F’Wing, Kendriya Sadan, Koramangala, Bengaluru-560034 • Ahmedabad – AmbicaComplex, 1st Floor, Paldi, Ahmedabad-380007 • Guwahati – House No. 07, NewColony, Chenikuthi, K.K.B. Road, Guwahati-781003

Typeset at : Print-O-World, 2579, Mandir Lane, Shadipur, New Delhi-110 008

Printed at :

ISBN : 978-81-230-1614-6

REF-ENG-OP-077-2009-10

FOREWORD

The media is the Fourth pillar of a democratic system, the legislature, execu-tive and judiciary being the other three. While legislature enacts the law forthe society and the executive takes steps for implementing them, the thirdstepping-stone is the judiciary, which has to ensure legality of all actions anddecisions. The Fourth Estate i.e. the press has to operate within the frameworkof these statutes and constitutional provisions to act in public and nationalinterest. This is indicative of the fact that nobody is above law. When theConstitution of India guaranteed freedom of speech and expression to its citi-zens, it ensured that the freedom was not absolute and any expression, by wayof words, speech or visual medium, did not violate constitution or any statu-tory provisions enacted by legislature in public interest or in the interest ofsovereignty and integrity of India.

Media has to be responsible to the needs and requirements of people as animportant institution and a strong pillar of democracy. What media may strivefor is free, fair and truthful reporting devoid of sensationalism and prejudices.The Media has to act as representative for all one billion plus people irrespec-tive of region, religion, caste, sex or any other consideration. It has to contrib-ute in a significant manner to the empowerment of people as there is a newawakening in the society, in which it plays a very important role. The mediaalso acts as a catalyst in evolving a consensus on many issues of nationalimportance, thereby playing a very important role in the process of consensusbuilding.

The present edition focuses on the Media and Laws and includes articles writ-ten by eminent media persons on the subjects like ‘Media and Criminal Jus-tice’; ‘Trial by Media’; ‘Media Laws: A Historical Perspective’ and ‘Trial byMedia’ and ‘Trial of Media’. These articles cover various issues relating to therelationship between mass media and law of the land. The volume also in-cludes information pertaining to media organizations of central and state gov-ernment & union territories and a comprehensive Bibliography. The coopera-tion received from various organizations/agencies in the compilation of thebook is gratefully acknowledged. The views expressed in the articles are thoseof the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the government.

I hope that the Mass Media in India-2009 will be useful source of informationfor media practitioners, policy makers, researchers, teachers and students ofmass communication.

Suggestions for any improvement on this publication are welcome and maybe e-mailed to the address: [email protected] or sent to the Additional DirectorGeneral, Research, Reference and Training Division, Room No. 447, FourthFloor, Soochna Bhawan, CGO Complex, Lodi Road, New Delhi-110003.

(S.M. Khan)Additional Director General

CONTENTS

ARTICLES

1. Media and Criminal Justice 1A. K. Upadhyay

2. Trial by Media (Sting Operation) 13R.P. Tyagi

3. Media Laws: A Historical Perspective 22K. M. Shrivastava

4. Trial by Media and Trial of Media 35Prof. (Dr.) Ranbir Singh

MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS

5. Central Government 44

6. State Government 199

7. Professional Organisation 297

APPENDICES 300

Bibliography 372

Index 413

MEDIA AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE

A. K. Upadhyay*

Introduction

The term ‘media’ are a composite of print, sound and electronic. Print mediaremains as powerful as ever along with newspapers, books, periodicals,etc. But Electronic media or cable television, telecommunications andsatellite broadcasting offer a rich mix of all that is available around theworld. News of crime is a staple of 24-hour TV channels in order to lureviewers to their channels. Sexual assaults, sensational murders, roadaccidents, dowry deaths and police actions, etc., are all prominent features.The media starts giving its version even before the police interrogate thesuspect/come to the scene of incident. Such crime news demands the arrestof a suspect/severe punishment before the police collect sufficient evidence.Suspect and witnesses are interviewed/their pictures are shown; televiseddebates are held about the guilt or innocence of the suspect or quantum ofpunishment to be awarded in case of conviction. Some websites provideinformation service on criminal records of crimes/criminals or personsconcerning a criminal trial. Many exposures of crimes by websites/TVchannels are the example. Some times an accused goes before the media,states his version of the commission of offence/confession and asks thepolice to come to arrest him. On the other hand, some times police presentsthe suspects before the media with their news. Many people believe thatthese kinds of crime news/websites are true and might prejudice potentialjudges and fair trial. Thus, such crime news/programmes generate legalproblems for the media and accused, especially when overzealous mediago beyond legal limits.

In India ‘Freedom of speech and expression’ is a fundamental right underArticle 19(1)(a) of the Constitution and ‘Right to fair trial’ has also beenbrought under the purview of Article 21- as a Fundamental Right. The Rightto Information Act, 2005 has become a very important tool for journaliststo seek information. The courts have had occasions to explore the nexus

* I.L.S., Law Commission of India, M/o Law and Justice, GOI, New Delhi.The views expressed by the author in this paper are his personal views only and have noofficial bearing whatsoever.

2 Mass Media in India

between ‘Freedom of speech and expression’ and ‘Fair trial’. In 1997 theSupreme Court of India held that a trial by press, electronic media or byway of a public agitation is the very anti-thesis of rule of law and can leadto miscarriage of justice. A Judge is to guard himself against such pressureand he is to be guided strictly by rule of law. If he finds the person guiltyof an offence he is then to address himself to the question of sentence tobe awarded to him in accordance with the provisions of law1. Recentlyaddressing the final session of a two-day workshop on “Reporting of CourtProceedings by Media and Administration of Justice” at New Delhi, theChief Justice of India Hon’ble Justice K. G. Balakrishnan said regardingcases pending in court, the media should refrain from attempts to “prejudicethe trial”.2

Thus, a few questions that arise for consideration are - (i) Is news gatheringand prejudicial publicity related to a criminal trial protected by ‘Freedomof speech and expression’? (ii) Is prejudicial publicity about a criminal casejeopardizes the rights of the suspect/accused person to enjoy a fair trial?(iii) Is there any impact of pretrial or during trial prejudicial publicity onjudges in a criminal case? These questions have not yet been answeredsatisfactorily.

Is newsgathering and prejudicial publicity related to a criminal trialprotected by ‘Freedom of speech and expression’?

The Constitution of India does not separately refer to the freedom of thepress or of the electronic media in Part III. But the law treats these rightsas part of the ‘Freedom of speech and expression’. The demand for aspecific reference to press freedom was made even at the time of framingof the Constitution. Dr. K. M. Munshi had proposed the freedom of pressas a separate right.3 However, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar explained the position:“The press has no special rights which are not to be given or which arenot to be exercised by a citizen in his individual capacity. The editor of apress and the manager are all citizens and, therefore, when they choose towrite in newspapers, they are merely exercising their right of expressionand...... No special mention is necessary of the freedom of press at all”4

and the Constituent Assembly agreed with this reasoning and rejected thedemand for a specific reference to press freedom.

The freedom of press which, though not separately and specificallyguaranteed, has been read as part of Article 19(1)(a).....the basic structure.5

The “freedom of speech and expression” in Article 19(1)(a) means the rightto express one’s convictions and opinions freely, by word of mouth, writing,printing, pictures or electronic media or in any other manner.6 The rightunder Art 19(1)(a) includes the right to information and the right to

3

disseminate through all types of media, whether print, electronic or audio-visual.7 Freedom of speech and expression includes right to publish asjournalist a faithful report or proceedings witnessed and heard in court.8

Article 19(1)(a) guarantees only citizens the right to freedom of speech andexpression. A non-citizen, (e.g. foreigner) who runs a newspaper cannotclaim the freedom of press as a fundamental right.9 The Second PressCommission (1982) and the Law Commission of India (1984) haverecommended amending Article 19 of the Constitution by adding IndianCompanies/Corporations as a citizen.10

This right is not absolute though it is fundamental and it is subject to certainrestrictions that may be imposed by the State. Article 19(2) of theConstitution of India subject to ‘reasonable restrictions’, which can be madeby legislation to the extent, permits the guarantee of freedom of speechand expression. The Article reads:

19(2) Nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the operationof any existing law, or prevent the State from making any law, in sofar as such law imposes reasonable restrictions on the exercise of theright conferred by the said sub-clause, in the interest of the sovereigntyand integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations withforeign States, public order, decency or morality, or in relation tocontempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence”.

Clause(2) of Article 19 clearly permits restrictions on the freedom of speechand expression when such restrictions are imposed by a law and thus theRight is subject to law of contempt.11 On the freedom of speech andexpression, the law of contempt imposes a significant limitation byprohibiting publication of any matter which prejudices a fair trial and areckless and scurrilous attack against judge imputing oblique motiveamounts to criminal contempt of court.12 Contempt vis-à-vis freedom ofspeech - maintenance of dignity of court is cardinal principle of rule oflaw. Criticism, which undermines dignity of court, cannot be permittedunder cloak of freedom of speech.13

The freedom of the press is extolled as one of the great bulwarks of liberty.It is entrenched in the constitutions of the world. But it is oftenmisunderstood. I will first say what it does not mean. It does not meanthat the press is free to ruin a reputation or to break a confidence, or topollute the course of justice or to do anything that is unlawful. I will nextsay what it does mean. It means that there is to be no censorship. Norestraint should be placed on the press as to what they should publish. Notby a licensing system. Nor by executive direction. Nor by court injunction.It means that the press is to be free from what Blackstone, calls ‘prior

Media and Criminal Justice


restraint’. The press is not to be restrained in advance from publishingwhatever it thinks right to publish. It can ‘publish and be damned’.Afterwards, after the publication, if the press has done anything unlawfulthey can be dealt with by the courts. If they should offend by interferingwith the course of justice they can be punished in proceedings for contemptof court. If they should damage the reputation of innocent people, by tellinguntruths or making unfair comment, they may be made liable in damages.But always afterwards. Never beforehand. Never by previous restraint.14

The law of contempt aims to prevent interference with the administrationof justice.15 The powers of contempt conferred on the Supreme Court andHigh Courts by Articles 129 and 215 are constitutional powers. It did notaffect the law relating to a High Court’s power to punish for contempt toits subordinate courts that continued to be governed by the Contempt ofCourts Act of 1926, until the Contempt of Court Act, 1952, replaced it.However, the Act of 1952 was found inadequate in view of the fundamentalrights such as freedom of expression, etc. Therefore in 1961 a committeeheaded by then Additional Solicitor General was constituted to examinethe entire law on the subject. This committee submitted its report inFebruary 1963. In 1969-70 the Joint Committee also examined in its report111. Finally, the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971 was passed to replace theAct of 1952.

Section 15 (1) of the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971 provides that the powerof a court of record to punish for contempt of itself is to prevent anyunlawful interference with the administration of justice and to preserve thedignity of the legal system in the interest of the general public. Under sub-section (2) High Court may take action for criminal contempt of asubordinate court. There is no definition of the expression ‘contempt ofcourt’ in the Constitution of India. But Section 2(c) of the Contempt ofCourt Act, 1971 defines ‘Criminal Contempt’ as:

“Section 2(c): ‘Criminal contempt’ means the publication, (whether bywords, spoken or written or by signs, or by visible representations, orotherwise), of any matter or the doing of any other act whatsoeverwhich

(i) ... ... ... ...

(ii) prejudices or interferes or tends to interfere with, the due courseof any judicial proceedings; or

(iii)interferes or tends to interfere with, or obstructs or tends to obstruct,the administration of justice in any other manner”.

5

Sections 3 to 7 enumerate certain specified acts which shall not, subjectto the provisions thereof, constitute contempt of court. Section 3 reads asunder:

3. Innocent publication and distribution of matter not contempt

(1) A person shall not be guilty of contempt of Court on the groundthat he has published (whether by words spoken or written or bysigns or by visible representations or otherwise) any matter whichinterferes or tends to interfere with, or obstructs or tends to obstruct,the course of justice in connection with any civil or criminalproceedings pending at the time of publication, if at that time hehad no reasonable grounds for believing that the proceeding waspending.

(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act orany other law for the time being in force, the publication of anysuch matter as is mentioned in sub-section (1) connection with anycivil or criminal proceedings which is not pending at the time ofpublication and shall not be deemed to constitute contempt ofCourt.

(3) A person shall not be guilty of contempt of Court on the groundthat he has distributed a publication containing any such matter asis mentioned in subsection (1), if at the time of distribution he hadno reasonable grounds for believing that it contained or was likelyto contain any such matter as aforesaid.

Provided that this sub-section shall not apply in respect of thedistribution of -

(i) any publication which is a book or paper printed or publishedotherwise than in conformity with the rules contained in Section 3of the Press and Registration of Books Act, 1867;

(ii) any publication which is a book or paper printed or publishedotherwise than in conformity with the rules contained in Section 5of the said Act. Explanation - For the purposes of this section, ajudicial proceedings;

(a) is said to be pending

(A) in case of a civil proceeding, when it is instituted by the filing ofa plaint or otherwise;

(B) in the case of a criminal proceeding under the Code of CriminalProcedure, 1898, or any other law



(i) where it relates to the commission of an offence, when the charge-sheet or Challan is filed, or when the Court issues summons orwarrant, as the case may be, against the accused, and

(ii) in any other case, when the Court takes cognizance of the matterto which the proceeding relates, and in the case of a civil orcriminal proceedings, shall be deemed to continue to be pendinguntil it is heard and finally decided, that is to say, in a case wherean appeal or revision is competent, until the appeal or revision isheard and finally decided or, where no appeal or revision ispreferred, until the period of limitation prescribed for such appealor revision has expired;

(b) which has been heard and finally decided shall not be deemed tobe pending- merely by reason of the fact that proceedings for theexecution of the decree, order or sentence passed therein arepending.

Sections 4 and 5 of the Act protect fair and accurate reporting and faircriticism of judicial proceedings. Section 6 also protects for bona fidecomplaint against judge of a subordinate Court. Section 7 states whenpublication of information relating to proceedings in chambers or in camerais not contempt, except in certain cases, which are enumerated in thatsection.

So anything that prejudices the court against any party before the cause isheard is contempt. The Law Commission of India16 categorizes ten type ofpublications in the media as prejudicial to a suspect or accused: (1)Publications concerning the character of accused or previous conclusions;(2) Publication of Confessions; (3) Publications which comment or reflectupon the merits of the case; (4) Photographs; (5) Police activities; (6)Imputation of innocence; (7) Creating an atmosphere of prejudice; (8)Criticism of witnesses; (9) Premature publication of evidence; (10)Publication of interviews with witnesses. The publication expressingopinions as to the sentence to be passed on any specific convictedoffender.17

There are certain laws that specifically preclude access to courts/government-held information:

(i) Disclosure of identity of the victim of an offence of rape or sexualassault under sections 376, 376A, 376B, 376C and 376D of the IndianPenal Code, 1860 is prohibited and punishable under section 228Aexcept with the permission of the court.

(ii) Report of inquiry held under the Children Act, 1960, with particularsleading to the identification of the child; (s 36).

7

(iii)Proceedings under the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, (s 22); The FamilyCourts Act, 1984 (s 11); The Special Marriage Act, 1954 (s 33); TheIndian Divorce Act, 1869 (s 53) held in camera.

(iv) Details relating to identity of minors involved in the proceedings underthe Juvenile Justice Act 1986; (s 36).

The Law Commission of India in its 198th report on ‘Witness IdentityProtection and Witness protection Programmes’ (August 2006) hasrecommended not disclosing witness identity during investigation, inquiryand trial.

Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948 declaresthe freedom of press and so do Article 19 of the International Covenant ofCivil and Political Rights, 1966 and Article 10 of the European Conventionon Human Rights.

In the light of the human rights concepts and the provisions of ourConstitution and the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971, the question ariseswhether any publication of matters regarding suspect or accused can amountto contempt of Court not only when it is made during the pendency of acriminal case (i.e. after the charge sheet is filed) but before that event, e.g.once a person is arrested and criminal proceedings are “imminent”. TheLaw Commission of India has examined this issue in its 200th report (supra)and recommendations have been made.

Thus, Contempt of Court law protects the person who is arrested and islikely to face a criminal trial. The media has right to freedom of speechand expression under Article 19(1)(a) of the Constitution but subject to lawof contempt.

Is prejudicial publicity about a criminal case jeopardizes the rights of thesuspect/accused person to enjoy a fair trial?

There is a presumption of innocence against the commission of any crime.The Constitution of India provides certain fundamental rights to a suspect/accused. No person shall be convicted of any offence except for violationof the law in force at the time of the commission of the act charged as anoffence and not be subjected to a penalty greater than that which mighthave been inflicted under the law in force at the time of the commissionof the offence.18 No person shall be prosecuted and punished for the sameoffence more than once.19 No person accused of any offence shall becompelled to be a witness against himself.20 Above all, Article 21 is thecrucial article that guarantees the right to life and liberty. It reads: “Noperson shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according toprocedure established by law.” The Supreme Court in Maneka Gandhi’s



case has interpreted the words ‘according to procedure established by law’- in Article 21 as requiring a procedure, which is fair, just and equitableand not arbitrary.21 The Apex Court again reiterated in Kartar Singh v Stateof Punjab that the law must ensure ‘reasonable, just and fair’ procedure.22

A person who is arrested has to be produced before a Magistrate within24 hours of the arrest. (Article 22(2) and the Code of Criminal Procedure,1973, Section 151 (2). An accused alleging false implication is entitled toseek judicial remand and ask for holding of identification parade.23 OrissaHigh Court has held that publication of photographs of accused innewspaper before identification parade cannot be prevented by police in asociety where freedom of press is guaranteed.24

The new Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 including right to bail andanticipatory bail has been enacted with regard to the new dimensions whichthe Supreme Court has given to the expression ‘deprived’, ‘personal liberty’and ‘procedure’ established by law in the Article 21 of the Constitution.

In Anukul Chandra Pradhan v UOI the Supreme Court of India observedthat no occasion should arise for an impression that the publicity attachingto these matters has tended to dilute the emphasis or the essentials of afair trial and the basic principles of jurisprudence including the presumptionof innocence of the accused unless found guilty at the end of the trial. Thisrequirement, undoubtedly has to be kept in view during the entire trial.25

The Supreme Court while granting anticipatory bail to an accused in adowry death case observed that these type of articles appearing in the mediawould certainly interfere with the course of administration of justice....indulging in such trial by media when the issue is sub-judice deprecated.26

On 18th March 2008 many Newspapers (Delhi editions) published-kidneykingpin Dr. Amit Kumar has confessed that about 70 Turkish nationals wereoperated for illegal kidney transplants. His photo was also published. Heis in police custody and hearing of bail application will take place in future.Further, on 19th April 2008 Newspapers reported ‘Life in prison or Deathfor R.K. Sharma’ convict in Shivani Bhatnagar case, the day of hearing ofsentence. On 26th April 2008 Newspapers reported Killer’s confession -Vijay Bhardwaj saying “I did it with the revolver Rajbir bhai sahab gaveme last Friday for my safety”. The above crime news were also highlightedin various TV channels. A film on D-5 Noida Nithari killings is awaitedcensor board clearance certificate. Two hour long movie meant only foradult audience would reveal the modus operandi of the serial killers,showing how Surinder Koli used to lure children into the house before theywere killed. (Surender Koli and Moninder Singh Pandher are accused facingcriminal trial and are in jail).

9

Once an arrest is made and a person is liable to be produced in Court within24 hours, if, at that stage (when court takes cognizance of the matter), apublication/broadcast is made about accused’s character, past record ofconviction or alleged confessions, it may subconsciously affect theMagistrate who may have to decide whether to grant or refuse to grant bail,or as to what conditions have to be imposed or whether the person shouldbe remanded to police custody or it should be a judicial remand. Further,if after such publication/broadcast, a bail order goes against the arrestedperson, public may perceive that the media publication must havesubconsciously affected the Magistrate’s mind.

Is there any impact of pretrial or during trial prejudicial publicity on judgesin a criminal case?

The question regarding the impact of pretrial or during trial prejudicialpublicity on judges in criminal cases has been one of the highly debatedissues in our country. It was traditionally presumed that intensive prejudicialmedia publicity influences judges and resulting in unfair trial. However,no study in this regard ever seems to have been conducted by anyinstitution/law researchers/social scientists in India. In Mangi Lal v Stateof Maharastra, the Supreme Court of India referred (in para 15) the WilliamThomas Shipping co. case - “But our courts, are which administer bothlaw and equity. Assuming that a judge holding a trial is not likely to beinfluenced by comment in newspapers, or by other media of masscommunication may be ruled out - though it would be difficult to bedogmatic on that matter also- the court is entitled and is indeed bound toconsider, especially in our country where personal conduct is largelyinfluenced by opinion of the members of the cast, community, occupationor profession to which he belongs, ..... that is a real danger which must beguarded against: the court is not in initiating proceedings for contempt ofabusing a party to a litigation, merely concerned with the impression onthe judge’s mind or even on the minds of witnesses for a litigant, it is alsoconcerned with the probable effect on the conduct of the litigants andpersons having similar claims.27 Mr. Justice Jackson wrote a concurringopinion in which Justice Frankfurter joined: “But prejudicial influenceoutside the courtroom, becoming all too typical of a highly publicized trial,were brought to bear on this jury with such force that the conclusion isinescapable that these defendants were prejudices as guilty and the trialwas but a legal gesture to register a verdict already dictated by the pressand the public opinion which it generated.”28

As the Sheppard case, the Hauptmann case, and others indicate, manyAmerican newspapers handle crime news so unfairly and sensationally thatthey deprive the accused of an impartial jury ....29 There is much



dissatisfaction in the United States with existing efforts to resolve theconflict between a free Press and an impartial trial prejudicial publicityconstitutes a serious threat to an accused’s right to an impartial jury trial.He is without adequate means to combat it....30

The Orissa High Court observed in a case that the press should not attemptto influence the judges before they have made up their minds on pendingcontroversies....31

In the past, it has been suggested that judicial officers may be susceptibleto influence by media publicity in the same way as jurors and witnesses.However, the general view of the courts now appears to be that any suchinfluence on judicial officers will not be sufficient to amount to a “realand definite tendency” so as to constitute contempt, because judicial officershave training and experience in disregarding information that is notobtained by way of evidence admitted in court. This view encompassescoroners, and magistrates hearing summary proceedings.32 ....the majorityof Commissioners supports the general assumption that judicial officersare not susceptible to any significant degree to influence by mediapublicity.33 The Commission, while maintaining the view that judges aregenerally immune to media influence even in sentencing, is concerned thatmedia comment about the sentencing of particular proceeding may“embarrass” the sentencing judge.34 Most law reform bodies have tendedto take the view that judicial officers should generally be assumed capableof resisting any significant influence by media publicity.35

The above brief survey of the cases and Law Commissions’ study on theimpact of prejudicial publicity on judges in different jurisdictions gives amixed picture of law. The courts tend to favour prejudicial publication’sinfluence on trial judges. But Law Commissions have different view. Thus,there is evidence both and against the hypothesis that prejudicial publicitymay lead to influence the trial judges (at least subconsciously). Thechallenges posed by media, especially electronic media require seriousconsideration by the media and courts.

ConclusionThe position today, however, has radically changed. Both the media andcriminal justice system are on the cusp of a change. All the three questionshave been debated and further it is bound to generate a debate. Right toknow is a basic right that citizens of a free country aspire in the broaderhorizon of the right to live in this age in our land under Article 21 of ourConstitution. That right has reached new dimensions and urgency. That rightputs greater responsibility upon those who take upon themselves theresponsibility to inform. No one can deny that due to media many victimsof crime and accused persons got justice.

11

It is asserted that no judge will be influenced in his judgment by any thingsaid by the media. Every judicial officer does his utmost not to let his mindbe affected by what he has seen or heard or read outside the court and hewill not knowingly let himself be influenced in any way by the media.Nevertheless it should be recognized that a man may not be able to putthat what he has seen, heard or read entirely out of his mind and that hemay be subconsciously affected by it. If so, such prejudicial publicity bymedia has threatened accused’s right to fair trial, may it be at the time ofbail hearing, or evidence hearing or sentence hearing. And of course, itneeds to be prevented. Though a few cases have come before the ApexCourt having bearing upon prejudicial media publicity in criminal trial andits effect on fair trial, it has guided trial judges to guard themselves againstmedia’s pressure and the media to restrain itself regarding prejudicialpublicity. However, in a democratic country like India, we need both a freemedia and fair trial. Media should be free to publish material to the fullestwithout jeopardizing the administration of justice but a proper balanceneeds to be found between the two.

References

1. 1997 (8) SCC 386.

2. Hindustan Times, New Delhi, March 31, 2008 at 11.

3. The Law Commission of India, 101st report on ‘Freedom of Speech andExpression under Article 19 of the Constitution: recommendation to extendit to Indian Corporation’ (1984) para 2.2.

4. Constituent Assembly Debates Vol. VII, 780.

5. I R Coelho vs State of Tamilnadu, (2007) 2 SCC 737 at para 106.

6. Life Insurance Corporation of India v. Manubhai D Shah (1992) 3 SCC 637.

7. Secretary, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting v. Cricket Association ofWest Bengal: 1995(2) SCC 161.

8. AIR 2002 Bom 97(101).

9. AIR 1959 SC 395 (402).

10. Supra note 3 paras 1.7 and 7.5.

11. AIR 1970 SC 1015.

12. 1985 Cri. LJ 1963 (1967) (DB).

13. AIR 2002 SC 1375 (1380).

14. Schering Chemicals Ltd v Falkman Ltd and others (Lord Denning MR)(1981) 2 ALL ER 321 at 330.

15. New South Wales Law Reform Commission, Discussion Paper 43, July 2000,para 1.9. Most of the countries like UK, Canada, Australia, and Ireland etc.have law of contempt of court.



16. The Law Commission of India, 200th report on ‘Trial by Media: Free Speechand Fair Trial, Under Criminal Procedure Code, 1973’ (August 2006).

17. See New South Wales Law Reform Commission, Discussion Paper 43, on“Contempt by Publication” July 2000, Paras 7.62 and 7.75.

18. The Constitution of India, Article 20(1).

19. Ibid, Art 20 (2).

20. Ibid Article 20 (3).

21. AIR 1978 SC 597.

22. 1994(3) SCC 569.

23. Natilal v State of Rajasthan 1989(1) Crimes 640 Raj.

24. 1994 Cri. LJ 1316 (1318).

25. (1996) 6 SCCC 354.

26. M.P. Lohia v State of West Bengal; 2005 (2) SCC 686.

32. New South Wales Law Reform Commission, Discussion Paper 43, on“Contempt by Publication” July 2000, Para 4.49.

33. Ibid, para 4.51.

34. Ibid, para 7.75.

35. Ibid, para 4. 50.

Shri A.K Upadhyay is Assistant. Government Counsel, Law Commission of India.

13

TRIAL BY MEDIA(STING OPERATION)

R.P. TYAGI

The media consist of traditional, print and electronic mass communicators.The nature and character of the media of a nation reveals, the nature andcharacter of its civil and political society. In India, the media isacknowledged as the Fourth Organ of the State. At present, media commanda more powerful place in our society and its respectability and credibilitydepends upon the manner in which it is used. In this article, an attempthas been made to discuss the constitutional provisions and legal positionof sting operations by media in India.

Our constitution guarantees the freedom of speech and expression underarticle 19(1) (a) and the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India time and againheld that Freedom of press is a part of Freedom of speech and expression.While taking part in constituent assembly debate Dr. B.R. Ambedkarremarked: “The Press has no special rights, which are not being given tobe or which are not to be excercised by the citizen in his individual capacity.The Editor of press or its manager are merely excercising the right ofexpression and therefore no special mention is necessary of the freedomof press”

Because of privatization policy of the Government many industrial housesare opening new television channels which compete for their existence. Newsreporting is now on commercial basis. Every channel wants to high up itsTRP rating to prove its supremacy over collecting and telecasting the newsprogramme to the public as early as possible. Many news channels presentcrime related news in the sensational manner to increase their TRP andhave also started exclusive crime news channels. They telecast the criminalcases involving high profile personality to attract more public attention.

These crime news channels play the role of investigators and adjudicatorsespecially regarding sensational/ high profile crimes about the guilt of theaccused. Many accused are now using these channels to surrenderthemselves in a heroic way after giving long interviews to gain publicsympathy and these channels live telecast these surrenders again and again


for a day or two. Sometimes witnesses of such cases are traced by theirnews reporters to get their live version about the facts of the case withoutcaring their impact on the trial of the cases.

This media trial has its pros and cons qua the fair trial to the accused. Thisright of fair trial of an accused is a legal right, which comes from Article,21 of the Constitution of India and also from the various provisions of Codeof Criminal Procedure. Sometimes “Media Trial” also invade the protectionconferred upon the accused under Article 20(3) of the constitution, againstself incrimination. So the question now is whether the freedom of press/media should be absolute or their should be some rider on this freedom.The Apex Court in Re. Hari Jai Singh in Re.- Vijay Kumar (1996) 6 SCC.Page 446 expressed serious concern about freedom of press being misused,while holding that the freedom of press is indispensable for the functioningof democracy. The Apex Court observed: “The protection cover of freedomof press must not be thrown open for wrong doings. Public order, decency,morality and such other things must be safeguarded. If a newspaperpublishes what is improper, mischievously false or illegal and abuses itsliberty, it must be punished by the Court of law. It is the duty of a true andresponsible journalist to strive to inform the people with accurate andimpartial presentation of news and their views after dispassionate evaluationof the facts and information received by them and to be published as a newsitem. The presentation of a news should be truthful, objective andcomprehensive without any false and distorted expression”.

Thus freedom of press is not an unfettered freedom, it is under a duty toexercise it with a sense of responsibility by taking into consideration theprovision of Article 19(2) of the Constitution of India.

In State of Maharashtra vs. Jalgaon Municipal Council (AIR 2003, S.C.1659) the Apex Court observed that an accused cannot be convicted merelybecause anybody including press so desire. The press has right to publishcourt proceedings but this right is not absolute one and is subject to twolimitations. Firstly, it should not be contempt of court and secondly, itshould not prejudice the accused.

In State vs. Mohd. Afzal & others 2003(3) JCC 1669 the Ld. DefenceCounsel took the plea that the Police allowed the Media to take interviewof Mohd. Afzal and the same was prominently telecasted for about 100days by various channels which caused prejudice to the accused. He furthersubmitted that Media trial is anti thesis of the rule of law and results inmiscarriage of justice. He further contended that pretrial publicity issufficient to cause prejudice and hatred against the accused and thepresumption of innocence of every person till found guilty by a court of

15

law is eroded. But the Hon’ble judges of Delhi High Court rejected thisargument by observing that judges are trained, skilled and have sufficientexperience to shut their minds receiving hearsay evidence or beinginfluenced by the Media. But the Hon’ble judge lodged a caveat on thisaspect of the matter by observing :

“It has indeed become a disturbing feature as is being noticed by usrepeatedly that the accused persons, after their remand by the Magistrate,are brazenly paraded before the press and interviews are being allowed.Accused persons are exposed to public glare through T.V. and in case wheretest identification parade or the accused person being identified bywitnesses (as in the present case) arise, the case of the prosecution isvulnerable to be attacked on the ground of exposure of the accused personsto public glare, weakening the impact of the identification. Further, whatis more fundamentally disturbing to our mind is the fact that the policecustody is given by the court to the investigation authorities on the premisethat the accused is required for the purpose of investigation. This custodyis not to be misused by allowing the media to interview the accusedpersons. The practice of allowing the media to interview the accusedpersons when they are in police custody under the order of the court, hastherefore, to be deprecated.”

Similarly in State vs. Sushil Sharma reported in 2007 (1) J.C.C. Page 765,while rejecting the plea of unfair trial due to Media Trial, the Hon’ble Courtobserved,

“As far as the grievances of the appellant’s counsel against the mediapublicity of the case is concerned we do not think that anything would turnaround this plea. We find that this is now becoming a main ground ofchallenge whenever some conviction takes place. We, however, feel thatdespite the fact that in this case the learned trial judge has also noticed inhis judgment that this case had attracted lot of media attention but hisdecision is based on a fair, unbiased and unprejudiced analysis andassessment of the evidence before him. As far as parallel media trial ofcriminal cases is concerned , that takes place since these days media peopleare briefed on day to day basis by the police, representatives of the accusedand even accused persons themselves also quite often speak before thecameras of various TV channels. In these circumstances media cannot beblamed for highlighting the facts, which are spoken to before the camerasby the representatives of the prosecution as well as the accused. We havealso experienced that these days whenever media people highlight somecrime the investigation agencies perform their functions with much morediligence and perfection. We, therefore, reject the argument that theappellant did not get a fair trial”.

Trial by Media (Sting Operation)


The Hon’ble Supreme Court also in case R Bala Krishna Pillai vs. Stateof Kerala reported is 2000(7) SCC page 129 and also in case Zee Newsvs. Navjot Sandhu reported in 2003(1) SCALE 113 held that mediainterviews do not prejudice judges.

But in Kali Ram vs. State of H.P. reported in AIR 1973, S.C. 2773, theapex court held that if a reasonable doubt arises regarding the guilt ofaccused, the benefit of that can not be withheld from the accused. Thecourts would not be justified in withholding that benefit because theacquittal right have an impact on the law and order situation or create adiverse reaction in society or among those members of the society whobelieve the accused to be guilty. Guilt should have been established by theevidence on record.

In M.P. Lohia vs. State of West Bengal 2005 “Crl. J 1416 the Apex Courtobserved “having gone through the record we find very disturbing fact,which we feel necessary to comment upon in the interest of justice. Thedeath of Chandni took place on 23.10.2003 and the complaint in this regardwas registered and the investigation was in progress. The application forgrant of anticipatory bail was disposed of by the High Court of Calcuttaon 13.12.2004 and the special leave petition was pending before this court.Even then, an article, appeared in a magazine called Saga titled ‘Doomedby Dowry’ written by one Kokila Pooddar based on her interview of thefamily of the deceased giving version of the tragedy and extensivelyquoting the father of the deceased as to his version of the case. The factsnarrated therein are all materials that may be used in the forthcoming trialin this case and we have no hesitation that these type of articles appearingin the media would certainly interfere with the administration of the justice.We deprecate this practice and caution the publisher, editor and thejournalist, who were responsible for the said article, against indulging insuch trial by media where the issue is subjudice. However, to prevent anyfurther issue being raised in this regard, we treat this matter as closed andhope that the order concerned in journalism would take note of thisdispleasure expressed by us for interfering with the administration ofjustice”.

This judgment also clarifies that no comments can be made on the meritsof the case or on any material, which is the subject matter of a case pendingbefore a court of law.

In October 2005 a news item was published in Times of India, New Delhiwith the heading “Media Trial ends in Suicide”. It was stated in that newsthat one person Naresh Pal working as a driver with Pusa AgricultureInstitute committed suicide with his wife after leaving a suicide note which

17

stated that a T.V. Channel was called by his niece who made allegation ofrape against him although he was impotent. He could not face humiliationand ended his life along with his wife. Without going on truth the fact isthat the allegation of niece were telecast on T.V. Channel, which gavepublicity to her claim of being raped by her uncle.The channel in such casesmust have asked the complainant to lodge a report with the police for properinvestigation instead of defaming a person without ascertaining his viewsjust to sensationalize the news.

Recently, Sting operation of General Secretary of Indian Hockey Federationfor accepting bribe which stirred the sport arena including HockeyFederation even this operation rocked the Parliament when many membersof Parliament raised this issue because of poor performance of IndianHockey Team. The Sports Minister of India also demanded resignation ofChairman of Indian Hockey Federation due to corruption shown in the stingoperation.

In many acts, apart from Constitution of India as stated above, there arerestrictions imposed on the media by the legislation (1) Sec.499, of IndianPenal Code, which provide as under:

“DEFAMATION : Whoever, by words either spoken or intended to beread or by signs or by visible representations, makes or published anyimputation concerning any person intending any harm, or knowing, orhaving reason to believe that such imputation, will harm, the reputation ofsuch person, is said except in case hereinafter excepted, to defame thatperson.

There are, however, ten exceptions to this section.

(1) Sec. 327 of Code of Criminal Procedure 1973, which provides asunder: ‘Court to be open (1) the place in which any criminal court is heldfor the purpose of inquiring into or trying any offence shall be deemed tobe an open court, to which the public generally may have access, so far asthe same can conveniently contain them;

Provided that the presiding judge or magistrate may, if he thinks fit, orderat any stage or any inquiry into, or trial of, any particular case, that thepublic generally, or any particular person, shall not have access to, or beor remain in the room or building used by the court.

(2) Notwithstanding, anything contained in sub-section (1), the inquiry intoand trial of rape or an offence under Section 376, Section 376A, Section376B, Section 376C or Section 376D of the Indian Penal Code shall beconducted in-camera;



Provided that the presiding judge may, if he thinks fit, or on an applicationmade by either of the parties, allow any particular person to access to, orbe or remain in, the room or building used by court.

(3) Where any proceedings are held under sub-section (2) it shall not belawful for any person to print or publish any matter in relation to any suchproceedings, except with the previous permission of the court.

Section 22 of Hindu Marriage Act, Proceedings to be in camera and maynot be printed or published (1) Every proceeding under this Act shall beconducted in Camera and it shall not be lawful for any person to print orpublish any matter in relation to any such proceedings except a judgmentof the High Court or of Supreme Court printed or published with theprevious permission of the court.

(2) If any person prints or publishes any matter in contravention of theprovisions contained in subsection (1), it shall be punishable with fine,which may extend to one thousand rupees.

Section 14 Official Secrets Act: Exclusion of public from proceedings:

In addition and without prejudice to any powers, which a court may possessto order the exclusion of the public from any proceedings, if the course ofproceedings before a court against any person for an offence under thisAct or the proceeding on appeal or in the course of trial of a person underthis Act, application is made by the prosecution on the ground that thepublication of any evidence to be given or of any statement to be made inthe course of the proceedings would be prejudicial to the safety of the State,that all or any portion of the public shall be excluded during any part ofhearing, the court may make an order to that effect, but the passing of thesentence shall in every case take place in public .

Another aspect of media trials which denies fair trial to the accused is theinterview of the accused during police custody to the electronic mediapersons and the same were telecast for many days which focus publicopinion against the accused. These interviews are self incrimatory andoffend protection against the self incrimination which is provided to himunder article 20(3) of the Constitution. Article 20(3) provided that no personaccused of an offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.The Hon’ble Supreme Court (in Nandini Satyhy vs. D.L. Dhani repoted inAIR 1978 S.C.C. page 1025) held that the concept of compelled testimonygoes back to the stage of interrogation as per provisions of Article 20(3)of the Constitution . The Court denied the compelled testimony as evidenceprocured not merely by physical threat, physic torture, at spherical pressure,environmental coercion, over bearing and intimidatory methods and the likenot legal penalty for violation.

19

It is true that largely the media, especially Electronic Media is doingdeplorable job of public awareness by exposing corruption prevailing atevery step, in the public life and exposing commission of crimes, etc., butat the same time it should not cross its limitations and should not getinvolved in trial by media persons.

For the last many years, a new concept of ‘sting operation’ is on increaseon almost every channel of Electronic Media to show something differentfor exposing corruption and social evils prevailing in the society. Thesetelecast of sting operations have also increased the TRP rating of the newschannels. Tehlka.com was the first to telecast sting operation for exposingcorruption in defence deals. Another sting operation was telecast whichshows accepting of money by the then BJP President. After getting goodpublic response and success of these sting operations which also increasedthe TRP rating of those news channels, every channel appointed specialinvestigator equipped with sophisticated special equipments and hiddencameras to expose quack Doctors, showing corruption in Sales TaxDepartment, Corruption in Police and also corruption among politicalpersonalities including Members of Parliament who misused MPLAD Fundand accepted money for asking questions in the Parliament. Due to thesesting operations, these Members of Parliament were adjudged disqualifiedand their memberships were cancelled. Many public servants were removedfrom service and criminal cases as well departmental enquires were alsoinitiated. Some sting operations were telecast to expose the poor serviceand maintenance in Medical Colleges and Govt. hospitals, such exposuresthrough Electronic Media play a major role in stirring public opinions andconsciousness and forcing the Govt. and its officials to act diligently andin a transparent manner. This role of public awareness also thrust a heavyresponsibility on Media to act without crossing the limits as mentionedabove, otherwise an individual has to pay its price against whom the stingoperation was telecast. One of such case is of Ms. Uma Khurana a teacherin Delhi Govt. School against whom a sting operation was telecast on ‘LiveIndia’ a television News Channel on 30.08.2007 in which she was dubbedas racketeer of prostitution who was purportedly forcing a girl student intoprostitution. After this telecast she was beaten by the public at the gate ofher school who also tore her clothes. Police sprung into action and savedher from public outrage and arrested her. Due to public outcry after seeingher sting operation, the Education Department of Delhi Administrationhurriedly, first suspended her and later dismissed her from service. Lateron, it was revealed that the girl who had been shown as a student and wasallegedly being forced into prostitution by Ms. Uma Khurana was not aschool girl but a budding journalist. The news of the sting operation was



widely published in almost every newspaper for months together. TheHon’ble Delhi High Court suo moto took cognizance of this fake stingoperation and issued notice to Delhi Administration and Delhi Police.Pursuant to the notice, the police told the court that it was a stage managedepisode prepared by one Virendra Kumar in conspiracy with Mr. PrakashSingh and Ms. Rashmi Singh and was shown as sting operation, becauseVirendra Kumar had some monetary dispute with Ms. Khurana. Police alsogave clear chit to Ms. Uma Khurana and charged above said three personswho prepared and telecast the alleged sting operation. The Hon’ble courtobserved in its order,

“Such incident should not happen and false and fabricated sting operationdirectly infringing upon a person’s right to privacy should not recur becauseof desire to earn more and to have higher TRP rating.”

“There is no doubt and there is no second opinion that ‘truth’ is requiredto be shown to the public in public interest and the same can be shownwhether in nature of sting operation or otherwise but what we feel is thatentrapment of any person should not be resorted to and should not bepermitted.”

“Sting operations showing acts and facts as they are truly and actuallyhappening may be necessary in public interest and as a toll for justice, buta hidden camera cannot be allowed to depict something which is not true,correct and is not happening but has happened because of inducement byentrapping a person.”

“No doubt the media is well within its rightful domain when it seeks touse tools of investigative journalism to bring us face to face with the uglyunderbelly of the society. However, it is not permissible to the media toentice and try to actively induce an individual into committing an offence,which otherwise he is not known and likely to commit. In such cases thereis no predisposition. If one were to look into our mythology even a sagelike Vishwamitra succumbed to the enchantment of “Maneka”. It wouldbe stating the obvious that the media is not to test individuals by puttingthem through what one might call the “inducement test” and portray it asa scoop that has uncovered a hidden or concealed truth. In such case theindividual may as well claim that the person offering inducement is equallyguilty and a party to the crime, that he/she is being accused of. This wouldinfringe upon the individual’s right to privacy.

While disposing this writ petition (Crl. No. 1175/2007), the Hon’ble Courtasked the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting to consider certainproposed guidelines mentioned in the order while examining whether a

21

statute/or a code of conduct should be enacted for telecast of stingoperation.

Thus, the electronic media is playing an important role for the good healthof our democracy by exposing corrupt officials and other evils prevailingin the society by way of sting operations, but while doing so it must adhereto the limitations mentioned above.

R.P. Tyagi, Advocate, Chamber No. 48, Western Wing, Tis Hazari Courts, Delhi-110054Ph. 011-27015277



MEDIA LAWS: A HISTORICALPERSPECTIVE

K. M. Shrivastava

When Europeans write on the history of the media, they refer to the Actadiurna of the Roman Empire as closely akin to the newspaper of today. InIndia the Rock Edicts of Emperor Ashok (c.273-236 BC) engraved on therocks contain in abundance measures adopted and regulations issued byhim. This is not very different from the news content of modern media. Inthat era when Ashok, the Great, used this technology for communicatinghis message throughout his vast empire, we do not find any reference torestrictions on communication imposed by law. However, the Arthashastra,written originally in the reign of Chandragupta Maurya (c. 324-300 BC),by Kautilya mentions punishment for spreading false rumours. TheArthashastra and the Rock Edicts also speak of spies and reporters.

Uzbek scholar Al-Biruni (973-1049 AD) in his book Kitabu’1 Hind (1030AD) wrote: The Hindus are not in the habit of writing on hides, like theGreeks in ancient times. Socrates, on being asked why he did not composebooks, gave this reply, “I do not transfer knowledge from the living heartsof men to the dead hides of sheep. The Hindus have in the south of theircountry a slender tree like the date and coconut palm, bearing ediblefruits and leaves of the length of one yard, and as broad as three fingersone put beside the other. They call these leaves tar and write on them.They bind a book of these leaves together by a cord on which they arearranged, the cord going through all the leaves by a hole in the middleof each. In Central and Northern India people use the bark of the tuztree one kind of which is used as a cover for bows. It is called bhurja.They take a piece one yard long and as broad as outstretched fingers ofthe hand, or somewhat less, and prepare it in various ways. They oil andpolish it so as to make it hard and smooth, and then they write on it.The proper order of the single leaves is marked by numbers. The wholebook is wrapped up in a piece of cloth and fastened between two tabletsof the same size.i And, to write Kitabu’l Hind Abu Raihan Muhammadibn Ahmad Al-Biruni did not spare either trouble or money in collectingSanskrit books.

23

In his memoirsii the first Mughul Emperor Zahirud-din Muhammad BaburPadshah Gazi writes about announcement of vows before his all-importantbattle with Rana Sanga, “I sent for scribes (munshilar) and ordered themto write for their newsletters (akhbar) the farman concerning two importantacts that I have done. Sheikh Zain wrote the farman with his own elegance(inshahi bila) and fine letter (insha) was sent to all my dominions.” Thisfarman is dated 20 of Jumada I, 933 AH (26 February 1527).

Akhbar is the word used for newspapers today in Hindi and Urdu languagesand Babur mentions it in such a way as if it is something routine. It wasmeant to communicate an official announcement by Babur that a tax wouldbe waived on all Muslims if he won the battle and he himself had givenup drinking and banned liquor in his dominions. However, there is noreference to any regulation on akhbar.

The earliest mention of pre-typographic newspapers is to be found in acontemporary historical work (Muntakhals-ul-Lubab by Khafi Khan)iii ofthe later Mughul times. Colonel James Tod (1782-1835) sent hundreds oforiginal manuscript newspapers of the court of Aurangzeb, sixth of theGreat Mughuls to the Royal Asiatic Society in London. The size of theseseventeenth-century papers, written in different hands, was 8 inches by 4½inches.’iv These were considerably free and could report even personalaffairs of the emperor. We have no record of any law governing thesenewspapers. Perhaps, there was neither pre-censorship nor licensing, bothbeing Western institutions.v

It was sheer accident, however, that brought printing press to India on 6September 1556. Granting a request from Emperor of Abyssinia the Kingof Portugal dispatched in 1556 a printing press and technicians via the Caperoute. But the patriarch accompanying the press halted en route at Goa fromwhere his onward journey to Abyssinia was first delayed and laterabandoned. He died on 22 December 1562. The press, intended formissionary work in Abyssinia never left Goa, instead, it printed literaturefor Abyssinia from Goa.vi However, there was no press regulation until theBritish East India Company started ruling a part of India after the Battleof Plassey in 1757.

William Bolts, an ex-employee of the British East India Company attemptedto start the first newspaper in India in 1766 but was deported. Later acollection of papers on the affairs of India “particularly respecting the stateof Bengal and its dependencies” was published in 1773 by J. Almon,London as “Considerations on Indian Affairs” in two volumes with mapsand survey reports. In this publication he has been identified as formerJudge of the Mayor’s Court of Calcutta.vii

Media Laws: A Historical Perspective


The typographic media began in India with James Augustus Hicky’sBengal Gazette or Calcutta General Advertiser, the first issue of whichcame out of the press on 29 January 1780. When Hickey started to unmaskWarren Hasting (the Great Moghul’) and East India Company’s rulingclique (the ‘Nabobs’) there was no law, which could restrict him. Hicky’sGazette put on record “the strictly private arrangement by which Mrs.Imhoff became the wife of the first governor-general in India”. Hicky’scourage gave birth to the first government order against freedom of thepress. “Fort William, November 14, 1780. Public notice is given that aweekly newspaper called the Bengal Gazette or Calcutta General Adviser,printed by J. A. Hicky, has lately been found to contain several improperparagraphs tending to vilify private characters and to disturb the peaceof the settlement. It is no longer permitted to be circulated through thechannel of the General Post Office”. Libel suits resulting in heavy finesand imprisonments ultimately crushed Hicky. He had to sell his press andpass rest of his life in poverty.

When newspapers in India were published by only Europeans expulsionof the editor (printer) was ultimate penalty. The Supreme Court ofJudicature upheld this power. Every foreigner was required to obtain alicence for his residence in the territories of the Company and if any oneincurred the displeasure of the officials by writing or publishing some thingwhich was not palatable to them, the licence was cancelled.

William Duane (1760-1835), American journalist, born near LakeChamplain, N.Y., of Irish parentage. He learned the printer’s trade in Irelandand in 1787 went to Calcutta, where he edited the Indian World. OnDecember 27, 1794 Duane was invited by Acting Governor-General SirJohn Shore (1746-1794) for breakfast and when he reached there he washandcuffed and after detention for three days deported to England on anarmed ship ‘Indiaman’. On his arrival in England he was set free withouta word of apology or explanation. His Calcutta property worth 50,000dollars was confiscated and his paper banned forever.viii

These were stories from Calcutta. Madras was no different. The firstnewspaper in Madras, The Madras Courier (October 1785) also had troublewith the authorities. Pre-censorship was first introduced in Madras (nowChennai) as in 1795. Madras Gazette agreed to submit all general orders ofthe Government for scrutiny by the Military Secretary before theirpublication. In May 1799 Marquis of Wellesleyix legalised this system byissuing the regulation for the control of newspapers. According to these thecensor was instructed to prevent publication of matter relating to the followingsubjects: “Public credit and revenues or the finances of East India Company,military operations and intelligence, conduct of government officers, private

25

scandal or libel of individuals, probability of war and peace between theEast India Company and any of the Indian powers, information useful to theenemy and the observations likely to excite alarm or commotion.” The penaltyfor infringement of the law was deportation, as till then the mischief ofrunning a newspaper was confined to Europeans. This punishment was infact legalised what was done arbitrarily to William Duane.

It appears that growing importance of the Fourth Estate in England andthe desire of missionaries to start newspapers in India ultimately led toabolition of pre-censorship in 1818 by Lord Hastingsx as missionaries ofSerampore started the first Indian language journal Samachar Darpan on23 May 1818. It became bilingual carrying news in Bengali and Englishin parallel columns in 1829.

Like censorship, licensing was also a European institution to control thepress. It was introduced in Bengal in 1823 through Adam’s regulations.The East India Company also issued instruction that no servant of thecompany should have any connection with a newspaper. This decision wasthe result of an incident in Bombay (now Mumbai) where a member ofthe Council of the Governor owned a newspaper. Licensing regulationswere replaced by Metcalfe’ Actxi which was applicable to entire territoryof the East India Company and required that the printer and publisher ofevery newspaper declare the location of the premises of its publication.Licensing was, however, reintroduced in 1857 by Lord Canning and wasapplied to all kinds of publications. This was the year when Indians foughttheir war of independence against the East India Company after which theBritish Crown took over the territories of the Company.

In 1860 Indian Penal Code was passed as a general law but laid downoffences which any writer, editor or publisher must avoid - the offences ofdefamation and obscenity. The next important event in the field of medialaws was the enactment of the Press and Registration of Books Act (25 of1867). This Act is still in force, of course with amendments from time totime. The object of this Act was to provide for the regulation of the printingpresses and of periodical containing news, for the preservation of copiesof books and for the registration of books. It contains rules for theregistration of books. It contains rules for the making of declaration bythe keepers of presses and publishers of newspapers (part II); rulesregulations for the delivery of books (Part III); penalties (Part IV);registration of book (Part V). Part VI of this Act gave powers to thegovernment to make rules and to exempt books or newspapers from theprovisions of this Act. The Act 55 of 1955 added Part VA to provide forappointment of Registrar of Newspapers.



The role of the press during the Wahabi Conspiracy of 1869-70 led to theamendment of the Indian Penal Code (27 of 1870) to incorporate a sectionon sedition (124-A). This dealt with a person who “excites or attempts toexcite feeling of disaffection to the government established by law in BritishIndia.” It came handy to send many freedom fighters to jail for theirwritings in newspapers. Some of them were deported to Burma orAndamans and kept in prison there. Some of them were deported toAndamansxii between 1908 to 1910 for contributing to or editing Swarajya,Inquilab and Yugantar. They were Govind Ram- Hotilal Verma (age 20years) and Hari Ram (age 22) in 1908- Ram Charan Lal (age 24) in 1909and Ladha Ram (age 21) and Nandgopal (age25) in 1910. There were morecelebrated cases of sedition for writing in newspapers against politicalheavyweights like Lokmanya Bal Gangadhar Tilak and Mahatma Gandhi.

Shortly afterwards, the restrictions imposed by the East India Companyprior to 1841 returned to the government officers, though in a milder tone.In 1875, the government passed orders that no officer in the service of thegovernment should be permitted without previous sanction to become theproprietor of any periodical or to edit or manage a periodical. Officers wereadvised to remain within the limits of ‘temperate and reasonable’discussion. No document or information should be revealed to the press,which they might come to posses in their official capacity. In cases wheredoubts, may arise as to whether any engagements of officers with the presswere consistent with the discharge of their duties to the government, thedecision to that effect would lie with the government.

For the purpose of ascertaining the character of any intended publicdramatic performance the Dramatic Performances Act (19 of 1876) waspassed as it was suspected that such performances may provoke peopleagainst the Government.

When the Indian language press became very bold the Vernacular PressAct 1878 was introduced. It was comprehensive and rigorous, aimed at“better control” of the language press. It empowered any magistrate of adistrict or a commissioner of police in a presidency town to call upon theprinter and publisher of a newspaper to enter into a bond undertaking notto publish certain kind of material, to demand security, and to forfeit, if itwas thought fit, such presses and confiscate any printed matter as it deemedobjectionable. No printer or publisher against whom such action had beentaken could have recourse to a court of law. It was particularly meant tocrush Amrit Bazar Patrika, which was bilingual before this Act. But thesmart owner foiled this attempt by turning it into an English language paperovernight.

27

The main role in persuading Lord Lyttonxiii for the Vernacular Press Actwas played by Sir Ashley Eden (1831-1887), the then Lieutenant Governorof Bengal. He was in a fit to crush the Amrita Bazar Patrika. Sir Ashleycalled the editor of the Amrita Bazar Patrika, Babu Shishir Kumar, andoffered: “Let us three, I, you and Kristo Das, govern the province. KrisoDas has agreed to conduct his paper according to my direction... You willhave to do the same thing. I shall contribute to your paper as I do to theHindoo Patriot. And when you write an article criticizing the governmentyou will have to submit the manuscript to me before publication. In returnthe government will subscribe to a considerable number of your paper andI shall consult you as I consult Kristo Das in carrying on the administrationof province.” Babu Shishir Kumar thanked him and quietly remarked, “YourHonor, there ought to be at least one honest journalist in the land”. SirAshley himself remarked, “If there had been only one week’s delay on thepart of the proprietors to convert the Patrika into English we would havedealt a deadly blow at it by demanding a heavy bail-bond from them.”

When Gladstonexiv, who had criticized the Vernacular Press Act, becamethe prime minister and Lord Riponxv the governor-general, and even beforethe retirement of Sir Ashley Eden the repeal of Vernacular Press Act hadbecome a foregone conclusion. The repealing bill was passed withoutdiscussion, on December 7, 1881.

In India telegraph was introduced in 1851 and was very useful to East IndiaCompany during 1857. However, the Indian Telegraph Act was passed in1885. The Government had exclusive privilege under this Act in respectof telegraph and power to grant licenses. The definition of telegraph in thisAct is very wide as it later covered all other means of communicationdepending on electromagnetic waves, thus including teleprinter, telephone,fax, radio and television. It provides for interception of messages andtakeover of licensed establishments by the Government in any publicemergency or in the interest of public safety.

Lord Dufferinxvi succeeded Lord Ripon in 1884, The Amrita Bazar Patrikapublished certain facts about the administration of Bhopal and commentedadversely on the conduct of Sir Lepel Griffin(1838-1908), the agent to thegovernor general for Central India. Sir Lepel appealed to the governmentfor action. The proposal was turned down on the ground that legalproceedings would draw greater publicity to the matter under dispute. In1889, during Lord Lansdowne’sxvii regime, The Amrita Bazar Patrikapublished what was purported to be a confidential Foreign Office document.It said that the Maharaja of Kashmir was deposed not because he resignedor oppressed his people, but because Gilgit was wanted for strategicpurposes by the British government. No action was taken against The



Amrita Bazar Patrika, but the Indian Official Secrets Act modeled on asimilar Act of the British Parliament, was passed on October 17, 1889. Itprovided a penalty of imprisonment for one to two years and/or a fineaccording to the nature of the offence.

Section 19 of the Sea Customs Act 1878 gave power to the centralgovernment of prohibit or restrict the importation or exportation of goodsinto or out of India. Section 5 of the Telegraph Act 1885 gave power tothe central government or provincial governments of an official speciallyauthorized by the government to take possession of licensed telegraphs andto order interception of telegraphic messages which include as per section3 (1) of the Act telephone messages also. Section 25 of the Indian PostOffice Act 1898 confers power on an officer of the post office to interceptduring transmission by post goods which have been notified under section19 of the Sea Customs Act or the import or export of which is otherwiseprohibited. Section 26 of the Post Office Act provides power of interceptionof postal articles on the same lines as section 5 of the Telegraph Act. Thusby the turn of the century the government had wide ranging powers tointercept anything anywhere along all the possible channels.

With Swadeshi Movement and partition of Bengal the opposition of theGovernment reached its zenith, both in the press and the public. In June1908 the government passed the Newspaper (Incitement to Offences) Act,which gave power to local authorities to take judicial action against theeditor of any newspaper, which indulges in writings calculated to inciterebellion. Nine prosecutions were instituted under this Act and as a resultseven presses were confiscated. Then came the Press Act of 1910, whichempowered the government to demand security from any newspaper, aprovision similar to what existed in the Vernacular Press Act.

British Parliament passed the Copyright Act in 1911. Similar provisionscame to India by Indian Copyright Act, 1914 (3 of 1914). It was replacedby a comprehensive legislation only in 1957 by the new Copyright Act (14of 1957).

In 1918 Government passed the Cinematograph Act (2 of 1918), which wasreplaced by the Cinematograph Act, 1952 (37 of 1952).xviii

In 1921, the government appointed a committee, with Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru(1875-1949) as chairman, to look into the then existing press laws. Thecommittee unanimously recommended the repeal of the Newspaper(Incitement of Offences) Act 1908 and the India Press Act 1910.xix In regardto the Press and Registration of Books Act, the committee recommendedthat the name of the editor should be inscribed on every issue of thenewspaper and the editor should be subjected to the same liabilities as the

29

printer and publisher as regards criminal and civic responsibility, that aperson registering under this Act should be a major, that the term ofimprisonment in part IV of the Act should be reduced from two years tosix months, and that provision should be made for delivery to governmentof copies of newspapers printed in British India. The committee advocatedthe retention of powers to seize and confiscated seditious leaflets andliterature. It recommended that the ancillary powers of preventingimportation and postal transmission of such literature should be retained.The requisite amendments were carried out by the Press Law (Repeal andAmendment) Act of 1922 (14 of 1922).

In 1922, on the request of the Chamber of Princes, the Princes ProtectionBill was introduced in the Legislative Assembly. The Assembly rejectedthe bill. But the Governor-General, invoking treaty obligations andexercising his special powers under section 67B of the Government of IndiaAct 1919, certified the Bill which became the Indian States (Protectionagainst Disaffection) Act 1922. This Act provided punishment ofimprisonment up to 5 years for any person editing, printing or publishingany document which brings into hatred or contempt or excites disaffectiontowards any prince or chief of a state in India, or the government oradministration established in any such state. For material of this nature,the powers of forfeiture under sections 99-A to 99-C of the CriminalProcedure Code and of postal interception under sections 27-B to 27-D ofthe Indian Post Offices Act were made applicable.

In 1923 the Official Secrets Act was passed in order to update andconsolidate the existing provisions of Indian Official Secrets Act of 1889,along the lines of the British Acts of 1911 and 1920. The earlier Act wasrepealed. Section 5 of this Act, which affects the Press, deals with “officialsecrets” and relates to “wrongful communication of information.”

To meet the situation posed by the civil disobedience movement of 1930,the government promulgated the Indian Press Ordinance to provide for“better control of the press”. This revived the stringent provisions of therepealed Press Act of 1910. Some 130 newspapers had to deposit securities,nine refused to do so and suspended publications. In 1931, the Indian Press(Emergency Powers) Act was passed. The operative clause of section 4(1)of this Act reads as follows: “Words, signs or visible representations which(a) incite to or encourage or tend to incite to or to encourage, thecommission of any offence of murder or any cognizable offence involvingviolence or (b) directly or indirectly express approval or admiration of anysuch offence of any person, real or fictitious, who has committed or isalleged or represented to have committed such offence.” Under the, originalsub-section (3) of section 1 the Act was to remain in force for one year



only and ;the government were given the power to extend this period byanother year. The operation of the Act was extended from time to time andultimately sub-section (3) of section was repealed by the Criminal Law(amendment) Act 1935 making this a part of permanent law of the land.

In 1932 the Foreign Relations Act was passed with the object of providingagainst the publication of statements likely to prejudice the maintenanceof friendly relations between the British government and the governmentsof certain foreign states. The powers of forfeiture under sections 99A-99Gof the Criminal Procedure Code and the postal interception under sections27B-27D of the Indian Post Offices Act were extended by section 3 of thisAct to documents containing matter defamatory of such ruler or his consortof son or principal minister of a state outside but adjoining India. IndianStates (Protection) Act was passed in 1934 to protect the administrationsof states in India, which were under the suzerainty of the British crownfrom activities, which tended to subvert or excite disaffection towards orto obstruct such administration. Section 3 of this Act extended to PressEmergency Act Powers 1931 to protect these states.

The Government of India Act was passed in 1935. In 1937 autonomouspopular governments came to power in eight of the eleven provinces. Theycould do without using any special legislation against the press until theyresigned in October 1939. In April 1946 popular governments returned topower in the states and a popular Interim Government came to power atthe Centre in September 1939. On 30 September 1946 the wide powersfor the control of the press, which were available under the Defence ofIndia Rules, came to an end. To meet the grave communal situation thecentral and provincial governments promulgated ordinances during 1946-47 to be replaced in due course by emergency legislations. The provisionsaffecting the press related to imposition of censorship, control ofpublications, import, possession or conveyance of documents ofobjectionable nature.

Before Independence, the Interim Government appointed the Press LawsEnquiry Committee in March 1947 to examine the press laws. TheCommittee gave its report on 22 May 1948 after Independence and partitionof India. Ganga Nath, Mohan Lal Saxena, Tushar Kanti Ghosh, DiwanChaman Lall, Mohd. Ismail Khan, Sri Narayan Mehta, S.A. Brelvi, KasturiSrinivasan and G. V.Bedekar signed the report.

It recommended some minor amendments in the Press and Registrationof Books Act; repeal of the Indian States (Protection Against Disaffection)Act 1922, and the Indian Press (Emergency Powers) Act 1931;modifications of Section 124-A of the Indian Penal Code and exclusion

31

by explanation of the application of Section 153-A of the Advocacy ofPeaceful Change of the Socio-economic order; and exclusion of Section144 of the Criminal Procedure Code from application to the press. TheCommittee also recommended the repeal of the Foreign Relations Actand recommended another more comprehensive legislation to take itsplace in the changing circumstances. It suggested amendment of theTelegraph Act and the Post Office Act to provide for review by responsibleministers of the government of the actions and orders of subordinateofficers. It suggested that all action taken against the press in the exerciseof the emergency powers should be preceded by consultation betweenthe provincial governments and the Press Advisory Committee or similarbody.

After the report of this committee the Act of 1931 was replaced by Press(Objectionable Matter) Act 1951. However, the mood was so much forfreedom of press that it was allowed to lapse in February 1956 and wasrepealed in 1957. The Indian Constitution gives every citizen fundamentalright to freedom of speech and expression and the courts have interpretedthat it includes freedom of the press.

On 23 September 1952 the Government of India appointed a PressCommission to enquire into the state of the press and to indicate the linesof its development in the future. Its recommendations resulted inestablishment of the Press Councilxx and a law to regulate workingconditions of journalists,xxi which provides for appointment of a WageBoardxxii, periodically.

Major setback to the freedom of press in India was when Emergency wasimposed in June 1975 and censorship was introduced.xxiii However, afterthe defeat of the then ruling party in 1977 General Elections it has not beenpossible for anybody to follow the example.xxiv Press Council advised theGovernment not to put curbs on the press even in disturbed areas likeJammu and Kashmir. This policy appears to be better than the curbs onthe press by Government.

Liberal ethos reinforced after 1977 has affected broadcasting as well. Whiledemand for autonomous corporation to control All India Radio andDoordarshan was accepted and finally Prasar Bharti, an autonomouscorporation came into existence from 15 September 1997 after thenotification of the Prasar Bharti Act. It has not been possible to come upwith a regulator for broadcasting content despite several bills that came toParliament over the years and private satellite and cable channels are havinga field day enjoying more freedom than in any other part of the world.Though the Government has not allowed news on private radio outfits yet,



freedom of print and television channels make India one of the most liberalcountries in the world as far as the freedom of media goes. Right toInformation Act 2005xxv has been implemented and this has further extendedfreedom of media in India.

References

i India by Al-Biruni, an abridged edition of translation by Dr Edward C.Sackau, edited for National Book Trust New Delhi by Q. Ahmad (1988:58).

ii Babur Nama, translated from the original Turki text of Zahirud-dinMuhammad Babur Padshah Gazi by Annette Suannah Beveridge. Publishedby translator in 1922, reprinted by Orient Book Reprint Corporation, NewDelhi, 1979.

iii Author himself styles Muntakhabu-l hubab Muhammad Shahi, is frequentlycalled Tarikh-i Khkfi Khan. It is a highly esteemed history, commencing withthe Invasion of Babar, A.D. 1519, and concluding with the fourteenth yearof the reign of Muhammad Shah.

iv Desai, M. V.(1977) Communication Policies in India Unesco, Paris.

v Shrivastava, K.M. (1977) Press Laws in India: Warren Hastings to MetcalfeIndian Press (Journal of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society), Vol. IV No.8August 1977.

vi Early Printing In India, Printing Times, Vol 17 No 1, WAPC Special, February1993, p. 28.

vii In a recent article “The Austrians in the Nicobars” written in German byAstrid Kuffner and published in the July/August 2005 issue of Universum,there is mention of William Bolts: The Austrian Habspurg rulers chose theDutchman William Bolts as advisor. He had been active in the British EastIndia Company but had been convicted for trading with opium and dismissed.In 1774 he travelled to Vienna to convince the inexperienced Austria of thefeasibility of trade between Trieste and the Far East..

viii Shankdhar, B.M. (1977) William Duane: a restless crusader Indian Press(Journal of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society), Vol. IV No. 10 October1977.

ix Wellesley, Richard Colley, Marquess of (1760-1842), the East IndiaCompany’s governor general of India, 1797-1805.

x Francis Rawdon-Hastings, lst Marquess of Hastings, (9 December 1754 - 28November 1826) was a British politician and military officer who served asGovernor-General of India from 1813 to 1823.

xi In 1830, Sir Charles Metcalfe, as a member of governor-general’s council,said: “I think on the present occasion that it will be infinitely better to allowanything to be said that can be said, than to furnish a new source ofdiscontent, by crushing the expression of public opinion. I have, for my ownpart, always advocated the liberty of the press, believing its benefits to

33

outweigh its mischief: and I continue to have the same opinion.” CharlesTheophilus Metcalfe, 1st Baron Metcalfe (1785 - 1846), was the second sonof Thomas Theophilus Metcalfe, then a major in the Bengal army, whoafterwards became a director of the British East India Company, and wascreated a baronet in 1802.

xii Unsung Heroes of Freedom Struggle in Andamans, Who’s Who, Compiledand edited by Rashida Iqbal for Directorate of Education and Culture,Andaman & Nicobar adminstration, Port Blair (1998) p.88,109.

xiii Edward Robert Lytton Bulwer-Lytton, lst Earl of Lytton (1831-1891) was anEnglish statesman, who served as Viceroy of India; was a poet, under thepen name of Owen Meredith.

xiv William Ewart Gladstone (1809-1898) was a British Liberal Party statesman.

xv George Frederick Samuel Robinson, 1 st Marquess of Ripon( 1827 - 1909).

xvi Frederick Temple Hamilton-Temple-Blackwood, Ist Marquess of Dufferin andAva, (1826-1902).

xvii Henry Charles Keith Petty-Fitzmaurice, 5th Marquess of Lansdowne (1845-1927).

xviii In K.A. Abbas v. Union of India (1970) 2SCC 780, Supreme Court held thatcensorship in India has full justification in the field of the exhibition ofcinema films. It is in the interest of society. The censorship of films includingprior restraint is justified under the Constitution. It is has been almostuniversally recognized that the treatment of motion pictures must be differentfrom that of art and other forms of art and expression.

xix Most of the witnesses examined by the committee expressed the view thatPress Act had not been applied with equal severity to English-owned andIndian-owned newspapers.

xx The Press Council Act 1965 established Press Council to safeguard freedomof press and standards of journalism. It was abolished by the Press Council(Repeal) Act 1976 during Emergency imposed by Mrs Indira Gandhi in June1975. After the 1977 General Elections in which Mrs. Gandhi lost and theJanata Government that came to power revived the Press Council by Act 37of 1978.

xxi It led to similar demand by cine-workers that ultimately led to the Cine-Workers and Cinema Theatre Workers (Regulation of Employment) Act 1981,and Cine-Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1981.

xxii The Working Journalists Act, 1955 gives job security to working journalists,provides for statutory Wage Boards, entitles them to payment of a gratuityand provident fund. It also regulates hours of work, holidays and notice periodfor termination of service.

xxiii During 1976-77 seven foreign correspondents were expelled or their visaswere not renewed for not complying with the guidelines issued by the Chief



Censor. The entry of 19 foreign correspondents into India was also banned.(Annual Report 1976-77, Ministry of Information And Broadcasting, p.3)xxivIn fact one of her decision during Emergency was to merge four newsagencies Press Trust of India (PTI), United News Of India (UNI), bothcooperatives of newspapers, and Hindustan Samachar, cooperative ofemployees and Samchar Bharati, in which some state governments had shareswithout their representatives on the Board into one news agency Samachar.Samachar was the Indian partner in the NonAligned News Agencies Pool.The Government that came to power dismantled Samachar into old agenciesout of which only PTI and UNI survived.

xxv On 15 June 2005, President APJ Abdul Kalam gave his assent to the nationalRight to Information Act 2005. With presidential assent, the CentralGovernment and State Governments had 120 days to implement theprovisions of the Act in its entirety. The Act formally came into force on 12October 2005.

K. M. Shrivastava, Professor, Indian Institute of Mass Communication New Delhi-110067

35

TRIAL BY MEDIA AND TRIAL OFMEDIA

Prof. (Dr.) Ranbir Singh*

The demi-world of journalism is like the fun house of mirrors that one findsin carnivals. In one reflection you are too fat; in another you are absurdlythin; in another reflection you appear to have an elongated neck; inanother, a flat head,- in still another you have next to nobody. Yet thereyou are, standing in front of these bizarre reflections, fully formed andhearing little resemblance to any of the images before you. The differenceis, however, that unlike the fun house of mirrors, the distortions of the mediaare rarely a joke.From -Two or Three Things I Know About Journalism

Understanding the origin

Media has been hailed as the Fourth Estate that checks the three estates ofthe Legislature, Executive and Judiciary. It earned this status after aprolonged history of bitter struggle and oppression. Such oppressioncontinues till date in many societies and Nations. The dynamics of thestructure and processes of print, broadcast and internet forms of media varyand attempts of audit and prescriptive suggestions have to be doneseparately. Media today includes Internet which is called as the ‘NewMedia’. Media is an angel or a devil depending on which side of thereporting one finds oneself. ‘Indian Media’ especially the ‘Television’ hascome of age and is in the midst of the controversy among the legal fraternityof its role in Justice delivery process. The label ‘Trial by Media’ is a 20th

century phenomenon attributed to the media coverage of events which haspossibility to distort the proceedings in the court and also which raises thepublic opinion and pressure on a trial. The moot point here is what shouldbe covered by media and to what extent which will not jeopardize the dueprocess of law? There are no clear cut answers. There are also varied viewsin different spaces of democracies. Yet to analyse the issue one needs tounderstand the complex process of ‘Media and its role’.

*Prof. Ranbir Singh is the Vice-Chancellor of National Law University, Delhi. He can becontacted at singhranbirnyahoo.com - ( I would like to acknowledge Prof. Vivekanandanfor his research inputs in preparing this paper.)


To understand the complexity and importance of media, one needs tounderstand its origins. Media finds its origins in the late 15th century innewsletters that were circulated among tradesmen. From these emerged aregular paper essentially to spread financial information among the businesscommunity. Nieuwe T’y’dinge from Antwerp published in 1605 isconsidered the oldest. The trend caught on in Europe and later publicationsbegan covering foreign news for local audiences. Courrantor ‘CurrentNews’ was one such attempt at newspapers by the Dutch.

As the popularity of newspapers grew, governments clamped duties,imposed censorship rules and engaged them with libel prosecutions. TheStamp Duty of 1712 in the UK imposed a duty of one penny for each copyof the Spectator which had a cover price of one penny! It was not just stampduty but also ‘a tax on knowledge’.

William Corbett, a radical political essayist, was imprisoned in 1810 in theUK for his articles. Since Corbett, hundreds of journalists, publishers andphotojournalists have met with harassment, imprisonment, torture and deathin the last two centuries of media history. In a sense, the Human Rightsindex of a society reflects the status of the media and of its journalists.

Media began as a private initiative and has commercial origins. It soonemerged as an information interface between public authorities and thesociety. Media entrenched its right as a‘watchdog’ of the three estates andadded various segments of human activity like entertainment, sports andlifestyle to its repertoire.

Contemporary Understanding

It is not only media that is capable of distorting reality as the fun mirrorsof the carnival. Our understanding of the media is also distorted by ourown mirrors. In a poor and underdeveloped country like India, with itsglaring development issues, it is natural that the expectations of the massmedia are very high and any perceived shortfalls erupt quite emotionally.Emotions are fine but at the end of the day the understanding of theparadigm in which the media operates will only make it easier to effectthe desired intervention through the media.

Media in its concept connects two or more structures and processes. A mapof the dynamics of the media shows it to be:

1. Between the public power holders -the authorities and power addressees-the people

2. Between the private power holders - the individual/trade/industry/voluntary organisation, etc., and power addressees - the people

37

3. Between public and private power holders

This broad spectrum covers all the players on the basis of private and publicpower. Mediating between the power holders and power addressees is atwo-way process where media is expected to inform the society of the state

of public affairs and also serve as a feedback mechanism relaying the pulseof the people to the power holder. In its quest to inform, it must unmaskpeople, institutions and transactions. This is investigative journalism.

From a functional perspective, its common minimum mandate is three-fold:

1. To report objectively and accurately, happenings in the public sphere.

2. To investigate and expose misuse of any power processes in the publicand private spheres.

3. To reflect the varied views of the people and provide feedback to powerregulators and the public.

Media vs Fair Trial

‘Trial by Media’ as a term refers to the role of Media acting as a Judgeoverriding the official “justice delivery system” thereby distorting,prejudicing, sensationalizing, instigating the public and there by derailingthe ‘justice delivery processes’. The expansive nature of media connectinghomes makes it a serious issue compared to the ‘print media’ which oncehad a small audience. The competition among the media also makes itvulnerable to Instinct gratification and to break news first has the potentialto such derailment of due process and fair trial.

The current debate not only in Indian Context but also in the Internationalarena is that of

1. What is the parameters of Free Press ?

2. How Freedom of Expression impacts Judicial Processes ?

3. Does it hinder or aid the Justice delivery processes ?

4. If it hinders how it could be regulated -by law or by self regulation ?

5. Will legislation on this lead to the gagging of the Press ?

In the International context, the UN Basic Principles on the Independenceof the Judiciary, at Article 6, which states the judiciary is entitled andrequired “to ensure that judicial proceedings are conducted fairly and thatthe rights of the parties are respected.”1 The principles enunciated in thisArticle are also stated in similar language in the International Covenanton Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR)2, which provides that “everyone shall

Trial by Media and Trial of Media


be entitled to a fair and public hearing by a competent, independent andimpartial tribunal” in the determination of any criminal charge or in a suitat law.3 The ICCPR acknowledges that the right to a public trial is notabsolute and that certain limitations on public access are necessary.

Article 19 of ICCPR confirms that freedom of expression is also afundamental part of a democratic society. It elaborates that freedom ofexpression includes the freedom of the press and states that “everyone shallhave the right to freedom of expression; this right shall include freedomto seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardlessof frontiers, either orally, in writing or in print, in the form of art, or throughany other media of his choice.”4

Under Article 10 of the European Convention on Human Rights, to whichthe UK and its other signatories are morally committed, the freedom ofthe press is paramount. Exceptions to that freedom may be made only suchas are “necessary in a democratic society”, permissible only to the extentthat they correspond to “a pressing social need”, and are proportionate tothe end to be achieved.5

The constitutional position on the role of media in the Freedom of Speechand Information in Indian Constitution is clear. Article 19 1(a) to 19 (2)and Article 38 of the Indian Constitution clearly advocates the ‘right toimpart and receive communication’. Subsequent court judgements includingthose on airwaves are clear indications of the role expectations of Stateand media. Indian courts have held the people as more important than thepublishers or the editors to honour the right of the people to know and beinformed.

In this backdrop one needs to appreciate the relevance of a constitutionalwing like judiciary and the informal estate like media to synergize foreffective realization of ‘truth’.

Interfacing Media and Human Development

When dealing with media, it is essential to understand the concept of humandevelopment as expected to be promoted by the media. Humandevelopment in its bare minimal discourse can be taken as health, housing,education, meaningful employment and clean environment. Moreimportantly it will also include ‘Justice’ to the victims. It will also includethe right of the public to know that the Institutions created by them, forthem and of them.

The State is mandated by the Constitution to provide the above to eachcitizen as bare minimum needs and then to promote the same to higherstandards. The Government of the day operates to fulfill such promises.

39

What is the role of media in such human development viz-a-viz the primaryresponsibility of the Government? What is the quantum or quality of sucha role?

As discussed earlier, in the construct of the ‘media’ between variousstakeholders of the power processes, it is the responsibility of the mediato reflect different viewpoints and provide information on humandevelopment aspects. Some responsibilities include:

1. Monitoring the public power holder’s action and inaction on thepromotion of human development

2. Investigating concealed misdeeds to be exposed to the politicalcommunity of opposition parties and the society

3. Educating the power addressees to equip themselves to be receptiveto efforts and measures on human development

4. Covering and encouraging non governmental players who are involvedin human development efforts

The question of the quantum and quality of such a role has come into sharpfocus of concern for media watchers in the last decade. The JusticeAdministration System in open societies stand on the principle of open trialand proceedings on the dictum that ‘Justice’ should not only be done butshould be seen to be done. In this context ‘media’ in a way carries this tothe public at large. But what happens if media instead of being a‘medium’becomes ‘meddlesome’ ? It certainly blocks, distorts and frustrates the fairtrial. It can create ‘chasm’ among the ‘courts’ and ‘public at large’.

Issues at Stake

The confrontation between Justice Administration and the media revolvesaround three factors:

1. The limits of freedom of press as perceived by the Courts

2. The limits of freedom of press as perceived by the media itself

3. The difficulty of a legislation which mind end up gagging up of thepress

On the first issue, media commentator point that the a limit prescribed asfreedom of press or often portrayed as ‘trial by media’ does disservice tothe public. It is often pointed that the legal representation of the powerfulis no match to many victims access to justice and without a trial by mediamany aspects will never the reach the portals of the Court and therebywould have shutdown the process of Justice. There is no denial of this factin a country like India that access to lawyering by the poor is a distant



dream even today. It is also argued that there can be no fixed or rigidparameters to label free reporting vs trial by media. Hence it is an issue tobe self regulated and evolved through norms and mechanisms. The misuseor malafide use of freedom of press can only be pointed at specific instancesand cannot be dictated generally for the media.

On the second issue, it is a fact in the era of electronics coupled withcommercial compulsions to survive, media becomes a self victim in itsreportage. The rush to break news or to be different or to catch instant eyeballs, information is doled out without factual verification, informationflashed without understanding larger consequences. The code of conductand other self regulation cannot cope with the onslaught of the mad rushto report. It does not take a survey to tell that most of the media personnellack basic knowledge on legal issues which will impact the fair proceedings.Media is often portrayed as a watch dog. The moot point is whether watchdogs need a leash or can simply be free?

On the third issue, often raised is that of a strict legislation on the recentspate of media vs court frictions.

The 17th Law Commission in its “Trial by Media: Free Speech vs. Fair TrialUnder Criminal Procedure (Amendments to the Contempt of Court Act,1971)” said, “Today there is a feeling that in view of the extensive use ofthe television and cable services, the whole pattern of publication of newshas changed and several such publications are likely to have a prejudicialimpact on the suspects, accused, witnesses and even judges and in generalon the administration of justice.”

The report said, “according to our law, a suspect/accused is entitled to afair procedure and is presumed to be innocent till proved guilty in a courtof law. None can be allowed to prejudge or prejudice his case by the timeit goes to trial.”

It said that publications, which interfered or tend to interfere with theadministration of justice would amount to criminal contempt under theContempt of Courts Act, 1971 and “if in order to preclude such interference,the provisions of that Act impose reasonable restrictions on freedom ofspeech, such restrictions would be valid.”

The report noted that at present, under Section 3 (2) of the CC Act, suchpublications would be contempt only if a charge sheet had been filed in acriminal case. The Commission has suggested that the starting point of acriminal case should be from the time of arrest of an accused and not fromthe time of filing of the charge sheet. In the perception of the Commissionsuch an amendment would prevent the media from prejudging or

41

prejudicing the case.

The report also recommended to empower the High Court to direct a printor an electronic media to postpone publication or telecast pertaining to acriminal case and to restrain the media from resorting to such publicationor telecast.

The report also said that publications with reference to character of theaccused, previous convictions, confessions, judging the guilt or innocenceof the accused or discrediting witnesses could be a criminal contempt.

It is pertinent to note that Section 10 of the Madrid Principle l2, developedin 1994 by a group of distinguished international legal experts and mediarepresentatives, outlines permissible limits on the freedom of expression:

Laws may restrict the Basic Principle 13 [of a free press] in relation tocriminal proceedings in the interest of the administration of justice to theextent necessary in a democratic society (a) for the prevention of seriousprejudice to a defendant; (b) for the prevention of serious harm to orimproper pressure being placed upon a witness, a member of a jury, or avictim. This restrictive authority is exercised in a discretionary way by thecourts, with some few exceptions.

In recent years, there has been a tendency by the appellate courts in majorcommon law countries to require that this discretion be exercised in a morereasoned way, requiring that a strong case be made for suppression ofpublication in the interests of the administration of justice with lessemphasis on protecting individual interests. More and more, the judiciaryin the major common law jurisdictions appear to be strongly endorsing theprinciples of open courts and press freedom. In Canada and the UK, seniorappeal courts have been critical of sweeping use of gag orders and haveemphasized they should be used only where there is a substantial risk ofserious prejudice which cannot be adequately reduced by the tools availableto the trial judge.... that the courts are now less likely than before to usethe other enforcement tools available to them for breach of publicationbans; contempt proceedings and an appeal court’s reversal of a convictionbecause of prejudicial media publicity.6

Balancing the Estates

Open societies flourish on critical analysis and transparency. Judiciary andits administration among the three estates have been held high in suchexpectations. They certainly need an atmosphere to deliver their mandate.Any interference or distraction not just effects the courts but the publicwho look upon them for Justice. At the same time, one needs toacknowledge that a free press in theory and objective is a mirror to reflect



the reality to the public. It also helps one to tidy themselves. In this contextto have a healthy mirror which does not distort the real one can think ofthe following suggested by Justice F. B. William Kelly,’Supreme Court ofNova Scotia7.

1. Press Liaison Officers or Media Spokespersons. Many courts havedesignated a person to be the official contact person for the media. Thisperson’s duties can range from advising the press on court relatedinformation to being designated the official.

2. Court/Media Liaison Committees. These have been established in anumber of jurisdictions, usually on an informal basis and sometimesincluding bar representation. Many of these committees make no formaldecisions but merely discuss mutual problems in depth and attempt to reachresolution that can be translated into a court policy. These groups havefrequently contributed to the development of written court/mediaguidelines.

3. Court/Media Guidelines. Many jurisdictions have established clear,comprehensive and practical guidelines relating to media access andreporting. Such guidelines minimize disputes and establish consistency atall court venues. Guidelines can deal with the logistics of media coverageand other areas of court/media irritations. They may cover only minormatters or deal with the full range of potential problems, and further maybe reviewed and improved on a regular basis. Everyone works morecomfortably in an arena where the ground rules are clear and in writing.

4. Joint Conferences and Seminars. These can occur at a regional, state/provincial, or national level. Mutual discussion of problems leads to mutualunderstanding and often to mutual solutions. These gatherings can alsoserve to educate the parties: judges can be trained in effectivecommunication with reporters, and reporters trained in effective coverageof court news.

5. Court Outreach. The courts can make planned and effective efforts tospeak to the public, directly and through the media. Courts have used thistechnique by using trained personnel or judges to communicate matters ofpublic interest in an informal but structured way. This can be done in manyfora, from talk shows to personal talks to a community group or aclassroom. In some jurisdictions courts will hold an “Open Court Day” ora “Meet Your Judges” event, usually in the courtrooms and in co-operationwith the bar and court staff. An important aspect of any outreach programwould be to involve the judiciary in the education of journalists.

43

6. In-house Projects. These would. include projects that educated thejudiciary in effective community and media relations. The judiciary couldalso develop methods of mutual assistance, communications and support.This could consist of ongoing communications between individual judgeson the subject of press relations by informal meetings, a newsletter, orinternet lists. The subject matter could not only be court/media issues, butalso public education matters generally.

References

1. UN Basic Principles on the Independence of the Judiciary, G.A. Res.146, U.N.GAOR, 40thSess.(1985) art.6.

2. Adopted and opened for signature, ratification and accession by GeneralAssembly Resolution 2200 A (XXI) of 16 December 1966. Entered into forceon 23 March 1976 in accordance with article 49.

3. Art. 14(1), ICCPR, (1966) 999 UNTS 171, 1976 Can. T.S. No. 47, in force,including Canada, 1976.

4. Article 14(1) of the ICCPR provides that “[t]he Press and the public may beexcluded from all or part of a trial for reasons of morals, public order (ordrepublic) or national security in a democratic society, or when the interests ofthe private lives of the Parties so requires, or to the extent necessary in theopinion of the court in special circumstances where publicity would prejudicethe interests of justice.”

5. As well as Article 10 of the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR).

6. http://www.icclr.law.ubc.ca/Publications/Reports/Fair VSFree.pdf.

7. Ibid.



MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS

CENTRAL GOVERNMENT

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, is the nodal Ministry forthe information, broadcasting and film sectors.Various media units,attached/subordinate offices, autonomous organizations and PSUs under itscontrol are as follows:

Information

Media Units

� Press Information Bureau

� Directorate of Advertising and Visual Publicity

� Registrar of Newspapers for India

� Directorate of Field Publicity

� Publications Division

� Research, Reference and Training Division

� Song and Drama Division

� Photo Division

Autonomous Organizations

� Press Council of India

� Indian Institute of Mass Communication

Broadcasting

Attached/Subordinate offices

� Electronic Media Monitoring Centre


� Prasar Bharti

a. All India Radio

b. Doordarshan

45Media Organizations - Central Government

Public Sector Organization

� BECIL

Films

Attached/Subordinate Offices

� Films Division

� Central Broad of Film Certification

� National Film Archive of India

� Directorate of Film Festivals


� Film and Television Institute of India, Pune

� Satyajit Ray Film and Television Institute, Kolkata

� Children’s Film Society of India

Public Sector Undertaking

� National Film Development Corporation

PRESS INFORMATION BUREAU

The Press Information Bureau (PIB) is the nodal agency of the Governmentof India to disseminate information to the print and electronic media ongovernment policies, programme initiatives and achievements. Functioningas an interface between the Government and the media, the PIB alsoprovides feedback to the Government with people’s reaction as reflectedin the media. With its 8 Regional Offices and 34 Branch Offices andInformation Centres, the PIB disseminates information through differentmodes of communication, such as Press Releases, Press Notes, FeatureArticles, Backgrounders, Press Briefings, Photographs, Press Conferences,Interviews, Database available on Bureau’s website, Press tours, A.V.Clippings, etc. The information material released in English, Hindi, Urduand other regional languages reaches about 8,400 newspapers and mediaorganisations.

At its headquarters, the Bureau has Departmental Publicity Officers whoare attached to various ministries and departments for the purpose ofassisting them in disseminating information to the media through press


releases and press conferences, etc., and advise on all matters pertainingto publicity activities. They also provide feedback to their respectiveministries and departments. As part of the Special Services, the FeedbackCell in the PIB prepares a daily digest and special digests based on newsstories editorials from national as well as regional dailies and periodicals.

The Feature Unit of the Bureau provides backgrounders, updates, featuresand graphics which are circulated on the National Network, Internet andalso sent to the Regional/Branch offices for translation and circulation tothe local press. The unit releases special features for highlighting policiesand programmes of the Government. Special mention may be made offeatures and success stories on National Rural Employment GuaranteeScheme, Women Empowerment, Child Labour, Drinking Water, Education,Health (AIDS), Small Scale Industries and other topical issues. This unithas been producing on an average over 200 features annually includingphoto features and backgrounders.

PIB arranges photo coverage of various Government functions throughoutthe year and photographs are supplied to dailies and periodicals. The Bureaugave excellent publicity to the recently held IFFI-2007, at Goa. Specialphoto features were released on the eve of Independence Day.

PIB provides accreditation to Media representatives including foreign mediaat the Headquarters. This facilitates them to access information from theGovernment sources. About 1425 correspondents and 430 cameramen/photographers are accredited. Besides 150 technicians and about 76 Editorsand Media critics have also been granted accreditation.

The Feedback cell of the Bureau prepares a Daily Digest of News andViews based on news items, as well as editorial comments, as reflected inthe print media. This digest is prepared on each working day and is sentregularly to the President & Vice President’s Office, Prime Minister’sOffice, Cabinet Secretariat, all Cabinet Ministers and all Secretaries andimportant functionaries in the Government. Besides, the Cell also preparesa weekly ‘Media Report on Economic Issues.’ In addition, Special Digestsand Special Reports on emerging issues which draw adequate attention andfocus from national as well as regional press, is also prepared from timeto time. During the period January-March, 2008 apart from Daily Digestand Media Report on Economic Issues, the Cell would be producing SpecialDigests on Conference on Social Sector Issues, Economic Survey, RailwayBudget and General Budget.

The website of PIB(http://pib.nic.in) which is an important source ofinformation to small and medium newspapers of India, was reviewed


to make it more attractive and incorporate new features. PIB also has6 sister websites in 6 different languages viz. Tamil, Malayalam,Kannada, Telugu, Bengali and in Mizo.

A Media Accreditation (http://dff.nic.in/pibmedia.asp) application isdeveloped in Press Information Bureau for International Film Festivalsof India 2007. This application is fully online including the submissionof forms, the approval, rejection, preparation of media cards, etc.Altogether 313 journalists got accredited through this application andwere given media cards to attend the event. A Content ManagementSystem was also developed to maintain IFFI pages for PIB whichconsists of videos schedules, still photos, brochure, etc.

IntraPIB, an Intranet web portal for PIB has been upgraded with thenew features like PIB Clipping Service, providing links to in-houseapplications viz. Hardware Complaints, Monthly Progress Report,Payslips, Notices, download forms.

Under the agenda of e-governance,

• The CPS (Composite Payroll System) has been upgraded toCompDDO (Comprehensive DDO),

• A demo of web based DMIS (Document Management InformationSystem - File Tracking System) was done for higher officers of PIBfor its implementation.

• Implemented CPGRAMS (Centralized Public Grievance RedressAnd Monitoring System) for PIB to make users enable to enter &monitor grievances.

Publicity by Departmental Publicity Officers attached to variousMinistries /Departments at Hdqrs.

Major decisions of the UPA Government were compiled on the occasionof completion of three years in Office. State-wise booklets under the title‘Major programmes of UPA Government’ with regard to Uttar Pradesh,Uttaranchal, Manipur, Punjab, Himachal Pradesh and Gujarat were printedand thereafter disseminated widely amongst media persons and others. ThePrime Minister released a‘Report to the People - 2004-07" highlighting themajor achievements of UPA Government.

Multi media publicity was secured for the letter written by the PrimeMinister to all the Chief Ministers urging them to take steps to curbinflation. In addition, wide coverage was secured for the meeting ofEconomic Advisory Council. A Press Conference by Shri C. Rangarajan,Chairman, Economic Advisory Council to PM, on the ‘Economic Outlook


for 2007-08’ was organized. Publicity arrangements were made. Abackgrounder and a booklet were distributed to the media.

PM’s statement in Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha on Civil Nuclear EnergyCooperation with the United States was distributed to the media.

Important addresses of PM at various functions were released to the media.A few among them were: PM’s opening remarks at the Full PlanningCommission meeting; PM’s opening and closing remarks at the NationalDevelopment Council meeting; PM’s opening and closing remarks at theThird Round Table Conference on Jammu & Kashmir; PM’s address at theConference of Chief Ministers and Chief Justices of High Court; PM’saddress on the occasion of dedication of Tala Transmission system to theNation was released to the media. ‘Live’ telecast of the event byDoordarshan was arranged.

The President’s address to the Joint Session of Parliament was covered.‘Live’ webcast was done. The Address was sent to all Regional and BranchOffices of PIB.

Bureau made special arrangements for the coverage of PM’s foreign visitsto Philippines for the 5th India-ASEAN Summit and 2nd East Asia Summit;Visit to Germany for the G8 & Outreach Countries Summit Meeting; Visitto Nigeria and South Africa for the 2nd India-Brazil-South Africa (IBSA)Summit; Visit to Russia for the annual bilateral summit; Visit to Singaporefor 6th India-ASEAN Summit and the 3rd East Asia Summit and Visit toUganda to attend CHOGM 2007. Prime Minister’s address at the Summitand various meetings on the above tours were uploaded on the website anddisseminated to the media.

Prime Minister’s visits, among others, to Assam, Jammu and Kashmir,Mumbai were also covered.

An interaction between media and recipients of the Kabir Puraskar andNational Communal Harmony Award, 2006 was organized in May, 2007.Another media interaction was organized in November, 2007 for childvictims of violence. Media strategies were prepared for tackling terrorismand Naxalism. An interaction between the Naxal Division of MHA andmedia units of the I&B Ministry was organized in November, 2007 tostrengthen and improve the media effort in the Naxal-affected areas.

Other major issues highlighted during the period include (1) Government’sefforts to deal with the situation arising out of bomb blasts in Srinagar,Hyderabad, Gorakhpur, Guwahati, Ajmer Dargah, Uttar Pradesh, etc., andviolent incidents in the North-East and Naxal-affected areas (2) Effortsmade by MHA to tackle terrorism and Naxalism (3) Assistance given to


Rajasthan in the wake of the Gujjar agitation and to Punjab in the wake ofthe Succha Sauda issue (4) Central Government’s assistance to floodaffected areas in various parts of the county (5) Independence Day Awards(6) Home Secretary level talks between Indian and Pakistan, India andBangladesh and India and Nepal (7) Madhan Menon Committee report onthe criminal justice policy (8) Governments position on issues relating toTasleema Nasreen and Nandigram and violence in Assam (9) release ofcentral assistance for riot victims of Gujarat.

Publicity was organized for the Unorganized Workers Bill, 2007 which wasintroduced in Parliament in September this year and for the new schemethe Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana which was launched on 1st Octoberthis year. Publicity was organized for various important conferences likethe Annual Vishwakarma Rashtriya Purskar and National Safety Award, the10th Conference on Safety in Mines and also for the 42nd Standing LabourCommittee Meeting which was attended by the Labour Ministers from allthe States and the representatives from major trade unions.

Transport Ministers from SAARC nations met recently in New Delhi.Publicity for this meeting was organised in coordination with the SAARCSecretariat.

Extensive coverage was arranged for UNESCO Regional Conference onGlobal Literacy, organised by the Ministry of Human ResourceDevelopment, Department of School Education & Literacy with UNESCOon 29-30th November, 2007 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi where Smt.Sonia Gandhi was the Chief Guest of the inaugural session.

Shri Arjun Singh, Minister of Human Resource Development led an Indiandelegation to the 34th Session of the General Conference of United NationsEducational, Scientific and Cultural Organsation (UNESCO) that was heldat Paris from October 16 to November 3, 2007. Wide publicity was arrangedfor it.

Efforts were made to cover a two-day National Conference on Developmentof Higher Education on 10th and 11th October, 2007 at New Delhi organisedby University Grants Commission. The National Conference was aculmination of four Regional Conferences that the UGC had organised atMumbai, Kolkata, Hyderabad and New Delhi.

Wide coverage was arranged for inauguration of Conference for E9Countries on Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) (4-6October, 2007) at Bengaluru by Shri Arjun Singh, Minister for HRD.

To commemorate 150th Anniversary of first War of Independence & 60th

Anniversary of India’s Independence and birth centenary of Shaheed Bhagat


Singh, Shri Arjun Singh, Minister for Human Resource Developmentflagged off “Azadi Express” (Special Mobile Train Exhibition ). TheExhibition would pass through 70 stations around the country. Starting itsjourney on 28 August 2007, it would be on till May 2008. Due publicitywas arranged for the event.

Union Minister for Human Resource Development (HRD), Shri ArjunSingh launched Online Admission 2007 - Project (Ni-On) of NationalInstitute of Open Learning on July 04, 2007. To brief media on the launch,Press was invited to attend an interactive session regarding NationalInstitute of Open Schooling’s ‘Online Project for Admissions’.

The NFSM and RKVY schemes launched by the Ministry of Agricultureand Cooperation to invigorate the agriculture sector were given publicityby way of handouts, backgrounders and press briefs/conferences.

Other major items highlighted in the media included the campaign for rabiproduction, crop area estimates issued by the Weather Watch Group andthe announcement of minimum support prices for agricultural produce.

Handling of the situation created by the outbreak of Avian Influenza inManipur early this year was highlighted in the media by daily pressconferences by senior officials of the Department of Animal Husbandry.

The need for large-scale wheat imports were explained by way of handouts,informal briefs and interview to the electronic media. Other areas of thrustwere procurement operations and the efforts to check price rise.

Publicity was arranged for 99th Meeting of the Permanent IndusCommission held from 30 May to 4 June 2007 in which the Commissionersof Indus waters of both India and Pakistan participated.

Central Ground Water Board organized the National Ground WaterCongress on 11th September 2007, which was inaugurated by Hon’ble PrimeMinister of India. On this occasion, welcome address was given by Prof.Saifuddin Soz, Hon’ble Minister of Water Resources. Key note address wasdelivered by Dr. M.S. Swaminathan, Hon’ble Member of Parliament.Around 1000 Eminent Scientists, farmers, school children, representativesof Panchayati Raj Institutions and NGOs participated in the Congress.Publicity was secured for the Congress both in print and electronic media.

As per Cabinet decision on 2nd November 2007 Ministry of Water Resourcesgot approval to the scheme “Flood Management Programme” under statesector within estimated cost of Rs.8000 crore during 11th Plan Period (2007-12). As per the Cabinet decision on 15th Nov. 2007, the Ministry got the


approval to the scheme of “Artificial Recharge of Ground Water” throughDug wells in Hard Rock Areas” in six states. Wide publicity had beenarranged for both the schemes.

Wide multi-media publicity was organised for the Meeting of G-4 (India,Brazil, US and EU) G-6 (G-4 plus Japan and Australia) Trade Ministersheld in New Delhi on 12th April, 2007 to review the progress of the DohaRound of multilateral trade negotiations since the resumption of thenegotiations. A joint press conference arranged got huge coverage in theIndian and International media.

Announcement of the Annual Supplement to the Foreign Trade Policy(2004-09) which gave major initiatives to give further momentum to exportgrowth. A press conference was arranged for the same on 19th April, 2007and the same was covered extensively by both print and electronic media.On this occasion, number of briefs, backgrounders, were issued for thepurpose of press coverage. One-to-one interviews - both print and electronicmedia - were arranged for the Commerce and Industry Minister.

The Second Ministerial Council of Asia-Pacific Trade Agreement (APTA)was held in Goa on 26th October 2007. Over 30 delegates headed by therespective Ministers or Vice Ministers from the six APTA participatingstates (Bangladesh, China, India, the Republic of Korea, Lao PDR and SriLanka) attended the meeting. A joint press conference was arranged at Goaon the outcome of the concluding session. Extensive coverage arrangedfrom both print and electronic media.

Wide publicity was given to major policy initiatives taken by thegovernment for setting up of Special Economic Zones (SEZs) as well asthe approval of SEZs throughout the country, from time to time.

Wide multi-media publicity arranged for the Delhi-Mumbai IndustrialCorridor (DMIC) project which is expected to transform the industriallandscape across half-a-dozen Indian states leading to the rapiddevelopment of industrial as well as physical infrastructure along the routeof the corridor. The coverage has been extensive both print and electronicmedia.

Extensive coverage was arranged for the measures taken by Departmentof Industrial Policy and Promotion like computerisation of trademarkoffices and the various studies undertaken to enhance the competitivenessof the Indian industry.

A pro-active, investor-friendly and forward-looking North East Industrialand Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIP) was notified on Ist April, 2007.The policy encompasses a liberal capital investment subsidy along with


fiscal incentives like income tax and excise duty exemptions, interestsubsidy and comprehensive insurance. Wide multi-media coverage arrangedfor the scheme.

All publicity arrangements were made to give wide publicity to the UnionBudget 2007-08, Economic Survey-2006-07, Public Private PartnershipProgramme, etc.

Other major events, which were covered for media publicity included (1)State Information Ministers’ Conference (SIMCON) (2) Ban on varioussatellite channels for carrying objectionable content. (3) New AdvertisementPolicy of the DAVP (4) Films Division’s Swatantrata Filmotsav on 150th

year of 1857 freedom struggle (5) Audio Visual coproduction agreementbetween India and Brazil (6) Allocation of 97 FM channels in the phase IIof private FM radio (7) 38th International Film Festival of India-2007, preevent as well as event publicity (8) 53rd National Film Awards-from settingup of juries to the presentation of awards (9) Russian Film Festival, 3-dayEgyptian Film Festival (10) Children’s Film Festival.

Parliament passed the aircraft (Amendment) Bill 2007 to ensure bettersafety and security control and enhance the power of DGCA to includesafety oversight functions.

An IMG has been constituted to streamline and operate cargo operations.It is contemplated to promote cargo operations through Public PrivatePartnership as non-metro airports now. The Airport Economic RegulatoryIndia Bill 2007 was introduced in the Lok Sabha on 5th September 2007and has been referred to the Parliamentary Standing Committee onTransport, Tourism and Culture for examination and report.

The Government on 1st march 2007 approved the merger of Indian Airlinesand Air India into a new company called the National Aviation Companyof India, (NACIL). NACIL was incorporated on 30th March with itsHeadquarter at Mumbai.

All the above were given wide publicity by the Bureau.

A new coal distribution policy has been circulated with effect from18.10.2007 which, inter-alia, envisages meeting the demand of coal fromconsumers of different sectors of the economy, both on short term and longterm basis, in an assured, sustained, transparent and efficient manner withbuilt-in commercial discipline.

During 2007, twenty seven projects of thermal power plants andIndependent Power Producers (IPPs) involving coal commitment to the tune


of about 75 million tones have been recommended for issue of Letter ofAssurance (LOA).

The companies engaged in production of syn-gas through coal gasificationand coal liquefaction were made eligible for captive mining in addition toexisting ones vide notification dated 12.07.2007.

Ministry of Coal has finalized the guideline for undertaking detailedexploration by the allocates of unexplored coal blocks in the public andprivate sectors as well as State Governments. This will speed up the processof exploration as allocates will be able to get the exploration from anyagency of their choice.

An expert Committee set up under the Chairmanship of Shri T.L. Shankarto suggest a road map for the Coal Sector Reforms has since submitted itsfinal report in October, 2007. The report is under consideration in theMinistry of Coal which will help in coal sector reforms in a big way afterit is accepted and implemented. Joint Bipartite Committee of Coal India(JBCCI) constituted for wage revision of CIL workers. Wide publicity wasarranged for all the above activities.

14th SAARC Summit

Publicity was secured for the 14th SAARC Summit which was held in NewDelhi. Prime Minister’s Opening and Closing Remarks at the SAARCSummit were distributed to the media. Prime Minister’s meeting with Headsof SAARC countries was given wide publicity.

First SAARC Car Rally

The first SAARC Car Rally was held from March 15 to April 14, 2007.Wide publicity was provided during the SAARC Car Rally. The Rallystarted from Cox’s Bazar, Bangladesh, on March 15, 2007 and reachedDelhi on April 1, 2007 after travelling through Bangladesh, Bhutan, Nepaland Pakistan. At Delhi, SAARC leaders flagged the Rally on April 3, 2007for onward journey to Mumbai. The Rally later went to Sri Lanka and endedin Maldives on April 14, 2007. The media coverage of the Rally wascoordinated by the PIB. 16 Press releases and photographs of the Rallywere released and put up on PIB website.

Commemoration of 150th Anniversary of 1857 - India’s lst war ofIndependence

Elaborate arrangements were made by the bureau for providing widepublicity to the National Celebration to commemorate 150th Anniversary


of the lst War of Independence, 1857 in coordination with the M/o YouthAffairs & Sports & other media units of the Ministry of I&B viz. DG:AIR,DG:Doordarshan, Song & Drama Division, etc. PIB has set up one mainPadao (camp) at Meerut and 5 Padaos along the route from Meerut to Delhi.From 6-10 May, 2007, PIB personnel were on duty at Meerut and at all 5Padaos at 5.30 a.m. daily to facilitate the media coverage. At every Padaoa PIB officer was in position from 9.30 a.m. - 5.30 p.m. with internetenabled computer and mobile phone for use of media persons. The samewas used by media persons to file stories. Extensive coverage in newspaperand news channels on the rally/march was achieved. Hindi channelsespecially gave a wide coverage. Hindi Newspapers like Amar Ujala,Rashtriya Sahara & others dedicated couple of pages daily to 1857 for atleast 7 days.

On 11 May, 2007, the media arrangements for the Inaugural function ofthe National Celebration at Red Fort were chalked out in co-ordination withthe Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports. A media stand for electronic mediawas made and an exclusive media enclosure was also provided. At the timeof event the presence of visual media was impressive. The coverage of theinaugural function on May 11, 2007 was good.

A number of special features as under were also issued to commemoratethis historic event:

1. India celebrates 150th Year of its lst War of Independence.

2. Lesser known Heroes of India’s 1st War of Independence (1857)-PartI.

3. Lesser known Heroes of India’s 1st War of Independence (1857)-Part-II.

Release of Report to people on the occasion of third Anniversary ofthe UPA Government.

PIB organized visual and print media coverage for release of Report to thePeople 2004-2007 by the Prime Minister on 22 May 2007. The speecheson the occasion have been disseminated amongst the media persons alongwith copies of the Report. The bureau also translated the Report to People2004-2007 in Urdu and 12 regional languages, which were released by theMinister for Information and Broadcasting and Parliamentary Affairs, at aPress Conference organized by PIB on 23.5.07. They have also been placedon PIB Website after their release and hard copies were distributed by PIB’snetwork of Regional & Branch offices across the country to local mediapersons. One set of language copies was sent to Prasar Bharti Corporation


to enable regional units of DD to mount programmes based on thepublication.

National Awards for Nurses

Media coverage for the National Awards for Nurses, which was given bythe Hon’ble President of India was arranged. These awards revived after agap of 17 years are now called ‘Florence Nightingale Awards’. Adequatemedia coverage was also given for the Conference of State Health Ministersfrom North Eastern States organized in Delhi.

Cultural Exchange Programme for the years 2007- 2009 betweenIndia and China

In June, 2007 PIB organized the print and electronic media publicity forthe signing ceremony of Cultural Exchange Programme for the Years 2007-2009 in New Delhi during the three day visit of Chinese Minister ofCulture, Mr. Sun Jiazheng.

Election to the office of the President of India

The nation’s most prestigious Elections to the office of the President washeld in July, 2007 for which the Bureau issued necessary Press Notes/PressReleases. Further more, authority slips to 125 Media Persons for polling/counting were issued.

Independence Day Celebrations

High-profile publicity was secured for the Independence Day relatedaddresses of PM & President. Elaborate arrangements were made todisseminate PM’s address to the Nation on the occasion of theIndependence Day. PM’s address was web cast on the Bureau’s website.The full text of the PM’s address and highlights of the address weretranslated in Hindi & Urdu and issued to facilitate media persons. Regionaland branch offices were instructed well in advance as a result of whichPM’s address was translated and released to the Language Press on time.Similar arrangements were made for dissemination of President’s addresson the eve of Independence Day which was also web cast and was sent toRegional and Branch offices.

First International Tax Conference, 2-3 July, 2007 at New Delhi

India hosted first International Tax Conference, a unique opportunity ofunderstanding Indian tax reforms as well as to contribute to the processby the international participants. All arrangements were made to give itwide publicity in the print & electronic media.


Two Day “TEX Summit 2007”

Two Day “TEX Summit 2007” concluded on 1st September 2007. TheHon’ble Prime Minister addressed the concluding session of the Summit.The proceedings of the summit was published widely in National andRegional Print media. Electronic media also telecast special stories basedon the address of the Hon’ble Prime Minister.

Incredible India@ 60 event

A media party led by PIB officer attached to the Ministry of Tourism wentto New York to cover Incredible India@60 event. The event was organizedby the Ministry of Tourism and Culture and CII to showcase the progressand vibrancy of the country.

Editors Conference on Social issues in Srinagar (J&K) from 17-18th

October 2007

PIB organised an Editors Conference on Social issues in Srinagar (J&K)on the 17-18th October 2007. The Conference was jointly inaugurated byDr Raghuvansh Prasad Singh,Union Rural Development Minister and ShriGhulam Nabi Azad, Hon’ble Chief Minister of J & K. The media delegateswere addressed by Shri M.A.A.Fatmi, Hon’ble MOS for HRD, ShriR.VeIu,MOS for Railways, Shri Mangat Ram Sharma and Shri Mohd.Dilawer Mir, Ministers in the J & K Government.

The Conference provided an excellent platform for journalists to interactwith Union Ministers and familiarise themselves with the developmentinitiative of the Central Govt. with special focus on J&K.

The two day Conference was attended by more than 150 journalists. 45editors from all over the country representing regional media and about120 journalists from J & K State attended the Conference.

The Conference was widely covered and reported in the media. In all, PIBreceived about 700 press clippings reporting the event.

Military World Games, Hyderabad

Press Tour was conducted to Hyderabad to facilitate the coverage ofMilitary World Games there in October, 2007. A main media centre alongwith 13 mini media centres were set up in various parts of the city. Besidesthis, 3 media centres were established in Mumbai to cover sailing andtriathlon events, which were held in Mumbai as part of Military WorldGames. A total of about 100 handouts and 150 photographs were released


for the media during the games. About 470 journalists including 150 fromforeign countries were facilitated to cover the event. The Photo Section ofDPR Defence was fully digitalized on the eve of the games, photographswere disseminated within half-an-hour of the event. Three issue of GamesNewsletter were also brought out along with special articles on MilitaryWorld Games in issues of Sainik Samachar.

International Day of Non-violence

Publicity was organized both on the electronic and print media for the“International Day of Non-violence”. On 2nd October 2007, the mainfunction was addressed by the Hon’ble Prime Minister of India Dr.Manmohan Singh at the Vigayan Bhawan in New Delhi.

24th Indian Handicrafts & Gifts Fair (Autumn) 2007

24th Indian Handicrafts & Gifts Fair (Autumn) 2007 was inaugurated byShri Shankersinh Vaghela, Minister of Textiles on 16th October, 2007 it waswidely covered by print & electronic media.

Economic Editors’ Conference

Economic Editors’ Conference was organized from 12-14 November, 2007at New Delhi in which around 350 journalists including 63 economiceditors from all parts of the country participated. The Ministries participatedare: Finance, Agriculture, Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution,Petroleum and Natural Gas, Civil Aviation, Steel, Chemical and Fertilizersand Labour. It gave a good platform for interaction on the Governmentpolicies, programmes and achievements with the editors and also got thefeed back on these policies. This created a clear understanding among themedia of the various economic and infrastructure issues. Inaugurating theConference, Shri P. Chidambaram said that a marked change in the waythe Indian economy is viewed both in the country and in other countriesof the World. Based on this, a very large number of clippings and editorialsappeared on different issues. PIB had made all arrangements to give it widepublicity both in the print & electronic media. The Conference provided aplatform for economic editors to interact with Ministers of economicportfolios. Apart from coverage, the Conference sensitises editors onvarious economic aspects of the country.

India-International Trade Fair 2007

India-International Trade Fair 2007 was inaugurated by the President ofIndia on 14th November, 2007; with the theme of “Processed Food andAgro Industries”. Extensive publicity was given during the entire duration


of 14 days (14-27 November) in both print and electronic media. Activitiesin the Health Pavilion set up by the Ministry of H&FW at the IndiaInternational Trade Fair were covered by the media on a day-to-day basis.

4th International Conference on Federalism held from 5-7 November,2007 and 2nd Asian Ministerial Conference on Disaster RiskReduction

4th International Conference on Federalism held from 5-7 November, 2007and 2nd Asian Ministerial Conference on Disaster Risk Reduction held from7-8 November, 2007 in New Delhi. Curtain raiser briefings were organizedfor the Secretary (Inter-State Council) and Secretary (Border Management)ahead of the Conferences. Both the inaugural and valedictory sessions forthe 4th International Conference on Federalism were arranged telecast livethrough Doordarshan. The inaugural session of the 2nd MinisterialConference on Disaster Risk Reduction was also arranged telecast livethrough Doordarshan. Photo opportunity was also organized for bilateralmeetings of some visiting Ministers with the Union Home Minister. Specialfeedback reports on both the conferences, primarily from Delhi basednewspapers and websites were prepared.

India Telecom 2007- a four-day International Exhibition-cum-Conference

For the second time, telecom majors from across the world came togetheron a single platform at India Telecom 2007, a four day InternationalExhibition -cum-Conference organised under the aegis of the Departmentof Telecommunications in association with FICCI. The Conference andExhibition was inaugurated by the Prime Minister of India. Shri A.Raja,Minister of Communications and Information Technology delivered thekeynote address. All the four day deliberations were given wide publicity.

SOME STATISTICS(April, 2007 To March, 2008)

1. No. of assignments covered by Headquarters 1863

2. No. of photos releases by PIB 3969

3. Total Press Releases 61166

4. Total Features 3101

5. Total Press Conf./Press Briefings 5837


DIRECTORATE OF ADVERTISING ANDVISUAL PUBLICITY (DAVP)

The Directorate of Advertising and Visual Publicity (DAVP) is the Primarymultimedia advertising agency of the Central Government for about sixdecades now. It caters to the communication needs of almost all CentralMinistries/Departments and Autonomous Bodies and provides them singlewindow cost effective service. It informs and educates the people, both ruraland urban, about the Government’s policies and programmes and motivatesthem to participate in development activities, through its unique modes ofcommunication viz. advertising in press, electronic media, printed booklets/folders, exhibitions and outdoor publicity tools.

Organizational Set up

The DAVP is headed by Director General who is assisted by 2 AdditionalDirector Generals and other officials. At its headquarter it consists of aCampaign Wing. Advertising Wing, Printed Publicity Wing, ExhibitionWing, Electronic Data Processing Center, Mass Mailing Unit, Audio-VisualCell, a Design Studio and Administration and Accounts Wings. It has twoRegional Offices at Bangaluru and Guwahati headed by Regional Directors.It has two Regional Distribution Centers at Kolkata and Chennai. It has anetwork of 32 Field Exhibition Units spread all over the country.

e-Governance

To facilitate its users, DAVP has modernized its operations in various areassuch as payments through Electronic Clearance System (ECS) for pressadvertisements, release orders for display advertisements through the websiteto facilitate remotely located newspapers/publications. Advertisementartworks are already being released to newspapers through the DAVPwebsite. Release orders for audio and video advertisements are also beingreleased electronically. Steps have been initiated to set up digital systemsfor distribution of media content to electronic channels through the web.

ACHIEVEMENTS(April 2008 To March 2009)

• Advertisements released to newspapers 13018

• Display advertisements released 851

• Copies of printed jobs brought out 7756442


• Outdoor Publicity jobs done 66,00,13,394

• Exhibitions undertaken 599

Major Activities

Policy Initiative

A New Advertisement Policy for print media formulated with a view toextending more facilities to small, medium and language newspapers, cameinto effect from 2nd October 2007. The New Advertisement Policy isavailable on DAVP’s website www.davp.nic.in.

The amendment envisages a special focus on small and medium newspapersin regional and other languages. The share of advertisements has beenincreased in the case of small and medium newspapers from 40% to 50%and for regional and other languages from 30% to 35%. The special packageamongst other measures has brought down the eligibility criteria forempanelment of newspapers for the purpose of DAVP advertisements inlanguages such as Bodo, Dogri, Garhwali, Kashmiri, Khasi, Konkani,Maithili, Manipuri, Mizo, Nepali, Rajasthani, Santhali, Sindhi, Urdu, inaddition to Sanskrit and Tribal language newspapers from 12 months to 6months.

Release of Advertisements

A total number of 13018 advertisements were released to variousnewspapers throughout the country during the financial year 2008-09. Outof these 851 were display advertisements and the rest were classifiedadvertisements. Some of these advertisements on World Population Day,World AIDS Day, World Health Day, Malaria Day, Iodine Deficiency Day,Environment Day, World Sight Day, National Rural Employment GuaranteeScheme (NREGA), Indira Gandhi Old Age Pension Scheme, Babu JagjivanRam’s Remembrance, International Day of Disabled Person, Baba SahabAmedkar Hastshilp Vikas Yojana, Sadbhavna Diwas, Bharat Nirman, AzadiExpress, Independence Day, Republic day.

Outdoor Publicity

Outdoor Publicity Wing uses the medium of hoardings, bus-panels, kiosks,wall paintings, banners, animation display, decorative railings, cinemaslides, metro display boards metro train inside panels, etc. to spreadmessages. This wing has put up a total number of 66,00,13,394 displaysduring the period.

OP Division has displayed hoardings on Bharat Nirman with schemes of


UPA Government in the states of Bihar, UP, Uttarakhand, Haryana, Punjaband HP. This Division tried to publicize National Convention forpanchayat Adyhaiksh in Delhi through various Outdoor Publicity mediaall over India.

Audio Visual Publicity

The AV Cell of DAVP undertakes publicity campaigns through radio andvideo sponsored programmes, jingles and audio- video spots on AIR,Doordarshan, private satellite TV, radio channels, digital theaters, mobilesthrough SMS and DFP units on various issues of social relevance andnational importance.

A special campaign on Bharat Nirman has been initiated for Ministry ofInformation and Broadcasting under which audio and video spots have beenproduced on various issues like NREGA, Health, Water, National RuralHealth Mission which are being broadcast/telecast on AIR/Doordarshan/private TV Channels/digital theatres. Also, a mega campaign was initiatedon the National Rural Health Mission for Ministry of Health and FamilyWelfare under which audio and video spots have been produced on varioushealth related issues which are being broadcast/telecast on AIR/Doordarshan/private. TV Channels/digital theaters. Major campaigns onConsumer Awareness for Ministry of Finance, Anti- Ragging for Ministryof Human Resource Development and Earthquake awareness for theMinistry of Home Affairs was also launched and audio-video spots weretelecast on private channels by DAVP.

A number of weekly sponsored radio programmes on variousdevelopmental issues are produced by DAVP and are being broadcast fromvarious All India Radio stations. These include ‘Sanwarti Jayen Jeeven kiRahein’ on welfare scheme of Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,“Break the Silence” on youth affairs for Ministry of Health & FamilyWelfare, ‘Akash Hamara Hai’ and “Poshan Aur Swasthya” on women andchild development issue for Ministry of Women and Child Development,“Fantastic Four” and “Koshih Sunhere Kal ki” for the Ministry ofEnvironment and Forest and “Nai Aashayen Nai Dishayen” for Ministryof New and Renewable Energy. These programmes are of 15-30 minutesduration and produced in Hindi and regional languages in interesting dramaformat. These are broadcast all over the country through Primary Channelsand Commercial Broadcasting Service (CBS) stations of AIR. Programme‘Let’s talk’ is being broadcast from FM, AIR Delhi.

Besides these campaigns, audio/video spot/films were produced onconsumer awareness for Department of Consumer Affairs, Empowermentof Disabled for Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, Anti Ragging


for Ministry of Human Resource Development, Pre-natal diagnostictechnique (PNDT), Deafness, Mental Health & Anti Tobacco for Ministryof Food Processing Industries, Resurgent India, Gandhi Jayanthi forMinistry of I&B.

Printed Publicity Activities

This Wing looks after the aspect of the DAVP’s advertising functionthrough printed publicity. The Wing looks into the planning, productionand supervision of print jobs viz. multi colour posters, folders, brochures,calendars and other miscellaneous items of printed publicity. Preparationof plans/estimates for various Ministries as per the requirements and budgetallocations are also done.

DAVP produces printed publicity material in all major Indian languagesi.e. Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam, Marathi, Gujarati, Bengali,Assamese, Oriya, Punjabi, Urdu and Hindi. This Wing maintains a panelof Printers, Typesetters and Dairy Makers to get the work completed inthe minimum possible time and controlling cost over runs.

Exhibitions

Some of the highlights of exhibition programmes are as under:

Azadi Express mobile exhibition train

The Azadi Express mobile exhibition train, which was flagged off atSafderjung station, New Delhi on 28th September 2007 by HumanResources Development Minister, Shri Arjun Singh, continued its all-Indiatour during 2008-09 as part of the celebration of the 150th year of FirstWar of India’s Independence and the 60th

year of Independence India. It

completed its journey on 14th May, 2008.

The sixteen-coach exhibition train, through photographs, murals, dioramasand audio-visuals, depicted the saga of popular upsurge leading to the 1857uprising, the role nationalist leaders and thinkers played during the longfreedom struggle leading to progress India has made in various fields sincethen.

After visiting northern, western, central, eastern and north-eastern parts ofthe country, Azadi Express entered Bihar on 15t April 2008 and halted atKatihar. Shri Nikhil Kumar Chaudhary, MP, and several other dignitarieswere the first to see the exhibition on the opening day.

After halting at three stations in Bihar, including Patna, the mobileexhibition train had its first stoppage in UP at Varanasi. At Kanpur station,the minister of State for Home, Shri. Sriparkash Jaiswal viewed the


exhibition and was highly appreciative of the theme and presentation ofevents altogether the train halted at 9 station in UP, including Lucknow.

Towords the end of its journey, Azadi Express halted at the historic city ofMeerut. Supplementing the exhibition train , DAVP organized an exhibitionof some rare photographs connected with the freedom struggle and the 1857events at Bhaisali ground in Meerut in coordination with the Heritagesociety and the Government freedom Struggle Museum Commemoratingthe great ‘Delhi Chalo’ March of 10th May 1857. Azadi Express rolled outof Meerut for Delhi on 10th May evening.

Azadi Express returned to Delhi on the 11th May 2008 after seven and ahalf month long journey, during which over 80 lakh people witnessed theexhibits when the exhibition train halted at 74 major stations.

At every station, mini exhibition highlighting local heroes of the freedomstruggle was put up on the platform alongside Azadi Express. At all thestations, there has been tremendous response from the people. Due to heavyrush of visitors the exhibition time had to be extended on most of the days.

Both prints and electronic media gave extensive coverage to the AzadiExpress exhibition train at every station it halted. The response from themedia was such that some newspapers even came out with colourful specialreports. All India Radio, Doordarshan and private channels and local cableTV Channels made extensive coverage of the exhibition.

Special Campaigns

Bharat Nirman Campaign

Bharat Nirman campaign Phase II and III continued during the year withmultimedia publicity being launched through Press Advertisement, Radioand Video Spot Production and Broadcast/Telecast and putting up ofHoardings. Bharat Nirman Phase III started on November, 15th with Pressadvertisements, Radio and Video spots being released on NREGS, MDM,Farmers Welfare in Non-election states. Radio and Video spots onoverarching theme incorporating NREGS, MDM, Farmers Welfare,Minorities Welfare and NRHM were released on National channels.

Apart from the Bharat Nirman Campaign, various advertisements onEmpowerment on International Day of disabled, advertisement of IncomeTax on Advance Tax, advertisement on Dr. Ambedkar MahaparinirwanDiwas, Nirmal Gram Puraskar, Drinking Water Supply on International yearof sanitation achievement were released. In addition to these,advertisements on Atomic Energy in various languages including Bookletsand Folders have also been issued.


Special Campaign on 2nd October

On the occasion of Gandhi Jayanti, multi-media publicity was organizedby DAVP. The details included:

• Press advertisement released on Gandhi Jayanti.

• As part of the Gandhi Jayanti celebrations, 3 to 5 days exhibitions inChennai, Mumbai and Hyderabad were organized on the life and teach-ings of Gandhiji.

• Radio and video spots were produced and broadcast/telecast onDoordarshan/All India Radio and Private Electronic Media Channels.

• Video spots were also shown in cinema houses through M/s. UFO onan experimental basis.

• Message text was given to telecommunication department (MTNL) andPrivate Mobile Operators such as Airtel, etc. who sent SMS to theircustomers on the occasion.

Special Campaign on Chandrayaan-I

Audio Visual publicity campaign on the occasion of successful mission ofChandrayaan-I was done. Audio and Video spots were produced andbroadcast/telecast when Chandrayaan-I successfully crossed the last 200kms. to moon. These were telecast on Doordarshan and Private TV channelsand broadcast on AIR.

REGISTRAR OF NEWSPAPERS FOR INDIA

The office of the Registrar of Newspapers for India, more popularly knownas RNI, came into being on lst July, 1956, on the recommendations of theFirst Press Commission in 1953 and by amending the Press and Registrationof Books Act 1867.

The Press and Registration of Books Act, 1867 contain the duties andfunctions of the RNI. On account of some more responsibilities entrustedwith RNI during all these years, the office is performing both statutory aswell as some non-statutory functions.

Under Statutory Functions, the following jobs are covered:

(i) Compilation and maintenance of a Register of Newspapers containingparticulars about all the newspapers published in the country;

(ii) Issue of Certificate of Registration to the newspapers published undervalid declaration;


(iii) Scrutiny and analysis of annual statements sent by the publishers ofnewspapers every year under Section 19-D of the Press andRegistration of Books Act containing information, circulation,ownership, etc.;

(iv) Informing the District Magistrates about availability of titles forintending publishers for filing declaration;

(v) Ensures that newspapers are published in accordance with theprovisions of the Press and Registration of Books Act;

(vi) Verification under Section 19-F of the PRB Act, of circulation claimsfurnished by the publishers in their Annual Statements; and

(vii) Preparation and submission to the Government on or before 31st

December each year, a report containing all available information andstatistics about the Press in India, with particular reference to theemerging trends in circulation and in the direction of commonownership units, etc.

The following items fall under the Non-statutory functions:

(i) Implementation of Newsprint Allocation Policy, Guidelines and issueof Eligibility Certificates to the newspapers to enable them to importnewsprint and also Entitlement Certificates to procure indigenousnewsprint.

(ii) Assessing and certifying the essential need and requirement ofnewspaper establishments to import printing and composing machineryand allied materials.

(iii)RNI also checks the circulation claims of newspapers or requestthrough the empanelled CA.

As per the provision of the Press and Registration of Books (PRB) Act1867 and rules under it, the Registrar of newspapers for India (RNI),commonly known as Press registrar, is required interalia to submit anAnnual report to the Government on the status of newspapers, on or before31st December every year. According to the data available for the year 2007-08, the total number of newspapers and periodicals being published in Indiawas 69323 as compared to 64998 during 2006-07, registering an increaseof 6.65 percent. There were 7710 dailies, 371 Bi-Tri-Weeklies, 622 Annuals,23414 Weeklies, 9053 Fortnightlies, 20948 Monthlies, 4687 Quarterlies and2510 others, etc. Newspaper were published in as many as 151 languages& dialects during 2007-08. The largest number of newspapers. (27527) werepublished in Hindi followed by English (10000) & Bilingual (4560). Dailynewspapers were brought out in all the principal languages exceptKashmiri. Newspapers were published from all states & union territories.


Uttar Pradesh with 10799 newspapers retained the prestigious position ofpublishing the largest number of newspapers in any state. In the case ofdailies also Uttar Pradesh held the top position with 1230 newspapers.Bombay Samachar, a Gujrati, daily published from Mumbai since 1822,is the oldest existing newspapers.

Data shows that the total claimed circulation of the Indian newspapersduring 2007-08 was 207108115 copies. The Hindu, English daily publishedfrom Chennai was the largest circulated single edition daily with 1275553copies followed by Ananda Bazar Patrika a Bengali daily from Kolkata with12255850 copies. The Eenadu a Telugu daily published from Hyderabadcame third with circulation of 11 81844 copies. The Times of India, inEnglish having five editions claiming combined circulation of 2335991copies came first among multiedition dailies. Eenadu with 23 editions anda combined circulation of 2227025 copies stood second and Dainik Bhaskarhaving 15 editions in Hindi with a combined circulation of 2032922 copiesoccupied the third position.

Among periodicals The Hindu, an English weekly from Chennai toppedwith a circulation of 1128596 copies, while The Sunday Times of India,an English weekly, published from Delhi came second with a circulationof 1089710 copies.

During the 11th five year plan (2007/11), a scheme “Strengthening of RNI”has been included with a total outlay of Rs. 88.06 lakhs. This schemeenvisages of setting up of two new Regional Offices of RNI one inGuwahati in the North Eastern Region and other one in Bhopal in theCentral Region. Setting up of Regional offices at Guwahati in North EasternRegion and Bhopal in Central Region respectively will give an effectivepresence to RNI in these areas. RNI already has its regional offices atMumbai, Chennai and Kolkata.

TOTAL NUMBER OF NEWSPAPERS IN 2007-08(Language and Periodicity wise)

Language Daily Bi/Tri- Weekly Fort Month Quarter Others Annual TotalWeelkly Nightly -ly -ly

Assamese 37 4 91 45 81 15 11 1 285

Bengali 125 15 707 690 861 574 243 29 3244

Bilingual 132 22 970 562 2040 517 254 63 4560

Bodo 2 1 4 1 5 2 1 0 16

Dogri 0 0 2 0 1 3 i 0 6


English 594 42 1358 965 4015 1612 1163 251 10000

Gujarati 220 17 1410 307 881 88 67 15 3005Hindi 3418 130 12793 4042 5687 1023 376 58 27527Kannada 493 6 573 419 1015 68 32 4 2610Kashmiri 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 3Konkani 1 0 4 2 6 2 0 0 15Malayalam 265 9 211 186 1060 79 55 18 1883

Manipuri 18 0 7 5 11 7 5 0 53

Marathi 553 24 1991 343 842 160 67 142 4122

Maithili 2 0 1 3 8 4 4 0 22

Multilingual 21 5 164 89 368 88 54 18 807

Nepali 10 2 64 7 18 18 8 0 127

Oriya 107 3 247 140 383 114 33 5 1032

Others 61 15 83 32 148 56 13 1 409

Punjabi 116 15 413 117 345 43 20 1 1070

Sanskrit 5 0 9 6 21 19 6 0 66

Sainthali 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 0 6

Sindhi 13 0 41 11 40 11 3 0 119

Tamil 409 43 454 335 1511 50 41 10 2853

Telugu 405 5 372 340 971 41 32 2 2168

Urdu 703 21 1443 406 626 91 21 4 3315

Total 7710 379 23414 9053 20948 4687 2510 622 69323

DIRECTORATE OF FIELD PUBLICITY

Directorate of Field Publicity with its headquarters in New Delhi is thelargest rural oriented interpersonal communication medium in the country.It operates as a two-way channel for dissemination of information amongmasses and gathering feed back for the Government. It acts as a bridgebetween the people and the Government. Established in 1953 as ‘Five YearPlan Publicity Organization’ with the sole objective of publicity of FiveYear Plans, the Directorate assumed its present format and role in 1959with its publicity scope widened and made all inclusive. Over the years,its areas of operation as also its aims and objectives have been diversified.Briefly they are:- (a) to inform, educate, motivate and involve the people,especially at the grass root level, in the process of development so thatthe vision of the framers of the Constitution as outlined in its preamble isrealized. (b) to generate public opinion for the implementation ofdevelopmental programmes and mobilize popular participation in theprocess of nation building. (c) to keep the public, especially the weaker,the marginalized and the remotely placed people informed about thepolicies and the programme of the Government and generate awareness on


several national and social issues of relevance. (d) to keep the Governmentinformed of the people’s reactions to its programmes and policies and theirimplementation at the field level thereby facilitating corrective measuresas and when required.

DFP communicates with the people through various modes ofcommunication. Inter-Personal Communication is the basic essence of allits programme activities. DFP resorts largely to interactive medium likeGroup Discussions, Seminars/Symposia, Public Meetings, ElocutionContest, Question Answer Sessions, and Rallies, etc. to convey its messageto the masses. It also supplements its publicity activities through visualand live entertainment programmes like Film Shows, Photo Exhibitions,Song & Drama shows, etc. to communicate with the people. The Directoratealso conducts competitions like quiz, essay, drawing and painting, sloganwriting, and rural sports, etc., to disseminate message on the chosen themes.Collecting feed back of public perceptions to the authorities is one of themain components of DFP’s functioning.

During the year the Directorate conducted massive awareness campaignon National Rural Health Mission, AIDS Awareness, Iodine DeficiencyDisorders, Control Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Legal Literacy andFree Legal Aid Programmes for the poor, Common Minimum Programmeof UPA Govt., etc.

Conducted Tour

During the current financial year 11 conducted tours are proposed to beorganized at a total cost of Rs 49 lacs. Out of these 7 tours have alreadybeen undertaken.

Regions which have organised the conducted tours are Jharkhand, Bihar,Orissa, Tarnil Nadu, Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Four moretours are in the advance stage of finalisation.

Public Information Campaign

Public Information Campaign is a new and important feature of thepublicity activities of the Directorate. DFP participated in PIB led PICson Bharat Nirman in different parts of the country. In every PIC four FieldPublicity Units were deployed for five days of pre PIC phase, five days ofmain PIC and two days post PIC. These campaigns have been organisedin 1. Sitarganj (Punjab) 2. Jogindernagar (Himachal Pradesh) 3. West KhasiHills (Meghalaya) 4. Kunihar (Himachal Pradesh) 5. Mulbagal (Karnataka)6. Adeshpur (Orissa) 7. Dibrugarh (Assam) 8. Kovvali (Andhra Pradesh)9. Podukottai (Tamilnadu) 10. Amthala (Rajasthan) 11. Kottayam(Trivandrum). In all the PICs, DFP put up a stall where information on a


variety of topics of public interest was disseminated. DFP ensured thatpeople in large numbers participated in the PICs across the country.

Publicity Programmes on RRE

The Field Publicity units rendered publicity support to Red Ribbon Express.The units mobilized people who flocked in large numbers to see the train.The units organized programmes at the railway stations and in thesurrounding villages.

Avian Flu

The Field Publicity Units rendered valuable publicity support in creatingawareness about the deadly Avian Flu virus. The FPUs made good use ofpublicity material provided by UNICEF and other agencies. The peoplewere explained about the preventive steps to check the transmission ofvirus. The Units also exhorted the poultry farmers to cooperate with theculling team. Unlike last year, the awareness activities this year areconcentrated in Tripura, West Bengal and Sikkim where the virus madeits appearance.

Border Area Development Programme (BADP)

Border Area Development Programme publicity programme has beenlaunched in selected blocks/villages of some identified districts of theBorder States. The programme aims at promoting National Integration,bringing the people into the vortex of national life and improving moraleof the border population.

With this end in view the FPUs have been organizing programmes on avariety of themes especially those under the flagship programmes-NREGA,Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, RTI, Mid Day Meal, etc. People in large numberhave participated in these programmes. The programme is continuing inBorder States of Nagaland & Manipur, Uttarakhand. Jammu & Kashmir,West Bengal(S), North West (Chandigarh), UP(CE), Bihar, Rajasthan,Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Gujarat, West Bengal (N).

Special Programmes

Special Publicity programmes funded by Ministry of Rural Development(on Bharat Nirman) and by Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (onIodine Deficiency Disorder Control) have been launched in November 2008by DFP across the nation in a comprehensive and intensive manner togenerate awareness among the people about the latest developments andissues pertaining to these programmes.


Observance of Days and Weeks of National Importance is yet another waywhereby DFP help generate public participation in nation building processby instilling nationalism and communal harmony among the people. Duringthe year DFP observed all the important Days and Weeks of nationalimportance in a befitting manner.

Covering of Fairs, Festivals and Crowd Points is DFP’s yet anotherimportant way of interacting with the people. During the year DFP coveredimportant State and National level Fairs and Festivals and disseminatedmessages.

During the year 2008-09, DFP organized 15757 Films shows, 2179 Songand Drama Programmes, 3945 Special Programmes, 2511 OralCommunications, 13730 Photo Exhibitions, 20507 Group Discussions,besides gathering 3054 Public reaction reports on various policies andprogrammes of the Government through its network of 22 Regional officesand 207 Field Publicity Units spread all over the country.

PUBLICATIONS DIVISION

Set up in 1941 as a branch of Bureau of Public Information, the PublicationsDivision of the Government of India aims at providing authenticinformation on different aspects of Indian panorama at affordable pricesto its readers. With headquarters at Soochna Bhawan, CGO Complex, NewDelhi, the Division functions through its various field units-Sales Emporiaat New Delhi, Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai. Kolkata, Patna, Lucknow,Hyderabad and Thiruvananthapuram and Yojana offices at New Delhi,Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Ahmedabad, Guwahati. Hyderabad,Thiruvananthapuram and Bengaluru. The offices of Employment News andJournals Unit are located at R.K. Puram, New Delhi.

Books

Books of Publications Division cover the whole gamut of subjects fromart, culture, history, land and people, flora and fauna, children’s literature,science and technology, Gandhian literature, biographies of eminent personsto reference works like India-A Reference Annual, Press in India and MassMedia in India. The Division also publishes selected speeches of thePresidents and Prime Ministers of India.

The Division, brings out around 100 titles every year and has publishedmore than 7800 titles so far. During the period April 2007 - March 2008,the Division has published 103 titles in English, Hindi and other regional


languages. To commemorate 150 years of the First War of IndianIndependence and birth centenary of martyr Bhagat Singh, the Divisionbrought out some important books of lasting shelf value. These are: BhagatSingh: The Eternal Rebel, 1857 -The Uprising, Delhi in 1857 (in English)Veer Kunwar Singh, Tatya Tope, Bahadur Shah Zafar, Nana Dhondu PantPeshwa, Yeh Karvan Hamara and 1857 - Sachitra Jhanki (in Hindi).Translation of the well known title on 1857 by eminent historian S.N. Senin Telugu was published this year. Other important titles brought out duringApril 2007- March 2008 are: My Book of Human Rights, Sunita Williamsand Maulana Jalaluddin Rumi.

Journals

The Division also brings out 18 monthly journals including ‘Bal Bharati’-a children’s magazine, ‘Aajkal in Hindi and Urdu, ‘Kurukshetra’ in Hindiand English and ‘Yojana’ in Hindi, English, Urdu, Punjabi, Oriya, Bengali,Assamese, Gujarati, Marathi, Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam and Kannada.

Bal Bharati

Bal Bharati, the popular children’s monthly in Hindi is being publishedregularly since 1948. Its main objective is to provide healthy entertainmentto children while inculcating in them human values and scientific temperthrough short stories, poems, pictorial stories and informative articles. Ithas brought out a special science issue in June 2007. November, 2007 wasanother Special Number. Bal Bharati organized an Essay Competition forChildren in the month of November, 2007 to tap creative writing abilityof young children and to develop a competitive spirit among them. With acirculation of more than one lakh per month, it is among the largest sellingchildren magazines in India.

Aajkal

Aajkal is a prestigious literary monthly magazine in Hindi and Urdu. Ithas brought out a number of special issues that covered varied aspects ofIndian culture and literature. Aajkal (Hindi) as well as Aajkal (Urdu)brought out Special Numbers in May 2007 to commemorate 150 years ofthe First War of Indian Independence. August 2007 and November 2007issues of Aajkal(Hindi) were devoted to 60 years of India’s Independenceand Children’s Literature respectively. Aajkal (Urdu) provided special focusto various contemporary literary issues in their different numbers, coveringsubjects like Sufi philosophy, Urdu Press and feminism. Aajkal(Urdu) alsobrought out special issues on eminent writer Qurrutail Ain Haider inNovember. 2007.


Yojana

Yojana, the flagship journal of the Publications Division, devotes itself tosocio-economic issues. The monthly magazine published in 13 languagessimultaneously, is meant to promote awareness about development schemesand topical economic issues among all sections of the people especiallythose in semi-urban areas/small towns. Yojana through its various issuesduring the year covered important topics like Approach to Eleventh FiveYear Plan, 50 Years of Indian IT, Handlooms, 150 Years of India’s FirstWar of Independence, Inflation Vs. Growth, Water, Microfinance, ImmoralTraffic and Budget 2008-09.

In collaboration with Jammu and Kashmir Government, a Column, “J&KWindow” has been launched to focus attention on creating awareness aboutbusiness opportunities and possibilities of economic activities in the States.Another column called ‘Best Practices’ contains success stories/initiativestaken by NGOs, individuals and other groups. The series ‘Shodh Yatra’is again being restarted with National Innovation Foundation, Ahmedabad.The objective of the column is to highlight the technologies developed byrural population for their welfare. Yojana has started devoting Decemberissues every year to North-East. December 2007 issue was on North-Eastwith Sikkim as the theme State.

A new series called ‘Do You Know’ was launched in which basic facts ontopical issues are analysed in simple language.

Kurukshetra

Kurukshetra, the only dedicated journal on rural development is servingas a forum for exchange of ideas on programmes, policies andimplementation status of development efforts in the rural sector. Themonthly journal is published in English and Hindi on behalf of the Ministryof Rural Development. This year, the focus of the annual issue (October2007) was on ‘Changing Face of Rural India’.

Employment News

The Division also brings out the weekly, Employment News/RozgarSamachar in English, Hindi and Urdu, which focuses on employmentopportunities in government and semi-government organizations/departments. public sector undertakings, autonomous bodies, banks anduniversities. The journal has a weekly circulation of about 4 lakhs copies.It has a network of 297 sales distributors and 4051 direct subscribers acrossthe country.

During the year 2007-08, revenue generated stood at Rs. 51.44 crore which


is a significant increase over the last year. The total revenue increased fromRs 44.54 crore in 2006-07 to Rs 51.44 crore in 2007-08. Average numberof pages per issue has also seen a distinct improvement from 52.98 in 2006-07 to 58.46 in 2007-08. In spite of escalation in the various cost factorsthe net revenue generated by Employment News increased from Rs.20.26crore in 2006-07 to Rs 27.90 crore in 2007-08.

The website of Employment News launched under the domain namewww.employmentnews.gov.in has become very popular amongst the jobseekers throughout the country. The website is now equipped with state ofthe art Search Engine which enables viewers to quickly retrieve materialfrom the website.

The website is providing counseling service on an interactive basis toyoungsters throughout the country where questions are answered byspecialist career counselors.

Over 65,000 youngsters are now getting free services provided on a routinebasis by the website which is in addition to the hits on daily basis made bythe viewers. The website has archived write-ups on various career optionsavailable and carries over 1000 answers to variety of career questions. Thewebsite has also entered into an arrangement with STEP, IIT Kharagpur formarketing space on the website and has been technically upgraded.

The website is very popular among the youth and is attracting a page hitof more than 2 lakhs per day which is one of the highest for a governmentwebsite. Encouraged by the response of its readers and also in keeping withthe official language policy of Government of India, EN launched anexclusive website under the domain name www.rojgarsamachar.gov.in forRozgar Samachar, its Hindi version, in the first week of July 2008 to caterto the needs of Hindi speaking areas.

Bharatendu Harishchandra Awards

The Bharatendu Harishchandra Awards, originally instituted to encouragecreative writing in Hindi on mass communication, are also given annuallyto children’s literature and writings on women’s problems and nationalintegration. The awards for 2004 and 2005 in different categories werepresented on 23rd May 2007.

Business and Marketing

Publications Division sells its books, journals and CDs, through itsemporia in New Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Hyderabad,Thiruvananthapuram, Patna, Lucknow and has about 400 agents. Yojanaoffices located at Ahmedabad, Bengaluru, Guwahati also function as the


sales outlets. Apart from this, the Division participates in major book fairslike International Book Fair, Mumbai International Book Fair, etc. Therevenue earned by the sale of books and journals in the year 2007-08 isRs. 5.25 crore which is Rs. 1.12 crore higher than the previous year. Thisupward trend is being maintained in the current year also.

Modernisation and Computerisation

Under the l lth Five Year Plan, an amount of Rs. 218.75 lakhs has beenallocated by the Ministry for this Division for the Scheme Modernizationof Publications Division. The details are as under:

(Rs. in Lakhs)

S.No. Name of 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 TotalScheme

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Modernisation ofPublications Division

A Digitalisation of 45.60 10.50 8.55 13.05 13.05 90.75part issues ofYojana andKurukshetra

B Creating a Website 1.60 0.40 - - - 2.00of Yojana

C Computerisation 14.00 12.00 - - - 26.00and Modernisationof Yojana Offices

D Modernisation of 20.00 20.00 20.00 ‘120.00 20.00 100.00business officesand Sales Emporia

TOTAL 81.20 43.90 28.55 33.05 33.05 218.75

During the annual Plan 2007-08, an amount of Rs. 67.21 lakhs was spentto implement the Scheme. During the year, Book Gallery at Headquartersand Sales Emporium, Hyderabad were modernized and seven Yojana officeswere computerised. Website was designed and dedicated leased line withIP address was started. Website has been launched. Work relating to thedigitisation of past issues of Yojana (English and Hindi) and Kurukshetra(English and Hindi) was completed.

The official website of the Division is www.publicationsdivision.nic.in. Thedetails of the books/journals/magazines, etc. brought out by the Division,the events of book industry and forthcoming book exhibitions/book fairsare available on this website.


The Division has two e-mail addresses, [email protected] and [email protected] can be used for placing orders and seeking relevant information

RESEARCH, REFERENCE ANDTRAINING DIVISION

Set up in the year 1945 the Division functions as information serving unitfor the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting and various media unitsunder it. The role of Research, Reference and Training Division (RR &TD) is to assist the Media Units of the Ministry in collection, compilationand preparation of material involving research into published works, etc.;building up a data base on important subjects and to prepare backgroundnotes on current and other topics for the use of the Media Units. TheDivision studies trends in mass communication media and maintainsreference and documentation service on mass communication. It providesbackground, reference and research material for use of the Ministry, itsmedia units and others engaged in mass communication. The Division alsolooks after the training aspect of the Indian Information Service (IIS)officers in collaboration with the Indian Institute of Mass Communication(IIMC) It has for the time being deffered.

Organization set up

RRTD has its headquarters at Soochna Bhawan, New Delhi and is headedby ADG (I/C) and assisted by two Directors one Deputy Director, one ChiefDocumentation Officer, one Assistant Director, one Research Officer, oneDocumentation Officer and supporting staff.

e-Governance

As part of ongoing ICT activities, the library is being upgraded andcomputerized. It is to be converted into a virtual library by the end of XIPlan. To smoothen the working of the office the LAN network is beingfurther strengthened and expanded.

MAJOR ACTIVITIES

Annual Reference Manual

The Division compiles annual reference books, ‘India - A ReferenceAnnual’, a compilation on development and progress made by CentralMinistries/Departments, State/Union Territory Administration and PSUs/Autonomous bodies. It is simultaneously published in Hindi titled-’Bharat’.Hon’ble Minister of State for Information and Broadcasting, Shri Anand


Sharma released the 53rd edition of Reference Annual India/Bharat 2009on 6th January 2009.

Mass Media in India

The Division brings out ‘Mass Media in India’, a comprehensivepublication on Mass Media in the country. It contains articles on variousaspects of the mass media, information on the status of media organizationin Central government, States and Union Territories. It also includes thegeneral information on print and electronic media. The 2008 issue wasbrought out with a specific focus on ‘Application of IT in MassCommunication’.

Diary of Events

The Division maintains a fortnightly Diary of Events. It focuses onimportant national and international events for record and referencepurposes.

Speciality Magazines Monthly Report

The Division prepares a monthly report on specialized magazines and afterscreening sends it to the Ministry. These magazines are monitored to ensurethat the publishers adhere strictly to the stipulations laid down by thegovernment.

Reference Library

The Division has a well-stocked library with a large collection ofdocuments on various subjects, bound volumes of selected periodicals andvarious reports of the Ministries, Committees and Commissions. Itscollection includes specialized books on subject pertaining to journalism,public relations, advertising and audio-visual media, prominentencyclopedia series, yearbooks and contemporary articles. Besides thesenior officers of I&B, the library facilities are also available to accreditedIndian and foreign correspondents. 630 new titles were added to the libraryduring the year 2008-2009(up to March,2009) including 299 books inHindi.

National Documentation Centre on Mass Communication

The National Documentation Centre on Mass Communication (NDCMC)was created in 1976 as a part of the Division on the recommendation ofan Expert Committee set up by the Ministry for collection, interpreting anddisseminating information about the events and trends in mass mediathrough its periodical services. The NDCMC documents major news items,


articles and other information material available on mass media/communication. The current activities of the centre include collecting,documenting and dissemination of information.

The information collected is maintained and disseminated through serviceslike Current Awareness Service - annotated index of select articles;Bibliography Service - annotated subject index of articles; Bulletin on Film- abstract of various developments in the film industry; ReferenceInformation Service - background papers on subject of topical interests inthe field of mass media Who’s Who in Mass Media-biography of eminentmedia personalities; Honours Conferred on Mass Communicators-detailsof awards conferred on Mass Communications and Media Update-diaryof national and international media events. The Centre brought out 55 suchservices during the year 2008-09.

PLAN SCHEMES

The Division has a Plan Scheme titled “Research Reference and MediaAwards”. This scheme approved under 11t” Five Year Plan of the Divisionhas three components namely ‘Research in Mass Media’, ‘Upgradation ofLibrary’ and `National Media Awards’.

Research in Mass Media

A study “Coverage of Gender Issues in Print Media” has been undertakenand has been entrusted to the University of Kashmir. The preliminary reporthas been received and is being finalized.

Upgradation of Library

Computerization of Library is underway. More books and magazines withspecific focus on Media and Mass Communication are being added to theLibrary

National Media Awards

A committee headed by Principal Director General (M&C), constituted toformulate regulations for operationlising of National Media Awards, acomponent of the plan scheme has submitted its report which is underconsideration.

SONG AND DRAMA DIVISION

The Song and Drama Division was set up in 1954 as a unit of All IndiaRadio and was given the status of an independent media unit in 1956


with the mandate of development communication. This is the largestorganization in the country using performing arts as a medium ofcommunication. The Division uses a wide range of art forms such asdrama, ballets, operas, dance-dramas, folk and traditional recitals, puppetry.In addition, the Division organizes theatrical shows on national themessuch as communal, harmony, national integration, secularism, promotionof cultlural heritage, health, environment, education, etc., through Soundand Light Programmes.

Organizational set up

Functioning from Headquartrs at Delhi the Division has the following fieldOffices: (a) ten Regional Centres at Bengaluru, Bhopal, Chandigarh,Chennai, Delhi, Guwahati, Kolkata, Lucknow, Pune, and Ranchi; (b) SevenBorder Centres at Imphal, Jammu, Shimla, Nainital, Darbhanga, Jodhpurand Guwahati; (c) Six Drama troupes at Bhubaneshwar, Delhi, Hyderabad,Patna, Pune and Srinagar; (d) Nine troupes of Armed Forces EntertainmentWing at Delhi and Chennai: (e) Two Sound and Light Units at Bengaluruand Delhi and (f) A Tribal Pilot Project at Ranchi. Division has alsoreopened its project in Dehradun in Uttarakhand w.e.f. 1.8.2008. With thehelp of about 380 departmental staff artistes, approxirnately 8,10 registeredtroupes and about 1200 empanelled artistes, the Division organized 21,539programmes during 2007-08.

The programme activities of the Division are carried out through :

Armed Forces Entertainment Wing

The Division caters to the entertainment requirements of the Armed Forcesin most inhospitable, remote, border and forward areas. The Armed ForcesEntertainment Wing troupes are very popular for presenting folk dancesfrom all the states in original and attractive form, colour and costume,thereby highlighting the cultural integration of the country. The areas visitedby these troupes include Leh, Ladakh, Chumathang, Thoyas, Partapur,Mokok Chung, Lung Talai, Alon Samdhu, Pang, Port Blair, Indo-China andMyanmar, Pak, Bangla, interior parts of J&K and North East Region.

Tribal Publicity

Ranchi Tribal Centre was established in 1980 to enhance awarenessactivities by involving more tribal artistes in the developmental process.419 Programmes were presented by the troupes in the tribal areas of Bihar,Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh & Orissa to educate the peopleabout various developmental schemes designed for them during 2007-2008.


Border Publicity Troupes

The Border Publicity Troupes are Departmental troupes functioning atImphal, Guwahati, Dharbhanga, Nainital, Shimla, Jammu and Jodhpur.These troupes have undertaken publicity in the remote border areas toeducate the people about various developmental schemes of Governmentof India and also to counter the propaganda across the border. TheseProgrammes were organized in close coordination with SSB, BSF and otherGovernment agencies. The troupes present programme on Nationalimportance in local dialects and Hindi touching Indo China, Pak, Myanmarand Bangla borders.

Departmental Drama Troupes

During the year, the Departmental Drama Troupes situated at Delhi, Pune,Patna, Hyderabad, Bhubaneshwar, Jammu/Srinagar and Delhi presentedplays on various themes like Family Welfare, AIDS, Drug Abuse, NationalIntegration, Communal Harmony, Environmental Issues, etc. These troupespresented shows especially in local fairs and festivals and during the IndiaInternational Trade Fair 2007 where large number of people congregate.Various issues on Health and family Welfare were presented in plays.

Plan Scheme

Under the Plan schemes, the Division covers up ICT activities in Hilly/Tribal/Desert/Sensitive and Border Areas and Impact Assessment andModernization of Song and Drama Division. During 2007-08 under thescheme about 6048 programmes were presented.

During 2007-08 the following are the special components of the approvedplan ‘Scheme’ of the Division.

(a) Information, Communication, Technology activities in hilly/tribal/desert/ sensitive and border areas.

(b) Activities in 76 identified districts.

(c) Publicity on Common Minimum programmes in 10 Regional Centres.

(d) Special Activities in J&K and North East.

(e) Presentation of Theatrical shows on National/social themes.

(f) Modernisation of Song and Drama Division.

ICT activities in hilly/tribal/desert/sensitive and border areas

The Division also presents Programmes in Tribal, Hilly and Desert areaswith the view to creating awareness among the isolated tribes living in thehill and desert areas regarding the developmental activities initiated for their


welfare. These Programmes aim at promoting amongst them a sense ofbelonging to the country and to encourage them for their participation inthe on going developmental activities around them by devisingprogrogrames which are intelligible to them. Performing troupes are createdfrom amongst the local people in their respective dialects and idioms.

Activities in 76 Identified Districts

Under plan scheme Activities in 76 identified districts during the year 2007-2008, the Division presented Programmes in the specially identified districtsall over India. National Integration, Communal Harmony, Anti Terriorismand Patriotism are the themes being highlighted through these Programmes.875 Programmes were presented during 2007-08 in all the 76 identifieddistricts.

Publicity on Common Minimnm Programme

Under the plan scheme for Publicity on Common Minimum Progrmmes,this Division presented 620 Programmes highlighting the salient featuresof CMP during 2007-08.

Special Activities in J&K and North East Region

During the year 2007-08, this Division presented 541 Programmesproviding special coverage for North-East, Jammu & Kashmir and otheridentified districts.

Presentation of Theatrical shows on National Themes

With the objective of educating the people in general and youth in particularabout the rich cultural and historical heritage of the country, the Sound &Light Units of the Division made Sound and Light Programmes in variousparts of the Country. The Bengaluru unit presented “Karnataka Vaibhav”at Mysore and Bengaluru, Vijayanagara Vaibhava at Hampi in Karnatakaand Neneyo Aa Danruva in Bengaluru during the year 2007-08. Shatroopa,a special sound and light show on women through ages was presented atJammu and Madhubani in Bihar.

HEALTH AND FAMILY WELFARE

The Division presented about 230 Programmes for the Ministry of Health& Family Welfare on different themes on health awareness. During IndiaInternational Trade Fair-2007 the Division presented colourful programmesin the pavilion of Health & Family Welfare. 276 programmes werepresented on various themes of Health & Family Welfare in the form ofdrama, composite programmes, magic, puppetry and traditional folk


recitals, etc. The Division presented programmes on the occasion of healthmela at Lalganj in Raibareily district UP in October 2007. In New Delhialso a weeklong Health Mela of the MTNL was presented before hugegathering in which variety of cultural programme was staged.

SPECIAL CAMPAIGN ON PREVENTION OF AIDS

All the field units presented programmes on prevention of AIDS. Prior topresentation of Programmes in the field, the participating troupes weregiven orientation on the theme of HIV and AIDS. The Bengaluru Centrepresented 120 Programmes on AIDS in coordination with Karnataka StateAids Prevention Society. A total 1254 Programmes were presented onprevention of AIDS in the high prevalence districts all over the countryduring 2007-08.

RED RIBBON EXPRESS — PUBLICITY ON AIDS

In order to provide vide and effective publicity NACO has flagged off aspecial train “Red Ribbon Express” from 1st December 2007. In all its 71halting places up to 31st March 2008 the Division presented 253programmes covering Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Bihar, Jharkhand, West Bengaland Assam.

BHARAT NIRMAN- PUBLIC INFORMATION CAMPAIGN

During 2007-08, the Division participated in all the Public InformationCampaigns organized by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting inwhich all the media units played remarkable role in giving publicity onthemes like National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme, National RuralHealth Mission, Sarvshiksha Abhiyan, Universal Mid-day MealProgramme, Jawaharlal Nehru Urban Renewal Mission, Right toInformation Act, Prime Minister’s 15 point programme on minorities,etc. In addition to presenting colorful programmes at the place of thecampaign, the Division presented pre and post publicity programmes forfive days before and after the campaign in the surrounding villages therebycreating awareness on the developmental schemes under the CommonMinimum Programmes. During the year 2007-08, the Division providedfull publicity coverage for the Public Information Campaigns atThiruvananthapuram in Kerala, Vikrabad, Gudur and Vijayanagaram inAndhra Pradesh, Coimbatore, Erode and Vellore in Tamilnadu, Bellari inKarnataka, Lohit in Arunachal Pradesh, Washim in Maharashtra, Chamoliin Uttrakhand, Chindawada, Narsingpur and Dhaar in Madhya Pradesh,Chittore in Rajasthan, Namchi in Sikkim, Dhamanayar, Joypur, Darjeelingand Nadia in West Bengal, Srinagar and Jammu in Jammu and Kashmir,


Jalandar and Malarkotla in Punjab, Naraingarh in Haryana, etc, underGuwahati Regional centre all PIC programmes were presented with PIBreaching the identified areas in North-East Region. The Division willcontinue to provide full coverage for all the PICs during the remainingperiod of the year up to March 2008.

COMMEMORATION OF 150th YEAR OF FIRST WAR OFINDEPENDENCE HELD IN 1857

The Division is actively presenting programmes on commemoration of 150th

year of Independence from May 2007. Programmes were presented duringthe rally from Meerut to New Delhi. The rally was started with the historicsong, presented by artistes of this Division. All the field units presentedprogrammes in their respective Regions to mark the occasion. The Divisionprovided full coverage during the year. In this connection the Division ispresenting programmes in each halting places of Azadi Express of DAVPflagged off on 2nd October 2007 coinciding with Gandhi Jayanti

A five day festival commemorating the contributions of the unsung heroesof North-East was observed at Imphal from 13th to 17th June 2007.Programmes like dramas and dance dramas were presented on theoccasion. 142 dramas such as Rani Gaidinliu, war of freedom, BhagatSingh, the first flame of women’s war 1904, against the white riders,when Britisher’s Mouth was shut, Swaraj, etc., were presented in Manipurand Assam during June to July 2007 in coordination with Nehru YuvaKendras.

PHOTO DIVISION

Photo Division, a media unit meant for visual support for the activities ofthe government of India, is a subordinate office under the Ministry ofInformation and Broadcasting. The Division is responsible for photodocumentation and archiving of photographs both in black and white andcolour for internal and external publicity on behalf of the Government ofIndia.

The major function of the Photo Division is to document photographically,the growth, development and the political, economic and social changesin the country and to store such images for posterity. Photo Divisionprovides visuals (still) to media units of the Ministry of Information andBroadcasting, for day to day publicity and also to use the photographs inexhibitions or publications. Other major users are central and stategovernment agencies, Ministries/Departments including the President’s


Secretariat, Vice- President’s Secretariat, Minister’s Office, Lok Sabha &Rajya Sabha Secretariats and Indian Missions abroad through XP Divisionof the Ministry of Externals Affairs.

The Division also supplies photographs on payment basis to non-publicityorganizations, private publishers and general public.

Organizational Set up

The Photo Division is headed by a Director and assisted by one DeputyDirector, one Senior Photo Officer and 6 Photo Officers.

e-Governance

As part of continuing ICT activities the Photo Division has upgraded itswebsite www.photodivision.gov.in. The website has an archival sectionwhich includes rare photographs of historical importance. The Division hasalso undertaken the process of Digitalization, Cataloguing and Indexingof its images. This would help better preservation and maintenance of rarephotographs.

Major Activities

Collection of Old Images

During the period the Division has initiated the collection of old imageswith Cellular Jail authorities who had some unique collection of oldphotographic records from 1885 onwards till the Independence and about50 photographs were collected from the British Museum. After a meetingwith the Additional Secretary in the Ministry and Director, Photo Divisionwith the Secretary (Culture) of the Andaman and Nicobar Administration,it was decided to have the images digitalized and Photo Division wouldbe able to use these images for the cross-referencing purpose and othernecessary needs. Accordingly 50 such images and 119 portraits of unknownfreedom fighters who were detained in the Cellular Jail have beendigitalized by the Division.

Outsourcing of Images

In order to enrich its Photo Archives and to have a cross-referencing ofthe existing images, Photo Division through National Centre ofPhotography has decided to acquire old photographs of archival value ofat least 50 years old from the photographers, collectors and individualshaving old records. A committee in this respect was formed with twooutside experts, an eminent historian Dr. Narayani Gupta and an eminentphotographer Shri Raghu Rai in addition to two Directors from the Ministry


and Director, Photo Division as the Chairman of the committee. Divisionhas given countrywide announcement for the collection from the collectors.The Committee met twice before finalizing the images which have beenreceived from 28 respondents out of which eight were short-listed and 323images were finalized. There were some unique images of the period 1880onwards. The Division has acquired some of these images.

Synergy between other Media Units

To keep a synergy between the other Media Units, Division has taken upvarious measures. To avoid the delay in sending photographs to newspaperthrough network, Division is now equipped to send pictures to the PIB deskwithout much delay. To produce excellent publicity materials, PhotoDivision took various steps to take up updated documentation be it for theprinting of calendar or for thematic exhibitions, etc. To disseminate itsexpertise it also took measures to organize Workshop, etc. in collaborationwith Media Units and state governments.

Moreover, with the shifting of DAVP, Publications Division and many othermedia units to Soochna Bhawan it has become easy to work in unison and asa matter of fact the Division is able to give more of its services to other mediaunits which was earlier concentrated to the PIB’s releases. Through therequirement of hard copies for the PIB has been reduced to almost nil (exceptingthe few copies meant for the official and the Prime Ministers office), theproduction of the exhibition work has been substantially increased. With theintroduction of the large size printing the Division has supplied readyexhibition sets to DAVP in the life size from 3 feet by 4 feet and above.

21st NATIONAL PHOTO CONTEST: LIFE AND ENVIRONMENT

Photo Division conducted its 21st National Photo Contest on the theme “Lifeand Environment”.

A country-wide invitation was sent to the photographers through Nationaland Regional Newspapers to participate in the competition by sendingmaximum number of four entries in such section i.e. Monochrome (Black& White) and colour on the specific subject.

A total number of 2206 photographs were received from 506 photographersfrom 25 states. A high level Jury comprising of Smt. Stuti Kacker,Additional Secretary, Ministry of I&B, Shri T.S. Nagarajan, noted PhotoJournalist from Bangaluru and the former Director, Photo Division, O.P.Sharma, noted Photo Artist from New Delhi and the Head of IndiaInternational Photographic Council, Anil Risal Singh, a noted Pictorialist,Photo Conservationist and the President of the Lucknow Camera Club andDebatosh Sengupta, Director, Photo Division screened the entries and


decided the award winning as well as the selected photographs for theExhibition. In addition to this, the jury also considered 75 colour and 23black and white photographs for exhibition.

The aim of the Photo Contest was to encourage photographers of thecountry so that talent available in the field could be projected and be givendue recognition. The theme was rather wide in its scope and this gave thecontestants a large arena from which to select their subjects.

Secretary, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Smt. Sushma Singhinaugurated the exhibition and distributed the awards to the winner on 29thDecember 2008 at Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts, New Delhiand inaugurated the exhibition.

The prize winning and selected photographs of the 20th National PhotoContest entitled “the Spirit of Independent India” has also been exhibitedat Bangaluru, Bhopal, Lucknow, Ahmedabad, Kolkata, Guwahati andIndore.

On the occasion of the Communal Harmony Week, the Division displayedan exhibition on the theme “Secular India” in Soochna Bhawan, New Delhi.

Production

With the introduction of printing of murals initiated during the last planscheme Division produced a number of important sets of panel ofexhibition. An outline of the same is given below:

1. 20 sets of exhibition materials of Kranti Yatra, the exhibition on 1857,the first war of Independence;

2. 20 sets for NACO kit;

3. 8 sets of Swasth Gram & Swasth Bharat;

4. 3 complete sets of the Civil Service Exhibition on Best Practices sup-plied to different administrative institutes in Shimla, Hyderabad, andISTM, New Delhi; and

5. One set from the selection of Bharat Nirman (flagship programme).

Plan Activities

Photo Division initiated two new Plan Schemes under the Xlth Five YearPlan:

National Centre of Photography

The National Centre of Photography envisages wider dissemination of thephotographic heritage with a view to creating awareness among the massesabout the freedom movement and development of the country.


National Centre of Photography scheme will upgrade the digital storagesystem of photographs and allow researchers, academicians and others toaccess the photographs. This would result in a specific accessing systemon conventional as well as digital platform for authentic photographicinformation. All the images would be made available through net for thebenefit of general public.

Special Drive for the North East and J & K

The scheme has been introduced with a clear need to implement a sustainedawareness campaign in the far flung areas of our country so that the peopleof these areas can be made aware of the heritage of our country and theprogress being made. The scheme proposes a wider dissemination of thephotographic heritage of this country specially to Jammu and Kashmir,North East, Andaman and Nicobar Island and Lakshadweep with a viewto creating awareness among the masses about the development of thecountry.

PRESS COUNCIL OF INDIA

Press Council is a statutory quasi-judicial authority mandated by theParliament to preserve the freedom of the press and maintain and improvethe standards of newspapers and the news agencies in India. It is anautonomous body with equal quasi judicial authority over the authoritiesand the press persons. For the discharge of the above objects, the Councilcomprises of a Chairman and 28 members. While the Chairman has byconvention been a sitting or retired judge of the Supreme Court of India,of the 28 members, 20 represents various segments of the Press and eightoverseeing the readers’ interest, are representatives of the two Houses ofParliament and premier literary and legal bodies of the country i.e.University Grants Commission, Bar Council of India and Sahitya Academy.The Council has its own funds for performance of its functions under Actthat comprises of the fee collected by it from the Newspapers and otherreceipts and grants from the Central Government. The Press Council ofIndia has been reconstituted in its Xth term w.e.f. January 7, 2008. TheCouncil is presently chaired by Hon’ble Mr. Justice G.N.Ray.

The Council discharges its functions primarily through adjudications oncomplaint cases received by it, either against the Press for violation ofjournalistic ethics or by the Press for interference with its freedom. Wherethe Council is satisfied, after inquiry, that a newspaper or a news agencyhas offended against the standards of journalistic ethics or public taste orthat an editor or working journalist has committed any professional


misconduct, the Council may warn, admonish or censure them ordisapprove of their conduct. The Council is also empowered to make suchobservations as it may think in respect of the conduct of any authority,including Government, for interfering with the freedom of the press. Thedecisions of the Council are final and cannot be questioned in any courtof law.

During the year under review, a total of 678 complaints were instituted inthe Council. Of these 120 complaints were by the Press against authoritiesof the Government for violation of press freedom and 558 complaints weredirected against the press for breach of journalistic ethics. With 665 matterspending from the last year, there were a total of 1343 matters for disposalby the Council. Of these 584 matters were disposed of during the year,either by way of adjudication or through summary disposal by the Chairmanon account of settlement by the mediation of the Chairman or due to lackof sufficient grounds for holding inquiries or non-prosecution, withdrawalor on account of matters having become sub-judice. In all 759 matters werebeing processed at the close of the year.

In its advisory capacity the Council provided the Government and otherauthorities its views on: -

1. Publication of report or photograph of juveniles in newspapers;

2. Obscenity in Print & Electronic media;

3. Campaign of Products by the liquor companies in newspapers;

4. Implementation of the recommendations contained in the Fourth Re-port of the Second Administrative Reforms Commission (ARC) titled‘Ethics in Governance’;

5. Petition regarding misuse of Right to Freedom of Speech and Expres-sion by the print and electronic media and the need to restrict underArticle 19 (2) of the Constitution;

6. Committee on Empowerment of Women- Selection of subject for ex-amination during the year 2007-2008-Status of Women in Print Me-dia;

7. O.M. of the Ministry of Home Affairs seeking suggestion on “Com-munal Violence (Prevention, Control and Rehabilitation of Victims)Bill, 2005”;

8 Private Member’s Bill 2007 on the Consumer’s goods (Publication ofprice with advertisements) introduced in Rajya Sabha; and

9. Draft National Policy on Criminal Justice.


The Council noted and discussed Contempt proceedings against Mid-Daybefore High Court of Delhi and the conviction of its journalists. The Councilobserved that even though the entire facts considered by the Hon’ble HighCourt were not before the Council and specific issue of Mid Day was alsopending before the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India and thus sub-judice,without entering into the merits of the case, it felt that the Courts wereexpected to be more sensitive to the duties and functions of the press andbefore taking any view the courts were expected to consider whether thecriticism per se had undermined the functioniring of the Court in theestimation of the public by demeaning the judges presiding in the law courts.It also observed that in a democratic set up all institutions were open tobonafide critical evaluation of their functioning and such bonafide criticismin public interest would only strengthen the quality of functioning. Eminentjudges and jurists had indicated that dignity of the court would be maintainedmore by restraint and magnanimity. The Council recalled that it had onlyrecently supported before the Parliamentary Committee the proposal toaccept truth as a defence in any contempt proceedings against the Mediaand truth forming the basis of the media information had now been protectedunder the amended provisions of the Contempt of Courts Act. Therefore,media information based on truth and published in the public interest wouldconstitute defense in a contempt proceedings. It however, felt that suchpublication should not be accompanied by publicity, which was excessive.

While the Council extolled the four pillars of the Indian Democracy towelcome critical evaluation of its functioning to strengthen the confidenceof the public in the system, it observed that at the same time, the pressmust agree to subject itself to an effective system of self regulation andpublic accountability to ensure fairness of conduct.

The Council expressed confidence that the Hon’ble Supreme Court of Indiawhich was now seized of the matter would give due consideration to allsuch aspects and its decision would give added impetus to the guaranteeenshrined in Article 19 (1) of the Indian Constitution..

The Council had been continuously facing the question as to why it wasnot taking steps to restrain the electronic media from its aberrations fromthe guidelines laid down by the Council. Many felt that the competitionposed by the electronic media was one of the main reasons for growingtrivialization in the print media. The Council discussed the matter at length.It felt that the print media of the country was by and large more responsiblethan a large number of channels of electronic media. There was no doubtthat the electronic media needed a regulator. The Press Council of Indiafunctioning under the mandate of its statute, has successfully guided theprint media of the country in promoting ethical conduct, even though a lot


of ground was yet to be covered. The Council reiterated that the flexiblecode built up by it under Section 13(2) of the Press Council Act, 1978,was as much applicable to the electronic media as to the print media, andthat the principles of ethics and morality could not be different for the printand electronic media. It, therefore, resolved that its proposal for entrustingthe regulation of print and electronic media to a common body, byconversion of the Press Council of India into Media MonitoringCommission of India, was the mechanism most effective and acceptableto the media. The Council decided that its proposal be pursued with theGovernment of India.

The Council considered the matter of empowerment of the Council in itsmeeting held on July 27, 2007 against the backdrop of the amendmentsalready proposed by it to the Central Government and pending itsconsideration. Reiterating them, the Council resolved that empowermentof the Council as an internal regulatory mechanism was essential to carryout the will of the Parliament in creating this Authority. While the Councilwas not in favour of being converted into a penal forum, it needed to begiven sufficient authority to ensure compliance with its directives. For this,the following steps were necessary: -

(1) Mandatory publication of the adjudication of the Council by the re-spondent newspaper at the place and in the manner directed and withinthe period specified;

(2) State advertisements may not be released to the paper after the expiryof the period till the adjudication is published;

(3) Non-compliance may lead to suspension of advertisements of news-paper, or withdrawal of accreditation of journalist, as the case may be,for the period specified;

(4) Any persistent non-compliance may lead to directions for suspension/cancellation of license;

(5) Recommendations of the Council should be binding on the authorities.

The Council also initiated a process of consultation and dialogue with press/media Councils and similar bodies in different parts of the world for activeencouragement to preservation of the press freedom and promotion of itsstandards and ethics worldwide. As a part of these efforts, the Chairmanof the Council participated in the debate organized by the Kenyan TV ofKenya on May 4-5, 2007 on ‘Can the Media Regulate itself’ along withMr. Chris Conybeare, Secretary General, WAPC, Mr. Mitch Odero, Ethicsand Complaints Committee, M.C.K.. Mr. Carl Erkgrimstad, Sr. Advisor,Norwayon Institute of Journalism and Mr. Alonso Azar, Regional Advisor,


UNESCO. The Programme had concluded with support for the IndianModel of the Press Council.

The Council came out with the studies and the reports on important matterswhich have nexus with the preservation of the freedom of the Press andmaintenance of its standards.

• Study Report on Working Journalist Act vis-a-vis Appointment of Jour-nalists on Contract (27.7.2007).

• Report on the Problems of Small and Medium Newspapers (October4-5, 2007).

• Report of the Assessment Committee on Violation of the Freedom ofPress in North-East (October 4-5, 2007).

During the period under review the Press Council of india encourageddebates on media matters through various seminars/conferences/meets.

The National Press Day was observed on November 16 with discussionon “Media as People’s Voice - Pre and Post Independence”. Hon’bleSpeaker, Lok Sabha Shri Somnath Chatterjee inaugurated the celebrationsin Delhi in the presence of Hon’ble Minister of Information andBroadcasting and Parliamentary Affairs, Mr. Priya Ranjan Dasmunsi. Asouvenir was also released on the occasion carrying valuable articles fromeminent personalities on the subject. The states also commemorated theday on various levels with discussions on the subject.

The Council also organised two workshops during the period under review.Workshop on March 3, 2008 was organised in collaboration with MakhanlalChaturvedi University of Journalism and Communication, Bhopal on“ Standardization of Media Education in Consultation with theConcerned” in New Delhi. Two days Workshop on “Reporting of CourtProceedings by the Media and Administration of Justice” was alsoorganised by the Council in collaboration with the Supreme Court LegalServices Committee, National Legal Services Authority. Indian LawInstitute and Editors’ Guild of India on March 29-30 in the Capital.

The Council successfully published its quarterly house journals in Hindiand English that chronicle the activities/important developments of thepress world.

The website of the Council was enriched with the latest adjudications ofthe Council and other developments and in an effort to garner greaterrevenue from fee levied on newspapers, the list of defaulting newspapershas been put on the website for general access and information. The Councilalso benefited from the augmentation of its hardware capacity.


The Press Council of India has been entrusted by the Parliament with theadditional responsibility of functioning as an Appellate Authority underSection 8 (c) under the PRB Act 1867 and the Appellate Board comprisingof the Chairman of the Council and another member met regularly to hearthe Appeals before it.

INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MASSCOMMUNICATION

The Indian Institute of Mass Communication (IIMC), registered as a societyunder the Societies Registration Act, 1860 (XXI) of 1860) came intoexistence on August 17, 1965. The Institute, inaugurated by the then PrimeMinister of India and the then Minister of Information and Broadcasting,was established with the basic objective of undertaking teaching, trainingand research in the area of mass communication.

Beginning with a modest staff’ strength including two Consultants fromUNESCO and organizing training courses mainly for Central InformationService Officers and undertaking research studies on a small scale, theInstitute, over the last about 42 years, has graduated into conducting anumber of specialized courses for meeting diverse and demandingrequirements of the rapidly expanding and changing media industry inmodern times.

As of today, the Institute conducts a number of Post-graduate DiplomaCourses in Print Journalism, Radio &TV Journalism and Advertising andPublic Relations. Beginning in 1969, the Institute organizes a Post-graduateDiploma Course in Development Journalism for middle level workingjournalists from Afro-Asian countries under the auspices of the Ministryof External Affairs. A number of specialized short-term courses rangingfrorn one week to twelve weeks are also organized to meet the ever-growingtraining needs of communication professionals working in various media/publicity outfits of Central/State Governments and Public SectorOrganizations. Besides, the Institute also collaborates with difterent nationaland international agencies in conducting training, seminars, workshops, etc.,and undertaking joint research projects.

In recent times, mass communication has undergone a paradigm shift andhas emerged as a major area of activity greatly impacting the process ofdecision making. Though comparatively at a nascent stage of itsdevelopment, it has rapidly acquired importance and prominence and hasbecome a major attraction for students; pursuing different academicdisciplines. The Information Technology revolution has significantly


contributed to the expansion of mass media. It has also posed majorchallenges for students, teachers and practitioners of the discipline. Therapidly changing technology is transforming the very complexion of thediscipline in a manner unknown to any other area of academic activity. Theneed of the hour undoubtedly is to effectively respond to the emergingchallenges for maintaining and enhancing the effectiveness of the media.

Accordingly, the Institute continuously evaluates and revises the coursecurriculum under the guidance of its Academic Council, so as to effectivelymeet the contemporary challenges thrown upon by the fast changingenvironment. This enables the effectiveness of the courses being run bythe Institute, to be maintained even in the changed scenario.

The Institute equips the young men and women who aspire to be ultimatelyassociated with variety of media institutions with the basic skills/techniquesand provides insights into diffierent dimensions of the field. An attempt ismade by the Institute to develop its students into useful members of thesociety through dissemination of information, the communication beingaptly considered to be a crucial ingredient of the development process. Thisis what gives the Institute and its alumni a distinct identity and character.

The Institute endeavours to contribute towards the creation andstrengthening of an infomation structure suitable not only for Indianrequirements but also those of other developing countries. It provides itsexpertise and consultancy services to other institutions/bodies, both withinIndia and outside. The Institute also provides - training, research andconsultancy; services as per the requests received from departments/organsof the Central/State Government, Public Sector Organizations, Universitiesand other Academic Institutions.

With the growing popularity of the Institute’s training activities and witha view to meeting the regional aspirations, the Institute opened in 1993 abranch at Dhenkanal, Orissa for catering to the demands of the easternregion. At present, the Branch conducts two Post Graduate Diplomas -Journalism (English) and Journalism (Oriya).

The Government of India through the Ministry of Information andBroadcasting makes the financial support to the Institute available. Theactivities of the Institute are guided by its Executive Council whoseChairman is the Secretary in the Ministry who also is the President of theInstitute (Society). The other members of the Council inter-alia includerepresentatives of the Institute’s Faculty and eminent personalities from theworld of media.

Through its continuous hard work over the last more than four decades of


its existence and excellent delivery mechanism, the Institute has achievedthe envious position of a “Centre of Excellence: in the arena ofcommunication teaching, training and research.

Teaching and Training Programmes

The academic and training activities of the Institute can be divided intofour programmes:

Post-graduate Diploma programmes for freshers. This comprises threeprogrammes in Journalism and one in Advertising and Public Relations:

Medium of Examination/Instruction

1. Post-graduate Diploma Course in Journalism - English

2. Post-graduate Diploma Course in Journalism - Hindi

3. Post-graduate Diploma Course in Journalism - Oriya

4. Post-graduate Diploma Course in Radio and TV Journalism — Englishand Hindi

5. Post-graduate Diploma Course in Advertising and Public Relations(English and Hindi)

Programmes for officers of Indian Information Service

1. Foundation Course in communication for officers of the Indian Infor-mation Service Group ‘A’

2. Orientation Course for officers of the Indian Information ServicesGroup ‘B’

Programme for candidates from developing countries

Diploma Course in Development Journalism

This Diploma Course is highly sought after by middle level workingjournalists in Africa, Asia and Latin America and other developingcountries. The average intake of participants is 20-25. The Instituteorganizes two such courses each year. So far nearly 1164 journalists from106 countries have been benefited from this training programme. Theprogramme is sponsored by the MEA.

Short-term Courses, Workshop, Seminars and Conferences

With a view to contributing towards better understanding of different issuespertaining to mass communication in the context of India and other


developing countries and in order to make the personnel aware about theemerging techniques and sharpening their basic skills, the Institute has beenorganizing a variety of short-term courses, workshops, seminars andconferences on various themes of communication.

The Institute runs regular short-term academic programmes for personnelof different media units of the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting.A number of specialized short-term courses, ranging from one week to 12weeks’ duration, are also conducted for meeting the professional trainingneeds of the Defence Officials and those of working in various media/publicity organizations of the Central/State Governments and Public SectorEnterprises.

Since its inception, the Institute has organized a total of 544 such Courses,etc. with participation of 11692 persons, both from India and abroad.

Apna Radio AR-1

Community Radio: The community Radio broadcasts on 96.9 MHz fivedays a week for two hours each day from 1.00p.m. 2.00p.m. and repeatbroadcast from 3.00p.m. – 4.00p.m. Apna Radio has a range of 10-12 kmaround the Institute. The FM radio station has a Broadcast studio and tworecording studios and several sound editing workstations.

A communication research study conducted by the students on ‘TheCommunity Radio in the second year’ indicates that 65% of the people inthe surrounding areas listen to Apna Radio. The Community Radio isparticularly popular among the semi-urban & slum clusters in the vicinity,as the students with WLL, & mobile phones and our newly acquired OBvan often broadcast live programmes on issues concerning the local people.

ELECTRONIC MEDIA MONITORINGCENTRE

Consequently upon the directions from Cabinet Secretariat, major functionsof the Central Monitoring Services (Excluding content monitoring) alongwith land, building/assets has been transferred to National TechnicalResearch Organization (NTRO) with effect from 01 April 2005. The portionof work related to private TV Channels with regard to adherence toProgramme Code and Advertisement Code enshrined in the CableTelevision Networks (Regulation) Act 1995 and Rules framed thereunderhas been retained by this Ministry. Accordingly, it was decided by theMinistry to establish the Electronic Media Monitoring Centre (EMMC) forinformation of:


(i) All TV Channels downlinked in India with reference to violations ofProgramme and Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 and rulesframed thereunder,

(ii) Private FM Radio channels with reference to license conditions, and

(iii)Any other such work relating to monitoring of content of Broadcast-ing Sector as assigned by the Government from time to time.

BECIL, a PSU under the administrative control of this Ministry has beenentrusted the task of executing the EMMC project and augmentation of itsmonitoring capacity.

EMMC has come into existence with effect from 9 June 2008 at R&DBuilding, IP Estate, Ring Road, New Delhi as an state-of-the-art facilityand has since commenced its monitoring activity. The Centre has beenequipped with RF Downlink systems, Digital Channels Router System andlogger system, etc. It had started monitoring about 100 TV Channels (24x7).Facility for monitoring another 50 TV Channels is ready. At the same time,the process of augmentation of its capacity to 300 TV Channels is alsounderway and is expected to be complete during 2009-10.

Main features of the facility are as follows:

1. Live Monitoring of TV Channels.

2. Review of the stored content as and when required.

3. Creation of Meta Data to assist in report formation.

4. On line/Web based retrieval of the logged footage and content.

5. Archiving of the logged content for future reference.

The revised uplinking guidelines and downlinking guidelines for channelsbeamed at Indian viewers also require monitoring of violation and remedialmeasures.

Constitution of Monitoring Committee for Pvt. TV channels at State/District Level

It has been noticed that enforcement of some of the sections, specially section5 and 6 of the Cable TV Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995, i.e. programmeand advertisement codes prescribed under Rule 6 and Rule 7 of the CableTV Networks Rule 1994 respectively, in many parts of the country is notsatisfactory either due to lack of clear knowledge or mechanism to enforcethe same. To keep a close watch in the matter detailed guidelines have beenissued for constitution of Monitoring Committee for Pvt. TV channels at


State and District level vide order dated 19 February 2008. The status ofconstitution of these committees, so far, is as under:

(A) State level Monitoring Committees

i) Dadra Nagar Haveli

ii) Mizoram

iii) Tripura

iv) J&K (Already constituted the State Level Monitoring Committee inpursuance of Order dt. 19.5.2006)

(B) District Level Monitoring Committees

Arunachal Pradesh Lower Subansiri

Andhra Pradesh Warangal

Assam Diphu

Bihar Hajipur, Patna, Shekhpura (3)

Chandigarh Chandigarh

Chhattisgarh Raigarh

Dadra Nagar Haveli Dadra and Nagar

Haryana Panipat, Ambala (2)

Himachal Bilaspur

Jammu Kashmir Kathua

Jharkhand Ranchi, Deoghar, Koderma, Saheebganj (4)

Karnataka Gulburga

Kerala Mahalappuram, Kasaragod, Kozhikode,Palakkad (4)

Madhya Pradesh Khargon, Nimach, Dhindori, Shahdol, Mandsor,Narsinghpur, Harda, Anup Pur, Sagar, Balaghat,Chhindwada, Muraina, Tikamgarh, Rajgarh,Badhbani, Guna, Rewa, Burhanpur, Bhind,Shivpuri, Dhar, Sihor, Ashok Nagar, Jabalpur,Datiya, (25)

Manipur Ukhrul

Mizoram Aizwal, Kolasib (2)

Nagaland Kohima

Orissa Jagatsinghpur, Nayagarh (2)

Punjab Patiala, Moga, Ludhiana (3)


Rajasthan Bhiwadi, Jodhpur, Ajmer, Rajsamand (4)

Tamilnadu Perambalur Ramanathapuram (2)

U.P. Aligarh

The Constitution of Committees continues to be vigorously pursued withthe State Governments.

PRASAR BHARATI – THE CORPORATION

Introduction

Prasar Bharati (Broadcasting Corporation of India) is the Public ServiceBroadcaster in the country, with Akashvani (All India Radio) andDoordarshan as its two constituents. It came into existence on 23rd

November 1997, with a mandate to organize and conduct publicbroadcasting services to inform, educate and entertain the public and toensure a balanced development of broadcasting on radio and television.

Objectives

The major objectives of the Prasar Bharati Corporation as laid out in thePrasar Bharati Act 1990 are as follows:

i) To uphold the unity and integrity of the Country and the values en-shrined in the Constitution.

ii) To promote national integration.

iii) To safeguard citizen’s rights to be informed on all matters of publicinterest and presenting a fair and balanced flow of information.

iv) To pay special attention to the fields of education and spread of lit-eracy, agriculture, rural development, environment, health and familywelfare and science and technology.

v) To create awareness about women’s issues and taking special steps toprotect the interests of children, aged and other vulnerable sections ofthe society.

vi) To provide adequate coverage to the diverse cultures, sports and gamesand youth affairs.

vii) To promote social justice, safeguarding the rights of working classes,minorities and tribal communities.

vii) To promote research and expand broadcasting facilities and develop-ment in broadcast technology.


ALL INDIA RADIO

The Origin

Radio broadcasting began in India in the early 1920’s. The Radio Club ofBombay broadcast the first programme in 1923. This was followed by thesetting up of a Broadcasting Service that began broadcasting on 23rd July1927 on an experimental basis in Bombay and Calcutta, under an agreementbetween the then Government of India and a private company called theIndian Broadcasting Company Ltd. When this company went intoliquidation in 1930, Indian State Broadcasting Service under theDepartment of “Controller of Broadcasts” was constituted. The Indian StateBroadcasting Service was renamed as All India Radio in June, 1936. AllIndia Radio also came to be known as Akashvani in 1956.

When India attained independence in 1947, AIR had a network of sixstations and 18 transmitters. The coverage was 2.5% of the area and just11%, of the population. AIR today has 231 radio stations and 373transmitters and its coverage extends to 91.79% by area and 99.14% bypopulation. Operating in a multi-cultural, multi-linguistic country likeIndia, AIR broadcasts in 24 languages and 146 dialects, in its homeservice. In External Services, it covers 27 languages including 16 foreignand 11 Indian languages. AIR operates its broadcasting services on MediumWave, Short Wave and FM. The FM Service uses a larger bandwidth toprovide a programme service of high fidelity and lower noise distortion.

Programme Objectives

In its programming and other activities AIR is guided by its motto“Bahujana Hitaya; Bahujana Sukhaya” i.e to promote the happiness andwelfare of the masses through information, education and entertainment.To realize its objectives, AIR has evolved a three-tier system ofbroadcasting national, regional and local. It caters to the masscommunication needs of the people through its various stations spreadacross the country. They provide music, spoken word, news and otherprogrammes. Local stations meet the area specific needs of the listener.

AIR Channels

All India Radio operates its services through:

� Primary Channels

� Commercial Broadcasting Service (Vividh Bharati)

� FM Channels (Rainbow and Gold)


� Local Radio Station (LRS)

� National Channel

� DTH

� External Services Broadcast

� Other niche channels: Amrutha Varshini

Primary Channels

The public service broadcasting arm of AIR, the Primary Channels put outinfotainment programmes with the objective of enriching the lives of theirlisteners. The Primary Channels, broadcast largely on the Medium Wavefrequency, follow a composite programming mix. They also promote artand culture with a major emphasis on Indian classical music. Around 40percent of total broadcast on primary channels comprises music, whichincludes Classical music, light, folk, film and music of various otherlanguages. News and Current Affairs programmes constitute 20 to 30percent of the broadcast time. Radio plays and drama, health & familywelfare programmes, programmes for women and children, farm and homeprogrammes aimed at empowering rural masses are the other importantsegments of Primary Channels. These Channels being the most accessibleof all the AIR channels, strive to reach their audience in the language mostunderstood by all.

Vividh Bharati

The entertainment channel of AIR, Vividh Bharati service was started inOctober 1957, with popular film music as its main ingredient. It startedaccepting commercials from November 1967. Vividh Bharati Serviceprovides entertainment for 15 hours a day. Nearly 85 percent ofprogramming is based on music with film music topping the chart.Classical, folk, light and devotional music are also broadcast. Bulk of theVividh Bharati programming originate from Mumbai which are also relayedby other Vividh Bharati centres. Regional Vividh Bharati stations alsoproduce and broadcast a few programmes at specified timings in theirrespective languages. Several programmes of Vividh Bharati are quitepopular among the audience. The top ten programmes are“Chitralok”(Morning), “Bhule Bisre Geet”, “Chaya Geet”, “Hawa Mahal”,“Chitralok”(Evening), “Jaimala” , “Aap Ki Farmaish” , “Triveni” , “SangeetSarita” and “Manchahe Gcet”.

FM Rainbow

All India Radio operates 14 FM Stereo channels in Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata,


Chennai, Bengaluru, Panaji, Lucknow, Cuttack, Jalandhar, Tiruchirapally,Kodaikanal, Vishakhapatnam, Hyderabad and Coimbatore. Beside thesestations Rainbow Programmes are relayed for certain duration fromKasauli, Shillong, Mussorie, Aligarh, Dharamshala, Bhatinda, Kurseong,Kochi, Pondichery, Vijayavada, Kanpur, Bhadarva, Poonch, Rajouri,Naushera, Radio Kashmir Srinagar, Jammu, and Leh. These channels, calledAIR FM Rainbow, are targeted at the urban audience with a refreshinglynew style of presentation. Besides music - Hindi, English and regional, theFM Channels also broadcast chat shows, helpline programmes, interactivephone- in programmes, etc. The traffic beat and the city weather updatesare of particular interests to metro dwellers.

FM Gold

A composite news and entertainment channel called AIR FM II waslaunched on 1st September 2001. The channel is on air for l8 hours a day.Operational in Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai, AIR FM-II is nowcalled AIR FM Gold. The programming is a blend of information andentertainment, with one third of its content devoted to news and currentaffairs. While the hourly news bulletins in Hindi and English originate fromDelhi, the FM Gold Channels at the other three centres also broadcast newsin respective regional languages. AIR FM Gold is positioned as a ClassicChannel with golden oldies, ghazals and light classical music forming partof the entertainment segment.

Local Radio Station (LRS)

Local Radio is comparatively a new concept of broadcasting in India. Eachof the station serving a small area provides utility services and reaches rightinto the heart of the community, which uses the microphone to reflect andenrich its life. What distinguishes Local Radio from the regional networkis its down to earth, intimate and uninhibited approach. The programmesof the local radio are area specific. They are flexible and spontaneousenough to enable the station to function as the mouthpiece of the localcommunity.

National Channel

All India Radio offers a 3 tier system of broadcasting, namely National,Regional and Local. National Channel forms the first stage of it. Started on18th May 1988, the National Channel of All India Radio works as a nightservice from 6.50 p.m. to 6.10 a.m. the next morning. It covers 64% areaand about 76% population of the country, through its 3MW Transmitters atNagpur (191.6 M-1566 KHz), Delhi (246.9 M-1215 KHz) and Kolkata


(264.5M-1 134 KHz from 2300hrs) with shortwave support in 31 MeterBand (9425 KHz & 9470 KTTz) which cover the entire country. Consideringthe whole of India as its zone, the programme complexion of the Channelhas been designed to make it representative of the varied cultural mosaicand ethos of the Nation as a whole. National Channel serves in threelanguages - Hindi, Urdu and English with vast variety of programmes onScience, Health, Sports, Literature, Humour, Current Social Issues, andCultural Heritage so as to enrich the vast knowledge of its listeners.VIVIDHA both in Hindi and English are also taken up with lot of advanceplanning. Magazine programmes on economics, science, sports, music,literature and health are also broadcast on regular basis. Career guidance,current affairs and social issues are taken tip in the fortnightly programmeFOCUS. Eminent personalities from different fields are featured in theprogramme of senior citizens and AAJ KE MEHMAN. The programmeHANSTE HANSAATE is broadcast twice a week. A number of magazineprogrammes are broadcast daily with proper emphasis on minority welfare.education, culture and socio-economic development are focal points of dailyUrdu Magazine programme MANZAR. An issue based phone-in programme- HELLO ZINDAGI is broadcast on first Thursday of every month.

In order to involve listeners and ensure their active partcipation in theprogramme activities, programmes of their messages/requests are broadcastfive days a week including the programme JAI JAWAN for soldiers.Hourly news-bulletins; alternatively in Hindi and English are broadcast onlyfrom the National Channel throughout the night. Whenever the Parliamentis in session, National Channel broadcasts recording of the “Question Hour”for the benefit of the listeners. During the Holy Month of ‘Ramzaan’ aspecial 50 mts. programme Sahargaahi is broadcast daily (4.10 a.m. to5.00 a.m.) in which emphasis is given to human values and Indo-Islamicculture.National Channel has imparted training to IGNOU students forDiploma Course in Radio programmes.

External Services

All India Radio entered the realm of external broadcasting shortly after theout break of the IInd world war on 1st of October, 1939, when it started aservice in Pushto for listeners’ across-what was then the North WestFrontier. Since then the External Services Division of AIR has been a vitallink between India and rest of the World, especially with those countrieswhere the interest of India are intertwined because of Indian population,staying in those countries. Indians, who left their home decades ago insearch of better life today live on every part of the globe and are stillinterested to know what “The Country of their Birth” holds for them.


Naturally, External Services Broadcast has been projecting the Indian Pointof view on matters of National and International importance through itsvarious programmes.

External Services Division of All India Radio ranks high among theExternal Radio networks of the world both in reach and range coveringabout 100 countries in 27 languages. External service of AIR aims tokeep the overseas listeners in touch with the ethos of India. The langaugesin which AIR reaches its foreign audience are English, French, Russian,Swahili, Arabic, Persian, Pushtu, Dar, Baluchi, Sinhalese, Nepali, Tibetan,Chinese, Thai, Burmese and Bhasha Indonesia. The services in Hindi,Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam and Gujarati are directed at overseas Indians,while those in Urdu, Punjabi, Sindhi, Sairaki, Kannada and Bengali aremeant for listeners in the Indian Sub-continent. The three major servicesof External Services Division are (a) The General Overseas Services (GOS)in English, (b) AIR External Service in Hindi and (c) AIR External Servicein Urdu. The External Services broadcasts follow a composite patternand generally comprise News and Current Affairs, Review of the IndianPress, Newsreel; Magazine programmes - sports and literaturedocumentaries and features, talks and discussions on social, cultural,economic, political and historic subjects. Music is also braodcast in goodmeasure. The ESD also supplies recordings of music, spoken word andother programmes to about 25 foreign broadcastings organizations underthe cultural exchange programme. During the financial year 2007-08extensive coverage was given to all major National and InternationalConferences, Seminars, Symposia etc. in the form of commentaries, radioreports and interviews. Wide coverage was also given to the visits ofvarious Heads of States, Governments and other Foreign Dignitaries toIndia.

DTH

On 16th December, 2004 the Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh launchedthe Direct-to-Home Service of Prasar Bharati - DD Direct Plus. Withthis, All India Radio entered a new era of satellite broadcasting providing24 hours service. In the first phase twelve channels of AIR have been madeavailable to the listeners in India and abroad and in second phase eightmore channels have been added. The programmes include information andentertainment in equal measure.

Amrutha Varshini

Amrutha Varshini is a dedicated music channel operational in Bengaluru.It aims to promote classical music - both Carnatic as well as Hindustani.


THE YEAR AT A GLANCE

Prasar Bharati remained focused on its objectives and functions as laiddown in section 12 of the Prasar Bharati Act, 1990. During the year 2007-08 All India Radio and Doordarshan accomplished major tasks inprogramming and technological areas in time with their mandate. Thehighlights of the activities and initiatives during the year with particularreference to the objectives and functions of the Corporation are brieflydescribed.

All India Radio Activities

Programme activities:

� Akashvani Sangeet Sammelan concerts were organized at 21 Stationsof AIR acrosss the country on 27th, and 28th October 2007 featuringartists of both Hindustani and Carnatic music.

� AIR introduced regional Folk & Light Music Festival at par withAkashvani Sangeet Sammelan. The purpose of this regional Folk &Light Music Akashvani Sangeet Sammelan is to project, promote &propagate the rich folk cultural heritage of our country.

� The year commenced with the broadcast of National Spring Festivalof Folk & Light Music featuring Telugu Light songs by Shri KBKMohan Raju, Smt. Anjana Sudhakar, Kathakali Padam byKalamandalam C.V. Sukumaran from Kerala, Malayalam Light songsby Smt.T.A.Sobha, Tamil Folk by Jyotivel & Party and KannadaLight Songs by Sangeetha Katti Kulkarni.

� Another remarkable festival that closely followed in the early year ofthe broadcast was the TRINITY MUSIC FESTIVAL. In this festivalboth young and prominent artists have featured. TyagarajaCompositions were rendered by Smt.B.Arundhati (Vocal) and ShriShreyas Narayanan (Vocal), Muthuswamy Dikshitar Compostitionsby Dr.R.Ganesh (Vocal) and Smt.R. Vedavalli (Vocal), Shyama Sastrycompositions by Neyvelli R.Santhanagopalan (Vocal) and Smt.PantulaRama (Vocal).

� Another Major event was the Akashvani Sangeet Sammelan concerts.This year Akashvani Sangeet Sammelan Concerts were held at 23Stations all over the country on 27th & 28th October, 2007 featuringartist of both Hindustani & Karnatic music. Total number of participantsexcluding accompanying artists was 51.


� A Direct relay from Thiruvayaru on the Saint Tyagaraja AradhanaFestival was broadcast on the 26th January 2008 in our NationalProgramme of Music followed by a live relay of Pancharatna Kirtanasrendered by eminent artists of Karnatic Music in the morning on the27th January 2008.

� Akashvani Annual Awards in different categories of ProgrammeBroadcast by stations of AIR are awarded every year. The AwardPresentation Ceremony for Akashvani Annual Award-2006 was heldat Radio Kashmir, Jammu on 8th April, 2007.

� Public Service Broadcasting and Gandhian Philosophy Awards are alsogiven to commemorate the first visit of Mahatma Gandhi to the studioof AIR, Broadcasting House, and New Delhi on 12th November, 1947.

� AIR has stepped up its activity of Agriculture Broadcast with launchof exclusive Project Mass Media Support to Agriculture Extension withthe title Kisan Vani for AIR from 15th February, 2004 in collabrationwith Ministry of Agriculture to inform local farmers the daily marketrates, weather reports and day to day activites in their area at microlevel. Presently ‘Kisanvani’ is being broadcast and relayed from 96 FMStations of AIR.

� All India Radio observed 15th February as “KISAN DIVAS” from its96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations. Special programmes were broadcaston the occasion by these stations.

� Special programmes on National Food Security Mission were broadcastby ‘Kisanvani’ Broadcasting AIR stations.

� Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized byMANAGE, Hyderabad. Almost 40 Farm and Home ProgrammeProducers were trained in these Workshops.

� Programmes directed towards women listeners cover subjects relatedto socio-economic development of women, health and family welfare,food and nutrition, scientific home management, womenentrepreneurship, education, including adult education and genderissues.

� Fixed chunks were given for educational broadcast for the students aswell as for the teachers in collaboration with the National Council ofEducational Research & Training (NCERT) and Central Institute ofEducational Technology (CIET). Besides, educational programmes ofthe Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) were broadcastfrom AIR stations.


� Radio adaptations of outstanding novels, short stories and stage playswere also broadcast. Serials projecting current socio-economic issueslike unemployment, illiteracy, environment pollution, problems of thegirl child, etc., were broadcast on regular basis. The National Programmeof play is broadcast on fourth Thursday of every month at 9.30 p.m.

� Regular publicity was and is being given to National CommonMinimum Programme on each of the following thrust areas viz., 1.Employment Opportunities, 2.Agriculture Growth, 3. Education, 4.Health, 5. Women and Children, 6. Food and Nutrition, 7. PanchaytiRaj, 8. SCs and STs, 9. Social Harmony and Welfare of Minorities,10. Industry, 11. Infrastructure Development, 12. Development of J&K,North East and Border States. Special mention can be made of thepublicity given to schemes such as Employment Guarantee Scheme,Jan Kerosene Pariyojana, etc., formulated by the various centralMinistries/Departments.

� Consequent upon the coming into force of the Right to InformationAct, 2005, vigorous publicity to this Act was and is being provided.Programme Heads of all AIR Stations were asked to highlight thesalient features of this Act in their programmes. Publicity was givento the Hon’ble Supreme Court Judgement on Anti Dowry Literacyamong people.

� Sardar Patel Memorial Lecture in English was organised in NewDelhi on 11th October 2007. Shri Bipan Chandra, Eminent Historian,delivered the lecture on the subject “Pre Gandhian Roots of GandhianEra Politics”. Its recording was broadcast on national hook-up on 31st

October, 2007 on the occasion of the birth anniversary of SardarVallabhbhai Patel.

� Dr. Rajendra Prasad Memorial Lecture in Hindi was organized atChandigarh on 16th November, 2007. Shri Ashok Bajpai, eminent Poetdelivered the lecture on the subject “Hindi ka Sanskritik Ashay.” Itsrecording was broadcast on the national hook-up on 3rd December, 2007on the occasion of the birth anniversary of Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

� The news headlines can now be obtained through SMS also. Listenerscan get the latest updates by simply typing NEWS on mobile andsending an SMS to 5676744. The SMS service has also been extendedto Market Mantra programme. The listeners of the programme can nowgive their feedback through SMS.

� News is also available on phone. Callers can get the latest news bysimply making a phone call on the designated numbers and listen to


national/international news or regional news in English, Hindi and locallanguage as the case may be. This service was extended to three morecities-Imphal, Lucknow and Raipur in 2007 and two more citiesGuwahati and Shimla in 2008. With this, the service is now operationalin 14 cities across the country including Delhi, Chennai, Mumbai,Hyderabad, Patna, Jaipur, Ahmedabad, Banglore andThiruvanathpuram.

� News lovers can also get the latest news and listen to bulletins fromNSD’s official website www.newsonair.com. The website wasrelaunched with a new look and additional features in October, 2006.

� At the beginning of each session, a discussion with Members ofParliament (MP) of different political parties is organized and broadcastregarding “Issues before the Parliament” in English and Hindi. Duringthe Parliament Session, ‘Sansad Sameeksha’ in Hindi and ‘Today inParliament’ in English, reviewing the proceedings of the day of boththe Houses of Parliament are broadcast. Similarly, reviews of theproceedings of the State Legislatures, whenever they are in Session,are broadcast by the respective Regional News Units of NSD: AIR.

� This year NSD has taken initiative to automate the newsrooms of itsdifferent RNUs. News automation system has been installed at sixRNUs namely Guwahati, Shillong, Tirichy, Shimla, Jaipur and Imphal.This is an endeavour towards fully digitised, paperless office. In orderto further smoothen the work of news room, all the RNUs are in theprocess of shifting from teleprinter line based news wires to Worldspace/V-Sat based news wires for receiving news from agencies.

� The focus of the NSD’s coverage this year was the common man. TheDivision did a vast coverage on the issues affecting the common manand how the various schemes of the Central government including theones for the welfare of SC/ST, OBCs, minorities, farmers, unorganizedworkers, women and youth have fared. Flagship programmes of thegovernment such as National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme,Bharat Nirman and Sarva Siksha Abhiyan, etc., were given specialcoverage. Efforts were made for giving wide coverage to all flagshiptheme programmes of the central government as well as to the stepstaken by the government to check the prices of essential commoditiesand wheat procurement by central and state agencies.

� During the year 2007-08, NSD mounted special programmes on allmajor events including election of President of India, Vice Presidentof India, 60-years of India’s Independence, elections to the StateAssemblies of Manipur, Uttar Pradesh, Uttrakhand, Goa, Punjab,


Gujarat, and Himachal Pradesh, 150th anniversary of First Indian Warof Independence (1857), centenary celebration of Shaheed BhagatSingh and the resumption of border trade between India and China after44 years from Nathula.The journey of three trains- Azadi Express,Science Express and Red Ribbon Express was also widely covered inall regional and national bulletins.

� The Right to Information Act was given high priority in its newsbulletins and programmes. Special featurised programmes weremounted on economic issues such as WTO talks, government’s effortsto contain price rise and relief packages to farmers and NationalEmployment Guarantee Scheme & its implementation. News basedprogrammes on Indo-Pak relations were broadcast especially in thecontext of containing cross-border terrorism.

� Radio report on Indo - Pak Volleyball Men Test Match at Chennai on10th August 2007 and Volvo Master of Asia Golf Tournament atBangkok from 5th to 9th December 2007. AIR also covered 2nd

Commonweath Volleyball Championship for Men held in Kolkata on3rd and 4th August 2007.

� Reports on Senior National Boxing Championship-Delhi on 31st August2007 and 2nd Asian Carrom Championship-Raipur on 9th September2007 were broadcast.

� Live coverages of the 15th Senior National Women’s FootballChampionship-2007 on 12th May 2007 at Rourkela, ONGC Nehru CupFootball International Tournament on 29th August 2007 in Delhi,Fedreation Cup Football Tournament on 15th September 2007 atLudhiana, and 120th Durand Cup Football Tournament on 7th November2007 in Delhi were given.

� AIR has broadcast reports on Wimbledon Tennis Championship 2007played from 25th June to 9th July 2007 in London and live coverage tothe Sunfeast Tennis Championship Kolkata on 22nd and 23rd September2007 for Semi Finals and Finals respectively.

� AIR has also provided extensive coverage to the 4th World MilitaryGames held in Hyderabad and Mumbai in October 2007.

� Coverage of the National Sports Events held in India, e.g., 112th AllIndia Beighton Cup Hockey Tournament 2007 in Kolkata, 45th All IndiaBombay Gold Cup Tournament 2007 on 25th April 2007 at Mumbai,Asia Cup Hockey Tournament on 8th September 2007 in Chennai, 24th

Surjeet Hockey Tournament on 2nd November 2007 were some otherhighlights of AIR Sports coverage.


� AIR broadcast Voice cast on Dortmund International Chess meet from23rd June to 1st July 2007 from Germany, Advanced Rapid Chess atLeon in Spain from 6th to 9th September 2007, International ChessChampionship in Luxumberg from 9th to 15th July 2007, Genka LeasingWorld Chess Championship, Germany from 15th to 20th August 2007,World Chess Championship – Mexico from 12th September to 1st

October 2007, World Blitz Chess Championship - 2007 held in Mexicofrom 12th September to 1st October 2007 wherein G.M. VishwanathanAnand of India won the World Title and also on Asian Grand Prixatheletics meet on 24th and 28th June 2007 at Guwahati and Punerespectively.

� AIR provided live coverage to India vs Australia Cricket Series inAustralia from 26th December 2007 to 28th January 2008 alongwith T-20 International Cricket in Melbourne on February 2008 and alsoCommonwealth Bank Series (ODI) in Australia from 3rd February to4th March 2008.

� Adding another feather to its cap, the External Services Division hasstarted digital transmission from its new set up installed in the NewBroadcasting House. All modern gadgets and equipments are beingused to attract as many listeners as possible. Introduction of Internetbroadcasting by All India Radio has enabled its listeners in parts ofthe world like USA, Canada, West and South Africa to avail of AIR’sServices on Internet 24 hrs. Urdu Service of External Services Divisionis also available on air through DTH w.e.f. 30.06.2006.

� As a “Voice of the Nation”, External Services Division of All IndiaRadio has been India’s “Authentic Windows to the World”,. Withgrowing prestige of India in the world, an increasingly important roleis envisaged for External Broadcast for times to come.

� International Relation Unit of All India Radio maintained good relationswith other broadcasting organisations across the world. AIR, Lucknowparticipated in a joint radio production with Deutsche Welle on‘Challenges of Equality’ in respect of gender equality in India andanother joint production with DW on the subject ‘Living With Forcesof Nature’ has concluded in November 2007 at AIR Cuttack, in whichone Deutsche Welle producer and one AIR producer participated. Oneproducer from Radio Canada visited AIR on study tours to study thevarious aspects- of radio broadcasting in AIR. The bursary was grantedto them - by the Commonwealth Broadcasting Organisation.

� Under the Cultural Exchange Programme Agreements (CEP) signedbetween Government of India and different countries, the IR Unit


coordinates exchange of radio programmes with broadcastingorganizations of different countries. There are 21 countries at presentwith which Government of India has live ‘Cultural ExchangeProgrammes Agreements’ concerning Radio/broadcasting.

� High-level delegations from Maldives, China, Germany, DeutscheWelle, Tanzania and Malaysia visited AIR during the period with theaim to explore avenues for better coordination and cooperation betweenthe two National Radio Organizations. Mr. David Astley, SecretaryGeneral, ABU visited Prasar Bharati, AIR, DD and the Ministry inFebruary 2007 to explore the possibilities of hosting 3rd WordElectronic Media Forum in India. Many organisations in other countrieshave also shown interest in AIR’s broadcast contents to use the sameat their networks. Guidelines for allowing foreign broadcasters usingAIR programming contents have been sought from the Ministry andthe response on the same is still awaited. Facilities for recordings ofprogrammes were made available to BBC in AIR studios at Calcutta,Pune and Chennai.

� As in previous years AIR also participated in several InternationalAwards competitions and brought laurels to its credit. Entries weresent for the AIBD Awards, CBA Awards, ABU Prizes, andInternational Grand Prix radio competitions. AIR’s entry ‘ShabashBanty’ co-shared the first prize with a Korean entry in the ‘ChildrenCategory’ of the AIBD Awards 2006 and won a trophy and a cashprize of US $500.

� AIR continued to join hands with UNICEF in disseminating theimportant social messages on Health, Nutrition, Sanitation, Water, GirlsEducation, Child Rights, Registration of Birth, and Eradication of Polio,Breast-feeding, HIV/AIDS and consumption of Iodized Salt. UNICEFconducted two workshops at Latur and in which Programme Executivesfrom identified districts participated. The objective of the workshopswas to focus radio programming which could lead to behaviour changein the people for their betterment.

� All India Radio also participated in the Thomson Foundation’s EU-India Media Initiative on HIV/AIDS Project. Programme Executivesfrom different AIR stations attended the training workshop in thisrespect at Delhi and Hyderabad. Four of the AIR producers who hadsent their entries for the ‘Reporting HIV/AIDS Awards’ to ThomsonFoundation were awarded a fully funded trip to UK as a prize.

� All India Radio is also helping Afghan Radio and Television (ART) intheir reconstruction process by providing music records and has offered


training opportunities for their personnel. A team of four femaleprogramme personnel of ‘Educational Radio and TV Service ofAfghanistan’ (ERTV) came to India in September 2006 for an eight-days training course in the field of radio broadcasting at STI (P), NewDelhi. UNESCO sponsored the training.

International Relations

� International Relations Unit of DG; AIR remained quite active during2007-08 in carrying out and coordinating international activities andcommitments concerning All India Radio. Besides, All India Radioparticipates actively in all the SAARC related activities in broadcasting.Every month a SAARC Audio Visual Exchange programme of amember country is broadcast -over AIR. A special SAARC Newsbulletin is also broadcast on every Sunday.

� High-level delegations from Malaysia, Tanzania, Sri Lanka andMauritius visited AIR during the period with the aim to explore avenuesfor better coordination and cooperation between the respective NationalRadio Organizations. Many organisations in other countries have alsoshown interest in AIR’s broadcast contents to use the same in theirnetworks.

� NHK World, Radio Japan has been taking Hindi broadcast experts forits Hindi service from All India Radio for over two decades. In 2007,Sh. Akhil Mittal, NRT (Hindi), News Services Division, All IndiaRadio, New Delhi was selected by NHK for the next two-year segment.AIR’s IR Unit coordinated the process of selection of the candidatewith NHK World, Japan.

� As in the previous years, AIR participated in several InternationalAwards competitions and brought laurels to the organisation. Entrieswere sent for the AIBD Awards, CBA Awards, ABU Prizes, andInternational Grand Prix radio competitions and IRIB Radio festival.

� AIR’s entry titled “Bujhi Parile Hela (Be Aware, Take Care) producedby Sh. Padmalochan Das, Programme Executive, All India Radio,Sambalpur, won the First Prize in the 8th International IRIB RadioFestival in Mashhad, held in May 2007 hosted and organized by theIslamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting. The award included a cash prizeof USD 2000, a Certificate and a Trophy besides free participation inthe festival for the winner.

� The entry of AIR Pune, ‘Female Infanticide’ produced by Ms. NeelimaPatwardhan got the first prize in AIBD Awards 2007, in the category


“Best In-house Radio Public Service Spot”. The award includes a cashprize of USD 1000 and a trophy.

� Commonwealth Broadcasting Association (CBA) also shortlisted oneof the AIR’s entries sent for the CBA 2008 Award.

STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE(PROGRAMME)

History

Staff Training Institute (Programme) was established in 1948 at Delhi asan attached office of DG, AIR, New Delhi. It was declared as a subordinateoffice with effect from 01.01.1990. Staff Training Institute (Programme)at Delhi and Bhubaneshwar alongwith five other Regional TrainingInstitutes (Programme) at Ahmedabad, Hyderabad, Lucknow, Shillong andThiruvananthapuram imparts training to all the programme andAdministrative cadres of AIR and Doordarshan.

Achievements from April 2007 to March 2008

Thrust areas for in-house training this year are Sports Programmes,Managing the Change, Marketing Management, Corporate Work Culture,Digital Broadcast, Modern presentation techniques, Voice Culture,Broadcast Management, Innovative Programmes, Programme packaging &promotion, Interactive and Participatory programmes, Developmentprogrammes and Radio jockeying & TV Anchoring.

By now STI (P) has established itself as a professional trainer foroutside agencies. Our Institute provides Programme Production andVoice Culture training to IGNOU and Indian Airlines respectively.Besides, professional attachments are also open to recognised Institutesand Universities teaching Broadcast Journalism. Specific courses onprogramme format were designed for Maulana Azad National UrduUniversity, Hyderabad.

Inhouse Courses

� During the year 2007-2008, STI(P) Delhi and STI(P) Bhubaneshwaralong with five Regional Training Institutes at Ahmedabad, Hyderabad,Lucknow, Shillong and Thiruvananthapuram conducted 108 courses -83 Programme courses and 25 Administrative courses and trained 2310Personnel - 1555 Programmers of AIR and 755 Administrative officialsof AIR & Doordarshan.


� In order to gear up and to give coverage to the 2010 Commonwealth

Games professionally, STI (P), Delhi conducted the Workshop onSports on Radio for Sports Programme Personnel of AIR & DD fromall over India.

� Courses were conducted for the students of MCJ of Maulana AzadNational Urdu University, Hyderabad on ‘Radio Production’ at RTI(P),Hyderabad in which 50 were trained in two batches. Likewise 15students of journalism and Mass Communication were trained byRTI(P) Thiruvananthapuram.

� Training programmes on a campaign mode are being conducted tofamiliarise AIR & DD programme managers and administrativepersonnel about the RTI Act.

Coordinated Courses

During the year 20007-08, STI (P), Delhi conducted 8 courses incoordination with Staff Training Institute (Technical), AIR & Doordarshan,Delhi on Hard Disc Based Recording System, Programme ProductionTechniques and Digital Program Library for the programme officers of AIRand trained 120 programme staff of AIR in these specialised fields.

Vani Certificate Courses

VANI (Voice Articulation and Nurturing Initiative) Certificate courses fornewly selected comperes, announcers and presenters are being conductedon payment basis at various stations of AIR. During the year 2007-08, about3500 newly selected comperes, announcers and presenters have been trainedin 150 batches at various AIR Station and awarded VANI Certificates.

From this year Vani Certificate Course has been extended to RefresherCourse for existing Casual Announcers and News Readers / News Readercum Translators and for Editors and Reporters also. The News ServicesDivision from this year has also introduced training for Part TimeCorrespondent. STI (P)s and RTI(P)s are taking specific interest in trainingF.M.presenters through designed workshops on Radio Jockeying.

The handbook ‘VANP is proving to be helpful to the participants of VaniCertificate Course as a supplementary material and have been sold toparticipants for earning revenue for Prasar Bharati.

Outside Courses

During the year 2007-08 STI (P), Delhi organized 5 workshops for IndianAirlines and trained 142 Air-hostesses and cabin crew in Voice Culture atRTI (P), Hyderabad and many more such workshops are in pipeline.


Prasar Bharati has been giving practical training to the students of PostGraduate Diploma in Radio Prasaran (PGDRP) and Post Graduate Diplomain Audio Programme Production (PGDAPP) as per MoU signed withIGNOU. This year 186 students have been given practical training in 13batches at 8 AIR Stations.

In addition many AIR stations have taken students of Radio Journalismfrom Universities for practical training on payment of Rs. 500/- per week.

Revenue earned

STI (P) during the April, 07 to March, 08 earned net Revenue of Rs10,542,448 /-(One Crore Five Lakh Forty Two Thousands FourHundred & Forty Eight only) from all sources.

Staff Training Institute (Technical)

Staff Training Institute (Tech.) at Delhi caters to the training needs ofengineering personnel. Regional training institutes have also been set upat Bhubaneshwar, Shillong & Mumbai to augment the training facilities.

The institute at Delhi was established in 1948 and has since grown into acenter of excellence for technical training in electronic media. A wellorganised Library and a Computer center with advanced multi-mediaequipment are available as part of the institute.

The institute conducts training courses for departmental candidates aswell as for candidates of similar foreign organizations. Workshops atdifferent field offices are also held. The institute conducts recruitmentexamination for direct recruit engineering assistants and also holdsdepartmental competitive examinations for promotions in the subordinateengineering cadres. The regional institutes conduct training courses likeuse of Computerized Hard Disc Based Recording, Editing & Playbacksystem.

Activities undertaken from April, 2007 to March, 2008

(a) During the period April, 07 to March, 08, 33 number of courses wereconducted at STT(T) Delhi and 1201 number of trainees attended thecourse. At RSTI (T) Bhubaneshwar 21 courses were conducted and 606trainees attended the courses.

(b) Special Course

During this period, following courses other than scheduled during 2007-08 were also conducted.


1. Refresher course for SC/ST Senior Engineering Assistants wasconducted from 21st May, to 8th June, 2007 and 12 persons attendedthe course.

2. A training course on 20 KW FM Broadcast Transmitter (Nautel make)was conducted which was attended by 22 persons.

3. Basic course for Sr. Technician & Technicians was arranged at AIRLeh which was attended by 15 technicians.

4. Helpers Course was conducted at DTI-Lucknow.

(c) Special Programs

� A special DRM Show Case Project in association with ABU and DRMConsortium was organised. This included workshop on DRM SystemImplementation Aspects with field trials. 48 persons attended thecourse.

� International participants from various countries attended the“ Workshop on DRM Systems & Implementation Aspects” asdetailed below:

No. of Participants

l . Papua New Guinea 2.

2. Japan 7

3. Singapore 2

4. Kuwait 2

5. Brunei 1

6. Hongkong 1

7. Iran 3

A Total of 18 international participants attended the showcase project/workshop.

� Two participants from MBC Mauritius attended the course on “ModernTrends in Broadcasting” alongwith AIR & DD staff arranged by STI(T)Delhi.

� Summer Training for Diploma/Degree Engg. Students for four/sixweeks was conducted by STT(T), Delhi and this was attended by a total83 Students of engineering.


DOORDARSHAN

Doordarshan, a Public Service Broadcaster, is one of the largest TelevisionNetworks in the world. It started its service on 15th September, 1959 atDelhi with the transmission of Educational and Development programmeson experimental basis. Second Television center was started at Bombay in1972 and later Doordarshan’s Television service was expanded to otherplaces. The rapid expansion of DD started in 1984 with almost every daya transmitter was installed in the Country. Doordarshan is presentlyoperating 31 TV channels besides free-to-air DTH service and has terrestrialnetwork of 66 Studios and 1414 transmitters installed throughout length& breadth of the country. In terrestrial mode, Doordarshan coverage isavailable to about 92.2% population of the country.

Present Network and Service

Doordarshan presently telecasts programmes on 31 distinct channels, asunder:

DD I - National Channel

DD News - News Channel

DD Bharati - Enrichment Channel

DD Sports - Sports Channel

DD Rajya Sabha - Parliament Channel

DD Urdu - Urdu Language Channel

Regional Channels - 11 Nos.

Malayalam (Kerala) Tamil (Podhigai) Oriya

Telugu (Saptagiri) Bengali (Bangla) Kannada (Chandana)

Marathi (Sahyadri) Gujarati Kashmiri (Kashir)

North East Punjabi

State Networks - 12 Nos.

Rajasthan Madhya Pradesh Uttar Pradesh

Bihar Himachal Pradesh Jharkhand

Chhatisgarh Haryana Uttarakhand

Tripura Mizoram Meghalaya

DD India - International Channel

Gyan Darshan - Educational Channel


Extent of terrestrial coverage of DD 1 and DD News channels is as under:

S. No. Channel Population wise Area wise

1. DD 1 92.2% 91.2%

2. DD News 49.1% 25.6%

Multi channel TV coverage through free to air DTH service of Doordarshanis available in the entire country (except A&N Islands).

DD: National

DD: National is not a purely entertainment channel but it is a hybridchannel. Being the Public Service Broadcaster with tremendous terrestrialreach throughout India, there is tremendous pressure on the channel,therefore, does live telecast of Parliament proceedings, programmes ofvarious Ministries and Departments, Independence Day/ Republic Day &Beating the Retreat Celebrations, Festivals & Anniversaries, Internationalconferences/ summits, Cricket matches and other Sports events ofInternational level, Film Festivals, etc. Apart from live telecast otherprogrammes telecast on the channel include Educational programmes ofUGC and NCERT, Agriculture programmes, Rural Developmentprogrammes, Health programmes based on Women, Children and SeniorCitizens, Music & Dance, Welfare Programmes on Scheduled castes andScheduled Tribes and other weaker sections including minorities, etc.

Keeping in view the professional competition in a multi-channel scenario,the channel has taken several steps to induce fresh thinking inprogramming. It has refurbished its programme content and embarked uponspecial programmes targeting all sections of society. The programme ‘AAPKI BAITHAK’ is one in this category, which seeks to bring the subjectmatter to the viewers in partnership with Socialistic, Journalists, Politiciansand Political parties. In fact DD: National channel caters to the needs andaspirations of people of each and every section of the society.

In order to revitalize the channel the Self Finance Commissioning wasintroduced in the year, 2005. This scheme was meant for the Mid-Prime-Time slots and Prime-Time slots in the National channel. Introduction ofprogrammes under SFC has resulted in enhancing the quality and contentof the programme. Thus leading to remarkable increase in viewership andalso substantial increase in revenue for Doordarshan.

The revenue from Sponsored Programme in Prime-Time slots from 08.30pm to 11.00 pm was about 17.5 lacs per day [3.5x5]. Whereas from SFCserials the average revenue from these slots are more than Rs. 65.00 lacs per


day. Similarly, in case of Mid Prime-Time slots the average revenue fromsix slots under Sponsored programmes was about 6 lakhs [6x1.00 lakh].Whereas from SFC the average revenue from these slots are more than 16lacs.

The other advantage of SFC serials are that the property rights is vestedwith Doordarshan and this software can be exploited further byDoordarshan in future also.

In the SFC scheme Doordarshan is able to rope in some of the bestproduction houses and talents in the country like Shri Parikshit Sahni,Shri Rakesh Chaudhary, Ms. Rani Mukherjee, Shri Raja Mukherjee, ShriJoy Mukherjee, Mrs. Saira Banu, Shri Lekh Tandon, Percept PictureCompany, B.R. Films, Endemol, Shri Arun Govil, Shri Aswin Dheer, ShriRupesh Gohil, Shri Gyan Sahai, Shri Gajender Singh, Shri N. Chandra,Hindustan Lever Limited and Aditya Birla Group, etc., and others.

The other scheme on Indian Classics on the National channel helped inattracting the established and well-known artists and directors in India. Theweekly slot of KATHA SARITA under Commissioned category featuresprogrammes produced by the best talent in the country like Muzaffar Ali,Gulzar, Amol Palekar and Basu Chatterjee etc. A. R. Rehman [Asian BandSearch band] Reality show “THE BIG BAND” is also on the pipe line torock the viewers.

Due to various innovative schemes and programme the TRP and viewershipof the channel has shown sustained increase in the recent past. Even theSaturday and Sunday slots which was not that popular earlier has alsostarted attracting viewership these days.

Doordarshan introduced new film guidelines to procure films centrally fortelecast on its all channels under Royalty category.

The feature films telecast on the National channel on Fridays and Saturdaysat 09.30 p.m., Sunday 12.00 noon and 04.00 p.m. [HBN) have tremendousviewership. Similarly the Bioscope Serialized Feature Film in Hindi onMonday, Tuesday and Wednesday at 11.00 p.m. have also helped thechannel to increase viewership.

DD: News

DD News is the only terrestrial-cum-satellite News Channel in the countryand it has the largest reach over all other news channels. The channel hastaken many initiatives during the year to meet the interest of the people.The major achievements of the channel during the years are as under:


The channel logo, graphics, sets, chroma backdrop and colour has beengiven a new slick and bold look with a view to undertaking a revamp tothe look and feel of the channel.

A five minutes daily bulletin in Mizo was started from Aizawl and anotherfive minutes bulletin was added in RNU, Ahmedabad.

Duration of current affairs programmes like ‘Prime Meridian’, ‘Jayeza’and ‘Cinema Is Hafte’ has been increased. Hot topics of the day, socialissues and major government policy announcements figured in discussionwith eminent guests in the programmes like ‘Charcha Mein’ and ‘AmneSamne’.

Special programmes and live coverage are carried out on the Union Generaland Rail Budgets.

The channel continued to telecast a one hour live interactive show withviewers in ‘Total Health’ on Sundays, the current affairs programmes oncommunal harmony, defence and security related issues, rural development,RTI, etc., and the interactive phone -in-programme ‘Vyaapar Is Hafte’ whichoffer tips on the stock market.

News gathering and up linking of the news footage from different locationsacross the country has been greatly enhanced by the deployment of DSNGs.Engineering facilities were extended to various global Broadcastingagencies for their important coverages in India. From October 2005 till datemore than 100 feeds and studio facilities were made available to the foreignbroadcasters there by earning around 50 thousand USD.

Doordarshan News has also a news website ddinews.gov.in wherein thebrowsers can access to the latest news updates. The Website also offerslive Doordarshan News bulletins on the net and has a registered goodresponse from within and outside the country.

In this ever-changing vibrant medium it has always been the endeavour ofDoordarshan News channel to constantly keep pace with the change andprovide the best to the viewers.

A dedicated digital satellite news gathering system including high techgadgets like satellite phones and video phones have been made availablefor DD News, which has greatly increased its capacity in giving live inputsfrom the spots.

Sports Channel

A dedicated Indian Sports Channel of Doordarshan was launched on 18th

March 1999. The transmission of the channel was increased from 10 hours


to 12 hours a day from April 25, 1999 and considering the popularity ofthe channel the transmission hours has been extended to round the clockfrom June, 2000. The channel is presently being managed through limitedstaff. The channel has brought to its audience commendable programmes/coverage of sports events like wise during the year:

� Beijing Olympic Games

� Commonwealth Youth Games, Pune

� Pune Marathon

� Delhi Half Marathon

� Mumbai Standard Chartered Marathon

� Torch Relay for commonwealth Youth Games

� Davis Cup

For the coverage of above International mega Sports events Prasar Bharatihad deputed ever-large contingent of production staff and given extensivecoverage to the events.

A decision has been taken to introduce the system of cash outflow forcovering non-Olympic and traditional sports. The cash outflow amount ischarged mainly to meet expenses on moving DSNG and OB VAN for thelive coverage along with amount paid to commentators. It was also decidedto continue covering sporting events organized by the different sportsfederations and associations with whom we are in agreement for whichDoordarshan pays them rights fee.

Keeping in view the Public Services mandate of Prasar Bharati (PB) topromote sports, PB from time to time amended the “Cash outflow”principle in respect of the following:

� Armed and Para Military Forces

� Games for Disabled

� Education and Cultural Institutions

� Sports in rural areas - National or Regional level

� Promotion of Women Sports/ events irrespective of discipline

� Events held in remote area like J&K, North East States, HimachalPradesh, Anadaman, Nicobar and Lakshdeep

During the financial year 2008-09 a Budget grant of Rs. 17.00 Crores(Rupees Seventeen Crores only) was earmarked for running DD Sports


Channel which includes payments to TV rights fees to various sportfederations/ sports agencies to acquire the required software.

DD Bharati

DD Bharati Channel was launched by Prasar Bharati on 26 January 2002.Now the channel has completed six years on 26 January 2008. It telecastprogrammes on Health, Children, Art and Culture, Music, Dance, Women,Education, Travelogue and preserving the country’s great heritage andvalues.

DD India

Telecast of 24X7 hrs. transmission. CPC: DD is also doing in-houseproduction of weekly programme “Yours Truly” of 30 minutes durationfor telecast on DD India.

TV reports are produced from time to time of various cultural activities,events, seminars, stage shows, festivals, exhibitions held in the region,Pravasi Bharatiya Divas, International Trade Fair, Visits of Youth Diaspora,etc

DD Urdu

DD: Urdu was launched on 15th August 2006 by the Hon’ble PrimeMinister, Dr. Manmohan Singh initially for a shorter transmission whichwas extended to make the channel 24X7 w.e.f. 14th November, 2008.

During the year under review, telecast of Urdu version of President’sMessage to the nation on the eve of Independence Day and Republic Daywas introduced on DD: Urdu. Arrangements to acquire more software forDD: Urdu were also initiated and is in the final stage of acquisition.

DD: Urdu has entered into an MOU with the Maulana Azad National UrduUniversity (MANUU), Hyderabad, whereby MANNU is providing dailyone hour software which will be doubled during the next five years. Theprogramme done by them will encapsulate education, heritage andinfotainment.

In the days ahead, it is proposed to link major and authentic Urdu Centersat the national level like Aligarh Muslim University, Jamia Millia Islamic,Osmania University, Maulana Azad National Urdu University, Hyderabd,Khuda Baksh Library and all Urdu Academies in India. At the internationallevel selected places in South Asia, Middle East and Urdu research centersin Europe and America will also be linked through the satellite exchangeif views on Urdu related developments will bring transformation of thetarget audience. The channel has an inherent potential of roping in artists


& scholars not only from within India but from Pakistan & places inEurope, America & Middle East, etc.

Audience Research

The Audience Research unit of Doordarshan with its 19 field units locatedwith Doordarshan kendras all over the country, is involved in Researchstudies on various aspects of broadcasting since 1976.

The field units are located at Ranchi, Jaipur, Delhi, Ahmedabad, Nagpur,Chennai, Bengaluru, Lucknow, Hyderabad, Bhubaneswar, Bhopal, Kolkata,Guwahati, Mumbai, Gorakhpur, Rajkot, Jalandhar, Thiruvananthapuram andSrinagar. The units are working under Audience Research Officer at Kendralevel and is controlled by Director, Audience Research at the DirectorateGeneral: Doordarshan level.

During the year 2008-09 the audience research unit continued to conduct:

� DART rating through panel diaries.

� Regular feedback on agriculture programme under the mass mediasupport to agriculture extension funded by the Ministry of Agriculture.

� Analysis and reporting of TAM TVR on weekly basis.

Besides the above the unit’s other contributions are:

� Preparation of draft material for annual report of Prasar Bharati andMinistry of I&B for the year 2008-09 respectively.

� Annual report of Doordarshan 2008-09 under preparation.

� Impact study on flagship programme of Doordarshan completed.

� Pilot project for the monitoring of Doordarshan channels viewershipas per cable.

TV network (Regulation) Act 1995 under process

� Study on “Impact of DD, Pvt. Cable & Satellite channel on ‘womenand family” is under process.

Planning is being made to revamp the DART study by increasing andrestructuring its sample and use of latest software and Internet for quickreporting of programmes rating as per recommendation of the 67'”Parliamentary Standing Committee on IT Technology.

Feature Films on Doordarshan

Feature Films are high revenue generating entertaining property of PrasarBharati. The Gross revenue earned from the telecast of five Hindi feature


films on Doordarshan’s National Network is more than two crore per week.To make the telecast more attractive and better in terms of packaging andmarketing, Doordarshan has branded the feature films slot as “FridayHouseful” to show latest blockbusters. “Saturday Jubilee” to show superhit popular films, “Retrospective” to show films of eminent film makers/artists on Sundays, “Bioscope” to show old popular films in serializedmanner from Monday to Wednesday. Recently “Guru”, “Babul”, “NayaDaur-Col”, “Khoya Khoya Chand”, “Cash”, “Don(New)”, “Krish”,“Eklavaya-The Royal Guard”, “Joney Gaddar”, “Provoked”, “Cheeni Kum”were among the popular films which are shown on Doordarshan in differentcategories mentioned above. Films featuring “Akshay Kumar”, “Kajol”,“Rekha”, “Mumtaz” were shown on Retrospective slot on NationalNetwork. Seeing the popularity of Retrospective slot, some moreinnovations were devised for the slot. For the festival season, films basedon the theme- “Melody Masala Mix” were telecast and in the pipeline arethemes based on “Immortal Love Stories-Yeh Ishq Nahi Aasaan”, etc.

National Awarded Regional Films

Adhering to its commitment as a Public Broadcaster for promoting qualitycinema, Doordarshan telecasts two national award winning films everymonth. The Swarna Kamal (Golden Lotus) and Rajat Kamal (Silver Lotus)awards winning films are telecast on 2nd and 4th Sunday at 11:30 pm. “Baaghi-Punjabi”, “Thayi-Tamil” are the recent national awards winning films.

Seeing the good response of films received under New Film Guidelines,Doordarshan may plan to invite offers for the latest blockbusters in orderto fetch good revenue and increase viewership. Doordarshan is also in theprocess of formulating new films for guidelines for award wining regionallanguage films as well as commercial regional films for telecast on NNWand Regional Kendras.

Central Commissioning Unit

CCU is acquiring and producing software on a variety of subjects of telecaston Doordarshan. CCU has continued the project for production of literaryprogrammes of archival value titled Indian Classics. The Indian ClassicsProgrammes under the title “Katha Sarita” are being telecast at 21:30 hoursevery Monday on DD-I. The programmes have received wide appreciation,commercial support and are meeting the software requirement of DD-I, DDBharati, DD India, DD Urdu and Regional Channels. During the year 2000,half-an-hour episodes in 11 languages have been completed and nearly 80episodes in Kashmiri, Dogri and Tamil language have been commissionedunder this scheme.


DTH Services

Doordarshan has launched a free to air DTH Channel on DD Direct+ inDecember 2004 with a bouquet of 33 channels. Capacity of DTH earthstation has been augmented for telecast of 50 TV Channels and is furtherbeing increased to 59 TV Channels by improving spectrum efficiency.Presently there are 47 TV Channels and 21 Radio Channels on DTHPlatform. Very soon we are going to complete all the 50 Channels on DTHPlatform. For Demonstration purpose Doordarshan had earlier provided tenthousand DTH receiving units in villagers of selected states. During theyear 2007-08 twenty thousand DTH receiving units have been provided toGovernment of Himachal Pradesh for installation in Kinnaur, Lahaul Spitiand Chamba districts.

New Initiatives

DTH Service “DD Direct Plus”

Doordarshan had launched Ku band transmission (free-to-air DTH “DDDirect Plus”) in December, 2004 with a bouquet of 33 TV channels. Themain objective of this service was to provide TV coverage to the areashitherto uncovered by terrestrial transmission. With the launch of thisservice, multi-channel TV coverage has become available in the entirecountry (except A&N Islands). Capacity of DTH platform was laterincreased for transmission of 50 TV channels and is being furtherincreased for transmission of 59 channels by improving spectrumefficiency during 2008-09.

Mobile TV (DVB-H Transmission)

Doordarshan started Mobile TV service (DVB-H transmission) in Delhiin May, 2007, as a pilot project, with a bouquet of 8 TV channels. Thetransmitter deployed is of 5KW power operating on ch#26 in UHF band,which is installed in Akashwani Bhawan, Parliament Street, New Delhi.The signal can be received on DVB-H enabled mobile phones within arange of about 10-12 Kms from the transmitter location. Number of TVchannels in DVB-H bouquet has been increased from 8 to 16 usingstatistical multiplexing, wef Ist August, 2008. Sixteen DD channels includedin the DVB-H bouquet are as under: -

DD National DD News DD Sports DD Bharati

DD Bangla DD Urdu DD Punjabi DD India

DD Chandana DD Gujarati DD Malayalam DD Podhigai

DD Oriya DD Sahyadri DD Saptagiri DD North East


Narrowcasting

With a view to providing area specific information on agriculture, a pilotproject was started by Doordarshan in 2002 and was implemented to 11transmitters across the country in 18 States. Following the successfulimplementation of this concept of narrowcasting, demand was created forfurther spreading of this concept in other parts of the country andaccordingly a proposal was sent to the Planning Commission through theMinistry of Agriculture, Government of India. The Centrally sponsoredproject mass media support to Agriculture Extension was approved andintroduced in January 2004 was inaugurated by the then Prime Ministerof India. The project is now being implemented with a total budget of Rs.225 crores for the 10th Five Year Plan in a three tier mode and under 11th

Five Year Plan the total budget is Rs. 562.36 crores.

The programmes are formulated by experts of Agriculture, Horticulture,Veterinary sciences, Fisheries, etc., and all aspects of these areas arecovered on day to day basis, highlighting different technologies of eachcrop, various schemes, success stories of farmers, weather report, kisancredit card, Agriculture News Bulletin and Mandi Bhav Bulletin. Publicityof minimum support price, mounting of campaign on seed treatmentduring kharif and other information provided by the DAC, Minister ofAgriculture, etc.

DD Commercial

DD Commercial service is responsible for booking advertisement of goodsand services on Doordarshan. Booking of advertisement are normallyaccepted through accredited and registered agencies and also directly onadvance payment without agency commission. During the year 2008-09,it earned Rs. 818.19 crore as revenue.

DD Archives

DD Archives is a fast expanding unit of Doordarshan. Its main objective isto digitize all the analogue content reserved in the library of the kendras.From the year 2004, this unit has been working on the project acquiring allthe legacy taps from other kendras and converting it into digital media. Theyear 2008 has been a very eventful year for the archive. It acquired high andrestoration equipment, physical cleaners and electronic cleaners; noisereduction equipments and software based non-leaner auditing system whichcan also refurbish audio. This set of equipments can render good qualityoutput by cleaning and removing all the blemishes of the analog tapes. Thecataloging and categorization sub unit of DD archive has identified morethan 50,000 hours of achievable content in various categories. Metadata is


being created for each type by subject media experts and media professionals.The state of art acquisition 2008 is media asset management. DD archiveis pioneer in this area as this system archiving which gives world classpreservation and retrieval result is only with DD archive.

Though the staff is out sourced through the agencies, the young archiveassistant has been trained in all equipments for archiving procedures. Bymoving into the Digital domain with media asset management, the archivecontent is now ready for any multi-platform application like video ondemand, web casting, etc. This has opened the opportunity for encasingthe long tail and providing rich resources for repurposing of programmesfor broadcasting. DD-Archives is also becoming a resource center foradvance research in the areas of sociology, communication media studies,children and women studies and ecology. DD archives has also taken of amajor project of programmes and serials have been dubbed in 8 languages.The prestigious DVD project celebrates its 80th title this year by releasingtwo DVDs based on the recording of great playback singer Manna Dey.In 2008, it has also released the prestigious serial Bharat Ek Khoj in 18DVDs for sale. Other DVDs releases are Tehreer Directed by Gulzar basedon short stories on Premchand Parsai kehte hain & Katha Sarita are otherlibrary releases. DD archive has worked on the most prestigious projectthat is creation of website based on the video & Audio recording of 4leaders on India-Mahatama Gandhi, Pandit Jawahar Lal Nehru, ShrimatiIndira Gandhi and Rajiv Gandhi. The website offers simple and advancedsearch with complete data of hundred hours of video and hundred hoursof audio. The unique feature of this website is that we can see and hearthe leaders directly. This is one of its kinds in the world. This is ready forlaunch in January 2009.

Central Production Centre (CPC)

Situated in Delhi, the Central Production Centre (CPC) is currentlyresponsible for managing the transmission of DD News, DD Sports, DDIndia & DD channels like DD National, DD news and DD Bharati. It alsospecializes in production of documentaries and other DD programmes. Inrecent years, CPC has become an active player in preparation of programmepromos of Doordarshan. The programme schedule of DD Sports, DD India,DD Urdu, are prepared by DG: DD.

In addition to above, CPC, DD is providing/supplying regularly high qualityprogramme of Music, etc., to different Doordarshan Kendras across thecountry on their Demand received from time to time. CPC: DD also telecastSponsored/ Commissioned programme on “DD Urdu” & “Krishi Darshan”as per the schedule sent by commercial wing of DG: DD.


Development Communication Division (DCD)

DCD, since 2001 is engaged in various activities. The concept was bornof a need to generate revenue by securing funds from government partnersincluding ministers, departments and public sector undertakings.

From 5 partners and 9 campaigns in the year 2001-02 to 23 partners and133 campaigns in 2008-09, the Development Communication Divisionhas come a long way with large number of campaigns in the past fewyears.

Major campaign includes National Rural Health Mission, Rural EmploymentGuarantee Act. Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Total Sanitation Programme,Drinking Water Supply, Registration of Birth & Death, Incredible India,Ministry of Railways, Food & Nutrition Board, Department of Schooleducation, National Pharmaceutical Pricing. Authority, Ministry of overseasIndia Affairs, Ministry of Labour & Employment, Ministry of Developmentfor North-Eastern region, National Food Security Mission, Ministry ofAgriculture and Ministry of Consumer Affairs.

Doordarshan undertook flagship campaigns under NRHM, Girl Child,Women Empowerment, Sarva Shiksha Abhiyaan and telecast this campaignunder Bharat Nirman highlighting the progress & development in variousfields of India.

New Campaigns like Mental Retardation, National Communicable Disease,Indian Army, Indian Navy & Campaign on Autism for the importantfeatures in 2008-09, new clients like Agriculture Insurance Company ofIndia Ltd., Ministry of Minority Affairs & Guru-Nanak Eye Care Centrewere also our associates. Doordarshan also completed the campaign of Red-Ribbon Express (initiated by NACO) which had been going-on throughoutthe year 2008 all across the country and was successful in creatingawareness on HIV/AIDS.

Another important programme “Kyunki Jeena Isi ka Naam Hai” incollaboration with UNICEF being telecast thrice in a week on DD Nationalgot further extension beyond February 2009 for 130 episodes. This serialis based on Entertainment and covering the issues related to NRHM, AdultEducation, Women Empowerment & Disaster Management.

Doordarshan generated revenue 436 crores gross & 236 crores net withBonus AirTime in the year 2008-09.

This year till April 2009, 5991 new programmes were produced centrally,and in Regional Kendra under direct supervision of DevelopmentCommunication Division. These programmes under the flagship campaign,Kalyani has received:


� Best Communication Strategy on HIV/AIDS in India Asian MediaInformation communication Centre (AMIC), Singapore &Commonwealth Section, London 2008.

� The Malaria Foundation International (MFI), Malaria Awards 2007 -News Show of the Year; Kalyani

� UNFPA-LAADLI MEDIA Award (Eastern Region) 2007 - Best Issue-based Infotainment Programme (Oriya)

� UNFPA-LAADLI MEDIA Award (Western Region) 2006-07 - BestIssuebased Infotainment Programme (Hindi)

These awards were given for Kalyanis pioneering effort in successfullyadopting the genre for infotainment TV programming an important socialcause, i.e., sex selection.

In the year 2008-09, a total number of 133 campaigns and 884 numbersof programmes have been produced.

DD Annual Awards

In the year 2008, the cell received approx. 600 programmes from all overIndia to compete for Doordarshan Annual Award 2008.

During 2008 DD Award Section included one more Award (Best Kalyani-II) and the total Awards were given in 49 categories. The final presentationof Doordarshan Annual Award 2008 staged in Jalandhar on 4th March 2009.The ratio of distributing the Award Money is 60% 40% (i.e.60% forproducer and 40% for crew members). In the year 2008 Doordarshan earneda revenue of Rs. 1,10,00,000/-(One Crore Ten Lakh Only) from the AnnualAwards Event.

Doordarshan Annual Award cell also organizes sending programmes forNational & International Competitions.

Doordarshan got International Awards UNFPA-LAADLI MEDIA Awards(Suniti Devi) for the Quality Productions in the year 2008.

Marketing Initiatives

Prasar Bharati has eight Marketing Division(s) in Mumbai, New Delhi,Kolkata, Hyderabad, Bengaluru, Chennai, Thiruvananthapuram, Guwahati,Kochi and Jalandhar with a view to bolster the in-house marketing ofprogrammes on DD-National Network, DD-Regional Kendras, DD-Newsand various other satellite channels beamed across the country.

The flagship channel of Doordarshan i.e. DD-1 (National) which


contributes nearly 55% of the total gross revenues on Doordarshan throughCommissioned, etc. The bookings of the division for the period April-October, 2007 on DD-National Network stands at Rs. 222.31 crores anddepending on the market conditions, the division expects to generate a grossbusiness of around Rs. 380 crores from this channel.

Today, over 95% of the inventory on DD-National Network has beenmounted under SFC whereby the channel retains the perpetual rights ofthe software and has to exploit it to generate maximum revenues. TheMarketing Division has successfully shouldered the responsibility ofbooking Rs. 110.804 crores from the inventory mounted under SFC duringthe period April-October, 2008.

The Marketing Division has been able to market programmes of variousgenres mounted on the channel including reality shows/ game shows suchas ‘Airtel Desh Ki Awaz’, `Wheel Smart Shrimati’, ‘Taaza Khelo GaoJeeto’, etc. Wherein a host of national brands such as Bharti, Airtel, HLL,Dabur, Emami, Colgate, Palmolive, etc., have made substantial investmentsin the channel. In addition to the entertainment, the programmes alsoincluded various elements of women’s empowerment, social enlistment, etc.The marketing Division has taken the challenge of the marketing of the‘Katha Sarita’ which was series of episodes featured on classic works ofgreat writers/novelists of India and reproduced on television by several wellknown producers. The division has booked record revenues of Rs. 2.25crores on this diverse ‘Katha Sarita’ series during the period April toOctober 2008.

The Marketing Division has also been able to market effectively and bookrevenues on several serials & software mounted on prime time whichfocused on women’s issues and aspiration of women including programmessuch as ‘Airhostess’, ‘Astitva Ek Kahani’, etc., as well as children’s fantasyprogramme ‘Chandramukhi’ with gross revenues of Rs. 6.45 crores; Rs.7.15 crores and R. 12.09 crores respectively from each of theseprogrammes.

The Marketing Division has been successful in marketing internationalsporting events such as the cricket telecast of Asia Cup in which it hasbeen able to achieve benchmark gross revenues of Rs. 16.109 crores whichwas in excess of the amount committed in the bid process. In addition, thedivision has also taken to the market unique events such as BeijingOlympics, 2008; Olympic Torch, Robocon International Championships,Sunfeast Marathon, 2008 and Commonwealth Youth Games, 2008 andgenerated investments on these properties from the media market withparticipation and support from major national & international brands.


The Marketing Division(s) function(s) as nerve centres for generation ofbusiness on the properties mounted on the channel from various clientsacross the country. They are key flashpoints between the entire mediamarket and the programming link to ensure that best market practices arealso taken forward on Doordarshan in a progressive manner.

The Marketing Division(s) also have the responsibility of managing andmarketing the channel inventory as well as generating revenues fromvarious public service initiatives undertaken by the channel from time totime.

PSBT

Public Service Broadcasting Trust (PSBT) represents a unique andsuccessful partnership between the National Broadcaster and a privateinitiative to source quality documentaries on various issues of concern onwide ranging subjects. These documentaries produced by eminent as wellas first time and young film makers are telecast on DD National onSaturdays. Each year, in partnership with UNESCO the Open FrameInternational Festival and Forum showcases some of the best films andprogrammes from around the world. This year PSBT films have receivedseveral international and two national awards.

Coverage of Flagship Programmes on Doordarshan

As a part of its public service mandate, Prasar Bharati has been providingcoverage to flagship programmes of the Central government throughDoordarshan. Flagship programmes covered are as under:

� Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan� Mid-day Meal Scheme� Rajiv Gandhi Drinking Water Mission� Total Sanitation Programme� National Rural health Mission� Integrated child development services� National Rural employment services� Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission

All DD Kendras are covering Flagship Programmes once a week in amagazine format. Some Kendras are also telecasting spots and jingles daily.News Division of Doordarshan is also telecasting programmes and relatedsuccess stories in its national and regional news bulletins. Current Affairprogrammes of DD News are also incorporating the flagship theme onregular basis. The dissemination of information on flagship programmes


is helping the masses to get awareness and utilize for their benefit. Inaddition to the above Doordarshan has successfully covered differentmatters pertaining to General Election 2009 for Parliament.

BECIL- A BRIEF HISTORY

With the opening of broadcasting sector after the gulf war, Indiancompanies also felt the need to broadcasting via satellite. These companiesneeded an expert agency to advise them in the field of broadcasting. Suchexpertise till then was available only with AIR and Doordarshan. TheMinistry of Information and Broadcasting therefore decided to incorporateone such agency for this purpose. Thus BECIL was formed on 24th March1995.

It is now a well established consultancy agency, system integrator andturnkey solution provider in all the spheres of Broadcast Engineering. Italso undertakes operation and maintenance of various types of broadcastsystems. Its client list includes government, semi government, overseas andprivate organizations. BECIL is a profit making PSE.

Mission

To play a pivotal role in growth of radio and television broadcasting throughterrestrial, cable and satellite transmission in India and abroad and achieveexcellence.

Objectives

� To enhance the present share in the market by providing specializedand customized solution to a wider range of clients.

� Providing technical consultancy to Ministry of Information andBroadcasting for their objectives.

� To explore new avenues in other allied areas.

� Explore the opportunities in overseas market on a continual basis.

� Conduct market research and product development.

� Establishment of satellite uplink & downlink systems for TV channelsalso for distance education.

� Establishing and maintenance of operation of broadcasting centers.

� Constantly endeavour to enhance customer satisfaction through services.

� To enhance the present share in the market by providing specializedand customized solution to a wider range of clients.


HighIights

� BECIL has been granted the coveted “Mini Ratna Status” by theGovernment.

� During the year the company has achieved highest turn-over ever sinceits incorporation.

� During the year the profile of the company has touched new heightsand is highest since incorporation of BECIL.

� The company has declared a dividend of 205.60% on the paid up equity.

� During the year the company has commissioned CTI for 148 PrivateFM channels in the country under FM Phase-II Scheme launched forPrivate FM Broadcasting by Government of India.

� Updation & replacement of Robotic Camera Setup in the Lok SabhaChamber for establishment of HDTV Set up and 24 hour Lok SabhaTV Channel Studios.

� Setting up of state-of-the-art Electronic Media Monitoring Centre forchecking contents violation.

� The company has recently received biggest single value order worthover Rs 58.03 Crore from All India Radio for supply, testing, andcommissioning & training for 2 nos. of 1000 KW MW super powermedium wave transmitter for All India Radio Rajkot & Chinsurah.

BECIL– Management and Organization

The Board of Directors comprises of full-time Chairman and ManagingDirector, whole time Director Operations and Marketing and four to sevenpart time Directors nominated by the Government of India. At present, thereare two Government nominee Directors and an Independent Director in theBoard. Below Board level there are two posts of Joint General Managers,One Deputy General Manager Marketing, One Deputy Manager (Finance)and One Junior Manager (Finance). The Technical Work is further assignedto consultants and Project Manager hired on contract basis.

At present the Board consists of following members:

Chairman and Managing Director : Shri Harkesh Gupta

Full-Time Director : Shri I.S. Mehla

Government Nominee Director : Smt. Zohra Chatterji, Jt.Secretary, Min. I&B

Ministry of Information and : Smt. Kavita Pandey, DirectorBroodcasting (Finance)

Independent Director : Shri. D.M.Tangri


Areas and Modes of Operation

Areas of Operation

� Broadcasting

� Information Technology

� Providing Technical inputs to Ministry of Information and Broadcasting

Modes of Operations

� Consultancy

� Turnkey Solutions

� System Integration

� Deposit Work

� Sales and SITC

� Development of Sub-Systems

� Placement of Broadcast Professionals

� Operation and Maintenance

Financial Highlights

Share capital

The BECIL was incorporated with authorized Capital of Rs. 250 Lakhs.The paid up equity has increased from Rs. 25 Lakhs for the year 1995-96to 136.5 Lakhs. At present Central Government of India is holding 100%equity share capital. BECIL does not get any budgetary support fromGovernment.

Business Turnover, Divided and Net worth

During the financial year 2007-08 the profit before Tax of the companyhas increased by 171.28% as compared to the previous year from Rs.792.95Lakhs to Rs 1,358.20 Lakhs (excluding adjustments).The turnover of thecompany, including deposit work has increased by 121.49% to Rs 11,988.81Lakhs for the corresponding period.

During the period under consideration the consultancy income of thecompany has increased by 136.49% from Rs 798.54 Lakhs to 1,089.92Lakhs.

Company has paid Dividend of 205.60% on the Paid up share capital ofthe company amounting to Rs.2, 80, 65,000/- (excluding tax on Dividend).


The Networth of company has increased to Rs 2,008.85 Lakhs against thePaid up Equity Capital of Rs 136.50 Lakhs.

Summarized Financial Performance

Detail 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

Paid up Equity 136.50 136.50 136.50 136.50 136.50

Turnover (including 1,683.64 3,773.32 3,152.40 9,867.84 11,988.81Deposit work)

Gross Profit 173.20 201.25 227.95 792.95 1,358.20

Net Profit 108.62 130.14 139.13 361.73 1,403.25

Dividend 27.30 27.30 27.30 104.23 280.65

Reserves & surplus 364.81 464.03 572.03 811.81 1,888.54

Capital Employed 501.31 600.53 708.52 948.31 2,025.03

Net worth 500.41 599.97 698.21 939.41 2,008.85

Business Activity

i Areas of specialization

� FM Broadcasting

� Establishment of TV Channels

� Installation of Teleports

� Design of Digital Newsroom Systems

� Direct to Home (DTH) Systems

� Cable Head-End Systems

� Distance Education Systems through satellite

� Community Radio Stations

� Acoustics, Stage lighting, Sound reinforcement system

i. Radio Business

� FM Radio Broadcasting

In continuation of the last year, work of establishment of commontransmitter infrastructure for private FM broadcasters under Governmentof India FM Phase II scheme, during the current year the company hasestablished CTI for 148 FM Channels in 63 cities. Although a number ofdifficulties were faced by the company while establishing CTI, the companyhas accomplished an unprecedented task which has revolutionized the radiobusiness in the country.


� FM Towers

BECIL received an order from Ministry of Information and Broadcastingfor establishing five FM Towers for Private FM Broadcasters, where thePrasar Bharati Tower was not available. Out of the 5 towers BECILhas commissioned tower at Jaipur, Delhi, Chennai and Hyderabad.Construction of a new tower at Kolkata is held up due to non availabilityof clear land.

� Supply of Equipments

During the year the company has supplied equipment to All India Radiofor radio broadcasting. BECIL is regularly participating in open tendersby Government agencies for supply of equipments.

ii. Television Business

During this year BECIL successfully established a 24 hour TV channel forLok Sabha under a highly challenging time schedule, given limited workinghours and security concerns, between the monsoon and winter session ofthe parliament. The most important activity was replacement of highdefinition robotic control TV cameras in the Lok Sabha chamber.

A new high definition studio was also established for the Lok SabhaChannel. With the establishment of the facilities, the Indian Parliamentacquired a unique status of having its own 24 hour TV Channel.

During this year a multi media studio in Rashtrapati Bhawan wascommissioned by the company. The operation and maintenance of the setupis also being carried out by BECIL.

BECIL has set up a TV studio for EDUSET networking programme at DelhiCollege of Engineering (DCE). This project involved supply of equipment,renovation of studios and integration of equipment.

iii. Electronic Media Monitoring Centre (EMMC)

BECIL has established Electronic Media Monitoring Centre (EMMC) forMinistry of Information and Broadcasting with the aim to have effectivemonitoring of content from various Satellite TV Channel beaming overIndian territory for any violation of the programme and advertisement code.The set is equipped with the facilities for accessing, monitoring andrecording of the satellite TV Channel. Initially the facility provides formonitoring of 100 TV channels with capacity augmentation provision upto 300 channels in phased manner. Presently BECIL is working onincreasing the monitoring cap.


iv. Monitoring Activity

After the commissioning of various Private FM Stations in the countryunder Government of India’s FM Phase-II Scheme, BECIL has beenentrusted with responsibility of content monitoring of Private FM Channels.Presently it is being carried out by listening to the contents stored in loggersat broadcasters premises. A scheme is being worked out to do it from acentral location.

v. Supply of Communication and Security Equipment

During the year BECIL has participated in the various tenders floated byparamilitary forces for supply of communication and security equipmentsand supplied equipments worth Rs 1,278.97 Lakhs. The managementconsiders that there is a large business potential in this area.

vi. Operation and Maintenance

BECIL is carrying out operation and maintenance activities of studios andearth stations. The company is also providing manpower to Prasar Bharati(AIR as well as DD) in news and various production fields. The businessof providing manpower to Prasar Bharati, even though comparatively smallin value, provides a source of regular income for the company.

vii. Overseas Business

The company has executed the various projects in Afghanistan entrustedby Ministry of External affairs under Government of India Aid Programme.

viii. Community Radio

The company has established community radio stations, designed to providea limited coverage in a city by a small power FM transmitter for the benefitof a community, for a number of institutions.

Future Business activities

i. Radio Business

The FM Phase-II scheme is nearing completion. The Government of Indiais in the process of launching FM Phase-III Scheme and also auction ofthe vacant channels of the FM Phase-II Scheme. The management expectsincrease in business after the launch of this scheme. The FM Phase-IIIScheme will cover 237 cities and will provide approximately 700 channelsin B, C & D category cities.

BECIL has received an order from Ministry of Information andBroadcasting for construction of a new FM Tower in Dehradun which isunder execution.


ii. Television Business

The television business over the year has been increasing. BECIL hasreceived orders of approx. Rs 300 Lakhs for establishment of various studioclass rooms, for EDUSET Programme and supply of equipment andintegration.

With the launch of DTH, Mobile TV and IPTV the management expectsto get increased business opportunities in the TV business.

iii. Commonwealth Youth Games 2008 & Commonwealth Games2010

The Commonwealth Youth Games were organized in Pune in October 2008and Commonwealth Games would be organized in 2010. BECIL is makingspecial efforts to associate it with these mega events which offer goodbusiness opportunity. The company received order worth Rs 118 Lakhs forestablishment of press centers for PIB for the Commonwealth Youth GamesPune 2008.

iv. Training of Technical Manpower

With the phenomenal growth of broadcasting sector, there has beenconsiderable increase in the demand of trained technical manpower. Themanagement of the company took special initiatives in this regard byorganizing a training course for Private FM Broadcasters. The managementconsiders that this field has tremendous future and therefore it is workingon strategic alliances with various broadcasting bodies/ institution.

v. Monitoring Business

The company has received an order worth Rs 550 Lakhs for expansion ofelectronic Media Monitoring Centre for Monitoring of satellite TV channelsfrom its present capacity of 100 channels to 300 channels from the Ministryof Information & Broadcasting. BECIL is also working on a scheme tomonitor Private FM Channels from a central location at EMMC.

vi. Supply of the equipment

The company will continue to participate in various tenders floated byGovernment Agencies/ Companies. The supply of equipment wouldcontinue to be a major source of income for the company in the comingyears. The company has diversified its activities for supply ofcommunication equipment and security equipment along with thebroadcasting equipment. A high value tender of WSSR for BSF is underconsideration during the current year.


FILMS DIVISION

The story of the Films Division is synchronous with the eventful years ofthe country since Independence and over the last 60 years. The Divisionhas been motivating the broadest spectrum of the Indian Public with a viewto enlisting their active participation in nation building activities. The aimsand objectives of the Division, focused on national perspectives, are toeducate and motivate people in the implementation of national programmesand to project the image of the land and the heritage of the country to Indianand foreign audiences. The Division also aims at fostering the growth ofthe documentary film movement, which is of immense significance to Indiain the field of national information, communication and integration.

The Division produces documentaries, short films, animation films andnews magazines from its headquarters at Mumbai, films on Defence andfamily welfare from its Delhi unit and short fiction films for rural audiencefrom the regional production centers at Kolkata and Bengaluru. TheDivision caters to nearly 8500 cinema theatres all over the country and tothe non-theatrical circuits like units of the Directorate of Field Publicity,mobile units of the State Governments, Doordarshan, field units of theDepartment of Family Welfare, Educational institutions, film societies andvoluntary organisations. The documentaries and newsreels of StateGovernments are also catered in the Division’s release on the theatricalcircuit. This Division also sell prints, stock shots, video cassettes anddistribution rights of documentaries and feature films in India and abroad.Apart from production of films, Films Division also gives on hire, itsStudio, Recording Theatre Editing Rooms and other Cine Equipments toprivate film makers.

Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India hasentrusted the task, of organizing the Mumbai International Films Festival(MIFF) for Documentary, Short and Animation Films to Films Division.

The aim of MIFF contest is the dissemination of images contributing towider knowledge and close knit fraternity among the nations of the world.This event provides a unique opportunity and platform to filmmakers, filmproducers, distributors, exhibitors and film critics from different countriesto meet and interact during festival. Over the years, MIFF has become apreferred and much awaited event for the filmmakers to showcase theirwork, interact and exchange ideas. MIFF began its historic journey wayback in 1990 and since then it has grown in size and stature as one of thepremier international events of the documentary film movement. Thebiennial MIFF is attended by a large number of prominent documentary


and short filmmakers and intellectuals, students from India and other partsof the world. Nearly, 35-40 countries with more than 500 entries participatein every edition of the festival. The 10th edition of Mumbai InternationalFilm Festival (MIFF) for Documentary, Short and Animation was held from3-9 February, 2008 at National Centre for the Performing Arts (NCPA),Mumbai in co-operation with the Government of Maharashtra.

The organisation of the Division is broadly divided into four wings viz.(1) Production, (2) Distribution, (3) International Documentary, Short andAnimation Film Festival and (4) Administration

Production Wing

The production wing is responsible for production of films such as (1)Documentary Films (2) Short Feature Films specially designed for ruralaudience (3) Animation Films and (4) Video Films. In addition to theheadquarters at Mumbai, three production centres of the Division arelocated at Bengaluru, Kolkata and New Delhi.

The documentaries range in theme and topic from agriculture to art andarchitecture, from industry to the international scenes, from food tofestivals, from health care to housing, from science and technology tosports, from trade and commerce to transport, from tribal welfare tocommunity development, etc. Normally, the Division reserves about 40percent of its production schedule for allotment to independent film makersfrom all over the country with a view to encouraging individual talent andthus promoting the documentary movement in the country. In addition toits normal production programme, the Division provides assistance to allthe Ministries and Departments of Government including public sectororganisations in producing documentary films.

Newsreel Wing of Films Division encompasses a network spread over maincities and towns including State and Union Territory capital engaged incovering of major Events, VVIP visits, etc., to the different parts of thecountry and abroad and other events like Natural calamities, etc. Thesecoverages are used for making the fortnightly news magazines and also incompilation of archival material.

Famed Cartoon Film Unit of Films Division has also become high-techwith computer animation replacing cell or classical animation. Equippedwith the state-of-the art technology both in hardware and software, the Unitnow can churn out productions in U.S. animation, 2-D and 3-D animationwith advanced software including Opus. Concerto, High-End and Maya.

The Commentary Section looks after the dubbing of films and news


magazines into 14 Indian Languages and foreign languages from the basicversion ( English/Hindi ).

The Delhi based Unit of the Division has the responsibility of productionof instructional and motivational films for the Ministry of Defense and theDepartment of Family walfare and other Ministries/Deptts. With a view toadapting to the changing scenario, the unit has lately been equipped withvideo film making facilities.

The regional centres of the Division at Kolkata and Bengaluru also producesocial and educational documentaries to spread the message of social andnational issues such as family welfare, communal harmony, dowry, bondedlabour, untouchability, etc.

Distribution Wing

The Distribution Wing (DHO) is headed by the Officer-in-charge ofDistribution and control 10 Distribution Branch Offices situated in Kolkata,Lucknow, Nagpur, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Vijayawada, Bengaluru, Chennai,Madurai and Thiruvananthapuram. These branches are headed by either Sr.Branch Manager or Branch Manager who function as Head of Office aswell as DDO of the Branches concerned and are responsible for the supplyof Approved films to all the cinema theatres (required under the CentralCinematograph Act, 1952), execution of Agreement, issue of Films DivisionCertificate as well as collection of 1% rent from the exhibitors.

Films Division has released 263 prints of 52 Approved films (total: 13676)in with 8 films of NFDC (total: 2024 prints) every week to 8410 cinemahouses through out the country and has earned Rs.6,01,42,481/- as rentrevenue up to March, 2008.

The Distribution Wing has redefined itself and has made Film Festivals aregular activity at state and district levels, independently as well as incollaboration with NGOs, film societies, educational institutions, etc., toreach out to the masses and to promote and encourage documentarymovement. The Distribution Branch Offices have conducted 50 filmfestivals till March, 2008 reaching out to even the remotest places in India.These festivals were appreciated by the audiences from all walks of life.

The Publicity section of Distribution Wing arranges the participation ofFD film in National and International film festivals. During the year 2007-08 we have entered our films to 5 different National Film Festivals.Similarly, we have also entered our films in to 11 International FilmFestivals. We have also arranged 24 special screenings of our films ondifferent subjects/topics including four films that have been screened during


the IFF1. 2007 in the ‘India @ 60’ segment. Apart from these, during theyear 2007-08, the Distribution Wing has got seven documentary films ofFilms Division. telecast on DD, Kolkata. Two press shows with four filmswere organized during the period under report.

The Wing also distributes prints of selected films of Films Division to theIndian Mission abroad through the External Publicity Division of Ministryof External Affairs. It also commercially exploits the films on royalty basisas well as through sale of Stock Shots, Film Strips, Video Clippings, etc.During the year 2007-08, the Wing has earned Rs.6,85,449/- by sale ofStock Shots upto March, 2008.

Film Library Section

The Film Library of the Division is treasure of valuable archival materialof India’s contemporary history and its rich heritage and artistictraditions. It is in great demand by the Film makers throughout theworld. It contributes vital footage for the production of films byrendering services besides bringing out revenue through the stock footagesale. The total collection of Film Library is about 1.9 lakhs items of8200 titles which include original picture negatives, dupe/inter negatives,sound negatives, master/inter positives, saturated prints, pre dub soundnegatives, 16mm prints, library prints and answer prints, etc. The filmsare categorized based on the archival value as Most Precious, Preciousand Normal films. 1102 films of Most Precious category have beenrestored digitally in high definition format, and 4213 titles have beentransferred on Standard Definition Format. This library has user friendlycomputerized information system. The details of Film Library are alsoavailable in the web site.

Citizens Charter

Citizen’s Charter of Films Division is placed on the official website of filmsDivision www.filmsdivision.org.

Public Grievances Redressal Mechanism

In accordance with the instructions/guidelines issued by the Governmenton the issue mechanism for redressing public grievances has beenestablished. The Chief Producer has been nominated as Public Grievancefor Films Division.

Implementation of Right to Information Act, 2005

In accordance with the provisions of the Right to Information Act, 2005


and instructions/guidelines issued by the Government time to time, FilmsDivision has nominated/appointed Chief Producer as Appellate Authorityand one Director as Public Information Officer. The Public InformationOfficer at Head Office is assisted by 14 Assistant Public InformationOfficers out of which 13 are at the field Offices i.e. 10 Distribution BranchOffices and 3 Regional Production Centres of Films Division. One AssistantPublic Information Officer is posted at Head Office to assist PublicInformation Officer. The Assistant Public Information Officers coordinatewith the Public Information Officer in dealing with the cases/ applicationsreceived under the provisions of the Right to Information Act, 2005.

Mumbai International Film Festival-2008Documentary, Short And Animation

Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India hasentrusted the onerous responsibility of organising the MumbaiInternational Film Festival for Documentary, Short and Animation Films(M.I.F.F.) to Films Division.

M.I.F.F., which began way back in 1990, in Mumbai has grown in sizeand stature making its presence felt in almost all the film making countriesof the world and is recognized as the one of the best documentary filmfestivals.

M.I.F.F. documentary film festivals, offer an amount of Rs. 26 lakhsapproximately as total prize money along with real Golden / Silver Conchesin addition to the “Dr. V. Shantaram Lifetime Achievement Award” whichcarries a Trophy and Cash Award of Rs. 2.501akhs.

The aim of M.I.F.F. is to provide a unique opportunity for filmmakers, filmproducers, distributors, exhibitors and film critics to meet. Over the years,M.I.F.F. has become a preferred and much awaited event for the filmmakersto showcase their work, interact and exchange ideas. M.I.F.F. began itshistoric journey way back in 1990 and since then it has grown in size andstature as one of the premier international events of the documentary filmmovement. The biennial M.I.F.F. is attended by a large number ofprominent documentary and short filmmakers from India and other partsof the world. Nearly, 35 countries with more than 700 entries participatedin every edition of the festival.

The 10th edition of M.I.F.F. was held between 3rd - 9th February, 2008 atNational Centre for the Performing Arts, Mumbai. This festival wasorganized by Films Division with the co-operation of Government ofMaharashtra.


Retrospective and Special Packages IN MIFF - 2008.

1. South Africa - From The Margins to The Centre: A Special Packageof films from South Africa reflecting the socio-cultural and politicaldevelopment of the country since the dismantling of apartheid.

2. SAARC Films: Documentary and short fiction films from Sri Lanka,Bangladesh, Pakistan, and Nepal featured in this special package.

3. Films From Brazil: A Package of Documentary, Short and Animationfilms from Brazil made by prominent filmmakers were featured in thispackage presented with the help of the Ministry of Culture, Brazil.

4. Tijry’s Retrospective: This section comprised films made by theMembers of the Jury i.e. Mr. Ali Kazimi of Canada, Mr. Wu Wenguang ofChina, and Mr. Frank Scheffer of Netherlands.

5. Classics: Films of Great Master of Documentary Films: This sectioncomprised films made by Great Masters like Bert Haanstra, Robert J.Flaherty, Francois Truffaut, Istvan Szabo, Kristof Zanussi and RitwikGhatak. This package was organized with the support of National FilmArchive of India, Pune.

6. Film Memoirs: This section had biographical films made on greatfilmmakers like Andrei Tarkovsky, Ingmar Bergman, Satyajit Ray, BimalRoy, and Naushad Ali.

7. Films on Second World War: This package comprised rarest filmrecords of the Indian troops in action at various part of the world duringSecond World War. This also featured the battle of Britain, Russia and othermajor incidents of that period. This package was organized with the helpof the Armed Forces Film and Photo Division, Delhi.

8. Films From Northeast India: 33 films from all the eight states of theentire NorthEast of India including Sikkim, reflecting the lives and socio-cultural and political milieu of the people were screened.

9. Films From Jammu & Kashmir: This special package of films depictedvarious aspects of the state through the eyes of the filmmakers from Jammu& Kashmir.

10. Glimpses of Films Division: This section showcased films on the entirespectrum of development of India made by directors of the Films Divisionsince its inception in 1948.

11. Homage: Films Division paid tribute to the filmmakers who passedaway in the recent past; Films made by Shri K. K. Mahajan, Shri K.Vishwanath and Shri Girish Vaidya.


Seminar and Open Forum

The objective of Open Forum and Seminar was to give opportunity fordialogue among eminent documentarians, cineartistes, delegates and filmlovers to exchange their ideas and share the experience during the festival.The Open Forum was inaugurated on 4th February, 2008. One Seminar andfour Open Fora were organised as part of the festival. The responsibilityof conducting Open Fora and Seminar was entrusted to the IndianDocumentary Producers Association (IDPA).

The venue for the Open Fora was Sunken Garden at NCPA and the Seminarwas held at Little Theatre in NCPA. The open fora and seminar were well-attended.

Functions

The opening function of M.I.F.F.-2008 was held at Tata Theatre, NCPA on3rd February, 2008 at 5.00 p.m. The festival was inaugurated by the Hon’ble Chief Minister of Maharashtra, Shri Vilasrao Deshmukh. Thefestival was also graced by Shri Ashok Chavan, Hon’ ble Minister ofCulture, Industry, Mining and Protocol, Government of Maharashtra as theguest of honour. The Hon’ ble Union Minister of Information andBroadcasting and Parliamentary Affairs, Shri P.R. Dasmunsi presided overthe function.

The most cherished moment of the inaugural function was theannouncement of “Dr. V. Shantaram Lifetime Achievement Award”, by theHon’ ble Chief Minister of Maharashtra. The “Dr. V.Shantaram LifetimeAchievement Award” was conferred upon Shri Aribam Syam Sharma,eminent film maker from North-East. The award includes citation,angavastra, trophy and cash component of Rs. 2.50 lakh. Mr. Rajit Kapoor,the accomplished actor-narrator, conducted the function. The Director(M.I.F.F.) and Chief Producer, Films Division, gave the inaugural addressat the opening ceremony of M.I.F.F.-2008. The Oscar nominated film “OurTime is Up” from USA, “Infinity” from Canada and “The Mother’s House”from South Africa were shown as the inaugural films. The live telecast ofOpening and Closing functions was done by Doordarshan Kendra, Mumbaion Sahyadri Terrestrial Network.

The closing function of M.I.F.F.-2008 was also held at Tata Theatre,NCPA, Mumbai on 9th February, 2008 at 5.00 p.m. The awards consistingof Golden / Silver Conches and cash awards were given away to thewinners.


Details regarding other film festivals

Goa International Film Festival, Panaji, Goa (28th April to 2nd May,2007)

Films Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government ofIndia in collaboration with Kala Academy, Goa and Department ofInformation and Publicity, Government of Goa, has organised 1st time non-competitive Goa International Film Festival for Documentary, Short andAnimation Films from 28th April to 2nd May, 2007 in Panaji successfully.

The Inaugural Function was held on 28 April, 2007 at 6.00 p.m. at DinanathKala Mandir, Kala Academy Complex. The festival was inaugurated by ShriJ.P. Singh, Chief Secretary, Government of Goa alongwith the actress Ms.Isha Koppikar and film maker Shri Pankaj Parashar. On the Inaugural Day,two Goan film personalities, Shri V.K. Naik, Sr. Film Editor and Shri LesMenezes were felicitated by the Kala Academy, Goa, for their contributionto the film culture in Goa. The Opening Ceremony was followed byscreening of 2 Award Winning films of M.I.F.F. i.e. “Little Terrorist” (15mins.) directed by Shri Ashvin Kumar from India and Bulgarian film“Whose is This Song?” (70 mins.) directed by Ms. Adela Peeva.

During the festival, 19 Award Winning Films of Mumbai International FilmFestival for Documentary, Short & Animation Films and a package of 9Award Winning Animation films of Films Division and 22 best of FilmsDivision films including films on Goa were screened in the festival. Toencourage film makers from Goa, a package of 25 films made by Goanfilm makers were also screened during the festival.

First Documentary, Short and Animation International FilmFestival, J & K

(Jammu on 13th & 14th June and Srinagar on 27th & 28th June, 2007)

Films Division in co-operation with J& K Academy of Art, Culture andLanguages, Srinagar, has organized 1st Documentary, Short and AnimationInternational Film Festival on 13th & 14th June, 2007 at Jammu. The festivalwas inaugurated by His Excellency Lt. Gen. (Retd) S. K. Sinha, PVSM,Governor, Jammu & Kashmir on 13th June, 2007 at 10.00 a.m. at AbhinavTheatre, Jammu.

Similarly, Films Division in co-operation with J & K Academy of Art,Culture and Languages, Srinagar, has organized Documentary, Short andAnimation International Film Festival on 27th and 28th June, 2007 at SKICC,Srinagar. The festival was inaugurated on 27th June, 2007 by Shri GhulamNabi Azad, Hon’ ble Chief Minister of Jammu and Kashmir.


During the above film festivals, the package of Award Winning Films ofMumbai International Film Festival for Documentary, Short & AnimationFilms, Films Division best documentary films including films on Jammuand Kashmir, Package of Animation films and 10 films made by Kashmirifilmmakers depicting the life and culture of valley was screened.

Swatantrata Filmotsav, Delhi (11th to 14th August, 2007)

The “Swatantrata Filmotsav” organised by the Films Division tocommemorate the 150th Anniversary of the First War of Independence gotoff to a colorful start at the Siri Fort Auditorium, New Delhi, at 7.00 p.m.on August 11, 2007. The film festival, a unique and first of its kind in thenational capital, was inaugurated by Smt. Sheila Dixit, the Chief Ministerof Delhi while Shri Priyaranjan Dasmunsi, Union Minister for Informationand Broadcasting and Parliamentary Affairs presided over the function. ShriShashi Bhushan, veteran freedom fighter and President, All India FreedomFighters Association graced the occasion, as a Guest of Honour and Dr.Jabbar Patel renowned filmmaker too was present as a special guest. TheSecretary, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Smt. Asha Swaroopgraced, the Opening Function and Shri Pyarelal, Joint Secretary,Information and Broadcasting Ministry proposed the vote of thanks. Apartfrom a number of distinguished guests, young people from differentcolleges and schools were present in large numbers.

The Inauguration was followed by a six minute film, Shat Shat Pranam,specially made by the Films Division for the occasion. The film as wellthe song and dance presentation by the Song and Drama Division drewoverwhelming applauses by the audience, 1857 - The Beginning, adocumentary film of Films Division and a feature film, Jhansi Ki Ranidirected by Sohrab Modi were screened on the inaugural day.

The film festival drew huge crowd as can be seen by the long queue ofpeople at the Auditorium, especially school and college students fromdifferent institutions from all over the Delhi. The Auditorium, having acapacity of more than 1800 seats were going almost houseful as theenthusiastic youngsters were lapping up the films on offer. Apart from theAuditorium I, a number of selected documentary films made by the FilmsDivision were screened in the Auditorium II.

ADMINISTRATION WING

The Administration Wing provides the necessary facilities like Finance,Personnel, Stores, Accounts, Factory Management and GeneralAdministration. This Wing is directly under the control of SeniorAdministrative Officer who is assisted by the following officers:-


1. Assistant Administrative Officers in the matters relating to PersonnelManagement, Purchase, General Administration, Vigilance andSecurity.

2. Accounts Officer in consultation with Internal Financial Adviser in thematters of Finance and Accounts.

Performance

During 1st April, 2007 to 31st March, 2008 this Division produced 57documentary/short fiction/ video films. Out of these 49 films were produceddepartmentally and 8 films through Independent Producers. During thisperiod Films Division has also purchased 4 documentary films fromIndependent Producers.

Apart from this Films Division has produced and released 11 NewsMagazines on VVIP’s visit abroad. The details is at Annexure-I.

The details of officials deputed to foreign countries alongwith the VVIPsmay be seen at Annexure-II. The list of film produced in basic version asHindi is at Annexure-III and News magazines at Annexure-IV.

Films Division provided sustained publicity and communication supportthrough its documentaries, news magazines, and video programmes onimportant national campaigns like Women Empowerment, CommunalHarmony, National Integration, Eradication of Untouchability, FamilyWelfare Programme, etc.

Documentary Films

The Noteworthy documentary films produced during the period are:

� Pradakshina – The film shows temples, festivals in Kerala

� Annamalai University

� Art of Living

� Healers-Film is on traditional herbal healers of North East

� Hindi Aaj Tak

� Indian Football – A credible Legacy

� Suchana Ka Adhikar, Adhiniyam-06

� A Trip Down Memory – The film is on flash back the major event thattransformed Mohandas, the young Barrister into Mahatma

� National Assessment and Accreditation Council (NAAC)

� Pareshan Bachpan


� Moksh – Ek Bhram

� 1857-A Salute

� Khadigram Udyog

� Tamanna

Films Division produced Biographical films on the life and career ofthe following personalities

K. R. Narayanan

Naushad Ali, Mubarak Begum

Rajarshi Bhagyachandra of Manipur, Ustad Bismillah Khan

Satguru Ram Singh Ji & Kuka Movement Dada Muni (SV)

Gopal Swaroop Pathak

Antardhwani-Pandit Shiv Kumar Sharma

The following biographical films are under production

� Husna Lal Bhagat Ram

� Mahanayak A Superstars Journey- Uttam Kumar

� Mahashweta Devi

� Mohammed Rafi

� Dr. V. Shantaram A Portrait

� Mrinal Sen

� Maharani Lakshmi Bai of Jhansi

� Maqbool Sherwani - A legend figure of 1947 who sacrificed his lifeto save Kashmir from Pakistani raiders

� Late Sachin Dev Burman

� Martyr Khudi Ram (Midnapur) Centenary celebrations

� Trial of Maharshi Aurobindo a freedom fighter turned spiritual leader

� Ashfaqulla Khan

� Acharya Narendra Deo

� Chandra Singh Garhwali

� K. Kelappan

� Kunwar Singh


� Madanlal Dhingra

� Ram Prasad Bismil

� Udham Singh

� Shahmal Jat

� Jhalkari Bai

� Begum Hazrat Mahal

� Jatin Das

� Bagha Jatin of Bengal

� Mrs. Matangini Hazra

� Bishnu Ram Medhi

� Vijay Singh Pathik

� Bhima Bhoi

� Pandit Hariprasad Chaurasia

Films Division continues to produce films on the following importantsubjects/themes during the year 2007-2008

� Communal Harmony

� National Integration

� Prohibition

� Family Welfare Programme

� Environment

� Agriculture

� Science and Technology

� Current History

� Rural Development

� Social Welfare

� Industry

� Women and Child Welfare

� Women Empowerment

� Defence

� Biographical Films


During this period Films Division has produced the followingdocumentary films on to commemorate with 150th Anniversary ofIndia’s Struggles for independence

� Freedom and Progress

� Freedom Fighters and Satyagraha Movement

� Gandhiji in South Africa

� A Trip down Memory

� Gandhiji’s letter to Hitlar

� 1857-A Salute

This Division is also producing 19 (Nineteen) documentary films onFreedom Fighters.

Films Division is producing following subjects on North EasternRegion

� Traditional Herbal Healers of North East

� Tourism in North East

� IT Revolution in North East

� Fusion Music of Nagas and Deities of Manipur

� Mothers Peacemakers- Resolving conflict

� Victims of Maps- Chakma refugees in India

Films Division has produced the following video films

� Indian Football -A Credible Legacy

� Hindi Aaj Tak

� Ek Naya Sankalp

� Mahatma Gandhi in South Africa

� Shat Shat Pranam

� Dreaming Movies

� 8th World Hindi conference-2007

� My life is my message

� A new dawn in Andaman & Nicobar

� Logo for MIFF 2008


� Curtain raiser for MIFF

� Promo for MIFF 08 (I)

Promo for MIFF 08 (II)

Promo for MIFF 08 (III)

Promo for MIFF 08 (IV)

Travellogue MIFF

Roving Eyes

Bharatiya Police Sahas Yeh Bhi

Advantage North East

Films Division has participated in 11 International Film Festivals,(including MIFF08) 6 National Film Festivals and 50 State level filmfestivals.

Lifetime Achievement Award given to Shri Kuldeep Sinha, ChiefProducer, Films Division by International Centre for CulturalRelations, Mumbai on 30th April, 2007.

1. National Award’s 2007 : OneNational Award to theFilm “Hans Akela”Directed by Shri Jabbar Patel.

2. Films Division’s Films Selected for Screening in the IndianPanorama Section (iffi) 2007 held at Goa : 2004

PANDIT RAMNARAYANRAJASHRI BHAGYACANDRA OF MANIPURMUBARAK BEGUMNAUSHAD ALI

3. Special Screening/Shows

1. Films Division’s 6 documentary films were screened at Nehru YuvaKendra Sangathan, New Delhi at the 150th Anniversary of the FirstWar of Independence, 1857.

2. An International Dance Festival’ 2007 organized by Films Division incollaboration with International Centre for Cultural Relations, Mumbaion 30th April, 2007.


3. Films Division’s 14 films screened at Payyannur, Kerala, organizedvarious programmes in connection with Satyagraha.

4. A film “Art of Living” directed by Shri Shivraj Suvarna was screenedat RR III, Films Division, for the staff of the Films Division on 11th

May, 2007 followed by an Introduction Programme / Demonstrationon “Art of Living” by prominent teachers.

5. Twenty films were screened in Film Festival organized by M/s. VyasCreation, Thane (W) on freedom Struggle in collaboration with FilmsDivision.

6. Fourteen DVDs of the film “CHIKEN GUNIYA” were sent toThiruvananthapuram Branch Office for screening in all districts ofKerala with the help of State Health Department. The same had beenarranged by the Mission Director, Arogaya Keralam, HealthDirectorate, Thiruvananthapuram in coordination with the BranchOffice, Films Division, Thiruvananthapuram.

7. One Feature Film “Aleman” on the theme of Water sent to BengaluruBranch Office for screening at Bengaluru Film Society

8. Tate Modern had arranged a major exhibition in the Turbine Hall,London this summer entitled “GLOBAL CITIES”. They organized aseries of film screenings, among the screening Shai Heredia (Festivaldirector of Experimenta) selected FD film, Trip’ by Pramod Pati forscreening in the Staff Auditorium at Tate Modern, London in the monthof July, 2007.

9. A film titled “NAYE PATTE” - (New Buds) sent for screening atConsulate General of Russian Federation in Kolkata in the month ofJuly, 2007.

10. Two films namely “They call me Chamar” & “Dr. BabasahebAmbedkar” were screened at Prakriti Foundation, Chennai at IndianDocumentary Film Festival called on Billion Eyes Indian DocumentaryFilm Festival. The festival was held from 15th to 19th August, 2007.

11. Sixteen Films were screened during 17th 18th November, 2007 at St.Mary’s College, Trichur - 680 020 in the “TEEN REELS - 2007” FilmFestival for Children and Youth.

12. Two Films viz. (1) Prime Minister Indira Gandhi (2) Indian NewsReview - 1336 (having 2 minutes coverage on Pokharan Explosion)screened on 19th November, 2007 at Priyadarshani Indira GandhiMemorial Foundation, Kolkata on the occasion of the birth day of Smt.Indira Gandhi.


13. Four Films (35 mm prints) viz. (1) Call For Swaraj And Swadeshi (2)Then Came Gandhi (3) India Wins Freedom (4) Gandhi An EmergingReality on Freedom Struggle were selected in India @ 60 Section ofIFFI - 2007, Goa.

14. One documentary on Sonal Man Singh was screened on 13th December,2007 in the Book Fair; Patna.

15. Seven Films viz. (1) Painter of Eloqunce Silence - Ganesh Pyne (2)Rabindranath Tagore (3) The Inner Eye (4) Kalamandalam Gopi (5)Ek Akaar (6) Chhay Dances of Mayurbhanj (7) Through the Eyes of aPainter were screened on 18th and 19th December, 2007 at DelhiInternational Arts Festival (DIAF).

16. Three documentaries viz. (1) Pandit Ramnarayan - Sarangi Ke Sang -Dir. Packirisamy (2) Hans Akela - Dir. Jabbar Patel (3) Flash Black -Dir. SNS Sastry were screened in the Bengaluru International FilmFestival held between 3rd to 10th January, 2008 at Bengaluru.

17. One Film viz. “Searching Smita” by Meera Dewan on the late actressSmita Patil was screened at the 2nd Short and Documentary FilmFestival organized on Art and Artist held on 28th, 29th & 30th January,2008 in Bhubaneshwar, Orissa.

18. Following 8 films (35 mm) on DANCE THEME viz. (1) “Parampara”(2) “Damyanti Joshi” (3) “Yamini Krishnamurthi” (4)”Sitara Devi” (5)“Raja -Radha Reddy” (6) “A Luminous Jewel” (7) “Padma” (8) “KanakRele” and following 4 films (35 mm) on PERSONALITIES (1)“Naushad - The Melody Continues” (2) “Mubarak Begum” (3) “PanditRamnarayan” (4) “Dagar” were screened in “PULOSTAV” FilmFestival between 30th January to 11th February, 2008 at Pune organizedby “Aashay Sanskrutik Va Paranjape Schemes, Pune.

19. Following 15 DVDs viz. (1) “Gandhi - An Emerging Reality” (2)“Glimpses of Gandhiji” (3) “Nayak - Ni Pol Porbander” (4) “MemoryWe Cherish” (5) “Dawn of Gandhian Era” (6) “Then Came Gandhi”(7) “Non Co-operation Movement” (8) “Poorna Swaraj” (9) “The GreatSalt March” (10) “Parleys and Broken Pacts” (11) “ConstitutionalExpirement” (12) “Quit India” (13) “Do Or Die” (14) “India WinsFreedom” (15) Martyrdom of Mahatma” were screened at theInternational Rights Exhibition of Works on Mahatma Gandhi titled InWords and in Deeds being organized by National Book Trust, India atthe 18th New Delhi World Book Fair from 2nd to l0th February, 2008 atPragati Maidan.

20. Following 4 films (35 mm) on FORMER PRIME MINISTER INDIRA


GANDHI viz. (1) “The Prime Minister (Indira Gandhi)” (2) “IndiraGandhi 1917-1984” (3) “Indira Priyadarshini” (4) “The Voice Of India”were sent to the Regional Director, Indian Council of CulturalRelations, Kolkata, for onward transmission to “THE NEHRUCENTRE, LONDON, the Cultural Wing of High Commission of India,LONDON for screening on 12th March, 2008 during “InternationalWomen Week” from 3rd to 14th March, 2008.

21. Following 16 films (DVDs) sent to the High Commissioner of India,Port Louis, Mauritius for screening in the month of MARCH, 2008on the occasion of 40th Independence day Anniversary Celebrationsof Mauritius.

i) Saga of Indian Immigration to Mauritius-150 Anniversary,

Col-Eng-1984, 57 Mins., Dir. T.S. Narasimhan

ii) Prime Minister of Mauritius Visits India,

B&W-Eng-1965, 20 Mins.,

iii) Prime Minister of Mauritius Dr. Ramgoolam Visits India,

B&W-Eng-1970, 21 Mins.,

iv) Chacha Sir Seewoosagar Ramgoolam - PM of Mauritius,

Col-Eng-1976, 38 Mins., Dir. Chandrashekhar Nair

v) In The Relam of Hindi (Ekata Ka Parva),

Col-Eng-1977, 12 Mins., Dir. Chandrashekhar Nair

vi) Prime Minster of Mauritius

Dr. S. Ramgoolam meets the President. Dr. Radhakrishnan.

Dinner hosted by the Prime Minster.

vii) Freedom Comes To Mauritius: After 400 years of foreign domina-tion, the former Mauritius Governor Sir John Shaw Renne is swornin as the first Governor-General Dr. Seewoosagar Ramgoolam asthe Premier.

viii) Mauritius Welcomes Indira Gandhi: Reception at Port Louis, theMauritian capital by Prime Minister Sir Seewoosagar Ramgoolam.Mrs. Gandhi addresses the National Assembly.

ix) News Flashes: a) Prime Minister of Mauritius in India. Dr.Ramgoolam arrives in India on a goodwill visit.


x) A Distinguished Visitor: Palam airport, New Delhi. A warm wel-come to Dr. S. Ramgoolam, Prime Minister of Mauritius. Talks withMrs. Indira Gandhi.

xi) P.M. of Mauritius: Sir Seewoosagur Ramgoolam has parleys withIndian PM Indira Gandhi.

xii) PM in Mauritius: Port Louis. Prime Minister Indira Gandhiis warmly welcomed by Sir Seewoosagar Ramgoolam, theMauritius PM. Mr. Sanjay Gandhi and his wife accompany Mrs.Gandhi.

xiii) Mauritius PM Sir Seewoosagur Ramgoolam exchanges views withMr. Morarji Desai and Mr. Atal Behari Vajpayee.

xiv) PM of Mauritius: Dr. Ramgoolam’s visit to strengthen ties betweenthe two countries.

xv) Mauritius Prime MInister Visit India : New Delhi. Sir SeewoosagarRamgoolam calls on President Neelam Sanjiva Reddy.

xvi) Udyanjali: Synopsis - The film covering the Vishva HindiSammelan organized by the Rashtra Bhasha Prachar Samiti, Vardha.This conference was held in Nagpur on January 10, 1975.

22. Following 5 DVDs viz. (1) “Aids” (2) “Parable in Stones” (3) “TakeA Little Care - Avoids Aids” (4) “Highways Of The Sky” (5)“Aawaran” were sent to Bengaluru Branch for festival purpose.

23. Following three films had been sent for screening in Metro InternationalFilms Festival of Kochi during 4th to 10th April, 2008.

(1) Pandit Ramnarayan - Sarangi Ke Sang

(2) Journey of An Indian Farmer

(3) Naushad Ali - The Melody Continues

24. FD film “Mubarak Begum” was screened at Chavan Centreon 4th March, 2008 at 6.30 p.m. by Prabhat Chitra Mandal, Dadar,Mumbai.


4. Press Shows

Sr. No. Date of the Press Show Name of the films

1 4th JULY, 2007 1. Art of Living

2. Mubarak Begum

3. K.R. Narayanan

2 12th OCTOBER, 2007 1. Right To Information Act, 2005

5. General Shows

Sr. No. Name of the Name of the Visit Scree -Institution films screened Date ning

date

Consultants The Bombay 1. Mata Ganga 27th June, 2nd July,International 2. Melody of the 2007 2007School Association. Monsoon

3. Natures Symphony4. Himalayan Expedition5. Nature and Man

The Bombay 1. Beauty in Blossom 12th July, 17th July,International 2. Green is the Hue of 2007 2007School Association. 3. My Tree

4. Green Glory5. Service of Trees6. A Tree for Every Child7. Tree is a friend

Pratima Film Society, 1. Khilonewala ------ 23rd Dec.,Dombivali (East) 2007

Staff Show of the following films was arranged on 15th June, 2007 at RRIII

1. Mission Olympics, 2. K.R. Naryanan

and on 20th August, 2007 on the occasion of observance of SadbhavanaDiwas on 20th August, 2007 at RR III.

1. Communal Harmony, 2. National Integration

Staff Show of 3 films was arranged on 1st October, 2007 on the occasionof Gandhi Jayanti & International Elderly Day.

5 DVDs sent on 26th November, 2007 to Films Division, New Delhi forscreening on “Tribal Dominating Area”.


6. Loaning of Films

Sl. Name of the Institutions Name of the films loaned Date of theNo. Show

1. Khayal Trust 1. Hans Akela 05/05/2007

2. SPE Films India Pvt. Ltd. 1.Creative Artists of India 15/05/2007by Satyajit Ray

3. Bhavan Cultural 1.Satyajit Ray Part - I 01/06/2007Centre, Andheri 2.Satyajit Ray Part - II

3.Late Shri K.M. Munshi

4. San Jose 1. Hans Akela 02/07/2007(N. America)

5. Prabhat Chitra Mandal, 1. Hans Akela 02/08/2007Dadar, Mumbai 2. Pandit Ramnarayan

6. Sophia College for 1.Martyrdom of 16 &17/08/2007Women, Mumbai Mahatma

2. Writing off the Raj

7. BARC, Music Circle, 1. Salil Chowdhury 19/11/2007Mumbai

8. National Film Archive 1. Parampara 6 to 8/12/2007of India, Pune 2. Pravahi

3. Hans Akela

9. Shamiana Film Festival 1. Salil Chowdhury 16/01/2008

10. Khayal Trust, Mahim, 1. Salil Chowdhury 29/01/2008Mumbai 2. Naushad Ali

3. Mubarak Begum

11. Krishnamurthy 1. The Seer Who Walks 23 to 26/02/Foundation of India, Alone 2008Malabar Hill, Mumbai.

7. Visitors to FD

1. Two Students from MES College of Engineering, Kuttippuram, Kerala.

2. Students from Arena Multimedia, Andheri (W) visited Films Divisionon 17.05.2007.

8. Festivals Organized

Bengaluru Branch

1. Festival of Films Division films was arranged at Regional Museum,Natural History, Mysore, Bengaluru on 20th July, 2007 in which 14documentary films were shown.


2. Film Festival held at MES College Auditorium, 15th Cross,Malleswaram, Bengaluru on 6.8.2007.

3. Film Festival held at MES College Auditorium, 15th Cross,Malleswaram, Bengaluru on 7.8.2007.

4. Film Festival held at MES Prof. B. R. Subha Rao, P U CollegeAuditorium, Bengaluru on 8.8.2007.

5. Film Festival held at MES Prof. M. P. L., Shastry, P U CollegeAuditorium, Rajajinagar, Bengaluru on 9.8.2007.

6. Film Festival held at MES College Auditorium, 15th CrossMalleswaram, Bengaluru on 6/8/2007.

7. Film Festival held at MES College Auditorium, 15th CrossMalleswaram, Bengaluru on 7/8/2007.

8. Film Festival held at MES Prof. B.R. Subha Rao, P.U. CollegeAuditorium, Bengaluru on 8/8/2007.

9. Film Festival held at MES Prof. M.P.L. Shastry, P.U. CollegeAuditorium, Rajajinagar, Bengaluru on 9/8/2007.

10. Film Festival organized by Bengaluru Branch Office in connection withthe Festival of Gandhiji on lst October, 2007

11. Film Festival organized by Bengaluru Branch Office on MadhubaniPaintings on 2nd October, 2007.

12. Bengaluru Branch had conducted Film Festival on the occasion ofVignan Utsav - 2007 held on 22nd & 23rd November, 2007 organizedby M/s. Vagdevi Vilas Institutions, Munnekolau, Bengaluru.

13. Regional Museum of Natural History had conducted Film Festival onWildlife during 5-6 November, 2007 in Suttur, Mysore in collaborationwith Films Division, Bengaluru Branch.

14. Bengaluru Branch had screened 14 films viz (1) Life and Message ofSwami Vivekananda (2) Rabindranath Tagore (3) Against the Current(4) Conquest of Kanchanajunga (5) Last Puff (Smoking) (6) Heaventhat is hell (7) Abuse of Narcotic Drugs (8) Circle of Red (9) Naturesymphony (10) Alchohol (11) Quit India (12) Jalianwalabagh (13) IndiaWins Freedom (14) Then Came Gandhi, in Film Festival conducted bythem on 3rd December, 2007 at Kendriya Vidyalaya, ASC Centre (s),Bengaluru - 560047.

15. Bengaluru Branch had conducted Film Festival on 7th December, 2007at Kendriya Vidyalaya, ASC Centre (s), Bengaluru - 560 047.


16. Bengaluru Branch had screened 8 documentaries on Historical andother themes at BES Evening College of Arts & Commerce, Bengaluruon 22nd February, 2008 at 6.00 p.m.

� Merger of Princely States

� Jallian Walla Bagh

� Quit India (1939 - 1942)

� India Wins Freedom

� Call for Swaraj & Swadeshi (1905 - 1914)

� 1857 - The Beginning

� Feathered life of Rajasthan

� Wild Life of India

Chennai Branch

� Festival of Documentary Films on the 150th year of 1857 Revolutionof Indian Freedom Struggle Movement held at Nagapattinam Districton 25.5.2007 to 27.5.2007.

� Film Festival organized by Chennai Branch Office in connection withthe 150th years of 1857 Indian freedom struggle movement at Vellore,on 21.9.2007 to 23.9.2007.

Kolkata Branch

� Screening of Films Division’s films held at Nandan Cinema, Kolkataon 8th August, 2007 on the occasion of 67th death anniversary ofRabindranath Tagore in Collaboration of West Bengal Film Centre.

� On the occasion of Onam, Kolkata Branch organized a screening ofDocumentary & feature films on Kerala in collaboration with Nandanon 7.9.2007.

� On the occasion of 22nd anniversary , Nandan West Bengal Film Centreheld screening of the Film, Inner Eye on 2.9.2007.

� Kolkata Branch had screened 3 films viz (1) Girija Devi (2) Out ofClay (3) Tagore’s Ode To Nature, in the Film Festival from 2-8December, 2007 organised by them at Kolkata.

� Kolkata Branch had screened 5 films Viz (1) Ustad Amjad Ali Khan(2) Baba (3) Ustad Allah Rakha (4) Ravi Shankar (5) Sruti & Gracesin Indian Music, at Nandan, Kolkata on 24th December, 2007.


� Kolkata Branch has screened 6 films viz (1) Gaganendranath Tagore(2) Ramkinkar Baij (3) Amrita Sher Gil (4) M.F. Hussein (5) Raja RaviVarma (6) Hanesh Pyne, in the Film Festival at “NANDAN” on 18thJanuary, 2008.

� Kolkata Branch had screened 4 film & viz. (1) “The Flame BurnsBright” (2) “Netaji” (3) “Do Or Die” (4)”Shah Nawaz Khan” in a Ten- day programme on the eminent leaders between 20 - 29 January, 2008organized by “West Bengal State Central Library” and “The YoungExplorers Institute for Social Service”.

� E.R.P.C. Kolkata had screened films in the “Netaji Krishi Mela Utsab”on 23rd and 24th January, 2008 in association with Radhanagar NetajiYoung Association, Radhanagar, 24 Paraganas.

� Kolkata Branch had screened following 6 films (35 mm) on ClassicalIndian Dancers viz (1) “Guru Kunju Kurup” (2) “Kanak Rele” (3)“Raja - Radha Reddy” (4) “Sonal” (5) “Birju Maharaj” & (6) “YaminiKrishnamurti” AND (1) DVD of the film “Guru Amubi Singh” onClassical Indian Dancer, on 22nd February, 2008 at NANDAN - II,Kolkata.

� Kolkata Branch had screened following 4 films (35 mm) on IndianMusic Composers viz (1) “Anil Biswas” (2) “Pankaj Mullik” (3)“Naushad Ali - The Melody Continues” (4) “Salil Chowdhury” on 13th

March, 2008 at NANDAN - II, Kolkata.

Lucknow Branch

� Film Festival was conducted by Lucknow Branch Office during 8-13April, 2007 in various Cinema Halls of Lucknow.

� Show of Documentary films was arranged in orphanage/children fromweaker section “Shrimad Dayanand Bal Sadan, Motinagar, Lucknow-4 on 18th July, 2007.

� Lucknow Branch had screened documentaries in Mela Area, inAllahabad on 6th February, 2008.

Madurai Branch

� A Special Screening of the film “Chinna Pillaiyamma” was organisedat Samooga Pani Mandram (Social Work Association) building,Madurai on 19.6.2007.

� Film Festival on Music and Dance held at Isayalaya MusicSchool,Villapuram, Madurai, in the month of August, 2007.


Mumbai Branch

� A Film Festival was conducted by Mumbai Branch Office on 15.4.2007at Siwari, Mumbai.

� A Film Festival was conducted by Mumbai Branch Office on 2-6 April,2007 at Dhule, Maharashtra.

� Mumbai Branch office had put up a stall at first Public Informationcampaign of 2007-08 which was organized at Buldhana from 21-25July, 2007. The campaign was inaugurated by Hon’ble Member ofParliament of Buldhana, Shri Anandrao Adsul on 22nd July, 2007.

� Special Film Show arranged of the film Pandit Ravishankar at‘Madhuban Chitrapatgrah’ at Dombivali, Mumbai in the month ofAugust, 2007.

Nagpur Branch

� Film Festival conducted at Veer Savarkar Hall, Nagpur on 27th May,2007.

� Film Festival held at Indore and Lakhni, Nagpur, on the occasion of150th Anniversary of the First War of Independence on 11th August,2007.

Thiruvananthapuram Branch

� Film Festival on Indian Freedom Movement Series in connection withSatyagraha Shathabthi was organised at Payyanur, Kannur on 29th and30th April, 2007.

� On the 60th Independence Day celebrations by Mahatma GandhiUniversity, Kerala on 15th August, 2007 Films Division had arrangedscreening of our films at University Campus, Kottayam.

� Thiruvananthapuram Branch had screened Films on Mahatmaji &Nehru on 26th December, 2007 at Karavarnam Vocational HigherSecondary School, Kallambalam.

� Thiruvananthapuram Branch had screened our Films on Mahatmaji &Nehru on 29th December, 2007 (at 10.00 a.m.) at St. Goretti, HigherSecondary School, Punalur, Kallambalam.

� Thiruvananthapuram Branch had screened our Films on Mahatmaji &Nehru on 29th December, 2007 (at 3.00 p.m.) at Govt. High School,Kottarakara, Quilon.


� Following 15 films (DVDs) on freedom movement sent toThiruvananthapuram Branch Office for screening in Schools in Kerala.

� 1857 - The Beginning

� Then Came Gandhi

� Dawn of Gandhian Era

� Victory at Bardoli

� Non Cooperation Movement

� Poorna Swaraj

� Parleys and Broken Pacts

� Quit India

� The Great Salt March

� Do or Die

� Constitutional Experiment

� Towards Freedom 1945-1947


� Call for Swaraj and Swadeshi (1905-1914)

� Contribution of Kerala to India’s Freedom Movement

� Following 2 films (DVDs) on freedom movement sent toThiruvananthapuram Branch Office for screening in Schools in Kerala.

(1) Spirit of Nationalism (2) Ordinances Arrests & Elections

June, 2007 - Festival of Films Division’s Films arranged in Jammu on 21stand 22nd June, 2007 and in Srinagar on 24th and 25th June, 2007.

� Public Information Campaign Organized by PIB :Branch Officesparticipated in

PIC organized

by PIB.

NEW INITIATIVES

Films Division has started publishing a quarterly magazine titled“DOCUMENTARY TODAY” exclusively to promote short film makergenre. This magazine provides an opportunity to the documentary filmfraternity to interact, express their views and also to showcase their worksalongwith offering thought provoking articles. The first issue which was


bilingual was released on 12th August, 2007 during the opening ceremonyof “SWATANTRATA FILMOSTAV” by Hon’ble Minister of Informationand Broadcasting Shri P.R. Dasmunsi, at Siri Fort Auditorium, New Delhi.The second issue has been brought out during the 38th International FilmFestival of India, 2007 and the 3rd one was MIFF special. The magazine,the first of its kind in India, has been appreciated by short film makers,critics and documentary lovers.

INTERNATIONAL DIGITAL ARCHIVE ANDRESEARCH AND REFERENCE CENTRE

INAUGURATED

Films Division has been making documentaries and newsreels for the lastsixty years and faces similar problems of preservation, archiving anddissemination. It is however acutely aware of the fact that it is a custodianof a nation’s history which should be taken back to the people of India.

With this main objective, Films Division came up with the idea ofestablishing two units: International Digital Archive for Documentary, Shortand Animation Films and the Research and Reference Centre. Both wereinaugurated by Ms. Sushma Singh, Secretary Ministry of Information andBroadcasting, on her visit to the Films Division in August, 2008.

A beginning has been made with as many as 8,000 films which are readilyavailable in the DVD format. Individual video kiosks have also been createdso that researchers can watch any film of their choice. Books and magazinesdealing with documentary films will also be available.

DIAMOND JUBILEE CELEBRATION

(1) As part of the Diamond Jubilee Celebration of Films Division, anexclusive film festival and exhibition have been organized at FilmsDivision Auditorium, Mahadev Road, New Delhi. Our 64documentaries have been screened from 12th to 16th June, 2008 (4 days)in this festival. The festival was inaugurated by the Hon’ble Ministerof Information and Broadcasting.

(2) As a part of the Diamond Jubilee Celebration of Films Division, anexclusive film festival and exhibition has been organized at MangalaMantpa Auditorium, NMKRV Women’s College, 3rd Block, Jayanagar,Bengaluru - 560 011 from 27th to 30th August, 2008 (4 days) by FILMSDIVISION, SRPC, Bengaluru. The festival is being inaugurated by Shri


M.S. Sathyu, renowed Film Maker.

(3) As a part of the Diamond Jubilee Celebration of Films Division, anexclusive film festival from 23rd to 26th September, 2008 (4 days) hasbeen organized in Kolkata at following three different places on thedates mentioned against each by Branch Office Kolkata & E.R.P.C.,Kolkata. The festival has been inaugurated by Shri Gautam Ghosh,noted Film Maker, Kolkata.

HIGHLIGHTS

Films Division has organized a Cine Expo, “Behind The Frame”:- A firstof its kind in Asia-in the 38th International Film Festival in Panaji, Goa,from 24th November to 2nd December, 2007. The Expo was inaugurated bythe Hon’ble Minister of Information and Broadcasting Shri P.R. Dasmunsi.Hundreds of Cine Equipments including old and new Cameras, EditingLight and Sound Equipments along with photographs and posters of oldfilms were displayed in the Cine Expo, expounding the history of filmmaking in a nostalgic manner. Films Division produced a special video film,“Dreaming Cinema” to celebrate 60 years of post Independence IndianCinema. The DVD of the film was released by Hon’ble Minister ofInformation and Broadcasting Shri P.R. Dasmunsi on November 24, 2007at Panaji during the International Film Festival of India.

On public demand, BEHIND THE FRAMES was again put up at GulshanMahal, Films Division Complex during 3-11 February, 2008 coincidingwith MIFF’08. The expo was inaugurated by Shri Govind Nihalani, eminentfilm maker.

Films Division’s film “Hans Akela” directed by Shri Jabbar Patel has wonthe National Award. This year Films Division’s following films had beenselected for screening in the Indian Panorama Section (IFFI) 2007 held atGoa.

� Pandit Ramnarayan

� Mubarak Begum

� Rajashri Bhagyacandra

� Naushad Ali

Films Division’s following films (35 mm prints) on Freedom Struggle hadbeen screened in India @ 60 Section during IFFI - 07 at Goa.


� Call For Swaraj and Swadeshi

� Then Came Gandhi


� Gandhi an Emerging Reality

CENTRAL BOARD OF FILM CERTIFICATION(CBFC)

The Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC), set up under theCinematograph Act, 1952, certifies films for public exhibition in India. Itconsists of a Chairperson and twentyfive other non-official members. TheBoard has its headquarters at Mumbai and nine regional offices located atBengaluru, Kolkata, Chennai, Cuttack, Guwahati, Hyderabad, Mumbai,New Delhi and Thiruvananthapuram. The regional offices are assisted inthe examination of films by advisory panels consisting of persons fromdifferent walks of life. Smt. Sharmila Tagore, a well-known filmpersonality, took over as Chairman CBFC on 14.10.2004

During the period January to December, 2007, the Board issued a total of20,498 certificates, as against 10,583 during 2006; 3700 certificates wereissued for celluloid films and 16798 certificates for video films. Duringthe same period, 1146 Indian Feature Films (Celluloid), and 361 ForeignFeature Films (Celluloid) were certified.

Out of 1146 Indian Feature Films certified in 2007, 629 were granted “U”certificates, 310 “UA” certificates, and 207 “A” certificates. Similarly, ofthe 361 Foreign Feature Films certified in the year, 75 were granted “U”certificates, 101 “UA” certificates, and 185 “A” certificates.

The Board certified a total of 1873 Indian Short Films during the period2007, of which 1712 were granted “U” certificates, 128 “UA” certificates,and 33 “A” certificates. In respect of the 313 Foreign Short Films certifiedin the year, 152 were granted “U” certificates, 124 “UA” certificates and37 “A” certificates.

A total of 16798 certificates were issued to Video films during the sameperiod. Out of these, there were 1131 Indian Feature Films, 2874 ForeignFeature Films, 11667 Indian Short Films, 581 Foreign Short Films, 545films belonging to the “Others” category (Indian long films other thanfeature). During the same period a total of 11 Indian Feature Films and 2Foreign Feature Film were refused certificates as they were found to violate


one or more of the statutory guidelines issued by the Central Governmentunder section 513(2) of the Cinematograph Act 1952. Some of them weresubsequently certified in their revised versions.

During the period January to December 2007, 19 cases of interpolation infilms were detected at various places and the verification reports were sentto the concerned Judicial Magistrates for necessary action.

The workload of CBFC has increased considerably due to the certificationof film various channels as per the Mumbai High Court Judgement. Theincrease in certification of video films has increased from 7129 in 2006 to16798 in 2007.

In order to speed up the certification work meet the target and time limitCBFC has distributed the work of different satellite channels to differentregions of CBFC. Additional Examining Officers have been taken ondeputation from other Central Government offices to dispose off the films.

NATIONAL FILM ARCHIVE OF INDIA

The importance of preserving film is an art and historical document hasbeen recognized all over the world. The task of preserving cinema in allits varied expressions and forms is best entrusted to a national organizationhaving adequate resources, a permanent setup and the confidence of thefilm industry. Thus, the National Film Archive of India was established asan independent media unit under the Ministry of Information andBroadcasting in February, 1964 with the following aims and objectives:

1. To trace, acquire and preserve for posterity the heritage of nationalcinema and build up a representative collection of World Cinema;

2. To classify and document data related to film, undertake and encourageresearch on cinema and publish and distribute them;

3. To act as a centre for dissemination of film culture in the country andto ensure the cultural presence of Indian cinema abroad.

During the 44 years of its existence NFAI has been making rapid stridesin achieving its goals.

During the period 1st April, 2008 to 31st March, 2009, NFAI has addedto its collection 66 fresh titles, 52 duplicate prints, 365 titles as freedeposits, 6 video cassettes, 316 DVDs, 343 books, 770 scripts, 1498stills, 200 press clippings, 15 disc records, 64 slides, 303 song booklets1151 publicity posters, 10 film folders/pamphlets. 18 images were


converted on CD and 1,42,352 ancillary film material like posters, stills,etc., were digitalized.

Dissemination of Film Culture

NFAI’s activities to disseminate film culture in India are manifold. ItsDistribution Library has about 40 active members throughout the country.The Archive also organizes joint screening programmes on weekly,fortnight and monthly basis in seven important centers. Another importantprogramme is the film-teaching scheme comprising long and short termappreciation courses conducted in collaboration with FTII and othereducational and cultural institutions.

33rd annual course in Film Appeciation held in Pune this year had 64participants from different disciplines and professions including two fromSri Lanka and one from Bangladesh.

This activity was extended to other centers by organizing one-week short-term film appreciation course. The first course was conducted in Bengaluruat Suchitra Film Society from 23-29 August, 2008 for 32 participants.Another course was organized at Guwahati from 22-28 September, 2008at Jyoti Chitraban Film Society. 72 students from six North Eastern Statesparticipated in the course.

� As a part of dissemination of Film Culture, a programme called ‘ChitraJagat’ was organized in Kolhapur on 10th May, 2008 which includedscreenings, interactive panel discussions and poster exhibition. Thisprogramme was open to all.

� Similar programme was held at Nasik on 24th May, 2008 as part of firstinternational Film Festial organized by Kala Vaibhav Sanstha, Nasik.

� Sixth Pune International Film Festival was held from 10-17 January2008 and NFAI gave programme support to the event by leading theauditorium and Archival films on usual terms and auditions.

� The first ever “Pune Film Treasures Festival” was organized from 17-20 March, 2008 by the Thomson Foundation for Film and TelevisionHeritage, Paris, in association with NFAI and FTII at Pune. Someheritage classics were also screened for students and public. “Shiraz”a silent film was screened with live music accompaniment.

� Eighteen students from USA visited NFAI, Pune as a part of their studytour and conducted the workshop for them from 4-5 January, 2008.

� Sixth Asian film festival organized in Pune at the initiative of AshayFilm Club was also given programme support by NFAI.


� Short film festival “Global Warming” was organized at NFAI mainTheatre.

� A Festival of Russian films was organized by NFAI in association withCultural Centre of Russia, Mumbai and Ashay Film Club, Pune from13-16 March, 2008 to celebrate the 60th

Anniversary of the

Establishment of the Diplomatic relation between Russia and India.

� Vasundhra International Film Festival on Environment, Wildlife,Energy, Air and Water was organized at NFAI, Pune by the Ashay FilmClub and Kirloskar Group from 22-29 March, 2008.

� Sixth European Film Festival was jointly organized by NFAI, AllianceFrancaise de Pune, British Library and Max Mueller Bhavan, held from5-11 May, 2008.

� First Goa Marathi Film Festival was organized in association with ESG,NFAI and Vinsan Graphics held from 7-8 June, 2008. Three Marathifilms were showcased for the festival. Marathi film poster exhibitionwas also organized during the festival.

� Sri Lanka Film Festival was organized to celebtrate the 60 years ofIndian-Sri lanka Diplomatic relationship relations in association withSri Lanka Foundation, FFSII, NFAI and Ashay Film Club from 1-5July, 2008.

� Third short film appreciation course in Marathi was organized by FFSI,Ashay film club, Lalit Kala Kendra of Pune University and NFAI atPune from 3-8 August, 2008. Nearly 150 candidates participated in thecourse.

� A Retrospective of Swedish filmmaker Ingmar Bergman was organizedby Palador Pictures in association with Swedish Embassy and NFAIfrom 5-11 September, 2008 at Pune.

� A festival of contemporary Russian films was organized by NFAI,Cultural Centre of Russia, Mumbai and Ashay Film Club, Pune from6-10 October, 2008.

� Film from Israel and Iran were showcased in Pune in collaboration withAshay Film Club, Iranian Cultural Centre, Mumbai and the Embassyof Israel.

� The Archive also organized a series of festivals showcasing films fromFrance, Germany, UK, Iran, Poland and other European countries incollaboration with Alliance Francaise, Max Mueller Bhawan, BritishCouncil and Cultural Centre of Russia, Mumbai.


� Fifty two films were screened for NFAI’s Film Circle programmeduring the period under report.

� Students of various mass media and journalism institutions visitedNFAI as part of the educational tour.

� NFAI organized an Exhibition of Wallposters and Stills at 39th

International Film Festival of India held at Panaji, Goa from 22nd

November to 2nd December 2008. The expo was appropriatly titled“Film as Etertainment in India”. A silent film “Kaliya Mardan” wasalso screened with live music accompaniment. NFAI also presentedscreenings of five internationally acclaimed film under ‘Treasures fromNFAI programme’.

Important among the other programmes for which NFAI supplied specialpackages during the year under report were :

� NFAI gave programme support by supplying fifteen films for ‘Pulotsav’organized by Ashay Film Club, Pune in January, 2008.

� Twelve films were supplied for the 4th International Film FestivalThrissur held from 18-24 January, 2008.

� International Film Festival of Tribal Art and Culture organized by“VANYA” an enterprise of Department of Tribal Affairs, Governmentof Madhya Pradesh, ten films were sent to Indore for this festival.

� Twenty films were sent to Roopkala Kandra Kolkatta for theInternational Social Communication Conference held from 15-21February, 2008.

� Seven films were sent to Indo-Korean Cultural and Information Centre,Chennai for the 1st International Film Festival of Women held 1-8March, 2008.

� Supplied seven films from Patna Film Festival organized byInformation and Public Relations Department, Government of Biharheld from 4-10 March, 2008.

� Ten films were sent to Metro Film Society, Kochi for the 1st MetroFilm Society held from 4-10 March, 2008.

� Twelve films were supplied for the 10th International Film FestivalMumbai-2008 held from 6-13 March, 2008.

� Supplied eleven films to FILCA for festival held from 1-8 May, 2008at Thiruvananthapuram.

� Two films were sent to Nasik International Film Festival organized inAssociation with NFAI during the festival.


� Two films were sent to Habitat Film Club, New Delhi for their specialscreening.

� Supplied four films to Osian’s Cinefan-8 festival held at New Delhifrom 20-29 July, 2008.

� Two films “Shaheed” and “Chhatrapati Shivaji” were sent toEntertainment Society of Goa for special screening on the schoolchildren.

� A package of 9 films were supplied for the 5th International FilmFestival of Thrissur held from 22-28 August, 2008.

� Seven films were supplied to Nandan, Government of West Bengal,for the 13th Kolkata International Film Festival held from 10-17November, 2008.

� Sixteen films were supplied to Directorate of Film Festival for 39th

International Film Festival of India held at Panaji, Goa from 22.11.2008to 02.12.2008. NFAI also organized an Exhibition of Publicity Postersof Cinema and Stills at Goa during the 39th International Film Festivalof India.

� Ten films were supplied to 13th International Film Festival of Kerala,(December 12-19) at Thiruvananthapuram.

� Four films were sent to Suchitra Film Society Bengaluru for the 3rd

Bengaluru International Film Festival held from 16-22 January, 2009.

� Festival of films from Bangladesh held at NFAI auditorium from 20-22 February, 2009 in collaboration with NFAI and FTII.

� 14th European Union film festival was held a NFAI auditorium from18-27 March, 2009.

� A number of films were also supplied for joint screening held by FFSIat Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad and Cochin.

Film sent for international Film Festivals and other Special events:

� Silent film “Kaliya Mardan” was sent to Mexico for International FilmFestival “Expression E carto” held from 18-27th July, 2008.

� A retrospective of five Adoor Gopalkrishan films “Elipathyam”“Swayamvaram” “Mukhamukham” “Kathapurushan” and“Kodityettam” were sent to Ljubljana International Film Festival,Slovenia, held in October, 2008.

� A film “Light of Asia” in DVD format was sent to Rome, Italy, inNovember, 2008 for official screening.


Theatre Facilities

NFAI has three multi-purpose theatres – a preview theatre of 35 seats andmain theatre of 330 seats in the main complex and state-of-the-art theatreof 200 seats at Kothrud. Apart from NFAI’s own programmes and FTII’sacademic screening, the facilities were also availed of by other institutionsfor their screening programmes, lectures, seminars, etc.

Max Muller Bhavan, Alliance Francaise and British Council in Pune alsoorganized screening programmes for the benefit of their members on aregular basis. During the period under report the main auditorium andpreview theatre were rented out for 759 programmes.

Conservation, Preservation and Restoration work

The moving image heritage of India can be safeguarded only if sustainedefforts are made to preserve it. The films are stored in a controlledenvironment with temperature of about 15 degree Celsius and relativehumidity of 50 per cent which is ideally suited to preserve black and whitefilms. NFAI also has specialized vaults for color films maintainingconditions of 2 degree (plus or minus 1 degree Celsius) temperature and24 per cent (plus or minus 5%) relative humidity.

Facilities to Producers/Copyright Owners

NFAI is rendering service to producers/copyright owners in respect ofsupply of films for repairing their original negatives, preparation ofduplicate copies and video copying for telecast purposes. A number ofcelluloid classics being telecast on the national and satellite networks werecollected from its collection.

Plan and Non-plan Programmes

Plan Outlay

NFAI has a budget provision of Rs. 300 lakhs during 2008-09 for one PlanScheme. During the period 1st April, 2008 to 31st March, 2009, NFAIacquired 343 books, 10 film folders/pamphlets, 770 film scripts, 1498 stills,303 song booklets, 15 Disc records, 64 Slides, 200 press clippings, 1151publicity posters, 18 Images were converted on CD and 1,42,352 ancillaryfilm material like posters, stills, etc., were digitized. It also acquired 483films, 6 video cassettes and 316 DVDs during the same period.

At present two colour film vaults at Phase-II building of NFAI arefunctional.

A statement showing Plan performance during 2008-09 is enclosed atAnnexure-B.


Budget provision for North East region and Jammu and Kashmir

Considering the nature of activities of NFAI it was not considered feasibleto provide any budget provision for North-East region and Jammu andKashmir.

Administration

Organization set up

With headquarters in Pune the NFAI has three Regional Offices atBengaluru, Kolkata and Thiruvananthapuram. These regional offices areprimarily engaged in the task of diffusing film culture in the respectiveareas through film societies, educational institutions and culturalorganizations. The functioning of the regional officers is overseen by theDirector with the help of Deputy Director-cum-curator who is heading thetechnical and administrative wings at the headquarters. At present the postof Deputy Director-cum-Curator is vacant. Director (M&C), PIB, Pune hasbeen given the additional charge of Director, NFAI, Pune. The present staffstrength of NFAI inclusive of the three Regional Offices is 48-24 in theadministrative wing and 24 in the technical wing.

Budget provisions with regard to Tribal Sub-Plan/SpecialComponent Plan for SCs and STs.

Considering the nature of activities of NFAI, it was not considered feasibleto provide any budget provisions with regard to Tribal Sub-Plan/SpecialComponent plan for SCs and STs.

NFAI

NFAI has been a member of the International Federation of Film Archivessince May, 1969. FAIF membership enables NFAI in getting expert advice,know-how and material on preservation techniques, documentation,bibliographies, etc. It also facilitates exchange of rate films with otherArchives under archival exchange programmes.

DIRECTORATE OF FILM FESTIVALS

The Directorate of Film Festivals was set up under the Ministry ofInformation and Broadcasting in 1973 with the prime objective ofpromotion of film art and cultural exchange. These objectives are servedby organizing the following activities:


� The International Film Festival of India.

� The National Film Awards and the Dada Saheb Phalke Award.

� Cultural Exchange Programme and organizing screening of Indian filmsthrough the missions abroad.

� The selection of Indian Panorama.

� Participation in International Film Festivals abroad.

� Special film expositions on behalf of the Government in India.

� Print collection and documentation.

These activities provide a unique platform for an exchange of ideas, cultureand experiences between India and other countries in the field of cinema.It also provides a powerful platform for Indian cinema and openscommercial opportunities for Indian films. Within the country, the latesttrends in global cinema are made accessible to the general public, filmindustry and students.

The International Film Festival of India- IFFI- 2008

The International film festival of India is one of the prime film events inthe country which brings together a large variety of cinemas from all overthe world on one platform. The 39th edition of International Film festival-2008 was organized in Goa from 22nd November, 2008 in collaboration withthe Government of Goa.

Programme

The festival this year presented a total of 124 foreign films under thissection from 44 countries.

� Cinema of the World Section : 53 films

� Competition Section :15 films

� Other foreign films Sections : 56 films

The festival screened 124 foreign films in 189 shows across a chain of 7festival theatres. The festival had the following Sections :

Competitive Section of the Festival

The focal point of the festival was the ‘Competition Section’ for featurefilms from Asia, Asia Pacific, Africa and Latin American Countries. A totalof 15 feature films from 15 countries competed for top honors under thissection. The International Film Jury was headed by Mr. Peter Chan-


Chairman (Hong Kong), Mr. Marco Muller (Italy), Ms. Tabassum Hashmikhan known as Tabu, Member (India) and Mr. Lav Diaz - Member(Philippines)

Awards

The golden peacock and a cash prize of Rs. 40,00,000/- for the Best filmwas awarded to the Kazak/Russian Film Director Mr. Sergey Dvortsevovyfor the film Tulpan.

The Silver Peacock and a cash prize of Rs. 15,00,000/- for most PromisingDirector awarded to the Kazak/Russian Film Director, Mr. SergeyDvortsevovy for the from Tulpan.

The special Jury Award of Silver Peacock and a cash prize of Rs. 15,00,000/- was awarded to Sri Lankan lead actress Ms Malani Fonseka, for the filmAkasa Kusum.

Cinemas of the World

This Section presented a wide range of cinemas being produced across theworld. The Section sought to present varied cinematic styles, themes andapproached through art of cinema from 44 countries. Most of the filmsscreened had won awards in various prestigious International FilmFestivals.

Foreign Retrospectives, Country Focus

The foreign retrospectives in IFFI-2008 included a major retrospective ofthe Aki Kaurismaki, Worng Kar Wai, John Landis, Country Focus-Russia,Country Focus- Switzerland, Country Focus-Iran, Film India World Wideand Film Heritage.

All these packages provided an extremely rich and varied selection of filmswhich attracted a positive response from both film professionals and themedia.

Indian Section

A total of 83 films were screened as part of the Indian Sections. The sectionhad the following sub sections:

(i) Indian Panorama

(ii) Retrospectives - Bimal Roy, L.V. Prasad, Devika Rani and 75 years ofKannada Cinema


(iii)Special Section - Taj Mahal - a Celluloid Journey

(iv) Life Time Classics - Dilip Kumar, Lata Mangeshkar, Tapan Sinha andB. Saroja Devi

(v) Homage - B.R. Chopra, Nabendu Ghosh, Jayshree Gadkar, Raghuvaran,Vijay Tendlkar and Shridhar

(vi) Treasures from National Film Archives of India

(i) Indian Panorama

The Indian Panorama selections were made by two juries (feature films -seven members and non-feature films five members). Shri K.N.T. Sastryheaded the Jury of feature films and Shri Anjan Bose headed the Jury ofnon-feature films. The Juries conducted their screening in October 2008and selected 26 feature films and 21 non-feature films. The IndianPanorama package was screened at the 39th edition of the International FilmFestival of India in Goa. The directors along with actors and producers ofthe Indian Panorama films attended their screening and addressed pressconferences related to their films at the Media Centre of the Festival.

To commemorate the occasion, the Directorate published a compact bookhaving all the details of these films. This handbook was widely circulatedduring the festival among Indian and Foreign delegates.

The Indian Panorama section opened with Yarwng (kokborok) - Featureby Joseph Pulinthanath and 16 MM : Memories, Movement and a Machine( Malayalam) - Non-feature by K.R. Manoj on 23rd November 2008. A totalof 26 feature films and 21 non-feature films were screened.

(ii) Retrospective

Retrospectives of Bimal Roy ( Udayer Pathe, Devdas, Bandini, Do BighaZamin, Gautama the Buddha and Remembering Bimal Roy), L.V. Prasad(Bidaai Daadi Maa), Devika Rani (Karma) and 75 years of KannadaCinema (Nagamandala, Babaruvahana, Dweepa, Ondanondu Kaladalli,Bandhana), were organized.

(iii) Special Section

Special screenings of films based on Taj Mahal were organized. Shiraj(1928), Shah Jahan (1946), Taj Mahal (1963) and Taj Mahal (2005).

(iv) Life Time Classics

Films of Lifetime Achievement Award Winners were screened- Dilip Kumar(Mughl-e-Azam, Devdas), Lata Mangeshkar (Hum Apke Hain Kaun, DilEk Mandir), Tapan Sinha ( Kabuliwala) and B.Saroja Devi.


(v) Homage

Homage was paid to the departed souls of B.R. Chopra (Waqt), NabenduGhosh (Trishagni), Mahendra Kapoor (Gumrah), F.C. Mahra (Professor),G.P. Sippy (Sagar), Jayshree Gadkar (Saadhi manse), Raghuvaran (Anjali),Vijay Tendulkar (Umbartha), Shridhar (Dil Ek mandir) and Jeeva (DaamDhum).

(vi) Treasures from National Film Archive of India

Six landmarks films were screened from the Archives of NFAI NeechaNagar, The Song of Buddha, Karma, Sant Tukaram, Kalpana andNewspaper Boy.

Other Activities during the festival

National Film Archives conducted a poster exhibition during the festival.

Inaugural Function

The festival was inaugurated on the 22"d November 2008 at DinanathManageshkar Auditorium. Chief Guest, Ms Rekha, Minister of State forInformation and Broadcasting and External Affairs Shri Anand Sharma, ShriDigamber Kamath, Chief Minister of Goa, Mayor of Panjim City ShriToney Rodrigues and other distinguished guests were present. Mr. PeterChan, Chairman and Ms Niki Karimi, Ms Tabassum Hashmi, Mr. MarcoMuller and Mr. Lav Daiz members of the International Jury for thecompetition section of the festival were introduced to the guets. The festivalscreening opened with the film ‘Warlords’ directed by Mr. Peter Chan.

Closing Function

The Closing Ceremony of the 39th International Film festival of India washeld on 2"d December, 2008 at Dinanath Mangeshkar Auditorium (KalaAcademy). The Chairperson Mr. Peter Chan addressed the audience andannounced the awards. Chief guest Shri Kamal Hassan, Chief Minister ofGoa, Shri Digamber Kamat and the city Mayor Shri Tonney Rodriguespresented the awards to the winners.

The song of Sparrows directed by Majid Majid (Iran) was the closing film.

54th National Film Awards

As part of the 54th edition of the National Film Awards the awards werepresented to film personalities by the Hon’ble President. The function washeld on 2"d September 2008 at Vigyan Bhawan.


(i) Feature Film Section

“Pulijanmam” (Malayalam) directed by Priyanadanan was the Best FeatureFilm while Madhur Bhandarkar was adjudged the Best Director for his“Traffic Signal” (Hindi). The award for the Best First film of a Directorwas won by Kabir Khan for “Kabul Express”(Hindi) and MadhuKaithapuram for “Eakantha” ( Malayalam). “Lage Raho MunnaBhai”(Hindi) directed by Raj Kumar Hirani won the award for BestPopular Film providing wholesome entertainment. The Kannada film“Kallarli Huvagi”directed by T.S. Nagabharna won the Nargis Dutt Awardfor Best Feature Film on National Integration. The award for Best Filmon Family Welfare was presented to “Karutha Pakshikal” (Malayalam)directed by Kamal and “Faltu” (Bengali) directed by Anjan Das K.Satyanarayana directed “Hope” (Telugu) won the Rajat kamal for BestFilm on Other Social Issues. Master Krishan S.S. directed “Care ofFoothpath” (Kannada) was adjudged the Best Children’s Film, andpresented a Swarn Kamal.

The award for the Best Actor was presented to Soumitra Chatterjee for hisperformance in the Bengali language film “Podkkhep” while the one forBest Actress went to Priyamani for her powerful performance in Tamillanguage film “Paruthi Veeran”. Dilip Prabhavalkar and KonkonaSensharma were adjudged Best Supporting Actor and Best SupportingActress respectively for the films “Lage Raho Munnabhai” (Hindi),“Shevri” (Marathi) and “Omkara” (Hindi). Baby Divya Chaphadkar, ChildArtist from Goa won the award for Best Child Artist for his performancein the Konkani film “Antarnad”. Gurdas Mann was adjudged the Best MaleSinger for the Film “Ishq Da Waris” (Punjabi) while Aarti Anklekar Tikekarwon the award for Best Female Playback Singer for the film “Antarnad”(Konkani). The Special Jury Award was presented to Actors Thilakan forthe film “Ekantham”(Malayalam) and Prosenjit Chatterjee for the film“Dosar” (Bengali).

(ii) Non-Feature Film Section

The film “Bishar Blues” directed by Amitabh Chakraborty was adjudgedthe Best Non-Feature Film and awarded coveted Swarn Kamal. The awardfor the Best Non-Feature Film of a Director was presented to JacobVarghese for his film “Andhiyum”. The Special Jury award in the non-feature film category was awarded to the film “Lama Dances ofSikkim”directed by Manash Bhowmick. Ramesh Asher won the SwarnKamal for the Best Director for his non feature film “Ek Aadesh -Command for Chhoti”.


(iii) Best Book on Cinema

Jerry Pinto won the Swarn Kamal for Best Book on cinema for his book“Helen : The Life and Times of an H-Bomb” while G.P. Ramachandra andRafique A.R. Baghdadi were adjudged the Best Film Critic for the year2005.

(iv) Dada Saheb Phalke Award

The prestigious Dada Saheb Phalke Award was presented to veteran filmmaker, Tapan Sinha for his commendable contribution to Indian Cinema.

(v) Life Time Achievement Award

Life Time Achievement Award was mark the 60th anniversary onIndependence was conferred upon Shri Tapan Sinha, Shri Dilip Kumar, Ms.Lata Mangeshkar and Smt. B. Saroja Devi.

Festival of Indian Panorama Films in Delhi

The Indian Panorama 2008 films were screened at Siri Fort Auditorium,New Delhi between 11 December to 21st December 2008, as part of theongoing Delhi International Art Festival. The screenings were well received,3 shows on weekdays and four shows on weekends.

Participation in other Film Festivals

DFF also participated in other International Film Festivals in India i.e.,Chennai Film festival, 6th Pune International Film Festival, Bangalurulnternational Film festival, Bengaluru, 2nd Hyderabad Film Festival atHyderabad, 4th International Film festival of Thrissur held at Thrissur,Sathyam Cinemas held at Madras, 10th International Film Festival inMumbai, Metro International Film Festival at Kochi, North East FilmFestival, Kalakshetra Foundation, Chennai, 5th National Film festival ofKerala, Tellicherry, Women Film Festival held in New Delhi, and IndianPanorama Film Festivals at Thiruvananthapuram, Kozhikode, Kannur,Kolkata, Tamilnadu and Shillong.

Participation in Festivals abroad

Indian Films participated in Film Festivals and special screening in 28countries till December 2008. The countries and places were Netherlands,Sweden, France, Bangladesh, USA, Seoul, Switzerland, Abu Dhabi, LosAngeles, Spain, Israel, Madrid, Belgium, Mexico, Jerusalem, Zimbabwe,Australia, Montreal, Bangkok, Hong-Kong, Vienna, Washington, Slovenia,Brazil, DPR Korea, Rotterdum, Fribourg Belfast and Cannes.


Cultural Exchange Programme In India

� Organized Hungarian Film Festival in Sirifort Auditorium-II from 21to 25 January, 2008. Seven films have been screened in the festival.

� Indian Ocean Rim Association for Regional Cooperation (IOR-ARC)Film Festival was organized at Sirifort Auditorium-II from 22 Febru-ary to 1 March, 2008. Ten Films have been screened in the festival.

� Australian Film Festival was organized at Sirfort Auditorium-II from6 to 9 March, 2008. Nine films have been screened in the festival.

� Survival to Success- Festival of Films on Women and Child Develop-ment was organized at Sirifort Auditorium-II on 9 March, 2008. Twofilms namely, ‘Chamel’&’Dor’have been screened in the festival.

� Special Film Festival from Spain was organized at Sirifort Audito-rium-II on 10th March, 2008. Film ‘FADOS’has been screened in thefestival.

� Special Film Festival from Itlay was organized at Sirifort on 14th

March, 2008. Films ‘BILLO,LE GRAND DAKHAAR’& ‘TEXAS’have been screened in the festival.

� Chinese Film Festival - started from 28th March, 2008 at SirifortAuditotium-II and an Eight member delegation attended the openingfunction on 28th March, 2008. 9 films were screened in the festival.

� Colombian Film Festival was organized at Auditorium-II on 22,24 &25 October, 2008. Three films were screened in the festival.

� Screening of German film ‘My Dream and Loneliness Never Walksalone’ on 17 January, 2008 was held in Siri Fort Auditorium-III, NewDelhi.

� Screening of Italian films was held from 30 January 2009 to 1 Feb-ruary, 2009 in Siri Fort Auditorium-II, New Delhi.

� Screenings of European Union Film Festival were held from 5 to 10March 2009 in Siri Fort Auditorium-II, New Delhi. The screeningsof the following films were held:

(1) Czech Dreams-Czech Republic (2) Could this be love - France (3)Teah- Slovenia (4) Arabian Nights- Luxembourg (5) Hanin-Poland (6)Emma’s Bliss- Germany (7) A Perfect Match- Belgium (8) The BlackPimpernel- Sweden (9) Do not think about it - Italy (10) Happy Family-Netherlands (11) Beauty and the Bastard- Finland (12) Totally Mar-ried- Greece (13) Welcome Home -Austria (14) Relatives- Hungary(15) Return of the Storks- Slovenia (16) Seven Billiard Table- Spain(17) The Last the Front Line- Ireland.


Abroad

� Indian Films were screened during the ‘India in Serbia Festival inKragujevac in Serbia from 8-14 April, 2008. Ten films were screenedin the festival.

� Indian Films have been screened in Bosnia and Herzegovina festivalsduring the month of April, 2008. Ten films were screened in the festival.

� Two films have been screened in SAARC Film Festival in Sri Lankafrom 18-23 July, 2008.

� Five films have been screened in Cairo International Film Festival,Egypt from 11-16 November, 2008.

� Eleven films have been screened in ‘Days of India Cultural Festival’in Tehran (Iran) during the month of November, 2008.

� Seven films have been screened in Film Festival in Cyprus during themonth of November, 2008.

� Ten films have been screened as a Retrospective of Indian Art Moviesin Brazil during the month of November, 2008.

� The film Sardari Begum was shown in Abu Dhabi.

Grant-in-Aid

The total budget Grant of Rs. 19.00 lakh for Grant-in-Aid to film festivalshas been fully utilized by distributing to the following festivals:

� International Women Film Festival Society of India.

� Kerala Cartoon Academy Animation Film Festival

� JDCA Film Festival, Orissa

� Pune International Film Festival

� North Bengal Film Festival- Jalpaiguri

Grant-in-aid of Rs. 6.00 lakh was also released to Federation of FilmSocieties of India separately.

FILM AND TELEVISION INSTITUTE OFINDIA, PUNE

The Film Institute of India was setup by the Government of India in 1960under the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting. Following the additionof Television Wing in 1947, the Institute was redesigned as Film and


Television Institute of India. The Institute become a Society in October1974 under the Registration of Societies’ Act, 1860. The Society consistof eminent personalities connected with Film, Television, Communication,Culture, Alumni of Institute and Ex-Officio Government Member. TheInstitute is governed by a Governing Council, headed by a Chairman, thecurrent Chairman being the eminent writer Dr. U.R. Ananthamurthy. Theacademic policies and the plans of the Institute are formulated by theAcademic Council. The matters involving finance and controlled by theStanding Finance Committee.

The Institute consists of two Wings : the Film and TV Wing, and offerscourses in both Film and Television. The Three Year Diploma Courses leadto a Post Graduate Diploma in Film Direction, Cinematography,Audiography and Film Editing. The Institute also offers Two Years PostGraduate Diploma Course in Acting and Two Years Post Graduate Coursein Art Direction and Production Design, One Year Post Graduate CertificateCourse in Feature Film Screenplay Writing, One and Half Year CertificateCourse in Animation and Computer Graphics. The Television Courseoffered consist of One Year Post graduate ‘Certificate Course in Television’with specialization in TV Direction, Electronic Cinematography, VideoEditing, Audiobiography & TV Engineering.

A total of 1891 applications in the prescribed form were received for theyear 2008. Out of these 1584 candidates were called for Entrance. Finally143 candidates ( including foreign candidates) were selected for admissionto various courses for the year 2008.

The Film and Television Institute of India provides the latest education andtechnological experience in the art and technique of film making and televisionproduction. In-service training is provided to officers of all grades of theDoordarshan and others. It is equipped with the latest digital and broadcastgrade production set-ups viz. Non Linear, Beta Cam and A/B Roll editingset-ups, Digital Camera viz. Sony BVP500 P; Soft Chroma Keyer, DigitalSpecial Effect Generator, Silicon Graphics 02 workstations with Aliassoftware, modern movie cameras re-recording equipments etc. which providesan excellent exposure to the faculty and Students of Film & Television.

Proposed Development of the Newly Acquired Land—GlobalFilm School

The FTII has additional land measuring about 26 acres which is proposedto be developed with ultra modern facility for Film and TV production. Atpresent there is a Doordarshan Studio, film vaults of the National FilmArchive of India and FTII staff quarters in the same location.


Film Appreciation Course

Thirty third Film Appreciation Course was held from 26.05.2008 to21.06.2008 with joint auspices of Film and Television Institute of India andNational Film Archive of India. 74 participants including journalists,filmmakers, artists, activists, teachers and media-persons attended the course.

(i) Revival of the original acting classroom

The Acting Class Studio No.1 where the talent of all the stalwarts of todaywere nurtured, was in shambles. It was renovated and revived on 5 October2008. This was the actual place where all of them were groomed whilethe Institute earned all its glory and glamour. Shri Roshan Taneja, the Guru,inaugurated this grand ceremony. Veterans such as Shabana Azmi,Naseerudin Shah, Shailendra Singh, Benjamin Gilani, Rameshwari, RakeshBedi, Satish Shah, Mukesh Khanna, Asha Sachdeva, Rita Bhaduri andKawaljit Paintal attentded the function. The Institute received massive presscoverage of the event.

(ii) Prabhat Museum

FTII is located on the premises of Prabhat Film Company which hadmade a significant contribution to Marathi and Hindi Cinema in the 1930sand 1940s. A museum for preserving materials of archival value inheritedfrom Prabhat Studio was setup in 1995. The Museum houses all theavailable artefacts, original contracts and partnership deed of Prabhat FilmCompany in addition to costumes, properties, equipments, posters andstills which are historically important. Till now, the Museum wasaccessible only to VIPs and dignitaries visiting the institute. However,the Museum has been renovated and made open daily for general publicsince 29th February 2008.

(iii) Film Heritage Educational Programme

The Thomson Foundation for Film and Television Heritage launched thefirst ever “Pune Film Treasures Festival” a four day cinema event at FTIIfrom 17th to 20th March, 2008. Some timeless wonders based on the theme‘Cinema of Modernity and Modernity of Cinema’ were screened duringthis period. It was designed as a complement to the Film HeritageEducational Program within FTII, specifically designed for the futuregeneration of filmmakers trained at this National Film School in Pune. TheThomson Foundation has planned another similar event in February 2009.

(iv) Film Music Seminar at FTII

The Film and Television Institute of India organized a Film Music Seminaron 29th and 30th April, 2008 at FTII, Pune. It was a rare kind of symposium


conducted at the professionals as well as writers and critics from the fieldof music had come together and shared their demonstrations on variousaspects of music.

(v) Hindi Fortnight at FTII

The Institute observed Hindi Fortnight between 14th September, 2008 and30th September, 2008. The Institute also observed Anti-Terrorism Day,Sadbhawana Diwas and Quami Ekta Diwas. All the employees, studentsand trainees took a pledge on these days.

(vi) Lensight

Lensight, a quarterly publication was revived after a gap of eight years.The first issue was released by prominent filmmaker Shri Govind Nihalanion 28th July, 2008.

(vii) Dhaara and Guftagoo

Recognising the need and demand from the students, the prospectivefilmmakers need to be aware not only about cinema, but also various formsof art, literature, aesthetics, issues and problems of society, etc, the Institutehas launched two new series:

� Dhaara, a series of culture programmes, and

� Guftagoo, a series of discussions and seminars.

A number of celebrities such as Pandit Ronu Mujumdar, Shafqat Ali Khan,Rahim Fahimmuddin Khan Dagar, Asad Ali Khan, Biswajit Ray Choudhary,Prahlad Singh Tipania have presented their art whereas noted scholars likeDr. M.K. Dhavalikar, Vishnu Khare, Rajesh Joshi have taken varioussessions on the respective topics.

New Initiatives

� A number of research projects on various aspects of cinema such asthe relationship of ‘Tamasha’ with Marathi Films; Terrorism in Cinema;Urban Life In Hindi Cinema, and so on are in the pipeline.

� The new hostel for students is being constructed for more number ofstudents to be admitted on implementations of reservation of OBCcandidates.

� A multimedia resource centre is being developed to cater to theacademic inputs of students and facualty.

Participation in Film Festivals

Films made by Diploma students are regularly entered in various National/


International Film Festivals in order to give exposure to students’ work inIndia and abroad. During the year, the Institute has so far participated in34 festivals/events.

Workshops/Seminars

To strengthen the academic inputs for the students, Workshops/Seminarsare regularly organized by eminent filmmakers from India and abroad.Alongside the above workshops and lectures several eminent guest lecturesvisited the FTII and interacted with the students and trainees of variousdisciplines.

Other Short Courses

The following short courses were conducted by the Institute:

� Short courses in “Basic Videography for AK Police Photographes” from31.03.2008 to 11.04.2008.

� Short courses in Videography DV - Cam for DD staff conducted from23.06.2008 to 05.07.2008.

� Non Linear Editing for DD staff conducted from 28.07.2008 to08.08.2008.

� Workshop on TV Studio (single camera) for students of MassCommunication FLAME conducted on 13.10.2008.

� Workshop on TV News Production Technique for students of GuruNanak Dev University conducted from 03.07.2008 to 07.11.2008.

Film Library

The Film Library of the Institute has a collection of over 3000 filmsincluding Indian and Foreign features and short films, study-extracts andFTII Films. The Film Library also houses audio visual material like discrecords, video cassettes and DVDs/VCDs.

Video Tape Library

VSH and U-matic and Betacam Cassettes of Indian and foreign featuresand short films, documentary and student films, TV programmes, Videodocumentaries made by students and TV trainees are housed in the VideoLibrary.

These tapes are helping the students as resource material in making an in-


depth study of content development and production techniques,supplementing the film viewing sessions on editing tables.

Grievance Cell

Grievance Redressal Mechanism and Information Facilitation Centre havebeen established. The Registrar is the Nodal Officer of the PublicGrievances Redressal Mechanism (PGRAM) at FTII and Dean (Films) andAcademic Coordinator has been nominated as Head of the Grievance andFacilitation Counter.

Citizens’ Charter

The Citizens’ Charter of the FTII is already uploaded on its website and itis updated periodically.

Implementation of RTI Act

The information regarding the FTII as required under Right to InformationAct, 2005 is available on the website. The FTII is fully functioned towardsthe implementation of Right to Information Act, 2005 and the informationasked for under this Act is provided within the prescribed time limit. Duringthe period from 01.04.2008 to 31.12.2008, sixteen application seekinginformation under RTI were received and information was provided to themwithin the prescribed time limit.

Registrar of the Institute has been nominated as CPIO and AdministrativeOfficer as ACPIO.

Financial Review

The actual expenditure of the Institute for the financial year 2007-2008 isas follows

Revised Estimates Final Grant Actual Expenditure

NON PLAN 825.00 (Net) 825.00 (Net) 1037.31*

PLAN 621.00 620.00 606.28**

TOTAL 1446.00 1445.00 1643.59

• The excess expenditure incurred from the Revenue Receipt.

• Balance amount of Rs.13.72lakhs remained unutilized underMachinery and Equipments. The Institute has got unspent balance ofRs.101akhs refunded by D.G. Doordarshan, New Delhi in October,2006 under ‘Captive TV’ Plan scheme.


The BE and actual expenditure during 2008-2009 is as follows:

Sanctioned Budget Estimates 2008-2009(As per Final Grant)

PLAN NON-PLAN TOTAL

554 932.67 1486.67

Actual Expenditure 2008-2009

PLAN NON-PLAN TOTAL

544 932.67 1476.67

Plan and Non-plan Performance

(1) Annual Plan 2008-2009

The Grant-in-aid of Rs. 800 lakhs has been approved in the Annual Planfor the year 2008-2009 initially and it has been reduced to the extent ofRs. 5741akh. The Sanction of Revised Annual Plan for the year 2008-2009is yet to be received from the Ministry. A new plan scheme namely’GlobalFilm School’ has been approved by the Ministry “in-principle” for the XIPlan. A taken provision of Rs. 30 lakhs has been sanctioned and includedin Annual Plan 2008-2009.

(2) Non-plan

As far as the Non-Plan performance is concerned the expenditure has beenincurred on account of salary, rent/rates and taxes etc. for the smoothrunning of the Institute.

Brief Indication of Programme of Work from 1st January 2008–31st

March 2009

The Revised Estimates proposed for the year 2008-09 is Rs. 1469.00 lakh(Net) and proposed Budget Estimates 2009-2010 is Rs. 1581.88 lakh (Net).

UNDP : In order to ensure that the message of state HDRs reach the widestpossible audience the series of documentary films on key messages ofdifferent States are produced by FTII under UNDP project since the year2006-2007. During the financial year 2008-09 twelve films have beenproduced which pertained to six States for which expenditure of Rs.13.921akh has been incurred upto December, 2008.

Eminent Visitors

i) Smt. Asha Swarup, Secretary, Ministry of Information and Broadcastingvisited the FTII on 1st May, 2008 and on 24th July, 2008.


ii) Parliament Standing Committee on Information Technology visited theFTII on 8th September, 2008.

iii) Shri Anand Sharma, Minister of State for External Affairs andInformation and Broadcasting visited the FTII on 8th December, 2008.

Sr. No. Activity Number of Shows Audience

1. District Level Film Festival 980 1134697

2. State Level Film Festival 1036 536013

3. Individual Film Show 57 29021

SATYAJIT RAY FILM AND TELEVISIONINSTITUTE

Satyajit Ray Film and Television Institute, Kolkata, was established by theGovernment of India as an autonomous educational institution under theMinistry of Information and Broadcasting, and was registered under WestBengal Societies Registration Act, 1961.

Located at Kolkata and named after the legendary film maestro SatyajitRay. SRFTI is the second national level training institute to be establishedby the Government of India. The institute offers three-year post-graduatediploma course in Direction & Screenplay Writing, Motion PicturePhotography, Editing and Sound Recording. Apart from the basic diplomacourse, the institute also has the provision to conduct short and mediumterm courses on areas related to film and television. Research andexplorative studies in the sociology, culture and technology of film andtelevision is another area of focus in SRFTI.

Management and Organizational Framework

SRFTI is a fully funded autononmous Institute under the Ministry ofInformation and Broadcasting, run by a Society constituted by theGovernment of India. The Society, headed by a President runs the Institutethrough a Governing Council (GC) that is constituted with select membersof Society. The Governing Council is the supreme body for all executivefunctions of the institute. It also constitutes different committees/bodiesas deemed necessary viz. Academic Council, Standing Finance Committee,etc. The Government is represented in the Society, Governing Counciland Standing Finance Committee through ex-officio members consistingof officials drawn from the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting,Government of India and various media units. The new Society of the


Institute has been formed by the Ministry of Information andBroadcasting. Government of India with Shri Buddhadeb Dasgupta, therenowned filmmaker of the country as the President of the Society, byvirtue of his post he is also the Chairman of the Governing Council andother committees. During the period between April 2007-March 2008,one Society Meeting and three Governing Council Meetings were held.

Infrastructure and Equipment Facilities

Major Infrastructure and Equipment

Satyajit Ray Film and Television Institute (SRFTI) has been constructedin a sprawling area of 39.36 acres of land located at the EasternMetropolitan Bye-Pass Road in Kolkata. The infrastructure of the Instituteconsists of the following major buildings and facilities:

Direction Block: The Film Direction block mainly houses the offices ofthe Direction and Purchase Department. It has two A.C. Class Rooms, PCrooms that are equipped with digital viewing facilities and one Basic DVDEditing Room. The main classroom is equipped with Home Theatre facility,projection facility. Reputed professionals are invited regularly to conductworkshops on various aspects of directorial skills and strategies. Sameblock also accommodates the Film Library.

Sound Recording Department: The Sound Recording Block consists ofthree studios and a several Digital Audio Work stations(DA Ws) for soundrecording, sound editing, and track laying at the post-production stage.Currently these studios have been equipped with Dolby Digital recodingsystem. The elegance of analogue recording, which is the traditional methodof audio post production, is blended with the most advanced digitalrecording technologies for flexibility or freedom of an artist. The alliedtechnologies like acoustics and electronics are also part of the syllabus tomake a complete sound recordist in the true sense. The department alsohas an assortment of hard-disc-recorders, microphones/accessories ofhighest world standard.

Editing Block : The Editing block consists of one film and one videosection. The film section has 10 Steenbeck editing suits in separatechambers and a large hall with 10 editing tables, synchronizers, splicerssix pic-syncs and a moviola etc. The video section is equipped with AnalogVideo editing suits, Avid Media Composers, facilitating editing work inSVHS, U-matic and Beta formats. The Digital Non-Linear Editing (DNLE)section consists of Avid Media Composers and Final Cut Pro with cine toolfor film editing, Avid DV Xpress, FCPs and Adobe Premiere setup


dedicated to non-linear editing. The department also includes five linearvideo editing suites; And a graphics section with three dedicatedworkstations; The department has a special class room. Agit-prop, forregular screening, discussions and analysis with viewing and digital editdemonstration facilities. Currently the department has been equipped withDigital Graphics Work-Station–SMOKE, the only of its kind in easternIndia.

Motion Picture Photography Department: Located next to the film studioand the television studio, the Motion Picture Photography Department isequipped with a wide range of cameras viz. Two ARRI 2C 35 mm cameras,one SR III and one SR II cameras (both I S min), one ARRI 435- a newgeneration, advances non-blimp 35 mm camera with video assist system,two DYC 637 video cameras (one with additional SVI IS attachment), twobeta cam recorders, one High-band recorder, four Digital cameras. HMIlights and basic camera accessories, including light meters and otherequipment. Currently the department has been equipped with two state ofthe art 35mm131impped cameras Evolution with accessories.

The department is further equipped with a basic ‘Three Camera Set –Up’in the Television Studio and a Still Photography section with 16 camerasand B&W as well as colour film processing, developing and printingfacilities. A recent induction of Arri Sun-series HMI lights has lent asophisticated touch to the dept’s collection of’ lights. The department hasactive interface with front-rank labs for regular student visits.

Ancillary Facilities

Film Studio and Television Studio: The Institute can be rightfully proudof its two studio floors. The Film Studio is one of the best in the easternzone. The floor size (80’×50') is ideal even for big budget spectacular sets.It has got a fully air-conditioned make-up room, underground pit forspecialised camera angles. Three tier platforms for lighting, big store roomfor stacking art material and a carpentry and painting section.

The state of the art fully air-conditioned Television Studio floor of 50’×50'dimension has a 3- camera set-up with control room, dimmer panel,motorized telescopic lighting grid, and cyclorama facilities. This studio isused for on-line TV prograrnmes and multi-camera student projects. Boththe studios have separate rooms for safe keeping of camera and lightequipment.

Auditorium and Screening facilities : The institute has multi facetedfacilities for preview and screening of films both in celluloid and video


format. Currently the Main Theatre has been equipped with Dolby digitalsound reproduction system.

The Main Theatre (370 seats), one Preview Theatre (72 seats) havemultipurpose facilities of 35 mm and video projection arrangement.

The Library : The fast growing library of the Institute is located in a two-storied building with a large reading hall, a well -equipped video viewingroom with several viewing booths and a music room with several boothsfor listening and studying music. At present the library has an impressivecollection of books, periodicals, VHS cassettes, LDs/DVDs/VCDs.

Film Library : The Institute Film Library has a collection of 1451 films(feature : 501 and documentary : 950). The films are used mostly foracademic purposes.

Students’ Hostel : The new hostel, started in 2001 has a capacity of 160seats in addition to two dining halls and a kitchen, recreation room, medicalroom with a Gymnasium, intercom connections.

Residential Complex : The Institute has 41 quarters for housing itsemployees.

Guest House : The Institute has Guest House with two VIP suits and 16Double bed room accommodations with facilities of dining hall, kitchen,a beautiful lounge, reception, storeroom and a courtyard.

Other Facilities :

� One in campus post office operated by the Department of Post, Govt.of India.

� One Canteen operated by a private contractor.

Academic Affairs :

Admission process for the admission of the 7th batch of students wascompleted during the financial year and the students are undergoing regularclasses.

Post-Graduate Diploma Course on offer:

Name of the Course Three -Year Post Graduate Diploma in Cinema

Course Duration 3 ( Three) Years

Minimum Qualification Graduate or equivalent (For Sound Recording:With Physics as one of the subjects at the 10+2level)


Present Strength:

SN COURSES ON OFFER NO. OF STRENGTH OF STUDENTS(PG Diploma Course) SEATS DURING 2007-2008

5th BATCH 6th BATCH 7th BATCH TOTAL

1. Film Direction & 10 10 08 10 28Screenplay Writing

2. Motion Picture 10 10 08 10 28Photography

3. Editing 10 10 09 10 29

4. Sound Recording 10 07 08 10 25

Total 40 37 33 40 110

N.B. 1. Two seats reserved in every course for foreign students.

2. Reservation as per the extant Govt. norms

Admission Method to PG Diploma Course Conducted by theInstitute

Admission is through a competitive entrance examination held on an allIndia basis held annually. The entrance examination consists of a writtentest followed by an interactive orientation session & viva-voce for short-listed candidates. New admissions are done in July/August and theadmission process starts in January/February every year. Admissionadvertisement appears in the employment News and selects majornewspapers all over India. While the written test is held at multiple centersall over the country; the interactive orientation session & viva-voce is heldat the Institute premises in Kolkata. The written examination consists of acommon paper on General Knowledge & Mental Aptitude and anotherpaper on Specific Area Aptitude in the discipline of choice.

Study/Educational Tours

During the period SRFTI Students went to Italy under Student Programmebetween ZeLIG-school for Documentary, Television and New Media.Bolrano, Italy followed by ZeLIG students workshop at SRFTI.

Apart from that a High Defination Workshop was conducted by NHK,Japan Broadcasting Corporation and NHK Visit to India Students/Filmmakers for India series programme.

Some other festivals attended by the students

� International competition of Kanu Behl DocumentaryCinema du Reel at France–


� Lisbon International Indepedent Raka Dutta “Chinese Whispers”Film Festival-2007

� Cannes Film Festival –2007 Raka Dutta “Chinese Whispers”

� Berlin Talent Campus International Film Festival -2007

� Kerala Film Festival-2007 Sanjiv Kumar Behera “KulaiChula”

� Asian Film Festival of 1st Film, Bishnu Dev I-lalder DocumentarySingapore “Bagher Bachha”

Regular Faculty of the Institute

The Institute has a core faculty of 8 teachers, which includes three AssistantProfessors and five Lecturers. All members of the existing faculty arepersons of standing in their respective fields and are either ex-film schoolgraduates or professionals of repute.

Guest Faculty of the Institute

The Institute adopts the system of drawing from working professionals fromthe industry as Guest Faculty for taking classes and practical on specialsubjects. Moreover, keeping in view the miniscule size of the regularfaculty, the Institute occasionally has to depend on the guest faculty evenfor routine classes. Apart from this, the Institute also invites eminentprofessionals/experts in cinema and television to conduct workshops.Following are some of the experts of the media who conducted theworkshops:

Pankaj Rishi Kumar, Avinash A Chandiramani, Debjit Biswas, RanjeetBahadur, Suresh Pai, Arjun Gourisaria, Abhijit Dasgupta, Santosh Sivan,Kundan Shah, Amos Gitai, Tsemberopouloas, Vinay Shukla, GirishKasarravalli, Asim Sinha, Ranjit Bahadur, Argha Kamal Mitra, AnupMukhopadhyay, Aswin Ranganathan, Amitabh Chakraborty, SureshRajamani, Anup Dev, Netailal Chakraborty, Soumendu Roy. MalayBhattcharya, Anup Ganguly, Indranil Ghosh, K.K.Jaiswal, MahendraKumar, R.V.Ramani, Mahesh Aney, Rajan Kothari. Barun Mukherjee,Kumar Sahani, Subhalaxmi Mukherjee, Shama Zaidi, Sohag Sen.

Screening Programme and Festivals and Retrospectives

During 2007-2008, over 210 feature/short Films were screened as part ofthe academic activities. In addition to the regular screenings, the studentsattended the Kolkata Film Festival held in November, 2007 which wasmade a part of their curriculum.


Festivals attended by Students and faculty

� Kolkata International Film Festival. Kolkata- November, 2007

� International Film restival of India. Goa, 2007

� Kerala International Film Festival-2007

International Lecture/Seminar/Workshop organized by SRFTI

� Satyajit Ray Memorial Talk-2007 (Speech delivered by Shri GautamGhosh)

� Docedge-2007 (International Documentary Workshop)

� Fuji Cinemascope Workshop 2008 (Conducted by Shri Santosh Sivan)

� Kodak Workshop (Conducted by Mahesh Aney)

Subrata Mitra Kodak Scholarship

A Kodak Workshop was conducted to pay tribute to the maestro of IndianCinema Subrata Mitra. Kodak has instituted a Scholarship titled SubrataMitra Kodak Scholarship for the best cinematographer in the Diploma Filmeach year.

Training in Visual Anthropology for ASI

Specially designed workshop on Visual Anthropology for Scholars &Technicians of Anthropological Survey of India.

ERP

Major functional activities like academic activity management, projectmanagement and financial management, material management and financialmanagement are being Computerized by implementing ERP (EnterpriseResource Planning) package of order. Oracle E-Business suite with customdevelopment.

This computerization is expected to help Institute in future for bettermanagement of major activates through integration of major functionalactivities.

Visit of Important Dignitaries

During the period the institute was visited by several dignitaries anddelegations from abroad, including the following:

Audrius Stonys, Leena Pasanen, Stefano Tealdi, Rada Sesic, Paul RainerHartleb, Ryota Kotani, Cara Mertes, Hans Robert Eisenhauer. Axel Amo,Giles Trendle, Cynthia Kane, Amos Getai, Yorgos. John W. Hood,Ramprasad Devineni, Suranjan Ganguli, Margarita Garpe, Philppe


Mertineaii. Naotoka Doi, Atsushi Murakani, Furniyuki Soto, KazunariTonaka, Koji Kateyama, Ryoma Nakazaki and Akio Taniguchi.

CHILDREN’S FILM SOCIETY, INDIA

Formed in 1955 under the Society Act of 1860, the Children’s Film Society,India (CFSI) is an autonomous body, functioning under the aegis ofMinistry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India. Theformation of CFSI was based on the recommendation of Film and EnquiryCommittee which was set up by the Government of India in 1949, withthe aim of harnessing the medium of cinema to provide healthyentertainment for children in particular and the youth in general.

CFSI conducts film festivals all over India, reaching 40 lakh children inremote areas annually. In the 11th’ Five Year Plan, FSI’s aim is toprogressively expand its reach to most of the 36% of the countries youngIndia who are under the age of 15. With these objectives in view, we regardthe Children’s Film Society, India and the film movement as an essentialpart of the overall programme of children’s welfare and it should beenvisaged by all concerned in this broader framework. The success of thismovement will only be possible when it can secure the willing co-operationof the Central Ministry of Education, the State Ministries, otherDepartments of the Government, as well as public and non-official agenciesassociated with it.

“Children’s Film which have a tremendous influence on the minds ofchildren, should be encouraged by all like thinking persons” - Pt. JawaharLal Nehru.

The CFSI has 3 prime objectives viz., Production & acquisition of films,Distribution and Organisation of International Children’s Film Festival.

� Production & Procurement : CFSI is engaged in the production offeature films, featurettes, animation, short films, puppet films and TVserials. The organisation also procures exhibition rights of awardwinning Indian and Foreign films. Such films acquired in variousforeign languages are then dubbed into Indian languages and exhibitedthrough theatres and T.V. medium.

� During 52 years of its existence CFSI has produced over 100 featurefilms and 150 short films, animation, documentary, puppet and serials.During the year 2007-08, 12 films including feature and short were inprogress. However, 3 feature films were dubbed in South Indianlanguages.


� Distribution & Marketing of Films: The CFSI has a marketing sectionbased in Mumbai with two branch offices at Delhi and Chennai and isengaged in the task of exhibiting films in theatres, schools, on TV andthrough sale of VHS CDs. The marketing activities of the CFSI canbe broadly divided into following heads:

Individual Screening at Theatres and Schools : This activity is mainlyto cater to the requirements of any school or welfare organization. Anyindividual or school can produce a film of their choice on payment of fixedhire charges and exhibit to the children.

District level & State level Festivals; In order to broad base the exhibitionactivities, CFSI carries children cinema to district and mofussil areas. Acapsuled programme is provided to the district administration for a periodof 5-7 days. The programmes are popularly known as ‘Children’s FilmFestivals’.

Telecast : CFSI films apart from being telecast on Doordarshan, have alsoshown on various T.V, channels like Sahara, Star Gold, etc.

Screening in Municipal Schools: In order to cater to the urban poor, ruraland tribal children, CFSI has introduced a new scheme to organizecommunity screenings in the remotest parts of the country. The servicesof various NGOs are taken to carry out this scheme. The CFSI expects tocover some 38 lakh children annually through these screenings spread allover the country.

During the year 2007-08, the Marketing Division of CFSI has arranged6589 shows covering 31,71,222 children audience.

Participation in International Film Festival: CFSI’s new films are sentto various competitive film festivals all over the world. Many films havewon awards, acclaims and accolades through these festivals at Internationallevel.

Activities in North East: CFSI promotes children’s films in regionallanguages through production and exhibition.

Sale of VHS & VCDs: The CFSI films are also available on video cassettesand CDs for private screenings. 17 VHS cassettes and 1123 VCDs weresold during the year 2007-08.

� Organisation of International Children’s Film Festivals: CFSIorganizes a biennial International Children’s Film Festival called ‘TheGolden Elephant’. The 15th Edition of ‘The Golden Elephant’ was heldat Hyderabad from 14th to 20th November, 2007.


NATIONAL FILM DEVELOPMENTCORPORATION LIMITED

National Film Development Corporation of India is the central agencyestablished to encourage the good cinema movement in the country. Theprimary goal of the NFDC is to plan, promote and organize an integratedand efficient development of the Indian Film Industry and foster excellencein cinema. Over the years NFDC has provided a wide range of servicesessential to the growth of Indian Cinema. The NFDC (and its predecessorthe film Finance Corporation) has so far funded / produced over 300 featurefilms. These films, in various Indian languages, have been widely acclaimedand have won many national and international awards. Some of thelandmark films of NFDC includes, Gandhi (English) by Sir RichardAttenborough, Salaam Bombay (Hindi) by Mira Nair, Mirch Masala (Hindi)by Ketan Mehta, Jaane Bhi Do Yaaron (Hindi) by Kundan Shah, TheMaking of the Mahatma (English/Hindi) by Shyam Benegal, Rudaali(Hindi) by Kalpana Lajmi, Ghare Bhaire (Bengali) by Satyajit Ray.

NFDC encourages new talent and to promote the multi-lingual diversityof Indian Cinema, produces entirely the first feature film of a Director tobe made in any Indian language subject to budgetary cap under this scheme.

The films are in various stages of production / completed:

Bioscope (Malayalam) by K M Madhusudhnan

Paltadacho Munis (The Man Beyond the Bridge) (Konkani) by LaxmikantShetgaonkr

Sanskar (Bengali) by Nabyendu Chatterjee

Maya Bazaar (Bengali) by Joydeep Ghosh (Under Production) Parichay(Rajasthani) by Seema Kapoor (Under Production) Simultaneously, theCorporation also endeavours to co-produce small budget, good qualitycommercially viable films with partners within India and abroad on apublic-private partnership basis. Under this scheme, the following filmsare in various stages of production / completed:

Via Darjeeling (Hindi) by Arindam Nandy

Manjadikuru (Malayalam) Lucky Red Seeds by Anjali Menon

The White Elephant (Hindi) by Aizaz Khan

Bubble Gum (Hindi) by Sanjeevan Lal (Under Production)


NFDC also aims to promote the growth of Indian Cinema through otheractivities such as Script development, promotion of films made byindependent filmmakers in markets abroad, and creation of platforms forgreater interaction between Indian filmmakers and members of the filmfraternity abroad through the Film Bazaar organized by NFDC along sidethe International Film Festival of India in Goa since November, 2007.

NFDC participates regularly in major Film Markets across the world witha view to not only promoting its own films, but also facilitating theexpansion of global markets for Indian Cinema as a whole. NFDC alsooffer subtitling facilities at discounted rates on films for which NFDC isthe Marketing Agent. NFDC also provides pre-production and post-production technical infrastructure support to the film industry, keeping inpace with the latest technological developments.

NFDC has set up a Laser Subtitling Unit which undertakes subtitling offilms in various Indian and Foreign languages. This Unit caters to positiveand inter positive celluloid films with several Hindi Feature Films havingbeen subtitled in various Indian languages. The recent incorporation of newsoftware has enabled Laser Subtitling in Russian language as well. The Unitis also equipped with Video Subtitling facilities in multi-language formatsfor all formats of video as well as DVD/VLD Mastering facilities for allformats of Video. NFDC has also provides other technical facilitie’s suchas;

� Cine Camera 35mm ARRI BL III and ARRI III with latest flicker freevideo to assist pre-production facilities available at all centres.

� Video Center, Chennai, undertakes Telecine Transfer, VideoDuplication, Multi-lingual Subtitling, Avid Non-Linear and VCD/DVDMastering Duplication facilities. The Chennai Center also impartstraining workshops for students in the Avid Non-Linear Editing.

� Equipments and facilities in all formats of Video are available at theMumbai Project Section for editing and post-production work. The Unitis equipped with SDI and component facilities for recording.

NFDC continues to organize festivals of its own and acquired films all overthe country in collaboration with Film Societies, Universities, State FilmDevelopment Corporations, on a regular basis. The National Film Circleconducts screening of films in all the four metros with a view to spreadingculture of cinema.

NFDC has set-up a Trust in 1992 known as Cine Artistes Welfare Fund ofIndia (CAWFI) which extends Financial Assistance to needy Cine Artiste


of yesteryears. This is the biggest ever trust in the Indian Film Industry.The total amount of the Trust (including the Corpus of Rs.4.89 Crores)stands at Rs.6.70 Crores. More than 969 cine artistes have availed pensionand other benefits from the Trust and about 445 cine artistes are currentlyavailing financial assistance from the trust. Rs.42.36 lakhs have beendisbursed as pension to cine artistes in Financial Year 2007-2008.

Review of Plan Schemes (Financial/Physical Targets up to 30.11.2008Statement showing Financial/Physical targets for 2008-09.

Sr Name of the scheme Whether Proposed Year-wise AnnualNo. new or Xlth Plan phasing Physical

existing Outlay 2008-09 Targetsscheme (Rs. In (Rs.ln 2008-09

Crores ) Crores)

1. Film Production in various Existing 30.00 6.50 5 Filmsregional languages

2. International / Domestic co- New 25.00 5.00 2 Filmsproductions

3. Promotion of Indian Films in Existing 2.50 0.50 NilGlobal Markets

4. Script development New 2.50 0.50 8 Scripts

Financial / Physical Exenditure upto 30.11.2008

Sr Name of the scheme Year-wise Annual Actuals ActualsNo. phasing Physical 30.11.2008 upto

2008-09 Targets Financial 30.11.2008(Rs. In 2008-09 (Rs. In PhysicalCrores) Crores)

1. Film Production in various 6.50 5 Films 4.06 5 Filmsregional languages 1..Bio scope

(Malayalam)2..PaltadchoMunis ( Konkani)3..Maya Bazaar(Bengali)4..Parichay(Rajasthani)5..Sanskar(Bengali)

2. InternationaiJ Domestic co- 5.00 4 Films 1.12 4 Filmsproductions 1. Lucky Red

Seeds(Malayalam)2. Via Darjeeling(Hindi)


3. The WhiteElephant (Hindi)4. Bubble Gum(Hindi)

3. Promotion of Indian Films in 0.50 NilGlobal Markets

4. Script development 0.50 8 Scripts

Highlights of the Performance of the Corporation in the last five years.

(Rs. in lakhs )

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08

Authorised Capital 1400.00 1400.00 1400.00 1400.00 1400.00

Paid Up Capital 1399.99 1399.99 1399.99 1399.99 1399.99

Turnover 3690.65 2209.28 3786.71 2402.95 3318.99

Expenditure including provision 4616.14 2596.02 3538.56 2908.55 3456.55for depreciation, interest,amortisation and debts

Profit / Loss before tax (925.49)* (386.74)* 248.15 (505.60)* (227.57)*

199Media Organizations - State Governments & Union Territories

MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS

STATE GOVERNMENTS

ANDHRA PRADESH

CAPITAL: Hyderabad; PrincipalLanguages: Telugu and Urdu; Area:2,75,069 sq. kms.; Population: 762.10Lakhs ( 2001 ); Literacy percentage:60.5; Number of Newspapers: 1898 (281dailies); Circulation of Major & MediumNewspapers as on 28.5.2007 Eenadu(Telugu) all editions 11,29,849, AndhraPrabha (Telugu) 3,78,041, Andhra Jyothi(Telugu) 3,65,000, Rahnuma-E-Deccan(Urdu) 26,612, Siasat (Urdu) 43,201,Deccan Chronicle (English) 6,07,446, Citizens Evening (English) 52,338;Radio Stations (AM): Hyderabad, Vijayawada, Visakhapatnam., Cuddapahand Adilabad; Radio Stations (F.M.): Nizamabad, Kothagudem, Warangal,Kurnool, Anantapur, Tirupati, Markapur Vijayawada, Visakhpatnam andHyderabad; FM (Rainbow) : Hyderabad, Vijayawada & Visakhpatnam ;Vividh Bharati : Hyderabad ; Private FM Stations in Andhra Pradesh : BigFM 92.7 SFM 93.3 Radio City 91.1 Radio Mirchi 98.3; DoordarshanKendra: High Power Transmitters (HPTs): Hyderabad, Vijayawada,Visakhapatnam, Anantapur and, Tirupathi Hills; Low Power Transmitters(LPTs): Rajahmundry, Cuddapah, Tirupati, Kurnool, Kakinada, Nellore,Mahabubnagar, Bhadrachalam, Khammam, Srikakulam, Amalapuram,Bhimadole, Ongole, Chittoor, Proddatoor, Adoni, Ramagundam, Guntakal,Nandyal„ Yellandu, Hindupur, Siddipet, Bheemavaram, Giddalur, Atmakur,Jagityal, Gadwal, Hyderabad (DD-2); Private channels : ETV, ETV2,Gemini, Teja, Z-telugu, TV9, MAA TV Number of Cinema Theatres.-2378;Multiplexes : 2 ; Film Studios : 8.

Organisation

Information and Public Relations Department is headed by a SpecialCommissioner assisted by Director, Additional Directors, Joint Directors,Chief Information Engineer, Deputy Directors, Regional InformationEngineers, Assistant Directors and Editors. The Commissionerate hasdifferent sections namely, Media Relations, Publications, Photo, Planning


and Field Publicity, Advertisements, Film, Song and Drama, Exhibitions,Media Information Monitoring Section, Audio/Video Engineering,Administration, Inspections and Accounts section. In addition there is aseparate ‘Publicity Cell” in the Secretariat.

Media Relations

During the year (2006-07) 45,772 press releases, 1060 feature articles, 1734success stories and 40,560 photographs were released from theCommissionerate.

Field Publicity

The District Public Relations Officers and Divisional Public RelationsOfficers look after field publicity in their respective jurisdiction.

Song and Drama

The traditional art forms like Harikatha, Burrakatha, Gollasuddulu,Oggukatha and street plays are being used to project Government policiesand development programmes to have a better reach to the masses in ruralareas. Special cultural programmes and audio cassettes, utilising theservices of professional artists were also arranged. 2514 Song and Dramaprogrammes were arranged during the year 2006-07.

Advertisement

The Government has centralised issue of classified advertisements w.e.f.January 1, 1994 in respect of Government Departments and Public SectorUndertakings and Government Corporations through the Department ofInformation and Public Relations.

During the year from April 2006 to March 2007, 4339 classifiedadvertisements, 30 display - advertisements to newspapers, 274 classifiedadvertisements of Corporations and 302 land acquisition notifications wereissued.

Publications

During the year (2006-07), 46 adhoc publications containing developmentalactivities of State Government were brought out. The department is bringingout a monthly journal “ANDHRA PRADESH” in Telugu and Urdulanguages. Special articles on Cultural Heritage, Literature, Tourism, Sports,Films, etc., are being covered in the journal. The copies of AP Journal arebeing sold in open market and made available to VIPs, Writers, Editors,Accredited Journalists, all District Libraries, Gram Panchayats andSubscribers.


Exhibitions

Periodical exhibitions highlighting the various developmental programmesand schemes of the Government were organised. Department arrangedphoto exhibitions whenever the Central and State Committees visited thestate to assess damage caused by natural calamities. A week-long photoexhibition was arranged at Jubilee hall on the occasion of 75 year GoldenJubilee Celebrations.

Information Centres

There are 8 State Information Centres functioning at Hyderabad,Vijayawada, Visakhapatnam, Rajahmundry, Tirupathi, Tirumala, Warangaland Kurnool apart from AP Information Centre at New Delhi. DistrictInformation Centres at District Headquarters and Divisional InformationCentres at Divisional Level are supervised by the officers concerned.

Research and Reference

A well equipped Reference Library with over 20,000 books and reports ismaintained by the Department.

Feedback Services

The Department furnished clippings in English, Telugu and Urdu fromnewspapers to the Hon’ble Chief Minister/Ministers and Secretaries in theGovernment every day to keep them abreast with the trends in publicopinion.

State Level Awards

The A.P. State Film, Television & Theatre Development Corporation,established during 1975 for promotion of film industry in the state, produced4 documentaries, 3 short films, 12 newsreels and 103 quickies on differentsubjects during 2006-07. The Corporation has disbursed an amount of Rs.7.43 lakhs towards cash subsidy to children film and issued EntertainmentTax Concession Certificates to 81 Telugu feature filims during 2006-07.The Corporation proposes to organise Nandi Film/TV Awards for the year2005 and 2006 in the year financial year 2007-08. It has organised TheatreAward for the year 2006 at Nizamabad during January, 2007.

ARUNACHAL PRADESH

CAPITAL: Itanagar; Principal Languages: Local dialect of differentcommunity (Monpa, Miji Aka, Sherdukpen, Nyishi, Apatani, Tagin, HillMiri, Adi, Khampti, Nocte, Idu-Mishmi, Tangsa, Wancho); Area: 83,743


sq. kms.; Population: 10,96,702;Literacy Percentage: 54.74;Number of Newspapers: 4 dailies,2 weeklies; Circulation ofNewspapers: N/A; PrincipalDailies: Arunachal Times, Echo ofArunachal, Eastern Citizen, TheDawn Lit Post and weeklies:Arunachal Front and ArunachalNews; Radio Stations: N/A; FMN/A; Doordarshan Kendra: (i)High Power Transmitters (HPTs): Itanagar;(ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs): Pasighat, Tezu and Miao; (iii) VeryLow Power Transmitters, (VLPTs) : Along, Geku, Ziro, Raga, Daporijo,Manigong, Pipidipu, Yomcha, Basar, Mariyang, Palin, Taliha, Baririjo,Darak, Mechuka Sangram, Boleng and Sagalee (the Maintenance of theseTransmitters is at Itanagar), Tawang, Seijosa, Chayangtajo, Bomdila, Seppa,Dirang, Kalaktang, Rupa (the maintenance centre of these transmitters isDDMC Tezpur), Namsai, Roing, Changlang, Hayuliang, Khonsa, Anini,Nampong, Gensi, Tirbin,Tuting, Hunli, Liromoba, Yingkiong, Kaying andKhimyong (the maintenance of these transmitters is DDMC, Dibrugarh);(iv) Relay Centres: N/A; Number of Cinema Theatres: N/A ( PermanentN/A ....; Touring........N/A.....).

Organisation

The Directorate of Information, Public Relations and Printing is headedby a Director, who is assisted by three Deputy Directors, one AssistantDirector and number of Technical officers. They include PhotographicOfficer, Art Expert, PROs, Publication Manager and Administrative Officer.The Directorate has ten sections namely (a) Publication Cell (b) ProjectionCell (c) Community Listening Cell (d) Art and Exhibition Cell (e) Songand Drama Unit (f) Photographic Cell (g) Film Production Cell (h)Advertising Cell and (i) Video and TV cell.

Press Publicity

Daily press releases, photo releases are carried out both from headquartersas well as the District Offices of the Directorate covering VVIP/VIP visitsand important developmental activities. Feed back services are alsoprovided to the government by the Directorate in various forms.

Projection Cell

The Directorate has 41 Projection Units all over the State with necessary


staff and equipment. Each projection unit on an average puts up 15 filmsshows in a month apart from other allied activities including publicitycampaigns on various issues.

Art and Exhibition Cell

This organizes photographic exhibitions on various important occasionsincluding participation in the Republic Day Tableau at New Delhi.

Song and Drama

The unit performs cultural programmes at various places within and outsidethe State to promote national integration and cultural development of theState.

Publications Cell

It deals with publication of “ Arunachal Review “, a quarterly magazine,Arunachal Pradesh Gazette, folders, pamphlets, booklets, brochures,posters, stickers, diary and calendar and other related works.

Photo and Films

Photo coverages are provided to different developmental activities and aremade available to different press media for publication. It also preservephotos for future record/reference.

Community Listening Cell

There are as many as 2260 Community Listening centers spread all overthe State disseminating information through radio network.

Film Production Cell

The Directorate has produced 22 documentary films both on VHS andcelluloid on different subjects so far.

Printing Press

It undertakes printing of all publications of the State Government.

Advertisement Cell

All Government advertisements are released to the newspapers by this cell.

ASSAM

CAPITAL: Dispur; Principal Language: Assamese; Area: 78,438 Sq. Kms;Population: 26,63,807; Literacy Percentage: 64.28; Number of


Newspapers: N/A.; Dailies: 28;Bi-Weeklies: 7; Weeklies: 9;Circulation of Newspapers:Cover 32% of total population;Principal Dailies: English: TheAssam Tribune, The Sentinel, theNorth East Times; Assamese:Ammar Asom, Asomiya Pratidin,Dainik Janambhumi, DainikAgradoot, Dainik Asom; RadioStations: 11; FM Stations: 4; Doordarshan Kendra: 3; (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs): 5;(ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs): 21; (iii) VeryLow Power Transmitters (VLPTs): I; (iv) Relay Centres: 33; Number ofCinema Theatres: 144; Permanent : 129; Touring : 15.

Organisation

The Directorate of Information and Public Relations is a level oneDirectorate of the State Government headed by a Director and consists ofnumbers of media units like Press Liaison, Production, Exhibition, FieldPublicity, Film, Photography, Cultural Unit, Press Research and InformationCentre, etc. The Directorate has a hill wing with head quarters at Haflong.One Additional Directorate is incharge of Hill wing. Besides, there are threeRegional Officers at Jorhat, Kokrajhar and Silchar and one Deputy DIPR’soffice at Karbi-Anglong, Diphu.

At District level, there are 19 (Nineteen) District Information and PublicRelations Officers and at Sub-Divisional level, there are 23 (Twenty-Three)Sub-Divisional Information and Public Relations Officers. In addition, thereare Assam Information Centres each in Delhi and Kolkata.

The Directorate of Information and Public Relations is headed by aDirector, who is assisted by 2 (two) Additional Director of Information andPublic Relations, 4 (four) Joint Director of Information and PublicRelations, 4 (four) Deputy Director of Information and Public Relations,and, 11 (eleven) Liaison Officers, Press Research Officer, PublicationManager, etc. The Directorate has several sections namely (a) Publication(b) Art and Exhibition (c) Song and Drama (d) Photographic (e) FilmProduction (f) Advertising (g) Video and TV (h) Computer (i) PaperClipping, etc.

Press Liaison Section

The Press Liaison Section is one of the most important functionary of theDirectorate. This section keeps close liaison with the press and media


organisations. It issues regularly press releases, press notes, governmentstatements, clarifications, photographs, etc., and co-ordinates to organiseprogrammes of VVIP, VIP and important government functions, meeting,seminars, etc. It takes care of conducted tours, issuance of Accreditationand Recognition Card to the press and media persons. This Section keepsclose watch over various news items appearing in the newspapers and paperclippings are sent to the concerning authorities regularly.

Field Publicity

In every District and Civil Sub-Division of the State there is District andSub-Divisional Information and Public Relations Officer under thisDirectorat equipped with vehicles, public address system, film projector,cinema, etc. Seminars, Group discussions and Essay competitions areorganised amongst the students of school, college and university. Inaddition, launching of anti-insurgency programmes, campaign on peace andnon-violence have also been taken up.

Song and Drama

The Directorate has its own Cultural troupe attached to Head Office atDispur consisting of staff artists and also a mini cultural troupe for BarakValley region and this is attached to the District Information and PublicRelations Office, Cachar, Silchar.

Advertisement

The Directorate has an Advertising Section. All the State GovernmentAdvertisements are routed through this Directorate. Expenditure for displayand classified advertisements is also borne by this Directorate.

Publications

The Directorate publishes one weekly newspaper Raijor Batori, onemonthly journal Asoma in Assamese language and a monthly AssamInformation in English language and also publishes two monthly newsbulletins Raidoni Khurand in Bodo language and Sillo Millo in Misinglanguage. Besides booklets, pamphlets, folders, posters, etc., are publishedfrom time to time.

Photo and Films

The Directorate releases press photographs to various newspapers and newsagencies. There is a photo laboratory in this Directorate. Video films arealso regularly sent to DDK. This Directorate uses to send digital stillphotographs to various newspapers and news agencies through Internetregularly.


Community Viewing Scheme

In Block and Panchayat level some community viewing centres have beenestablished for viewing Television and Video programmes for rural masses.

Exhibition

This Directorate has a self contained Exhibition Unit at headquarter Dispurapart from 3 (Three) mini Exhibitions units at Haflong (Hill Cell), Jorhatand Tezpur.

Information Centres / Library

The Directorate consists of three Information Centres, one at Dispur witha reference Library and another two at New Delhi and Kolkata.

Research and Reference Section

The Research and Reference section is responsible to provide services tojournalists, Officials and Scholars and also makes available the newspaperclippings.

Feed Back Services

Press and People’s opinion and reactions are compiled and submitted tothe Government regularly. The Inter Media Publicity Co-ordinationCommittee (IMPCC) reviews and monitors the functioning of the Mediaorganisations based at Guwahati. All the heads of media wings of the Stateand Central Government are the members of this Committee.

Website and E-mail Address

www.assamgov.org and

E- mail - [email protected] / Janasanyog mail@cijrediffmaiLcom

BIHAR

CAPITAL: Patna; PrincipalLanguage: Hindi; Area: 94,163 sq.kms, Population:8,29,98,509;Literacy percentage: Male-60.32Female-33.57; Number ofNewspapers: 1581 (Dailies 404);Circulation of Daily Newspapers:38,75,534 copies of 131Newspapers; Principal Dailies:


Hindustan (Hindi), Patna. Aj (Hindi) Patna; Doordarshan Kendra: HighPower Transmitters (HPTs): Patna, Ranchi, Katihar, Daltonganj; LowPower Transmitters (LPTs): Gaya Munger, Dhanbad, Purnia, Bhagalpur,Jamshedpur, Darbhanga, Bettiah, Bokaro, Begusarai, Motihari, Forbesganj,Buxar, Gopalganj, Deoghar, Madhepura, Dumka, Ghatshila, Khagaria,Jamui; Relay Centre: Nil; Number of Cinema Theatres: 386.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations which is headed bya Director General has the following sections (a) Press and Advertisement(b) Publications (c) Song and Drama (d) Periodicals (e) Exhibition FilmProduction (g) Maintenance, and (h) Radio,

At the Headquarters the Director General is assisted by Directors, joint andDeputy Directors in charge of various media and an Assistant Director. TheFilm Section is headed by the Film Production Officer, Maintenance Sectionby a Maintenance Engineer and Radio Section by a Radio Engineer. TheExhibition Officer is in charge of the Exhibition Wing of the department.The Department has constituted a service known as Bihar InformationService since April, 1981 and has a cadre strength of 75 sectioned posts.

In the field, there are Joint and Deputy Directors at the DivisionalHeadquarters and District Public Relations Officers at the DistrictHeadquarters. Additional District Public Relations Officers are posted atmany of the Sub-Divisional Headquarters.

Besides there is a Press Advisor in charge of the Bihar Information Centreat New Delhi.

Song and Drama

The Song and Drama Section which utilises live entertainment media forcreating awareness among the masses in rural Bihar was set up in 1956 asan in built cell of the Information and Public Relations Department. Today,it has become a major section of the Information and Public RelationsDepartment. Besides a unit at Headquarters, it has six Divisional unitsposted at Divisional Headquarters. The basic theme handled by the sectionin these field programmes is related to various aspects of nationalintegration, communal harmony, democratic values and developmentactivities. Special shows were organised on eradication of untouchability,family welfare, rural health scheme, village and small industries, adulteducation and different aspects of socio-economic change.

Publications

Monthly Bihar, is published in English, Hindi and Urdu from


Headquarters and The Adivasi, a Hindi weekly and Hor Sambad Santhaliweekly are published from Ranchi and Dumka respectively. Special issuesof these journals are published on Independence Day and Republic Day.Publicity literature. such as posters, booklets, leaflets on differentdevelopment activities, national integration and communal harmony werepublished.

Films

There are ten Divisional Units working under this section. A total of 80units are functioning at the Divisional and District Sub-Divisional level.During 2006, 2007 and 2008 Film festivals were organized in Patna. FilmAppreciation Course was conducted at Soochna Bhawan.

Exhibitions

Exhibitions are organised in tribal areas also, which are visited by thousandsof Adivasis and non-Adivasis. Besides, small exhibitions are organised onactivities cultural aspects. The Exhibition Wing is well equipped and hastwo mobile units each at Ranchi and Muzaffarpur.

Information Centres

There is one State Information Centre at the Headquarters, seven DivisionalInformation Centres at the Divisional Headquarters, 70 Information Centresat District and Sub-Divisional levels. In Delhi there is one InformationCentre headed by a Press Advisor which caters the needs ofparliamentarians, pressmen and the public with respect to news andmaterials regarding Bihar. It is equipped with teleprinter, T.V. libraryfacilities and photography section. In all there are 80 Information Centres.Special arrangements were made to impart latest information during theKosi disaster.

Field Publicity

Eighty-two Mobile Units are fully equipped with cinema projectors,generators and publicity vans. Film shows are arranged with the help ofthese units. Ten Divisional Headquarters units are equipped with superpower public address sets equipment and District Headquarters units with78 pieces of high power public address sets. Besides, there are 170 lowpower public address sets in various sub-divisional units. Two exhibitionwings are also fully equipped with cinema projectors, public address setsand other equipment for publicity. The units also arrange public meetingsand group talks and launch intensive publicity campaigns on subjects oflocal and national importance.


Information Cell

For collecting developmental news from various departments with a viewto giving adequate publicity at the policy making stage, the Directorate hascreated an Information Cell.


The section maintains indexing and clipping services and library facilitiesat the State Headquarters.

Press

The Press Section of the department feeds the electronic and print mediaregularly. Regular press-notes are issued. Video coverage of importantprogrammes is done. The officers of the department posted at headquarterstagged with different government departments file stories, which are dulyreleased. Photography wing of this section also covers the governmentprogrammes.

Advertisement

The classified and display advertisements of the government are releasedto the newspapers through the advertisement section of the department.

Feedback Services

Press reactions are analysed regularly. Public Relations studies arecollected, and compiled and sent to concerned departments by the FieldOfficers.

CHHATTISGARH

CAPITAL : Raipur; PrincipalLanguage : Hindi; Area : 1,35,100 Sq.k.m.; Population : 2,07,95,956;Literacy percentage: 65.18. Numberof Newspapers: 219. Dailies 64,Weeklies 112; Fortnightlies 17,Monthlies 26; Principal Dailies:Raipur : Dainik Bhaskar, Navabharat,Deshbandhu, Haribhoomi, Agradoot,Jansatta, Central Cronicle, HindustanTimes, Hitavada, Raudramukhi Swar,Pratidin Rajdhani, Samachar Lok,


Rashtriya Hindi Mail; Bastar : Dandakaranya Samachar, Highway Channel,Bastar Kiran, Hindsat; Dhamtari : Prakhar Samachar, M.P. Deluxe Times;Durg : Chintak, Amar Kiran, Pahat, Shram Bindu; Rajnandgaon: SaberaSanket, Nandgaon Times, Chhattisgarh Jhalak, Chhattisgarh Yug, DainikDawa; Bilaspur: Bhaskar, Navabharat, Deshbandhu, Haribhoomi, LokSwar, Prajashakti, Agradoot; Raigarh : Raigarh Sandesh, Kelo Pravah,Ajitwani; Sarguja : Ambikavani; Korba : Aranyachal, Tarun Chhattisgarh,Karnapriya, Samvad Sadhana, Rashtriya Vijay Mail, Sandhya SamikshakDainik Lokswar; Doordarsahan : There are two programming stations atRaipur and Bastar; High Power Transmitters : 4 at Jagadalpur, Ambikapur,Raipur 2; Low Power Transmitters : 15 at Manendragarh, Pendra Road,Korba, Kharasia, Sakti, Raigarh, Bilaspur, Champa, Kharod, Dongargarh,Dalli Rajhara, Narayanpur, Konta, Bailadila; Very Low Transmitters: 7 atPatthalgaon, Jashpurnagar, Sarangagarh, Koelibeda, Pankhajur, Kondagaon,Bijapur. Akashwani: There are 5 all India Radio Stations - Raipur, Bilaspur,Ambikapur, Jagadalpur and Raigarh; Number of Cinema theatres : 88

Organisation

The Directorate of Public Relations is headed by a Director, an LA.S.officer of the Joint Secretary rank. The Directorate structure consists of 2Additional Directors, 5 Joint Directors, 10 Deputy Directors and 12Assistant Directors. District Offices of the Directorate of Public Relationsare functioning in all 16 districts of the State.

There are information Centres at Raipur and Bilaspur. Directorate also plansto set up informations centre at Delhi and Bombay very soon.

All headquarters the work is mainly divided into following wings:

(1) Press Release and Public Relations, (2) Publications, (3) Field Publicity,(4) Advertisement, (5) Administration and Accounts, (6) Films, (7)Registration and Reference.

Website

Website of Directorate of Public Relations ‘dprchhattisgarh.org’ is beingdeveloped. Once launched, the website will provide all necessaryinformation about Chhattisgarh State, daily press releases, photographs, etc.

Field Publicity

Filed Publicity Section organizes exhibitions and cultural programmesthroughout the State. This wing also arranges tableau for Republic Daycelebrations. In Republic day celebrations 2002 Chhattisgarh though beinga newborn state, state’s tableau and cultural programme was widelyappreciated by Hon’ble Prime Minister and viewers.


Song and Drama

Song and Drama is a part of field publicity. To ensure wide publicity ofthe government policies and welfare programmes, cultural programmesbased on folk songs, plays and puppet show in local dialects are organised.

Reference Section

Reference Section provides reference materials to journalists, researchscholars and departmental officers on various subjects and events- bothcontemporary and past. The section supplies reference material pertainingto Chhattisgarh to various yearbooks published by different organizationsin the country.

Feedback Services

Newspapers clippings are provided to Governor, Chief Minister andMinisters and high officials of various departments enabling them to takefollow up action.

Press Publicity

The press section of the Directorate feeds the electronic and print mediaregularly. Press releases, photographs and feature articles are issuedthroughout the year. The Directorate co-ordinates publicity activities withall other departments. Also, visual coverage of various government eventsand activities are done.

Publications

In order to encourage journalists to pursue professional excellence, theDepartment of Public Relations has announced Chandulal Chandrakarfellowship of Rs. two lakh award annually.

Chhattisgarh Samvad

Chhattisgarh Samvad, an institution registered under cooperative act isengaged in multimedia activities. It has recently started publishing a weeklynewspaper ‘Rojgar Aur Niyojan’ from November 2002.

GOA

CAPITAL: Panaji; Principal Languages:Konkani (Official language),Marathi, English. Area: 3,702 sq. kms; Population: 13,48,000 (As per 2001Census); Literacy percentage: 82.32; Number of Newspapers: 10; PrincipalDailies: Navhind Times, (English), 25,000 Herald (English), 25,000


Gomantak Times (English), 5000, TheTimes of India (Goa Editions),Gomantak (Marathi) 22,000,Navprabha (Marathi) 5,000 TarunBharat (Marathi) 25,000, Goa Doot(Marathi), 5,000, Sanatan Prabhat(Marathi), 2,000 Sunaparant (Konkani),3,000 Rodio Stations : All India Radio(Prasar Bharti), MW/SW/FM andGyanwani. Doordarshan Kendra LocalChannels : Goa Doordarshan, Altinho-Panaji; Number of Cinema Halls/Multiplexes : 14. Cultural Centres:Kala Academy, Ravindra Bhavans andRajiv Kala Mandir.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Publicity is headed by a Director whois assisted by Joint Director and two Information Officers.

Press Publicity

The Department regularly issues press releases/advertisements andphotographs, besides TV coverages, organises press conferences and toursof journalists to various development projects in Goa as well asneighbouring areas and also provide feedback to government.

Field Publicity

The Department organises film shows, exhibitions and state film festival.

Publications

The Department brings out publications of various types including welfareschemes and other issues concerning Goa. Besides, achievements ofgovernments are highlighted through books/pamphlets. Special issues of“Nave Parva” are also published for projecting Goa’s development.TheDepartment also purchases books on Goa’s history, culture, etc.

Films

There is a plan scheme ‘production of films’under which films on variousaspects of goan life, welfare scheme and on ‘eminent Goans’ are produced.The Government has formulated a scheme “The Goa Scheme of FinancialAssistance for Films 2006” to extend financial assistance to Goan


filmmakers to encourage production of quality celluloid as well as tele-films, short films, documentaries, etc., and to boost the image of the stateof Goa in the film world. An assistance of upto 50% of the cost ofproduction of the film is given under the scheme.

The scheme is implemented by Entertainment Society of Goa. TheEntertainment society of Goa organises International Film Festival ofIndia (IFFI) every year.

Song and Drama Services

The traditional media is being utilised for propagating government schemesand programmes. Under the scheme the department provides finances forthe cultural programmes for propagating Government’s welfare schemes.

GUJARAT

CAPITAL: Gandhinagar; PrincipalLanguage: Gujarati; Area: 1,96,024sq. kms; Population: 5,06,71,017 (asper 2001); Literacy Percentage:69.29 %; Number of Newspapers:4045; Principal Dailies: GujaratSamachar, Sandesh, Divya Bhasker,Jansatta, Loksatta, Jai Hind, Timesof India, Indian Express, PhoolChhab, Saurshtra Samachar, Akila,Gujarat Mitra, Kutch Mitra,Saurashtra Bhoomi, Radio Stations (FM) Ahmedabad, Vadodara, Rajkot,Surat, Godhra Non F.M. Stations: Ahmedabad, Vadodara, Rajkot, Bhuj,Himmat Nagar and Ahwa. Doordarshan Kendra: 73 Centres (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs). 8 centres: Ahmedabad DD-1 and DD-2 Rajkot DD-1and DD-2 Surat DD-1 and DD-2 Dwarka, Bhuj (ii) Low Power Transmitters(LPTs) 62 Centres :(iii) Very Low Power Transmitters (VLPTs) 3 Centres :(iv)Relay Centres: NIL; Number of Cinema Theatres: 313 and Multiplexs 36.

OrganisationInformation Department of the state encourages the journalists byawarding prizes for the best writings. For the welfare of active journalists,State has introduced Group Insurance Scheme, under this scheme at least732 journalists have been covered till now. In case of natural deathRs. 50,000/- and in case of accidental death Rs. 1,00,000/- is paid to thekin of the deceased accredited journalist.


State Government brings out its own publication ‘Gujarat’(News featurefortnightly) with circulation of more than two lakh copies “RojgarSamachar” (Employment news weekly) with circulation of 57000 copies.Information Department brings out outlets, folders, posters, etc., on variouswelfare schemes of Government for free distribution among thepeople.Department had provided 52,315 news items, 337 articles andfeatures to the press for publishing.

Press Publicity

State has taken up various liberal policies for the press. As a result, Statehas 215 dailies, 1500 weeklies and 2330 other periodicals, to provide betterservices in the field of news and features to the press. State has strengthenedInformation Offices with modem electronics equipments and e-Governance.

Doordarshan

Gujarat has two DD studio one at Ahmedabad and other at Rajkot.Moreover, there are 7 AIR Stations with 6 FM Stations which highlightthe local culture, customs and tradition to create the public opinion.

The Directorate of Information does constant monitoring of news channelsand draws attention towards negative news and also gives clarification forthe same. The Department also records programmes for telecast onelectronic media. It also prepares CDs of the Government’s programmes.

State government has produced the following programmes

1. Zarookho 559 episodes2. Parivartan 480 episodes3. Yashgatha Gujaratni 212 episodes

to highlight culture, customs tradition, history, geography and welfareschemes of the state.

State Government also produces the Cassettes on culture, history, customsand traditions, education and development programmes which are screenedby the local cable network in the important cities of the state throughoutthe year.

State has adopted Information Technology policy. Under this policy,Government is upgrading the facilities in District Information Offices. Allthe 25 District Offices and state headquarters have been interconnected withelectronic data communication facilities

In the last decade, the importance and use of the electronic media hasincreased on a large scale. For the maximum usage of the electronic mediaG-Smart “Gujarat State Multimedia Resource Techno-wing “ has been


activated. An independent structure for electronic media has been set-up.The department and its district offices are now well-equipped with modernapparatus along with latest camera units in all districts with a view to givinginformation and total picture of achievements and progress report of publicwelfare schemes, which can be telecast through T.V. and Radio.

This network has been connected with G-SMART. The Doordarshanand radio are used to create maximum awareness among the people. TheDepartment has its own three websites: www.gujaratinformation.net,www.statetenders.com and www.gujaratpublication.com

The electronic media has been utilized to its maximum and governmenthas been successful to reach to five crore people of the state with true andauthentic information. The Department has produced CDs. on variousachievements and developmental work and telecast through a powerfulmedium of cable network of atleast 2601 cable operators of state.TheDepartment also provided visuals, news clippings during this year toDoordarshan by network of high bend. Moreover, M.R.S. (Media ResponseSystem) has been activated in information department.

Photo and Films

For the benefit and entertainment to the trible villages, Governmentprovided colour T.V. sets free of cost. Colour TV have been installed inthe village panchayats, schools and other community centres.

Film and Exhibition branch also made jingles for broadcast under TASPand SCP schemes and produced documentary films on various subjectsrelating to tribal areas.

District and Taluka offices of the Information Department are equipped withfilm projector and VCR to arrange regular film shows in rural and urbanareas.

Folk Media

Rural areas do not have access for film, T.V. and such other electronicmedia. Traditional media like Diaro, Drama, Bhavai, Puppet show, Kathakirtan etc. are very popular in the rural population. Information departmentexclusively uses these media for spreading messages of development andwelfare schemes of Government.


Websitewww.gujaratinformation.net

E-mail dirinfo(a)gularat.gov.in


HARYANA

CAPITAL : Chandigarh; PrincipalLanguage: Hindi; Area: 44,212 Sq kms.;Population: 2,11,44,564 (2001); LiteracyPercentage: 67.91; Number ofNewspapers:455 Circulation ofNewspapers: N/A; Radio Stations (AM/FM), 3; Doordarshan Kendra: (i) HighPower Transmitters (HPTs): (ii) LowPower Transmitters (LPTs): 21 Number ofCinema Halls/Multiplexes : 76/19.

Organisation

The Department of Information and PublicRelations is headed by a Director, assisted by Addtional Director. Besides,there are five Joint Directors who look after the work of the Press, FieldPublicity, Production, Research and Reference and Technical Wing. Thereis also one Project Director and one Senior Exhibition organiser. There are12 Deputy Directors including three RPLO’s (for press liaisoning work)to look after the work of the press, TV, Research and Reference, Production,Magazines, Field, Feedback and Photography and one Film Officer for theFilm Wing.

Publication

The Department’s Major Publications are: Haryana Sanvad (Hindi) JaiHaryana (Hindi fornightly wall poster), Tamir-e-Haryana (Urdu monthly)and other publicity literature.

Exhibitions

This wing organises exhibitions in and outside the State by displayingmodel charts, photographs, depicting the State’s developmental projects.

Press Publicity

The Press Publicity Wing releases Press notes, articles, messages, radio andTV talks, interviews displays and classifies advertisement and reservespress clippings for official use.

Field Publicity

The field Publicity units are located at Districts, Sub-Division and Blocklevels. These units organise regular film-shows, drama shows, bhajans,


public meetings, seminars on different aspects and the over-all developmentof the State.

Information Centres

The network of information Centres in the State provide necessaryinformation to masses through newspapers and magazines. Eachinformation Centre is equipped with T.V. and VCP facilities.

Resesearch and Reference

This section communicates information regarding State Government’spolicies to the masses through its Sanket Vartas and other annual andmonthly publications. This section also provides reference facilities throughits Research and Reference Library. The feedback of Government policiesis done through press clippings and a daily dairy of events.

The State Government has announced the first ever media policy of theState, which included creation of a “Patrakar Kalayan Kosh” with Rs. 50lakh as State Government’s contribution, allotment of plots by HUDA forgroup housing societies of journalists, enhancement in insurance cover fromRs. one lakh to Rs. 2.5 lakh, accreditation to those working on contractualbasis and the representatives of electronic media and enhancement of thelimit of free travel facility in Haryana Roadways buses for accreditedjournalists from 2500 kms to 4000 kms per year.

The outlay for plan schemes of the department is Rs. 25 crore for the year2008-09.


E-mail Address [email protected] and [email protected]

HIMACHAL PRADESH

CAPITAL : Shimla; PrincipalLanguage: Hindi; Area: 55,673 sq. kms.;Population:60,77,900; LiteracyPercentage: 77.13; Number ofNewspapers:8; Circulation ofNewspapers:5,00,000 (approx) ;Principal Dailies: Amar Ujala, DainikBhasker, Divya Himachal, Amar UjalaPunjab Kesri, Dainik Jagran, TheTribune, Hindustan Times, Times of


India and Indian Express ; Number of weekly newspapers: 23; RadioStation: AIR Shimla; FM Stations: Shimla Dharamsala and Hamirpur (LocalRadio Stations); Doordarshan Kendra: (i) High Power Transmitters(HPTs): Shimla and Kasauli; (ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs): 11; (iii)Very Low Power Transmitters(VLPTs): 38; (iv) Relay Centre: Shimla andKasauli; Number of Cinema Theatres: N/A.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations in Himachal Pradeshis headed by the Director. It has its Press Liaison offices at Delhi.Chandigarh and Jalandhar and Regional office at Dharamshala, Mandi andDistrict Public and Information Offices in all the 12 district headquarters.The Department has also its own Electronic News Gathering ( ENG) Unit.

Press Publicity

The Department issues press releases of important functions and meetingsof VVIPs/VIPs and other important meetings and also issues features ondevelopment, historical, cultural and other aspects at State, District and Sub-Division level.

Press publicity is also being done through press Liasion Offices located atDelhi and Chandigarh. The Department organizes Press Conferences andconducts press parties at various levels.

Field Publicity

Field Publicity Units have been setup at district, sub-divisions and blocklevels and all the field publicity is being done through exhibitions, songand drama, distribution of publicity literature, video shows, publicmeetings, seminars, workshops and rallies besides holding groupdiscussions for the general public.

Song and Drama

The Department has four Drama units, one at the State Headquarter andone each at District Headquarter at Shimla, Dharamsala, and KulluDistricts. Regional Drama Units are also being engaged from time to timeto do the publicity of Government policies and programmes.

Publications

The Department has its two Publications one Giriraj weekly and anotherHimprastha monthly.


Photo and Films

Photo section of the Department covers functions of VVIP’s/VIPs visits,fairs, festivals, development events and various other functions. Thesephotographs are kept in library record and are also issued for publicationin different newspapers, magazines and the website. Photographs are alsoavailable on payment basis to the common man.


A community viewing scheme is also run by the Department. 500 TV setsand 300 Dish Antennas and 4035 DTH receive systems have been installedunder this scheme.

Information Centres

There is one Information Centre at the state level besides one each in allthe twelve districts of the state.

Press Clubs/Rooms

For the convenience of the press people, one Press Club is being run atstate headquarter Shimla and Press Rooms are available at the districtheadquarters and sub-divisions.

Website

The Department has developed its own web portal himachalpr.gov.in havingdatabase facilities. The website is provided easy accessibility to theinformation both to the the public and to the media resulting into thetransparency in the working of the Government. Daily Press releases,photographs, routine features and articles are being uploaded on thewebsite. Moreover, news clippings pertaining to Himachal Pradesh fromall the newspapers are being made available which has improved the flowof information within the Department.

E-mail Addresses : dprhp cr,yahoo.com ; dprhimachal(n,gmail.com ;[email protected]

JAMMU AND KASHMIR

CAPITAL : Srinagar (Summer); Jammu (Winter); Principal Languages:Urdu, Hindi, Kashmiri, Dogri, Pahari, Punjabi, Ladakhi, Balti, Gojri, Derdiand Badharwahi; Area : 2,22,236 sq kms; Population: 101.43 lakhs;


Literacy percentage: 65; Number ofNewspapers: 378 (including 132 dailiesand 152 weeklies) Principal Dailies:Kashmir Times, Daily Excelsior, StateTimes and Himalyan Mail (Jammu),Greater Kashmir, Kashmir Monitor,Kashmir Observer, Mirror of Kashmir andKashmir Images (Srinagar); DoordarshanKendra: High Power Transmitters(HPTs): 29; Low Power Transmitters(LPTs): 23; Very Low Power Transmitters (VLPTs): 115; Relay Centres:7; Radio Stations: 4: Srinagar, Jammu, Leh Kargil and Kathua; CommercialBroadcasting Service: Srinagar; Yuvawani Service: Srinagar and Jammu;Number of Cinema Halls:13

Organisation

The Department of Information and public Relations is headed by Directorand the cadre strength (Gazetted) includes four Joint Directors (includingone Director PR, New Delhi) 12 Deputy Directors, 8 Assistant Directors,3 Assistant Directors and 27 Information Officers or equivalent in status,one Information Officer in Horticulture P&M, besides there is one FilmProduction Officer, one Script Writer, 3 Films Officers, one Chief PhotoOfficer, two Photo Officers, one Films Editor, one Exhibition Officer andone Store and Maintenance Officer.

The Divisions of Kashmir and Jammu are headed by Joint Directors. TheDepartment has two Bureaus in New Delhi and Jalandhar. It has divisionallevel offices at Srinagar and Jammu and District Information Centres inall the districts barring the newly created eight districts.

The Department has 28 Tehsil Information Centres. Of these, 15 are inKashmir division and 13 in Jammu division. There are also two LadiesInformation Centres, two Youth Information Centres, two Cultural Centresand two Field Publicity Units, one each at Srinagar and Jammu. In addition,there are two Model Information Centres, one each in Srinagar and Jammu.

One Mobile Information Centre at Pahalgam and one Information Centreat Katra. While the Youth Information Centres, Cultural Offices and FieldPublicity Units are headed by the officials of the rank of InformationOfficers, all other units are supervised by Assistant Information Officers.

Functions

Essentiallly, the job of all the units of the Department is the image building


of the Government, dissemination of information about its policies andprogrammes and ensuring coverage by the print and electronic media. Toachieve its objective, the Department functions through various units likePress and Public Relations, Film, Photo, Exhibition, Culture, FieldPublicity, Publications, Advertisements, Scanning and Monitoring andReference and Research. It normally works in three shifts starting from 6a.m. to 10 p.m. and some times up to midnight.

Press and Public Relations

This is the nerve centre of the Department. The primary job here is to obtainGovernment news, shape it in professional manner and circulate to themedia in Srinagar, Jammu and outside the State. Interaction with mediapersons to achieve maximum coverage of the official handouts, scan andmonitor news and other material, issue clarifications/rebuttals wherenecessary, and forward the feedback to the concerned quarters in theGovernment are other jobs attended to by this unit. The unit functions bothat the Directorate and the Divisional levels. The Accreditation Cards tomedia persons are issued by the unit at the Directorate level. At present,165 correspondents belonging to print and electronic media within the Stateand Country are accredited with the Government and Accreditation Cardshave been issued to them by the Department.

Having strengthened the news transmission apparatus, the Departmentreleases handouts in English, Urdu and Hindi languages and ensures theirdissemination to media offices through Modem, E-mail, Fax and manualdelivery.

The photographs of official functions are sent through E-mail to newspaperoffices while as video footage is delivered to Doordarshan and cablenetwork channels.

During the year 2007-08, as many as 4290 handouts were released by theDirectorate. During the current year up to June, 1261 handouts have beenissued. The coverage of the handouts and photo and film footage in themedia has been almost 100 percent. Besides, the two divisional officesreleased 6002 handouts during the same period. During the current year,1646 handouts were issued by the Divisions till June 2008.

Likewise, the Film and Photo Units covered as many as 5548 officialfunctions during the year 2007-08. The visuals and footage of thesefunctions were delivered to the media organizations and journalists withnear 100 percent coverage. Between March and June this year, 303 officialfunctions have been covered, photos released and film footage providedto media organizations.


Some of the very important events covered by the Department over andabove its routine work include the visit of the President of India, PrimeMinister of India, Chief Justice of India, Union Ministers and UnionSecretaries.

The Film Unit produces weekly programme, Aks-e-Parwaz, based ondevelopment activities in the State and telecast by Doordarshan Kendrasof Srinagar and Jammu. The Film Unit has also produced twodocumentaries on the developmental activities which were telecast fromDoordarshan and all local cable television network channels, besidesscreening these at district headquarters.

Publications

The Department has a Publication Unit which undertakes the publicationof periodicals, booklets, brochures, leaflets, books, etc.

On regular basis, following bi-monthly periodicals are published: “Tameer”(Urdu), “Yojana” (Hindi), “Kashmir Today” (English), “Aalove”(Kashmiri), “Lo” (Dogri) and “Kasheer” (Urdu-Kashmiri Bi-Lingual).

During the year 2007-08, as many as 17 issues of regular publications andfour special publications were issued.

A special publication brought laurels for the Department when issue of‘Aalove’ was included in the syllabus of M. A. (Kashmiri) University ofKashmir.

Advertisements

The Department is the nodal agency for release of Governmentadvertisements to newspapers. Advertisements are issued according to theguidelines laid in the Advertisements Policy formulated by the J&KGovernment in 1996. The State Government approved rates foradvertisements are Rs. 27 per single column cm. to dailies and Rs. 22 persingle column cm. to weeklies and fortnightlies.

Cultural Units

Two Cultural Units of the Department are functional at Srinagar and Jammuwhich publicise Government policies and programmes by way of stagingcultural shows, dramas, variety programmes and also educate people onsocial issues.

During the year 2007-08, as many as 218 cultural shows were organizedacross the State. In addition, 33 variety programmes, 6 dramas/skits werealso staged. The significant cultural events organized by the Departmentinclude programmes at the Sindhu Darshan Mela, Leh and Kashmir Haat.


During the current year up to the end of June 2008, as many as 57 Culturalprogrammes, 20 variety programmes and 8 dramas/ tourist shows, etc., wereperformed by the Cultural Units.

Exhibition Wing

Exhibition is another visual medium used by the Department to reach outto the masses with policies and programmes of the Government. Photoexhibitions are held at State, provincial and district level in which theachievements of the Government are being displayed. Besides, similarmessages are disseminated though hoardings at 12 prominent places in theState.

During the year 2007-08, as many 25 exhibitions were organized at variousplaces in the State. Two exhibitions were held at New Delhi and one, incollaboration with Indian Railways, at Jammu.

Field Publicity Units

The Department has two Field Publicity Units, one each at Jammu andSrinagar. The units install and operate PAS (Public Address System) atofficial functions, meetings and conferences throughout the State.

The PAS facilities are also provided during the Amarnathji Yatra throughmobile and stationary Public Address Systems. The District InformationCentres have also facility for providing PAS at local level.

During the last year, the Units covered 1418 functions in the State includingthe Republic Day and Independence Day celebrations throughout the State.Besides, PAS is installed at the functions attended by the President, PrimeMinister and Union Ministers during their visits to J&K.

The Units also make important announcements and record speeches ofVVIPs.

Scanning and Monitoring

To keep the Government abreast with the material being carried bynewspapers and other periodicals, the Department monitors and scans allthe papers at various levels. Daily Press Round-ups are prepared and sentto the concerned Government quarters for perusal.

The scanning and monitoring of newspapers and cable network channelshas been revamped. A full fledged unit has been created. The daily pressround ups are prepared in the morning at Srinagar, Jammu and New Delhi.These reports are consolidated at the Directorate level and sent to the ChiefSecretary and Secretary to Government, Information Department forperusal.


Besides, clippings of national and local newspapers and periodicals onimportant subjects are sent to the concerned quarters for perusal. Adversepress clippings are forwarded to the concerned Administrative Secretariesand Chief Secretary’s Office for perusal and necessary action. The rebuttals/clarifications are issued on the basis of the response from these quartersfor publication in the newspapers. Regular statement of follow up ofadverse press reports is sent to the Chief Secretary.

Collection of feed back is yet another activity undertaken by the Departmentwhich helps the Government to analyse the impact of its policies on themasses.

Reference and Research

The Department has Research and Reference units comprising books ofhigh reference value both at Srinagar and Jammu. The units also maintainimportant newspaper clippings, reference and research material, historicdocuments of archival value and material on important events. Besides, oldvaluable reference books are also preserved in this section for journalistsand research scholars.

Address:

Department of Information & Public Relations Jammu/SrinagarWinter (Jammu) Ph.: 0191-2544076, 2578835Summer (Srinagar) Ph.: 0194- 250130, 2500175e-mail: dir_ [email protected]: dirinformationl7(,q)t;maiLcomDivisional Offices:Joint Director Information, JammuPh.: 0191 - 2542762Joint Director Information, KashmirPh.: 0194-2452230

JHARKHAND

CAPITAL : Ranchi; PrincipalLanguages: Hindi, Urdu, Bangla,Santhali, Mundari, Kurukh, Khortha,Nagpuria, Sadri, Khariya,Panchparagnia, Ho, Malto, Karmalietc.; Area: 79,700 sq. kms.;Population: 2,69,09,428; LiteracyPercentage: 59.13; Number of


Newspapers.-16; Circulation of Newspapers: Prabhat Khabar (Ranchi:1,31,522) (Dhanbad: 28,802) (Deoghar: 11,078) (Jamshedpur: 54,439),Hindustan Times (Ranchi: 19,495), Hindustan (Ranchi: 72,631) (Dhanbad:49,603) (Jamshedpur: 28,242), Dainik Jagran (Ranchi: 39,407) (Dhanbad:37,322) (Jamshedpur: 49,507), Aaj (Ranchi: 48,360), Ranchi Express(Ranchi: 57,500), Farooque Tanzeem (Ranchi: 55,505), Qaumi Ranzeem(Ranchi: 48,150), Jharkhand Jagran (Ranchi: 62,218), Bihar Observer(Dhanbad: 85,162), Rastriya Naveen Mail (Palamu: 73,146), Indian Punch(Deoghar: 65,140, Uditbani (Jamshedpur: 37,972), Chamakta Aaina(Jamshedpur: 19,812), Avenue Mail (Jamshedpur: 16,073), Siyasi Ufuque(Ranchi: 20,987), Pioneer (Ranchi: A/F), Apni Ranchi (Ranchi: 32,145);Principal Dailies: In Hindi Prabhat Khabar followed by Hindustan, DainikJagran, Aaj, Ranchi Express; Radio Stations: Ranchi, Jamshedpur,Daltonganj and Dumka; Television Stations/Channels: Etv Bihar-Jharkhand& Sahara TV Bihar-Jharkhand; No. of Cinama Halls/Multiplexes: 55/Nil;Film Studios: Nil

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations is headed by theSecretarty, assisted by Joint Secretary/Deputy Secretary and 2 (two) underSecretaries whereas, the Directorate is headed by the Director, 3 (three)Joint Directors, 2 (two) Deputy Directors and 7 (seven) Assistant Directors.

Besides at Headquarters the post of Electronic Engineer, LibrarySuperintendent, Chief Cameraman with their subordinate staff are underthe control of the Director. The Directorate and the whole setup is situatedin Audrey House, Ranchi.

All the 5 Divisions, 22 districts and 11 sub-divisions have one departmentaloffice with all the necessary setup. SUCHNA BHAWAN is proposed at allthe districts and at present 3 have already been completed and fullyfunctional at Dumka, Jamshedpur & Palamu. At the Divisional level, thereis a Deputy Director and DPRO’s at the district HQ’s. ADPRO’s are postedat district and sub-division HQs.

Operating right from the day of its creation the department is functionalin disseminating news, development programmes, policies, social-welfareprogrammes to the common people through various media channels, bothprint and electronic. Reports on people’s problems, natural disasters, localproblems through print and electronic media are also provided to thegovernment through press clippings as feedback. Adivasi, Ranchi and HodSombad, Dumka Journals are being published.

Apart from it, posters and pamphlets/booklets are printed regularly and


distributed thoughout the state via the district HQs. GovernmentAdvertisement are also carried out by the Directorate. Other activitiesinclude film making and exhibitions.

Main Section of the Department

Situated at HQ, Ranchi, Audrey House, it looks after the activities of thedepartment and employees.

Press Section

State Level/National Level activities of the government are covered by thissection through developmental programmes, policies, achievements,declaration and news of public importance with the help of all the printand electronic media.

Publications

For better publicity of government activities and policies/achievements, thedepartment publishes – Jharkhand on the Fast Track and distributesthroughout the state from time to time.

Exhibition

Exhibitions are organized and installed at important occasions both at thestate and district headquarters, each having its own set-up during melas,government functions, bazaar/hats, kisan mela, etc.

Advertisement

There is provision of on-line advertisement of the government/departmentthrough its official website www.jharkhandwv.in/ http://210.212.20.88. Thenewspapers entlisted in the advertisement list are provided advertisementsthrough these on-line provisions. Apart from this, colourful and displayadvertisements according to the need on special festivals or nationalfestivals, etc (15th Aug, 26 Jan) are given in several other newspapers andmagazines. On-line payment facility to the newspaper owner/authority hasbeen proposed.

Budget and Account

Budget for all the offices at division, district and sub-divisional level areprovided by this section.

Film

Important programmes and development activities of the Governor andChief Minister are looked after by this Section. Still photos, videocoverages, etc, are carried out by this section.


Film shows are arranged with the help of this unit. High Power/Low powerP.A. sets cater to government programmes. Exhibition wings have all thenecessary infrastructure.

Apart from the Directorate of IPRD, some other departments viz. FamilyWelfare, Arts and Culture, Agriculture, Khadi Board, Horticulture, Tourism,etc., also have their own publicity set-up.

Address:Director, IPRD, Audrey House,Ranchi, Contact No. - 0651-2283654,2281522, Fax: 0651-2283675,e-mail: [email protected] & lrkhandiprd@yahoo_com

KARNATAKA

CAPITAL: Bangaluru; Principal Language:Kannada; Area: 1,91,791 sq. kms; Population:5,74,45,608; Literacy Percentage: 70.66; Numberof Newspapers: 2,450; Circulation ofNewspapers: 72,05,200 (424 newspapers);Principal Dailies: English: (1) The Hindu (2) TheNew Indian Express (3) Deccan Herald (4) Timesof India (5) The Asian Age (6) Vijay Times;English Financial Dailies: (1) Business Standard(2) Economic Times (3) Business Line (4)Financial Express; Principal Kannada Dailies:(1) Prajavani (2) Kannada Prabha (3) SmyuktaKarnataka (4) Udaya Vani (5) Ushakiran (6)Vijaya Karnataka (7) Suryodaya; Radio Stations: 14 - Bangaluru,Bhadravathi, Dharwad, Gulbarga, Mangalore, Mysore and F.M. Stationsat Hassan, Chitradurga, Hospet, Mercara, Karwar, Raichur, Bijapur andBellary. Doordarshan Kendra: High Power Transmitters (H PT): I I -Bengaluru, Dharwad, Shimoga, Gulbaraga, Hassan, Mangalore, BangaluruMetro, Bengaluru DD-2, Gulbarga DD-2, Dharwar DD-2 and Mysoor DD-2 Low Power Transmitters (LPT): 49 - Munmdaragi, Davanagere, Bijapur,Bellary, Gadag, Raichur, Udupi, Belgaum, Hospet, Madikeri,Chickmagaloor, Bidar, Karwar, Chitradurga, Kolar Gold Fields, Athani,Tiptur, Sirsi, Ranebennor, Chikkodi, Sandur, Bantwal Ramadurga, Bagalkot,Gangavathi, Mandya, Pavagada, Mudigere, Puttur, Kumta, Gokak,Basavakalyan, Talikot, Hungund, Tumkur, Hattihal, Arasikere,Holenarasipur, Sagar, Harappanahaul Jamakhandi, Mudhol and Bhatkal,


Koppa, Dandeli, Heriyur, Indi, Belthangadi, Bellary DD-2, Davangere DD-2; Very Low Power Transmitter Centres: 6 - Mudugiri, SakaleshpuraHuvinahipparagi, Badami, Kudligi and Sulya; Number of Cinema theatres:Permanent: 760 and Touring: 325.

Organisation

The basic function of the Department is to give wide publicity for variousplans and programmes of the State Government. The Department is alsohelping the general public to actively participate in the policies andprogrammes of the Government. The Department is using different modesand means for publicity like Press and News, Exhibition, Song and Drama,Photo and Films, Commercial Publicity and Mobile exhibitions to reach themass. The modern means of communication are being utilized extensivelyacross the world for dissemination of information both by government andprivate organisations alike. Karnatka reaches the hub of informationtechnology where mass media plays a very vital and significant role indissemination of information. The responsibility of informationdissemination on behalf of the government lies on the Department ofInformation. The Department, in order to discharge its responsibilityeffectively, has Bengaluru as its headquarter and all the 26 districts for itssubordinate offices. Commissioner is the Head of Department. It has aDirector, 4 Joint Directors, 12 Deputy Directors 14 Senior Assistant Directorsand 33 Assistant Directors. The Department comprises of total staff strengthof 540. With this manpower, the Department utilises different means andmodes of communication to ensure the people oriented schemes, plans andprogrammes, reach the people in general and targeted one in particular.

Commercial Publicity

For publicity through print media i.e. press, the Department has altogether424 approved newspapers. It releases tenders and other classifiednotifications of various departments of the government everyday in thesepublications. Also with an aim to educate and create awareness among thepublic about important national and state events and occasions likeIndependence Day, Republic Day, Rajyotsava, Gandhi Jayanthi, etc., specialdisplay advertisements are released on such occasions. The Department alsopromotes the interests of small newspapers.

Press and News

It is one of the important means of the Department. It mainly deals withEditors, Reports and Correspondents of various publications and electronicmedia. It organises the press tours to various parts of the state and evenoutside the state to gain glimpses of progress in various facets and get


reported the same for the awareness of the general public. It also arrangespress conferences and meet the press programmes to get feedback ongovernment policies and programmes and releases press notes pertainingto government activities. The Department subscribes the new services ofUNI, PTI and Karnataka Newsnet for utility of these news services byvarious publications all over the state. For extensive coverage in rural areasthe state government provides free bus coupons valued Rs. 1000/- per headto journalists to travel in KSRTC buses. It has increased the monthlypension from Rs.500/- to Rs.1000/- for retired journalists and journalistswho are facing hardship from Rs.100/to Rs.300/- for families of deceasedjournalists. The Department, on behalf of the government confers TSRAward, that has been instituted after late T.S. Ramachandra Rao a veteranjournalist of the state, on eminent journalists every year. In addition, twomore awards in the field of journalism relating to reports on environmentand development are given.

Publications

The Department has separate wing to bring out special publications timeand again highlighting the important schemes and achievements of thegovernment. The Department also brings out two monthly magazines, onein Kannada namely, “Janpada “, and other in English, namely, “March ofKarnataka “. The magazines contain articles on culture, art, literature,sports, etc., besides, novel developmental activities in the State.

Photo Films

It is meant for wide coverage of functions organised by the Governmentand also to produce documentaries on important subjects like culturalheritage, historical places or person who have excelled in the fields ofpublic importance. Last year it has produced tele films on RainHarvesting, Bio Fuels, Rural Drinking Water Suply, Free Legal Aid andRight to Information, etc. The films were telecast on different televisionchannels.

Films

The Department in accordance with the Government’s policy ofencouraging the local film industry grants subsidy of Rs.10 lakh each tochosen quality based Kannada and other regional films every year. TheDepartment also confers awards on Kannada films, artists and techniciansof the film industry at an annual event.

Field Publicity

The Department through its field publicity is attempting to create a general


public against social evils like, Dowry, Female Foeticide, Child Labour,Aids, etc. It arranges audio visual exhibitions in fairs, Uras and other placesof mass gatherings. It also arranges exhibitions on tin plates and eracts,highway hordings depicting the social health and environment relatedmessages.

Media Academy

Earlier known as Karnataka Press Academy, it has now been renamed asKarnataka Media Academy. The Academy organises various programmesof the academic interest to journalists and confers annual academy awardson journalists in recognition of their services in the field.

Website : www.karnatakainformation.org

KERALA

Capital: Thiruvananthapuram; PrincipalLanguage: Malayalam; Area: 38,863 sq. kms.;Population: 3,18,41,374. Literacy Percentage:90.92; Number of Newspapers: 51; PrincipalDailies in Malayalam and their circulation:Malayala Manorama (15,89,823), Mathrubhumi(11,06,824), Deshabhimani (2,88,462); (ABC-Average-Ist July to 31st December 2007);Madhyamam (3,65,200); Chandrika (2,81,712);Thejas (2,23,900); Mangalam (2,03,225);Deepika (1,93,492); Kerala Kaumudi (1,72,437):Siraj (1,52,200); Veekshanam (1,28,750)Janmabhumi (1,18,980); Janayugam (1,18,950);Kerala Kaumudi Flash (85,891); Rastradeepika(83,023); Radio Stations: Medium Wave:Alpuzha, Kozhikode, Thiruvananthapuram, Thrissur; FM Stations:Devikulam, Kannur, Kochi, Kozhikode, Manjeri, Thiruvanathapuram;Television: 27 transmitters; Doordarshan has 3 studios one each atThiruvanathapuram, Thrissur and Kozhikode; Principal Private T. V.Channels : Asianet, Asianet Cable Vision, Surya, Kairali, India Vision,Amritha, Jeevan and Manorama News; Cinema Theatres: 1100approximately, of these 10 are in government sector.

Organisation

The Information and Public Relations Department (I&PRD) is the nodal


agency of the government of Kerala for disseminating information onvarious activities of the government to the people through the media andproviding feedback to the government on important matters reflected inthe media. The Department is also charged with activities connected withcultural affairs. It is headed by a Director of Public Relation and assistedby an Additional Director, three Deputy Directors at the headquarters andsix Regional Deputy Directors at Kollam, Kottayam, Ernakulam,Kozhikode, Thrissure and Kannur. The District Information Officer isIncharge of a District Information Office attached to each Collectorate.There are 14 District Information Offices and one Kerala Information Officeat New Delhi.

The Department functions mainly through thirteen sections, at Directoratelevel, District Information Offices and Kerala Information Office, NewDelhi. The sections are (1) Scrutiny, to watch reactions and providefeedback on people’s and press reactions reflected in newspapers. (2)Planning and Development, to highlight the achievements and to organiseradio and TV programmes. Also provide special features or editorial sectionfor publishing necessary publicity materials, production of video films anddigital archiving, and content development for the official website ofgovernment of Kerala www.kerala.gov.in and that of Information and PublicRelations Department www.prd.kerala.gov.in (3) Cultural Section is toarrange and manage various cultural programmes including inter-statecultural exchange programmes; (4) Press Release wing feeds the printingand electronic media through its daily press release, photos and features,and also summary of News agency (5) Editorial works in two sections viz.Malayalam and English publications. In addition to ‘Janapatham’(Malayalam) and ‘Kerala Calling’ (English) monthlies, booklets and leafletsin both languages are also published, (6) Field Publicity and Exhibitions -conducts exhibitions, film shows and other programmes to send necessaryPR messages. (7) Advertisement, deals with advertisements of alldepartments of the government, prepare and release special displayadvertisements on special occasions. (8) Circulation and Distribution looksafter the marketing side fo editorial publications. It is the duty of this wingto make sure that the booklets, pamphlets, etc, reach the public in duecourse. (9) Research and Reference deals with the registration of periodicalsand books received, maintains a reference library and an Information centreat the Directorate level, provides information to the public and training todepartment officials. (10) Photographic unit provides news and other photosto the media and public and keeps a collection of old and rare photos onvarious subjects and personalities. (11) Feature Editor: Production ofmonthly news letter ‘Kerala Interface’ (English) and compilation of districthandbooks. (12) Printing and Reprinting deals with production of monthly


newsletter ‘Vikasana Samanwayam’ (Malayalam), monitoring of printingand reprinting works.

Video Production

The I&PR Department has now a non-linear edit suit. News clippings areedited by this unit. The unit also produces documentaries and serials intendedto build up the cultural heritage of Kerala. Fifty profile series of prominentpersonalities have been completed. Digital video archives encompassingart, culture, history, profile, economy and life style are also maintained.

Press

Press accreditation facilities to the media people are provided by thedepartment. Pension scheme for the journalists and non journalists workingin the newspaper establishments is also managed by the department.

Publications

Two monthly publications - “Janapatham” in Malayalam and “KeralaCalling” in English are being published by the department. Besides thesepublications two monthly newletters “Kerala Interface” in English and“Vikasana Samanwayam” in Malayalam are being published.

Exhibition and Field Publicity

Exhibitions at national level and mini exhibitions at district levels and ruralareas are arranged by the department. Frequent film shows, public meetingsand group discussions are also arranged. In addition, intensive campaignsare also organised on special occasions.

Cultural Affairs

The Department arranges cultural programmes on special occasions suchas Republic Day, Independence Day, Tourism Week, etc. The TagoreTheatre, Thiruvanathapuram equipped with 35 mm projector is beingcontrolled by the department and is let out to the film societies and culturalorganisations.

Information Centres

The Department has Information Centres at State and District levels whichprovide information on exclusive topics. There is also an InformationCentre functioning at New Delhi.


The wing provides facilities for reference on various topics. It has a well


equipped reference library with a good number of books including booksregistered under Press and Registration of Books Act and a large numberof books from State and the Central Government. This wing also providestraining to department officials.

Feedback Services

Daily press cuttings from print media and news clippings from electronicmedia are prepared and sent to concerned Ministers and governmentofficials on line. A fortnightly economic news capsule compiled fromvarious newspapers named ‘Economic News Digest’ is also published.

Departmental Co-ordination

The Director at the State level, the Deputy Directors at the regional levelsand directorate, the District Information Officers at the district level andInformation Officers at Directorate level and at New Delhi co-ordinate thedifferent activities of the Information and Public Relations Department.

Electronic Media Division

An Electronic Media Division will soon become an integral part of theDepartment. The new division assumes significance in view of the newdevelopments in the media and to equip the department with the latestmedia trends.

Kerala Press Academy

The Academy is a joint venture of Government of Kerala, Kerala Unionof Working Journalists and Indian Newspaper Society, located in Cochin(Website: www.pressacademv.org). Sri S. R. Shaktidharan is the Chairmanand Smt. V. G. Renuka, Deputy Director, I&PRD is the Secretary of theAcademy. Kerala Press Academy offers postgraduate diploma courses injournalism, mass communication, public relations and advertising.

MADHYAPRADESH

CAPITAL: Bhopal; PrincipalLanguage: Hindi; Area:3,08,000 sq. km.; Population:6,03,48,000 (Census); LiteracyPercentage: 63.7%, Males76.1%, females: 50.3%;


Newspapers: Principal Dailies: Bhopal : Nav Bharat, Dainik Bhaskar, TheHindustan Times, Dainik Nai Duniya, Raj Express, Deshbandhu, Swadesh,Rashtriya Hindi Mail, Sandhya Prakash, Pradesh Times, Central Chronicle,Dainik Jagran, Nav Dunia, Nadeem, Afqar, Express News, Pioneer, NewsExpress; Indore Nai Duniya, Dainik Bhaskar, Nav Bharat, Chautha Sansar,Indore Samachar, Agni Ban, Swadesh, Garha Chronicle, Free press Journal;Gwalior: Dainik Bhaskar, Nav Bharat, Acharan, Swadesh, Nai Dunia, RajExpress, Nav Prabhat; Ujjain: Dainik Awantika, Dainik Madhyanchal,Dainik Agnipath; Sagar: Acharan, Chanchal Yatharth, Rahi; Jabalpur: NavBharat, Dainik Bhaskar, Naveen Duniya, Swatantra Mat, Deshbandhu,Swadesh; Raj Express, Nai Dunia, Hari Bhomi, Rewa: Dainik Jagran;Satna: Deshbandhu, Nav Swadesh, Nav Bharat, Dainik Bhaskar; RadioStation: 14 AIR stations and three Vividh Bharti Station, AIR station(Primary Channel): Bhopal, Indore, Gwalior, Jabalpur, Chhatarpur, Rewa;Local Radio Stations (FM): Balaghat, Betul, Chhindwara, Guna, Khandwaand Sagar; Vividh Bharti Stations: Bhopal, Indore and Jabalpur;Doordarshan: Three station of Doordarshan are functioning at Bhopal,Indore, Gwalior city of Madhya Pradesh. The programme telecast by thesecenters are by 78 center of Doordarshan Kendras which include 10 HighPower Transmitters, 63 Low Power Transmitters and 5 Very Low PowerTransmitters; Number of Cinema Theatres: 315; Permanent: 272;temporary : 12, Touring: 31.

Organisation

The Directorate of Public Relations is headed by a Commissioner, an IASofficer of the rank of a Secretary. The departmental structure consists ofAdditional Director, 04 Joint Directors, 12 Deputy Directors/Visualizers/Film Officers, 26 Assistant Directors/Chief Photographer/Accounts Officer/Chief Artist, Cameraman and Administrative Officer. The Department ofPublic Relations exist in seven Divisional offices and 38 districts offices.

There are Information Centres at Delhi, Mumbai, Indore, Rewa, Jabalpur,Gwalior, Sagar, Bhopal and Hoshangabad.

At the headquarters, the work is mainly divided into following wings (1)News (2) Publications (3) Field Publicity (4) Advertisement (5)Administration and Accounts (6) Films (7) Registration and Reference.

Press Publicity

Press releases, photographs and feature articles are issued throughout theyear. The Directorate of Public Relations co-ordinates government activitieswith all other departments. Also visual coverage of various governmentfunctions and activities are done.


Field Publicity

Field Publicity Section organises exhibitions and cultural programmesthroughout the state. This wing also arranges the tableauax for the RepublicDay Celebrations in New Delhi. Its activities include puppet shows andstreet plays on eductional themes. Information camps are also organisedin predominantly tribal districts to publicise government schemes.

Publications

The Directorate brings out books, booklets, brochures and posters from timeto time. These publications are distributed at various conventions, specialoccasions, departmental information camps and through various offices ofthe department. Madhya Pradesh Sandesh a monthly magazine is regularlypublished by the Directorate.

Photo and Films

Photo Section: Photo coverages relating to Governor, Chief Minister,Ministers, official programmes and developmental activities are carried outby the photo section. After coverage, the section makes available these photosto different dailies and magazines for publication. The photo section has aphoto bank which supplies photos of developmental activities to newspapersand magazines regularly. Since April 2007 to March 2008 total coveragesnumbering 3688 were done and one lakh forty six thousand photos released.

Film Section: Video coverages of government programmes of Governor,Chief Minister and all Ministers, etc., are done and released to Doordarshanand other local channels. Kanyadaan Yojana, Ladali Laxmi, Gaon Ki Betiand other government schemes are also sent for release. News capsulerelating to government schemes and programmes are sent for telecast fromtime to time. Since April 2007 to March 2008 a total T.V. coveragenumbering 1537 were done and sent to Doordarshan and other channelsfor telecast.

Information Centres

Information Centres co-ordinate public relations and publicity work in theirrespective areas besides providing information about the state. Newspapers,Magazines and publications are also made available at these centres forgeneral readers. There are Information Centres at Delhi, Mumbai, Indore,Rewa, Jabalpur, Gwalior, Sagar, Bhopal and Hoshangabad.

Website and E-mail address

The department has its website w-vvw.mpinfo.org which is updatedregularly.


Besides, a website regarding scrutiny of newspapers and magazines is alsoavailable at www.rnpnewseaxch.org and clippings of various newspapersof regional and national level are uploaded every day. The E-mail addressof the Department is [email protected] and [email protected].

MAHARASHTRA

CAPITAL : Mumbai; PrincipalLanguage: Marathi; Area:3,07,713 sq. km.; Population:9,67,52,247; Literacy Percentage:77.27% ; Number of Newspapers:1081; Circulation of NewspapersN/A; Principal Dailies: N/A;Radio Stations: 20 Aurangabad,Ahmednagar, Akola, Beed,Chandrapur, Dhule, Jalgaon,Kolhapur, Mumbai, Nagpur,Nanded, Nashik, Osmanabad,Pune, Parbhani, Ratnagiri, Sangli,Solapur, Satara and Yavatmal.; F.M. Stations: 8; Doordarshan Kendra: (i)High Power Transmitters (HPTs): 14; (ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs):89; (iii) Very Low Power Transmitters (VLPTs): 20; (iv) TransponderCentres: 1; Number of Cinema Theatres: N/A.; (Permanent : N/A.; Touring: N/A.).

Organisation

The State Directorate General of Information and Public Relations is headedby the Directorate General (Information and Public Relations). It has twowings.

Information and Public Relations - covers activities like newsdissemination, publications, public relations, advertising, exhibitions,research and references.

Examiner of Books and Publications -Implementation of Press andRegistration Act, 1867, registration of all newspapers / periodicalspublished in the State, examination of the published contents, preparationof annual index of newspapers as well as classification of books are someof the tasks performed by the Examiner. Verification of newspapers is doneso as to maintain the Government approved list of newspapers foradvertisement distribution.


Press Publicity

The Directorate General regularly issues press releases, features, articlesin Marathi, Hindi, Urdu, Gujarati and English. Besides arranging pressconferences, visual clippings of important functions are sent to DoordarshanKendra and other private channels, daily. This section keeps liaison withfield offices.

Departmental Liaison Section (DLO) looks after the liaisoning with variousdepartments and concerned ministers for the purpose of giving informationand wide publicity to various Government schemes.

Field Publicity

Divisional Offices and District Offices cover their day to day functions,meetings of ministers and other important events. The coverage is sent toHeadquarters, which in turn is sent to Doordarshan Kendra for the duecoverage. Important District Offices are having digital cameras and othermodern equipments for coverage and publicity.

Publication

The Department brings out monthly bulletin entitled Lokrajya. For easyaccess to people Lokrajya is available on book depots at reasonable price.It also brings out casual publications. Apart from this, booklets, folders,leaflets, posters and other printed literature are published as and whenrequired.

Exhibitions

Exhibitions are arranged by the Divisional and District offices. Thedepartment also prepares advertisements for the special campaigns. Thereare number of Hoardings in the State.


There are six major Information Centres in New Delhi, Mumbai, Pune,Aurangabad, Nagpur and Panjim (Goa).

Photo/Films/Audio Vision

The Department supplies photographs of day to day activities of theGovernment to newspapers. Audio-Visual Section prepares documentarieson various subjects.


The Research Section scrutinises all the daily newspapers and periodicals


and preserves the relevant clippings for references. There is also CentralLibrary, which has more than 60,000 books for use of Government Officesas well as for press.

Chief Minister / Deputy Chief Ministers Publicity Cell

There is a Departmental Cell attached to the Chief Ministers and DeputyChief Ministers Offices that looks after the public relations activities.

Awards in the field of Press, Films, Radio, T.V. and Folk Media, etc.

The following state level awards for promotion to Journalism are givenfor the developmental news.

� Late Balshastri Jambhekar Award (Marathi Section)-Rs. 41,000 cash,a citation and Scroll of letter.

� Late Yashwantrao Chavan Award (Government Section)-Rs. 21,000cash, a citation and Scroll of letter.

� Late Anant Gopal Shewde Award (English Section)-Rs. 21,000 cash,a citation and Scroll of letter.

� Late Baburao Vishnu Paradkar Award (Hindi Section)-Rs. 21,000 cash,a citation and Scroll of letter.

� Late Moulana Abul Kalam Azad Award (Urdu Section)-Rs. 21,000 cash,a citation and Scroll of letter.

� Late P.L. Deshpande Award (For Electronic Media) - Rs.21,000 cash,a citation & a Scroll of letter.

Apart from this 8 Divisional Awards are given-Rs. 21,000 cash, a citationand a Scroll of Letter to each.

Special aid is given for construction of Patrakar Bhavan in many districts.Special Accreditation card is given to media persons. To prevent attackson journalists District-Level Committees have been formed.

Maharashtra State Film Awards

The 43rd Maharashtra State Film Awards were presented by the ChiefMinister, Vilasrao Deshmukh. The best feature film award was won by‘Dombivali Fast’ and Chitrapati V. Shantaram award was conferred onveteran actress Ashok Saraf while Rajanikant alias Shivaji Gaikwad baggedthe Raj Kapoor Award.

Lata Mangeshkar Award

Maharashtra Government has announced to confer renowned musiccomposers with Lata Mangeshkar Award for their outstanding contribution


to the field of music. The award carries a cash prize of Rs.l lakh, a citationand a scroll.


Website - www.maharashtra.gov.in/ newsroomE-mail address - dgipr@hotmaiLcom

MANIPUR

CAPITAL: Imphal; Principal Language:Manipuri; Area: 22,327 Sq. Kms;Population: 22,93,896 (Census 2001);Literacy Percentage : 66.87; Number ofNewspapers: Dailies: 21; Weeklies: 3 andMonthly: 4; Principal Dailies with Numberof Circulation: Poknapham (Manipuri -29,738), Naharolgi Thoudang (Manipuri -27,153), Matamgi Yakairol (Manipuri -24,404), Sangai Express (Manipuri -24,034), Hueyen Lanpao (16,279), ImphalFree Press (English - 11,218), SangaiExpress (English - 10,248), Manipur Mail(English - 10,141), Lamka Post (Paite - 8,781), Sikni Eng (Lushai - 7,132),Aja (Tangkhul - 6,358), Kangla Pao Evening (Manipuri - 5,883), Ireibak(Manipuri - 5,836), Paojel Evening (Manipuri - 5,128), Kangleipakki MeiraEvening (Manipuri - 3,653); Radio Station: Imphal ; FM.- Imphal;Doordarshan Kendra: (i) High Power Transmitter (HPT): Imphal; (ii) LowPower Transmitters (LPT): Ukhrul; (iii) Very Low Power Transmitters(VLPTs): Moreh, Chandel, Kangpokpi, Senapati ;(iv) Relay Centres: Nil;Number of Cinema Theatres: Nil.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations functions under aCommissioner. The Department has a Directorate office at the state capital,Imphal. The Directorate functions under a Director. The contract nos. of theDirectorate are 2450156 (fax ), 2450640 and 2452999. Nine DistrictInfromation Offices are functioning at each District Headquarters of ImphalEast, Imphal West, Bishnupur, Thoubal, Chandel, Tamenglong,Churachandpur, Senapati, Ukhrul. The Manipur Information Centre at NewDelhi is under a Joint Director. This Centre liaises with the Central Ministries,Departments and other State Government representatives in New Delhi.


Press Publicity

The Department issues press releases, press notes, press communique andfeature articles on various development programmes taken up by thegovernment. Besides, the Department covers important functions and issuesthe same as press release/press notes to the local press, news agencies, AIR,DDK, etc., for publication or broadcast. The Department also arranges pressconference for VVIP/VIPs so as to enable them to express policies andprogrammes of the Government to the media persons. It also arrangesconducted press tours from time to time.

In order to give feedback on the activities and policies of the Government,views and comments appeared in both local and national newspapers aresubmitted to the Government.

Field Publicity

The Department has been organising Multi Media Publicity Campaignacross the length and breath of the state highlighting the variousachievements of the government.

Song and Drama

The Departmental Drama Unit performs live media communicating thepeople about the various important themes like peace and development,national integration, communal harmony, social evils, impact of Bandh andBlockade, etc. In the Khongjom Day celebration held at Khongjom, theUnit staged Khongjom Lan drama.

Publication

The Department has been bringing out its occasional issue of ManipurToday, Wall Calendar, Manipur Diary, Thakhaigee Chephong regularly.

Photo and Films

All important functions like Manipur Legislative Assembly Session,National and State functions like Republic Day, Independence Day,Statehood Day, Khongjom Day, Patriots Day, etc., are covered withDepartmental Video crew for telecast in National Network as well as localchannels. The Department supplied photographs of important events anddevelopment activities to media organisations.

Information Centre

For dissemination of information to the public, the Department is at presentrunning Information Centre in New Delhi, Imphal and all DistrictHeadquarters. Manipur Information Centre, New Delhi continued its


functions of maintaining a close liaison with different Ministries of theCentral Government, other information units of various State Governmentsand media persons working at the capital city.

State Information Centre, Imphal maintains reference books relating to landand people, cultural heritage, encyclopedia, etc., of the State of Manipurin particular and India in general. There are more than 3500 books onvarious subjects in the Centre. Local and national newspapers are alsoprovided to the public. The District Information Offices are also runningInformation Centre which provides reading facilities of newspapers andreference books to the public.

MEGHALAYA

CAPITAL : Shillong;Principal Languages: Khasi,Garo, English; Area: 22,429 sq.kms.; Population: 23,18,822(2001 Census); LiteracyPercentage: 62.6; Number ofNewspapers: 25; Dailies: 8Circulation of Newspapers:1,50,000 (8 Newspapers) Oldest Existing Newspapers: A Chikni Ripeng,(Garo Monthly, Garo Hills)-1881. Principal Dailies: Shillong Times(Shillong Edition, Shillong Times (Tura Edition), Meghalaya Guardian,Mawphor, Rupang, Nongsain Hima, Peitngor, Salantini Janera RadioStation :(AM) Shillong, North-East service, Tura, Jowai, Willamnagar andNongstoin; (FM) Laitkor Doordarshan Kendras: (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs): Shillong and Tura: (ii) Low Power Transmitters(LPTs): Jowai: Cherrapunjee, Williamnagar (iii) Very Low PowerTransmitters (VLPTs): Nongstoin, Baghmara and Nongpoh (iv) RelayCentres: N/A; Number of Cinema Theatres: 11.

Organisation

The Directorate of Information and Public Relations, headed by a Director,has five main Sections. (a) News, (b) Publication, (c) Photo, (d) FieldPublicity, and (e) Advertising.

Press Publication

News section keeps liaison with the various government departments forarranging departmental publicity through Press Releases and Featurearticles.


Field Publicity

Every Public Relation Officer in the districts is provided with mobilecinema units and public address systems for field publicity. One of themajor field publicity activities of the Department to organise SpecialInteractive Programmes in different remote villages of the state. Throughthis programme, local populace have the opportunity of a face to faceinteraction with different officials on topics pertaining to general welfare.The programme also promotes better understanding and coordinationbetween the local people and the government project implementingagencies.

Advertising

Advertisements are released by the Department to the newspapers on behalfof the State Government Departments.

Publications

The publications section brings out brochures, pamphlets, monthlymagazine and other publicity materials and also news bulletins in the locallanguages.

MIZORAM

CAPITAL : Aizawl; Principal Languages: Mizo andEnglish; Area: 21,087 Sq. kms.; Population: 8,91,058;Literacy Percentage: 88.49%; Number of Newspapers: 70;Circulation of Newspapers N/A; Principal Dailies:Vanglaini, Aizawl Post, Zozam Times, Mizo Aw, TawrhBawm, Highlander, Newslink, Dingdi, Hnehtu, Mizo Arsi,Romei, Mizoram Post; Radio Stations: Aizawl ; FMStation : Lunglei ; Doordarshan Kendra: (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs): Aizawl -2, Lunglei -1; (ii) LowPower Transmitters (LPTs): Lawngtlai; (iii) Very LowPower Transmitters (VLPTs): Saiha, Champhai; (iv) LocalTV Channels; LPS Vision, Skylinks, ZONET; (v) RelayCentres: Nil; Number of Cinema Theatres: 6.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations (I and PR) has itsDirectorate at Aizawl, the state capital with 8 District Offices (Aizawl,Lunglei, Saiha, Kolasib, Champhai, Mamit, Lawngtlai and Serchhip), 2


Sub-Divisional Offices ( Chawngte, Blabung) and Information Centres atHnahthial, Saitual, Tuipang, Sangau, Saiha. With Director at the head, theDepartment has 1 Joint Director, 4 Deputy Directors, 20 IPROs. TheDepartment has six branches; (a) Press Relations, (b) Photo Division, (c)Technical Section (d) Publication (e) Library, Research and ReferenceSection and (f) Public Field Publicity Wing.

Budget

The budget of the Department for the year 2007-08 was Rs. 280.60 lakhsunder Non-Plan and Rs. 250 lakhs under Plan.

Press Relations

This Section feeds local newspapers, AIR, DDK and local TV Channelswith news relating to Government activities, development programmes, andimportant events, etc., and is also responsible for gathering feedback. Fromtime to time it organises Press tour for Journalists within and outside thestate to cover events concerning Mizoram.

Photo Division

The Photo Division is responsible for documentation of important eventsand incidents taking place in Mizoram as well as the overall developmentalefforts and achievements of the State Government.

Technical Section

The Technical Section is an important store bank of audio visual documentsand it feeds all the local TVs and DDK daily with ready material fortelecast. Live -Telecast of Assembly Session through local TV channelshas become a regular feature of DIPR since the past 10 years.

Publications

Besides its three regular publications, the Department brings outpublications from time to time on the development programmes,achievements and new policies concerning public welfare in the forms ofnewsletters, booklets, pamphlets, etc.

Library

Besides keeping the existing books and other material in order this sectionupgrades its material from time to time with new books and researchmaterials. It also functions as a distribution section for incoming andoutgoing news items.


Field Publicity Wing

The Field Publicity units located at different districts and sub-divisionalheadquarters are the main instruments of public relations work at the villagelevels. These units organise public meetings, seminars, workshops,awareness campaigns, etc., on different aspects and over-all developmentactivities of the government.

All India Radio

AIR Aizawl station started functioning as an auxiliary station in May 1966with Frequency of 150-watt medium wave. Transmission from short wavewith a frequency of 10 Kilowatts was started in 1992. A 6KW FM RadioStation was started in Lunglei in 1995. A community radio has been openedat Saiha as well.

Doordarshan

Doordarshan installed its first VLP transmitter at Tuikhuahtlang Aizawlfrom where it started relaying since 1982. HPT telecast commenced in 1995and LPT telecast on 12.6.1995. Another HPT -Relay Centre was opened atLunglei in 1995 and two VLPT Centres opened at Saiha and Champhai.

Song and Drama

Song and Drama comes under the Department of Art and Culture. TheMusic and Fine Arts Wing of the Department gives training to youth inthe arts of modern and folk music, traditional dance and also sponsorsartistes to undergo training in drama. On various occasions it organisescompetitions in music, drama, paintings, cultural dance, etc., on its ownand also in association with other organisations like the NEZCC. It alsosends cultural troupes to different places of India and abroad to participatein important events.

Other activities

The I&PR Department acts as coordinator of the whole media operationin Mizoram. Apart from organising important events, programmes andfunctions in association with other government departments. TheDepartment also teams up with various NGOs and semi governmentorganisations in organising important seminars, workshops, festivals andcampaigns through the state. The Department continues to distribute TVsets and radios to various villages entrusting VCs to look after the viewingsets and organising tours for senior citizens, press tours, Bharat Darshanand taking part in Republic Day celebration in Delhi by staging tableau,etc.


All the district offices have now been equipped with computers withinternet facilities. In order to fully computerise office works at Directoratelevel, all establishment staff and officers are being given computer training.

NAGALAND

CAPITAL: Kohima; PrincipalLanguage: English; Area: 16,576 sq.kms.; Population: 19,88,636; LiteracyPercentage: 67.11%; Number ofNewspapers: Dailies: 5 (English), 5(Vernacular); Weekly: 2 (English),1(Vernacular) and I (English);Circulation of Newspapers: NA;Principal Dailies: NA; Radio Stations:One-AIR Kohima; FM Stations: One -Mokokchung; Doordarshan Kendra withStudio: (i) High Power Transmitters(HPTs): One - Kohima; (ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs): Three -Dimapur, Tuensang and Mokokchung; (iii) Very Low Power Transmitters(VLPTs): Three - Wokha, Zunheboto and Mon; (iv) Relay Centres: NA;Number of Cinema Theatres: NA.

Organisation

The Directorate of Information and Public Relations was established in1963 and has the following staff: Director, Additional Director, JointDirectors-2, Deputy Directors-3, Technical Executive-1, InformationOfficers-3, Journalists-6, News Assistants-7, T.V. Cameraman-1, MovieCameraman-1, Still Cameraman- 11, Photo Technician-1, T.V. and RadioMechanics-8, Technical Supervisors-4. There are seven District PublicRelations Offices and sixteen sub-divisional information centres. Numberof Information centres cum library is 32.

Press Publicity and Press Relations

The activities achievements and programmes of the State Government arecollected by the IPR officials in the capital, district and sub-divisionalheadquarters and published by the Directorate as a daily bulletin knownas Naga News. This bulletin is distributed to all local papers, electronicmedia units, news agencies and correspondents of news organisations. TheDepartment organises press meets/conferences with the Governor, ChiefMinister, Ministers, senior government officials and visiting dignitaries.


Accredited journalists are provided free travel facilities in governmenttransport buses in the state and facilitated through various ways wheneverpossible. Conducted tours are also organised from time to time. A PressRelations Office attached to Nagaland House is functioning at New Delhi.

Field Publicity

Field Publicity of Government of India distributes booklets, folders, etc.,pertaining to Central Government activities and policies and organisesphoto exhibitions, dance and drama shows, essays and paintingcompetitions, etc.

All India Radio

All India Radio, Kohima produces and broadcasts news, features in mostlocal dialects besides English and Nagamese. F.M. station in Mokokchungalso produces programmes in local dialects and English and broadcasts itsown programmes as well as relays AIR, Kohima programmes.

Doordarshan

Doordarshan Kohima produces and telecast programmes from 6:00 p.m to8:00 p.m relay DDI and DD2 at other times. A 15 minutes daily newsbulletin from 7:00 p.m. has started recently.

Publications

The Department brings out a news bulletin Naga News (Daily), which catersto the local press, electronic media and news agencies like PTI, UNI. TheWarrior (Monthly) and other booklets for publicity purpose likecommemorative booklets, ‘Who’s Who’, ‘Nagaland Annual’, ‘Basic Facts’,Nagaland Calendar and Diary (Yearly) are also broughout.

Photo and Films

The Department runs 8 Photo Studios (B/W). Photographs of developmentalactivities local festivals and other important official, social, religious andsporting functions/events are taken in B/W, Colour and digital formats andissued regularly to the local and national press. These photos are also usedextensively in the departmental publications. The Department conducts filmshows, video film shows throughout the State. DPROs are providednecessary infrastructure for regular film shows. More than 400 videocassettes on government developmental activities were recorded andproduced by the department. Video clippings are also given regularly toDDK Kohima for use as news clippings in their news bulletins.



There are 32 Information Centres cum Mini Libraries under the Departmentlocated at various block headquarters all over the State.

Computerisation

The news section at the Directorate has been computerised.Computerisation of the whole Directorate and district offices and settingup of a Wide Area Network (WAN) has been implemented.


The Department has recently launched its own web site: http//:www.iprngi.nic.com. The e-mail address of the Directorate is : [email protected].

ORISSA

CAPITAL: Bhubaneswar ; PrincipalLanguage: Oriya; Area : 1,55,707 Sq.Km.; Population: 36,804,660 ; LiteracyPercentage : 63.61; Number ofNewspapers: 45 ; Circulation ofNewspapers: 30,888,04; PrincipalDailie: Samaja : Oriya, Cuttack;Prajatantra : Oriya, Cuttack;Pragatibadi : Oriya, Bhubaneswar ;Dharitri: Oriya, Bhubaneswar; Sambad: Oriya, Bhubaneswar ; Samaya: Oriya, Bhubaneswar ; Anupam Bharat :Oriya, Berhampur; Radio Stations: N/A; FM Station: N/A ; DoordarshanKendra: (i) High Power Transmitter (HPT): 04; (ii) Low PowerTransmitters (LPT): 75; (iii) Very Low Power Transmitters (VLPTs): 24;(iv) Relay Centres: N/A; Number of Cinema theatres: N/A.

Organisation

The Information and Public Relations Department serves as a link betweenpeople and the Government. This Department not only informs the publicon the plans, policies and programmes of the Government, but also worksto ensure people’s participation in the successful implementation ofdifferent developmental programmes and schemes. To implement theseprogrammes and to make them people-oriented, the Department alsofunctions at District and Sub-divisional levels.


The Department was created originally as a part of the Home Departmentand was named as Home (Public Relations) Department. Subsequently itwas separated from the Home Department on the 8th July 1978 and startedfunctioning as an independent Department of the State Govt. in the nameof Information and Public Relations Department. At present 32 PublicityDistricts (Including Bhubaneswar and Rourkela) each headed by DistrictInformation and Public Relations Officer are functioning under theadministrative control of this Department. There are 3 Deputy Directorsto supervise the work of DIPROs at 3 Revenue Divisional Headquartersi.e. Cuttack, Sambalpur & Berhampur respectively.

The total staff strength of the Department is 975 out of which Group-Aofficers are 21, Group-B officers are 95, Group-C personnel are 495 andGroup-D personnel are 364.

Publications

In order to create public awareness, this Department brings out two monthlyjournals i.e. Utkal Prasang in Oriya and Orissa Review in English. In thesetwo monthly journals, articles and features based on Art and Culture, Tradeand Commerce, Science and Technology and activities of the Governmentare published. Besides, on the occasion of Birth and Death Anniversary ofeminent persons and other functions, 29 types of folders, leaflets, booklets,etc. have been published both in English and Oriya languages and featureshave been translated and compiled. A detailed list is given below.

� Swatantra Utkal Divas (Oriya Folder)

� Nua Rajadhani Bhubaneswar (Oriya Booklet)

� Saheed Raghu Dibakar (Oriya Folder)

� Dr. B.R.Ambedkar (Oriya Folder)

� Maharaja Krushna Chandra Gajapati (Oriya Folder)

� Utkal Gourab Madhusudan Das (Oriya Folder)

� Biplabi Dharanidhar Bhuyan (Oriya Folder)

� Sri Jaydev (Oriya Booklet)

� Car Festival, Puri - 2007 Guide Book (Both English & Oriya) 10. ADevotional Song collections

� Car Festival, Puri - 2007 - What to Do and What Not to Do (Englishand Oriya leaflets)

� Sri Sri Baladev Jew Rath Yatra - 2007 - Kendrapara (Oriya booklet)

� Utkalamani Pandit Gopabandhu Das (Oriya Folder)

� Saheed Baji Rout (Oriya Folder)


� Biplabi Jayee Rajguru (Oriya Folder)

� Saheed Birsa Munda (Oriya Folder)

� Orissa : Heralding a New Era of Prosperity (English Folder for IITF,New Delhi)

� Saheed Laxman Naik Jayanti (Oriya Folder)

� Utkal Keshari Dr. Harekrushna Mahatab (Oriya Folder)

� Mahan Jananayak Nabakrushna Choudhuri (Oriya Folder)

� Maharaja Sri Ram Chandra Bhanja Deo (Oriya Folder)

� Biplabi Chandan Hajuri (Oriya Folder)

� Veer Surendra Sai (Oriya Folder)

� Netaji Subash Chandra Bose (Oriya Folder)

� Buxi Jagabandhu (Oriya Folder)

� Biju Patnaik (Oriya Folder)

� Jayaprakash Narayan (Oriya Folder)

� Activities Report of the Information and Public Relations Department(Eng.and Oriya booklet)

� “Orissa on the track of Fast Development” in English and “DrutaPragatipathe Odisha” in Oriya (booklet in the achievement ofGovernment.)

A sum of Rs.1091 has been estimated for publication work during thefinancial year 2008-09.

Press Information Service

A Press Information Unit is functioning under this Department at StateHeadquarters. Seven Information Officers and eight other DepartmentalOfficers of O.I.S Cadre are working in this unit to collect press notes,handouts, background materials, features and other information ondevelopmental activities from various Departments of the Government andrelease them to different Media Organisation, both Print and Electronic. ADeputy Director (Press) - cum-Deputy Secretary has been kept in chargeof this unit to supervise the work. During this year 871 Press handouts and10 press notes have been released. Besides, the Information Officers submitpress clippings daily to Ministers and Principal Secretaries, Commissioner-cum-Secretary and Secretaries of the respective Department. 30238 nos.of press clipping submitted during the financial year 2007-08. Moreover


two Public Relations Officers and two A.P.R.Os have been posted in theoffice of the Governor and the Chief Minister.

So far, accreditation has been granted to 140 Correspondents at the Statelevel and 85 at the District, Sub-division and Block level. The accreditedCorrespondents are being provided with various facilities including railwaytravel concession. This Department also organizes conducted tours for theJournalists on different important occasions like Car Festival, KonarkFestival, Sea Beach Festival and to the spot during natural calamities.

An inter-media publicity co-ordination committee was formed under theChairmanship of the then Minister, Information and Public Relations in theyear 2003.

During natural calamities, control rooms are also opened to caterinformation to the Information Cell which works round the clock.

For Press Information Service, a sum of Rs.519 has been estimated for theFinancial year 2008-09 under Non-Plan scheme.

Electronic Display Board

Providing news through Electronic Display Boards (EDB) is a novelinitiative by this Department to augment it’s broad mission of informationdissemination. Starting on April 1, 2005, it aims at providing instantinformation on Government’s plans, policies and actions, important events,public service guidelines and issues in public interest. At present, threeEDBs have been installed, at Bhubaneswar one at Capital Police Station,one at OMC premises and another at State Information Centre (JayadevBhawan), three busy public places of Bhubaneswar. during November 2006another EDB has been installed at Orissa Bhawan, New Delhi, which hasbecome a centre of attraction for delhities. A sum of Rs. 500 has beenproposed for 2008-09.

T.V. News Production

The T.V. Unit of this Department has been producing news items of dayto day programmes of VIPs, VVIPs, news capsules of important events,tele-documentaries on various developmental activities of the governmentand ensuring their telecast on various electronic media channels includingDoordarshan. During the year 2007-08 this unit has covered 1167 newsitems on various developmental activities and programmes of government.Out of which 1104 news items were telecast on the regional news bulletinfrom DDK, Bhubaneswar and 27 were telecast in the State scanned fromNational Network.


A sum of Rs.3114 has been estimated for T.V.Unit during the financial year2008-09.

Telecast of Developmental Schemes (Ama Katha Odisha Katha)

Audio-visual magazine on various success stories relating to the differentpeople oriented development programmes of the Government.

For the first time, Information and Public Relations Department, has beenproducing an audio-visual magazine on the various success stories of theGovernment for wide publicity and awareness of the common man.Various Departments of the Government are getting an opportunity forpublicity of their plans and programmes. Till now 74 episodes with aviewership of more than 31 lakhs in urban and rural Orissa has been gonefor telecast. The programme started from January 2006. The programmegoes for telecast every Saturday at 7.15 p.m. on DD-l. The programme hasachieved a reputation of one of the most popular programmes inDoordarshan. Further, gradually people all over the state particularly fromthe rural areas are showing their positive response to the programme byregular mail. A sum of Rs.1500 has been estimated for this unit during thefinancial year 2008-09.

Photo Services

The Photo Unit of this Department provides essential support to publicityprogrammes. This helps in keeping records of important events. Besides,it releases photographs to different print media organizations daily onvarious day-to-day programmes of the VIPs, VVIPs and other importantprogrammes pertaining to Government. It provides support for publicationsof Booklets, Folders, Posters, etc., and preparation of exhibitions by theInformation and Public Relations Department.

This unit has been modernized with Digital Set-up having Internet facilities.Now photographs are being released to different media organizationsthrough Internet. Besides, action has been initiated to have a separate studio.This year photo unit is planning to release photographs by mobile laptopservice from the spot of programme. During this period this Unit hascovered 1265 number of programmes through manual & digital systemsand produced 8272 number of photographs and supplied to abovementioned purpose. Besides, this unit also released 819 nos. of photographsto different media organisation for publication. For Photo Unit a sum ofRs.423 has been estimated for the Financial year 2008-09.

Films Unit

Film is one of the powerful Media of Mass Communication through which


message of Government and achievements made on differentdevelopmental programmes in the State can be carried out and conveyedto the illiterate mass living in the rural areas. The repair work of previewtheater has been completed. Besides, a full-length feature film onUtkalmani Gopabandhu Das is under production. A number of films anddocumentaries has been circulated in the film library for publicity purpose.Six feature films have been previewed in the state headquarter PreviewHall for selection of state award.

A sum of Rs.1382 has been estimated for Film Unit during the Financialyear 2008-09 both under Non-Plan and Plan.

C.V. Unit

A Community Viewing Unit has been functioning in this Department RadioInspectors are attending the work relating to installation and repair of TVsprovided to different establishments. They also attend the recording of theimportant proceedings of the programmes including Assembly proceedings.Government under C.V. Scheme has provided 972 T.V. sets to differentEducational Institutions and Information Centres of the State free of cost,857 T.V. sets to different Gram Panchayats on cost sharing basis i.e. 75percent cost is borne by the State Government and the rest 25 percent bythe Grama Panchayats concerned. A sum of Rs 250 has been estimated forinstallation of colour TV sets instead of black and white T.V. sets to all I/C-cum- R.R. in a phased manner. A sum of Rs.548 has been estimated forC.V Unit during the Financial year 2008-09.

Audio Visual Publicity Unit

An Audio Visual Publicity Unit is functioning in the Department. Apartfrom organizing film shows at the field level, this unit makes arrangementsof Public Address System at the meeting places. A sum of Rs.4019 hasbeen estimated for A.V.P. Unit during the Financial year 2008-09 both underNon-Plan & Plan.

Digitisation of Immortal Voice

Government have decided to preserve the speech / immortal voices ofEminent State Leaders and Freedom Fighters of the State. Speech/immortal voices of some eminent State Leaders and Freedom Fighters havebeen collected and steps are being taken to contact other leaders andFreedom Fighters to record their speech / immortal voice for preservation.A sum of Rs 50 has been estimated for the purpose during the financialyear 2008-09.


Advertisement

All Government Advertisements released by this Department throughdifferent Newspapers and Periodicals have become effective. Besides,Classified Advertisements such as Tender Notices, Quotation Call Notices,Advertisements for recruitments and Notices for admission to theEducational Institutions, etc., are published in newspapers through thisDepartment for general information of the public. Tender notices and otherquotations of different Corporations and State Government Undertakingsare also routed through this Department for publication. Till January, 2008,4402 Classified Advertisements, 1174 Land Acquisition Advertisementsand 202 Display Advertisements have been issued. A total sum ofRs.49000 has been estimated towards cost of Advertisements for thefinancial year 2008-09 both under Non-Plan and Plan.

Research, Reference and Training

The Research, Reference and Training unit of this Department collectsbackground materials, up-to-date facts and figures from variousdepartments of the Government and keeps them intact for referencepurposes. This unit also collects and preserves basic information throughnewspaper clippings, articles from standard research Journals andinformative literatures published by Government and make informationavailable to the research scholars, writers and intellectuals as and whenrequired. The Department also maintains a reference library, whichpreserves informative books, maps, publicity booklets and features, etc.This unit has published the Orissa Reference Annual 2006 as per last year.Important news articles were given to Utkal Prasanga for publication inits different issues for general awareness. 48 nos. of DIPROs, SeniorOfficers and 36 nos of SDIPROs have been imparted with IIMC trainingat Dhenkanal and computer training respectively during this year. A sumof Rs.275 has been estimated for this Unit during the Financial year 2008-09 for the above purpose.

Oriya Translator’s Unit

The State Government has constantly been endeavouring to strengthen itsfeedback gathering mechanism. Public reactions as reflected in the Printand Electronic Media are closely being scanned by the Oriya Translator’sUnit of Information and Public Relations Department in the form of “DailyPress Round-Up” and “Internet News Brief’ to enable respective ExecutiveHeads of different Departments to effect suitable changes in the processof planning and execution of developmental programmes. As a part ofmicro-analysis approach, Oriya Translator’s Unit of the State Informationset-up has gathered a record no. of 2820 Press Round-Ups during this year.


Information Centre-cum-Reading Room

Information Centre-cum-Reading Rooms have been opened in Urban andRural areas which play a significant role in disseminating information andenriching the intellectual growth of the society through books, magazines,newspapers and other informative literatures. Besides, TVs and Radioshave been supplied to the Information Centers. At present 85 InformationCentre-cum-Reading Rooms are functioning through out the Stateincluding one at the State Capital and one each at New Delhi and Kolkata.During last year the State Information Centre (Jaydev Bhawan) has beenrenovated and a separate counter for sale of Government of Indiapublication has been operated during current financial year. Steps are beingtaken for purchase of new books worth of Rs. 400 for Information Centre-cum-Reading Room during current financial year. Steps are being takenfor augmentation of funds for modernisation of Information Centre-cum-Reading Rooms during the financial year 2008-09. A sum of Rs.12269 hasbeen estimated for Information Centre-cum-Reading Rooms during theFinancial year 2008-09.

Exhibition

Exhibitions on plans, programmes, policies and achievements of theGovernment are organised in rural and urban areas of the State in orderto create awareness among the people. The exhibition also includes showcasing of materials on Orissan art, culture, tradition, handlooms,handicrafts, agriculture, industries, infrastructure development of othermajor development in steel, power, ports sector etc. This unit participatesin IITF, New Delhi every year. During the current financial year 13exhibitions including IITF-2007 at New Delhi have been organised by thisDepartment. A sum of Rs.10000 has been estimated for Exhibition Unitduring the Financial year 2008-09.

Special Celebration

The Department organizes Special Celebrations like Independence Day,Republic Day, Orissa Day, Gandhi Jayanti, Birth & Death Anniversariesof eminent persons, National Press day at the State, District and Sub-divisional Headquarters. During the year, 33 such Special Celebrations havebeen organised. The tableau was exhibited at Republic day parade-2008,New Delhi by this Department. Besides, Information Centres are openedduring Ratha Yatra at Puri. A sum of Rs.4821 has been estimated for SpecialCelebration during the Financial year 2008-09 both under Non-Plan andPlan.


Song and Drama

This is an effective medium of publicity. The traditional folk dance likePalla, Daskathia, Ghodanacha, Street play and Musical programmeshighlighting plans, programmes and policies of the Government areorganised by this Department in rural and urban areas of the State. Duringthe year 1505 nos. of Programmes have been organized by this Department.Besides, the Department organised Oriya Film and Cultural Festivalat Chennai under Inter-State Cultural Exchange Programme. A sum ofRs.2100 has been estimated for Song and Drama during the Financial year2008-09.

Computerisation Scheme

To make media coverage more effective and purposeful with regard todissemination of up-to-date information, this Department has takeninitiative to computerize the District Public Relations Offices. Fifteendistrict offices at Angul, Sundargarh, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Berhampur(Chatrapur), Jagatsinghpur, Kendrapara, Koraput, Sambalpur, Puri,Rourkela, Mayurbhanj, Balasore, Nabarangpur and Keonjhar havebeen provided with computer facilities. Besides, there is a computerizedsystem operating at the State Head quarters. One KIOSK has beeninstalled to provide upto date information to public. New computersystem has been installed to send Advertisement text and tenderdocument to State Government website through portal group of LT.Department.

DIPRO Kalahandi, Bolangir and Jayadev Bhawan, type, issue and despatchsection of the Department has been computerised and each section has alsobeen provided with computer facility. Three computers have been installedin the Information Centre at Secretariat, where Group of IOs are working,for collection and dissemination of information of different Department.A sum of Rs.3588 has been estimated for Computer Unit during theFinancial year 2008-09.

Right to Information

The Information and Public Relations Department has shouldered onerousresponsibility of implementing Right to Information Act, 2005 in Orissaas the nodal department. The implementation has been geared up throughthe formation of a State Right to Information Implementation Cell in thedepartment. The process of implementation has witnessed a record successof formulating Orissa Right to Information Rules, 2005, OperationalGuidelines, formation of a Central Cell at Reception Counter of Secretariat,


training of PIOs and Appellate Authorities, constitution of OrissaInformation Commission and facilitation of proactive disclosure throughGovernment of Orissa website.

A sum of Rs.30000 has been estimated for this unit during the financialyear 2008-09.

PUNJAB

Capital: Chandigarh; Principal Language:Punjabi; Area: 50,362 Sq. Kms;Population: 2.43 Crore (2001); Literacypercentage: 75.63 (Male), 63.55 (Female);Number of Newspaper: 119 (Dailies 57):Principal Dailies: Punjab Kesri (Hindi),Jalandhar; Ajit Samachar (Hindi) Jalandhar,Ajit (Punjabi), Jalandhar; Jagbani (Punjabi)Jalandhar; Akali Patrika (Punjabi)Jalandhar, Nawan Zamana (Punjabi)Jalandhar, Aaj Di Awaz (Punjabi) Jalandhar, Hind Samachar (Urdu)Jalandhar; Radio Station: Jalandhar, Patiala, Bathinda; Television:Doordarshan Kendra: Jalandhar; High Power Transmitter (HPT): Bathinda,Jalandhar, Amritsar, Fazilka; Low Power Transmitter (LPT): Pathankot,Gurdaspur, Ferozepur, Abohar, Patiala, Kasauli ; Very Low PowerTransmitter (VLPT): Talwara; Relay Centres: Amritsar, Bathinda, Kasauli;Relay Centre for Punjabi Regional Services: Jalandhar, Amritsar, Bathinda,Talwara.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations headed by theDirector, is responsible for giving proper publicity to various programmesand policies of the State Government. There are 21 District Public RelationsOfficers one at each district headquarters. Besides, there are two AdditionalDistrict Public Relations Officers at Fazilka and Anandpur Sahib. TheDepartment has the following wings - (1) Field Publicity (a) Audio- Visual(b) Technical Section (c) Song and Drama (d) Light and Sound (2) PressPublicity (a) Advertisement (b) Teleprinter, (c) Photo and Cinema (3) FilmsDivision (4) Computer Section (5) Publications and Magazines (6)Communication (a) Research and Reference (b) Library Reference andGeneral (c) Clipping Section (7) Arts (8) Exhibition (9) Administration (10)Accounts.


Budget

During the year 2008-09 Rs. 16.18 Crore were sanctioned under PlanScheme and Rs. 14.25 Crore under Non-Plan Scheme.

Press Publicity

A total of 750 Press notes were issued and a number of press conferencesof the Governor, Chief Minister, Ministers and other VIPs were arranged.

Advertisement

Advertisement worth about Rs. 2.75 Crore were released to the newspapers,weeklies and magazines by the Government Departments, Boards andCorporations.

Photo and Films

The Films Division of this Department prepared 5 documentary films, 31quickies, 10 video/songs and 10 Audio Jingles, cassettes of which weresupplied to Doordarshan Kendra Delhi and Jalandhar and City Cables inthe districts. Photo and Cinema Section covered about 620 functions andaround 3500 photographs were supplied to the press.

Films Division

The Films Division of this Department prepared 7 quickies, 3 Audio Jingles,cassettes of which were supplied to PTC. CH-l, MH-1, ETC (Punjabi) andZee (Punjabi). T.V. coverage of about 400 functions of Hon’ble C.M.Punjabalso done by this section.

Field Publicity

The Department had arranged 1919 Press parties, 1105 Press conferences,6499 Public Meetings, 2379 Mela Conferences, 2631 Media T.V. Coverage,2362 Cable T.V. Coverage, 1537 Radio Coverage and released 7262, PressNotes & 978 Development Stories.

Information Centres

There are at present 10 Sub Centres at Sub- Divisional level working inthe State. In addition to this, one Information Centre at each DistrictHeadquarters as well as at New Delhi. These information Centres are visitedby a large number of readers daily. Publicity literature on various topicssuch as National Integration, Communal Harmony, achievements anddevelopmental activities of the popular government are displayed at thesesub-centres for the benefit of the readers.


Publications

The Department brought out one monthly magazine i.e. Jagriti in Punjaband two quarterly magazines, i.e. Jagriti (Hindi) and Advance (English).It also brought out Wall Newspaper “Sada Punjab” every fortnight. Inaddition, the Department produces books, posters and pamphlets dealingwith the publicity of the policies and programmes of the State Governmentwith a special thrust to generate the public opinion amongst the masses atgrass-root level.

Commemorative Projects

Review meeting was held on 20.6.08 under the Chairmanship of Hon’bleChief Secretary, Punjab to commemorate the 150‘h Anniversary of KukaMovement. Grant of Rs. I Lakh to Lala Lajpat Rai Memorial CommitteeDhudike (Moga) was sanctioned during the year under report.

To commemorate the birthday anniversaries of martyrs and freedomfighters, life size statues are being established at public places/chowks.During the years 2008-09 a life size statue of Shaheed Udham Singh jihas been installed at his birth place Sunam, District Sangrur with cost of18.00 lac. The statue was unveiled on 31.7.08 by the Chief Minister, Punjab.

Exhibition

The Department has a full-fledged Exhibition Unit. The entire visualpublicity material is produced by this Section in the form of photographs,chasts and visuals.


The Department has its own Research and Reference Section. The Sectionkeeps record of clippings on important subjects and happenings. Statisticaldata pertaining to development activities of the State Government iscompiled by this section. The material regarding the activities andachievements of various Departments is supplied to the Hon’ble Membersof Parliament and Members of Punjab Vidhan Sabha.

RAJASTHAN

CAPITAL : Jaipur; Principal Languages : Hindi, Rajasthani; Area :3.42lakh Sq. Km.; Population: 5,64,73,122; Literacy Percentage: 61.03;Number of Newspapers: 678 newspapers and magazines are on the list ofaccredited papers. Out of these are 173 dailies, 198 weekly, 293 fortnightlyand 14 are other newspapers and magazines. Principal dailies with


circulation: Rajasthan Patrika,(754949) Dainik Bhaskar, (809732)Navjyoti, (365028) Rashtradoot,(272157) Samachar Jagat,(149732)Mahaka Bharat, (97702) RadioStations: Jaipur, Kota,Ajmer,Udaipur, Alwar, Jodhpur,Suratgarh,Barmer, Bikaner,Chittourgarh, Churu, Jhalawar,SwaiMadhopur, Jaiselmer andBanswara. There are two relaycenters: Ajmer and Mount Abu.Apart from these All India RadioStation, Jaipur launched a FM Channel. 93.5 SFM, 94.3 My FM, 95 FMTadka , 98.3 Radio Mirchi and Raido City are Five private Channels.Doordarshan: One Studio, Two Transposers, Ten High Power Transmitters,70 Low Power Transmitters and 17 Very Low Power. There are twoChannel MCPC mode digital Earth station is One and 8 DoordarshanMaintenance Centers; Number of Cinema Theatres: 206. University ofRajasthan Jaipur, Vardhman Mahaveer University Kota, MohanlalSukhariya University Udaipur and JaiNarain Vyas University Jhodhpur areconducting various courses examination of Mass Communication andJournalism

Organisation

The Directorate of Information and Public Relations is headed by aCommissioner. Besides the Commissioner, the departmental structureconsists of one Additional Director, 4 Joint Directors, 5 Deputy Directors,8 Assistant Directors, one Chief Photo Officer, one Cameraman, one SeniorPhotographer, one Senior Accounts Officer, one Assistant Accounts Officer,one Producer, one Programmer, one Senior Artist and 42 Information andPublic Relations Officers.

Under the Directorate there is one Information and Public Relations officein each of 33 districts and Assistant Information and Public Relations Officeat Beawar.

Rajasthan Information Centres are working at Delhi, Mumbai and Calcutta.The Directorate has the following sections: - (i) Establishment Section; (ii)Accounts Section (iii) News Section (including ENG Units); (iv) LiteratureDistribution, Research, Reference and Library Section; (v) PressRegistration Section; (vi) Regional Publicity Section; (vii) AdvertisementSection; (viii) Computer Section; and (ix) Photo Section.


ENG Units

Electronic News Gathering units for Doordarshan covered over 883programmes during the year.

Literature Section

This section published booklets, folders, posters, stickers, pamphlets, etc.,regarding the targets and achievements made by the governmentschemes.”Sujas” a bio monthly magazine is being published regularly bythe section since 1992.

Research and Reference Section

The section compiles and maintains records of different departments of thestate government, important press releases of the government and clippingsof important events. It supplies reference materials to all the Informationand Public Relations Officers in the 33 districts of the State, editors of thenewspapers, researchers and other agencies.

Library Section

This section purchase reference books for all the Information Centresincluding the libraries at Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata information centres.

News Section

The News Section of DIPR issued 4428 Hindi and 109 English press notesfrom April 2007 to March, 2008. During this period 96 features werereleased in English and Hindi Languages. 458 coverage were made and32 journalists’ conferences and 12 journalists’ journeys were organised.

Advertisement Section

This Section issues classified advertisements.

Computer Section

It is responsible for computerisation of all the activities of the Directorate.It also prepares and makes available speeches and messages for the ChiefMinister from time to time.

Photo Section

During the period, 22033 black and white and colour photos wereforwarded to various newspapers for their use.

Information Centres

Besides three Information Centres at Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata, the


Directorate has one centre at State Headquarter at Jaipur. 29 centres areoperating with necessary facilities at other district level.

Patrakar and Sahityakar Kalyan Kosh

During the Financial year 2007-08 thirty three journalists and writers wereprovided with financial assistance of Rs. 3.55 Lacs from Patrakar andSahityakar Kalyan Kosh.

Patrakar Aavas Yojana

To solve the residential problems 18 senior and the family members ofdeceased journalists were allotted land in Jaipur through JaipurDevelopment Authority in the first phase. 376 plots have been allottedtill date.

Address: Directorate of Information & Public Relations, Secretariat, Jaipur.

E-mail: [email protected], [email protected] and dipr-newsjd@hotmaiLcom.

SIKKIM

CAPITAL: Gangtok; Prinicipal Languages:Nepali, Bhutia, Lepcha, Limboo and English;Area: 7096 sq. kms.; Population: 5,40,851;Literacy Percentage: 82; Number ofNewspapers: 70; Circulation of Newspapers:500 to 5000 Copies; Principal Dailies:Sikkim Express, Now, Sikkim Mail, SikkimReporter, Himalaya Mirror (English), SamayDainik, Hamro Prajashakti, Himali Bela,Sikkim Darpan, Shangrila Times (Nepali) andAnugamini (Hindi); Radio Station: l-Gangtok; FM: 1, Doordarshan Kendras: (I)High Power Transmitters (HPTs): 2(DD-1and DD News); (ii) Low Power transmitters (LPTs): Nil; Very LowTransmitters (VLPTs): 6; Relay Centre: 6; Number of Cinema Halls/Multiplexes: 2.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations is the mouthpiece ofthe Government and covers various functions and programmes related tothe Government. It works as a Public Relation division and mediatesbetween the Government and the Press Fraternity.



The Department disseminates information of the Government functions andProgrammes to the Public and Press and gives mass media awareness. Itis also involved in publicizing Government activity and receiving feedbackon the same.

Field Publicity

Posters, Hoardings, film shows, video screening, and phto exhibitions.

All India Radio

AIR Sikkim gives information in the form of news in Nepali, Lepcha andBhutia languages to educate people through various programmes and alsoto provide entertainment.

Doordarshan

News related to the state is sent to the DD (News). Agriculture programmeon Sikkim, Sikkim round-up and news are being telecast through GuwahatiKendra. Live telecast/OB recording of crop seminars and sport eventsutilizing OB/EFP van are also arranged by Guwahati Kendra.

Song and Drama

The Culture Affairs and Heritage Department, Government of Sikkim hasa separate Song and Drama unit.

Publications

The Department publishes Sikkim Herald a weekly newspaper in thirteenstate languages and also publishes Sikkim today a quarterly English NewsMagazine and yellow page advertisement bulletin Herald Classified.Besides, ad-hoc publications conciding with various occasions are alsopublished from time to time.

Photo and Films

Photos of all important government activities, functions, and programmesare displayed at the Secretariat and other important places. Films on Sikkimmade by the Department are also screened in cable, DD and other NewsChannels.

Information Centres/Library

There are four (4) Information Centres headed by the District InformationOfficers. They feed news to the Sikkim Herald and cover all the governmentprogrammes in their respective districts. The Government libraries are


under the Cultural Affairs and Heritage Department and Rural Managementand Development Department.

Computerization

The entire IPR Department and District Information Centres arecomputerised with access to internet facility.

Awards in the field of Press, Films, Radio, TV and Folk Media, etc.

State Government has introduced Positive Journalism Grant to theAccredited journalists to enable them to consult libraries, archives and visitto the other institutions anywhere in India for professional exchanges.Awards on Best Rural Reporting and film are also being given.

Any other Activity

The State Government has created Media Development Fund which is beingutilized for the visit of Sikkimese Media Personnel for training, Seminar,Conference, Workshops anywhere in India and in SAARC region. It couldalso be utilized for organizing programmes in any part of the State in mediaawareness and development.

Website and E-mail

www.sikkimipr.org E-mail: dio [email protected] and

sikkimherald [email protected]

TAMILNADU

CAPITAL: Chennai; Population: 6,21,10839 (Census 2001); Area:1,30,058 Sq.Kms; Principal Langauge:Tamil; Literacy Percentage : 62.66; Numberof Newspapers and Periodicals : 3303(2003-04); Principal Dailies : The Hindu(English), Chennai: The New IndianExpress (English), Deccan Chronicle(English),Times of India (English),Dinamani (Tamil) Daily Thanthi (Tamil);Dinakaran (Tamil), Dinamalar (Tamil);Circulation of Newspapers: 36,14, 526 (268Newspapers)(2005-06) (2007-08 notavailable); Radio Station : Coimbatore,Chennai, Madurai, Tirunelveli, Ooty,Kodaikkanal, Tiruchi, Nagercoil, Tuticorin;


Doordarshan Kendra: Studio Set up in Tamilnadu: 3 Nos. Chennai,Madurai & Coimbatore; High Power Transmitter - 6 Nos. Chennai,Kodaikkanal, Dharmapuri, Rameswaram, Kumbakonam and Tirunelveli;Low Power Transmitter: 44 Nos. Coimbatore, Coonoor, Udhagamandalam,Udumalpetai, Pollachi, Courtallam, Marthandam, Nagercoil, Rajapalayam,Sankarankoil, Tiruchendur, Tuticorin, Ambasamudram, Athur,Denkanikottai, Krishnagiri, Tirupathur, Yercaud, Kallakuruchi, Erode,Arani, Arcot, Cheyyar, Gudiyatham, Tiruvannamalai, Vandavasi,Vaniambadi, Ambur, Vellore, Pernampet, Thanjavur, Nagapattinam,Pattukottai, Natham, Tiruvaiyaru, Pudukottai, Palani, Tiruchirapalli,Chidambaram, Cuddalore, Mayiladuthurai, Neyveli, Tindivanam andVillupuram; Number of Cinema Theatres: 1628 (2006-07).

Organisation

The Directorate of Information and Public Relations headed by a Director,has the following wings: (1) Press Relation (2) Advertising (3) FilmInstitute (4) Exhibition (5) Photographs (6) Memorials (7) Field Publicity(8) Tamil Arasu Journals Publications and Press (9) Functions andCentenaries (10) Information Centres, Theatres and Public Halls, Film City.(11) Reference and Scrutiny of newspapers and journals and (12) GeneralAdministration.

Press Publicity And Reference

The Press Relation Section handles media relations, press releases, featurearticles and photo features. A reference unit attached to this Departmentattends to indexing reference matter and press clippings. Press accreditation,journalists family benefit fund, journalists pension, journalists familypension, allotment of flats, homes under easy installments are some of theimportant schemes being implemented for the benefit of journalists inTamilnadu.

Publications

Besides publishing ‘Tamil Arasu’ in Tamil and English, the Departmentbrings out publications on various developmental activities. The Departmenthas its own printing press.

Advertising

Advertisements of all Government Departments, Corporations, Boards andStatutory Bodies are released through this wing.

Exhibition

The Exhibition Section organises local exhibitions at district headquarters


and mini exhibitions in smaller towns besides participating in Nationalexhibitions including IITF.

Photo and Films

The Photographic Section looks after photo coverage of State’s functionsand developmental activities. The Films Division functions under thisDepartment and it produces fortnightly newsreels, and monthly videomagazines and documentaries for other Departments.

Field Publicity

Field Officers are working at the district level. Publicity is organised withthe help of video vans, projectors and VCDs.

Multi Media Campaigns

Multi Media Campaigns are being organised at district levels by involvingall publicity media units of the Government departments to createawareness about the various Government developmental programmes inthe rural areas. Publicity Coordination Committees are functioning in allthe districts to propagate the welfare schemes.

Memorials

This Department maintains the memorials of great men of the State.

Film Awards

Every year awards are given for best feature films, actors, actresses andtechnicians.

MGR Film and Television Institute

The Institute conducts courses on direction and screenplay writing,cinematography, sound recording and sound engineering, film broadcastingand film editing.

TRIPURA

CAPITAL: Agartala; Principal Languages: Bengali and Kokborak; Area:10.491 Sq. kms.; Population: 31,99,203 (2001 Census) LiteracyPercentage: 80.14; Number of Newspapers: 49 : Dailies, 20; Weeklies: 29.Circulation of Newspapers: N/A; Principal Dailies: Dainik Sambad, DailyDesher Katha, Syandan, Tripura Darpan, Dainik Ganadoot; Aajkaal (LocalEdition); Radio Stations: 3- Agartala, Kailashahar and Belonia; FMStations: Agartala, Kailsashahar and Belonia; Doordarshan Kendra: I-


Agartala (1) High Power Transmitters(HPTs): 2 (10 - K.W.); (ii) Low PowerTransmitters (LPTs): 5; (iii) Very Low PowerTransmitters (VLPTs): 5; (iv) Relay Centres:5; Number of Cinema Theatres: 10.

Organisation

Initially started with a cart, and a magiclantern under one Director, the InformationDepartment in Tripura keeps abreast with thepace of modern information technology. ThisDepartment is responsible to ensure publicrelations activities on behalf of the stategovernment right down to the grass root levelthrough different media and to ensure feedback.


The State Government has provided reporters and correspondents upto theBlock Level for collection and dissemination of news on differentactivities of the state government. The field level reporting staff regularlysend news, success stories, interviews and features, etc., to the NewsBureau at the state headquarters and in turn the editorial desk releases thisinformation to the different media including electronic media for widepublicity. Photographs on different activities are also supplied to differentprint media on regular basis. In addition, conducted tours of thejournalists, organization of press conferences, arrangement of special videocoverage, etc., are also being taken care of by this wing of the stategovernment.

Publications

Books, magazine, leaflet, posters, booklet, folder, etc., are published indifferent languages from time to time to bridge the gap of informationimbalance. In addition, the Department publishes five language newspapersin Kakborok, Chakma, Mampuri, Bishnupriya Manipuri and Bengalilanguages. Besides, one monthly Bengali wall magazine for neoliterates,one literary Bengali and one Kakborok magazine are also being publishedby the Department.

Advertising and Visual Publicity

To communicate messages of public importance including developmentactivities in the state, exhibitions are organized in and outside the state.


Publication of special supplements and advertisements in differentnewspapers are being taken care of by this wing.

Information Service

To bridge the gap between the people and the policy makers as well as toresolve the areas of conflict Information-cum-Facilitation Centres have beenset up at different places of the state. Up to date information, newspapersand publications, printed publicity materials are being supplied to thesecentres regularly. Seminars/discussions are organised in all 69 Information-cum-Facilitation Centres.

Song and Drama

The State Government has set up 160 Lokaranjan Sakhas i.e. rural folkentertainment units with the help of local artistes who are responsible forcommunicating messages of public importance through different traditionalfolk-art forms. Particularly in the rural areas these units play a vital rolein organising multi-media campaigns special publicity campaigns and instrengthening the emotional and cultural integration amongst the differentethnic groups residing in the state.

Field Publicity Services

Field officers working under this Department also organise group talks andgroup meetings during their tour in remote areas in addition to Audio Visualand Video shows to communicate the message of public importance.Though extensively covered by All India Radio and Doordarshan theDepartment plays a major role in spreading the message to the peopleresiding in areas of the state where these facilities are not available.

All India Radio

The Agartala Station started functioning as an auxiliary station of All IndiaRadio, Guwahati, till it became a full fledged station on 19 April, 1974. Inaddition to the Agartala Station, All India Radio has got two other stationsat Belonia in South District and Kailashahar in North District. All IndiaRadio, Agartala Station is a medium wave station with 10 × 2 KWtransmitting capacity while the other two stations at Belonia andKailashahar are F.M. Stations 10 K.W. F.M. Band has been introduced inAgartala station. All the radio stations in Tripura cater to the need of variousmulti-lingual and ethnic groups of the population. In additon, one radiostation at Sikaribari under Dhalai District and one community radio centreat Natun Bazar in South District are expected to come up very soon.Modernization of the Agartala startion is in progress. One FM radio stationhas been started in Agartala from August 7, 2007.


Doordarshan

In Tripura, since its commencement on 10 September, 1991 Doordarshanhas made some positive progress though it is yet to bring the entire stateunder its cover. Initially, transmission of local programmes began 30minutes per day which has now been extended to two and half hours a dayfor five days and five hours on Saturday in a week. The first studiooriginated programme was introduced on 26 December, 1995. Local newsbulletin in Bengali and Kokborok language has been introduced in AgartalaDoordarshan Kendra. On August 7, 2007, a private TV station also startedfunctioning at Agartala.

Press Information Bureau

The Press Information Bureau situated in the state capital is engaged inproviding information about the various development and welfare activitiesof the Central Government. Press releases are regularly issued by them tothe print and elctronic media for wide publication of the same. They alsoorganize conducted tours for Media persons within and outside the stateat times.

Field Publicity

There is a Field Publicity Units functioning in Tripura on behalf of theInformation & Broadcasting Ministry that organizes TV shows and specialpublicity campaign on different subjects in the rural areas of the state.

Field Exhibition Unit

The Field Exhibition Unit of the Directorate of Advertising & VisualPublicity (DAVP) organizes exhibitions in different parts of the state tocreate awareness among the people from all walks of life.

UTTAR PRADESH

CAPITAL: Lucknow; Principal Language:Hindi, Urdu; Area: 2,40,928 Sq. kms.;Population: 16.62 Crore (2001 Census),Literacy Percentage: 56.3; Number ofNewspapers: 2261 ; Dailies: 551;Circulation of Newspapers: Dainik Jagran:(Kanpur: 251896), (Agra: 97106),(Lucknow: 183170), (Varanasi: 145312),(Gorakhpur: 100458), (Jhansi: 35074),


(Meerut: 145867); Dainik Aaj: (Agra: 38575), (Gorakhpur: 44092),(Varanasi: 210076), Lucknow: 59048); Swatantra Bharat: (Lucknow:68066), (Kanpur: 75000); Rastriya Sahara: (Lucknow: 99293); Amar Ujala:(Agra: 163914), (Meerut: 149540), (Bareilly: 89708); Hindustan:(Lucknow: 156192); Prabhat: (Meerut: 31537); Bhaskar: (Jhansi: 32770);Janmorcha: (Faizabad: 33198); Amrit Prabhat: (Allahabad: 73154); JanVaarta: (Varanasi: 37036); Sainik: (Agra: 56471); English Dailies: ThePioneer (Lucknow: 81899); The Times of India (Lucknow: 101612);Northern India Patrika (Allahabad: 56662); Hindustan Times (Lucknow(34739); Urdu Dailies: Indinon (Lucknow: 70784); Sahafat (Lucknow:68276); Siyasat Jadid (Kanpur: 55959); Qaumi Morcha (Varanasi: 18105);Paigham (Kanpur: 30177); Anwar-e-quam (Kanpur: 39693); Radio Stations:9 - Agra, Allahabad, Gorakhpur, Kanpur, Lucknow, Mathura, Rampur,Varanasi and Najibabad ; Local Radio Stations: Bareilly, Obra, Faizabad,Jhansi; Doordarshan Kendra: 6 - Lucknow, Bareilly, Mau, Allahabad,Gorakhpur and Varanasi; (i) High Power Transmitters (HPTs): 7 - Agra,Allahabad, Gorakhpur, Kanpur, Lucknow, Mau and Varanasi; (ii) LowPower Transmitters (LPTs): 54 - Akbarpur, Aligarh, Athdama, Amroha,Auraiya, Bahraich, Balia, Balrampur, Banda, Basti, Chibramau, Deoria,Etah, Etawah, Faizabad, Farrukhabad, Fatehpur, Gauriganj, Gonda, Hardoi,Jagdishpur, Jhansi, Kasganj, Kashipur, Lakhimpur, Lalganj (Pratapgarh),Lalganj (Rae Bareilli), Lalitpur, Mahoba, Mainpuri, Mahroni, Mathura,Mauranipur, Moradabad, Mahmudabad, Nanpara, Navgarh, Obra, Orai,Pilibhit, Puranpur, Rae Bareilli, Rampur, Rashra, Rath, Rudauli, Sambhal,Shahjahanpur, Sinkandarpur, Sitapur, Sultanpur, Tanakpur, Tirwa and Mau;(iii) Very Low Power Transmitters (VLPTs): 2 - Mankapur and Churk; (iv)Relay Centres: N/A; Number of Cinema Theatres: 925.

Organisation

The Department of Information and Public Relations headed by the Directorhas ten wings: (a) Press Publicity (b) Field Publicity (c) Exhibition (d) Film& Photography (e) Publication (f) Advertising (g) Technical (h) Scrutinyof Newspapers and Periodicals (I) Song and Drama (J) Reference andResearch Centre (K) Plan Cell (L) Information Centre, New Delhi (M) StateInformation Centre, Hazratganj, Lucknow.

Budget

During the financial year 2007-08, a sum of Rs. 53.92 crore was spentunder the non-plan and Rs. 166 lakhs under the plan. In the current financialyear 2008-09 a budgetary provision with first supplementary of Rs.90,77,36,000 under the non-plan head and Rs. 60,00,000 under the planhead, has been made.


Press Information Bureau

About 4998 press notes (Hindi, English and Urdu) had been published fromApril 2007 to March 2008. Besides, press tours to various developmentalprojects were conducted in addition to extensive broadcast and telecast ofthe activities of various departments through Akashwani, Doordarshan andother T.V. channels.

Reference and Research Centre

A well equipped modern reference library has been set up at the headquartercomprising of 22000 books of referential value. Reference Library providesreference material to researchers, departmental officers/employees andSenior officers of the Government. A massive collection of informative andreferential books based on important subjects including yearbooks, reports,gazetteer, mass media, computer, journalism, history and biographies, etc.,are available in the library. Utility of the Library has been increased as aresult of its modernisation and strengthening.

Publication Bureau

The Department plays an important role in publishing useful publicationsbased on information like policy decisions, achievements and programmesof the Government such as- magazines, folders, booklets and other publicitymaterials. The publication bureau is bringing out regularly Nayadaur, aliterary Urdu monthly magazine Uttar Pradesh Sandesh, a monthly ondevelopment and Uttar Pradesh Varshiki, a year book. Every weekSaaptahiki in Hindi is released from the department for fecilitating weeklynewspapers. A special issue on Maulana Mohammad Jauhar has beenpublished in ‘Naya Daur’ both in English and Hindi. Its other regularpublication include Information Diary, Information Directory and SoochnaPanchang.

Field Publicity

With a view to ensuring information regarding developmental programmesand achievements of the Government and establishing direct interactionwith the people, District Information Offices had been set up at districts,all over the State. These offices use to release press notes regardingpromulgation of the policies and schemes being carried out in the district.District Information Centres are equipped with libraries.

Exhibition

The Exhibition Wing of the Department organised exhibitions last year on


all important occasions and fairs including International Trade Fair, NewDelhi. The Department also organises small exhibitions at Block and Tehsillevels. The exhibition unit also manages to put up hoardings ondevelopmental activities.

Song and Drama

To ensure wide publicity of the Government policies and welfareProgrammes, Cultural programmes based on folk songs and plays in localdialects are organised. Cultural parties were entrusted the task of makingproper promulgation of Pulse Polio Drive in collaboration with UNICEFand Family Welfare Department.

Films and Photography

Insurgance of visual media in Mass-media activities is an unprecedentedphenomenon of the modern era. The Photo-film unit utilizes modernequipments for publicity of the Government schemes, programmes, policiesand decisions keeping in mind the modern communication requirements.Documentaries and newsreels are also produced.

During the year 2007-08, 3715 video coverages were acoomplished fortransmitting on Doordarshan/other channels, 31617 Photo coverages pressrelease through Newspapers including a 9213 b/w photographs and 45917colour phtographs. In addition, a total 1347 large size color phtographs and613 b/w photographs are made.

UTTARAKHAND

Capital: Dehradun; PrincipalLanguage: Hindi; Area: 53,484 sq.kms.; Population: 84,89,349. LiteracyPercentage: 72.28 Number ofNewspapers: 300 ; Circulation ofNewspapers: NA; Principal Dailies: 39;Radio Stations: 3; FM Station: Nil;Doordarshan Kendra: (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs): 02 Mussoorie(DDI & DDII) ; (ii) Low PowerTransmitters (LPTs): 16; (iii) Very LowPower Transmitters (VLPTs): 16; (iv)Relay Centres: Radio-3; (v) Number ofCinema Theaters: 59.


Organisation

The Information and Public Relations Department functions as a bridgebetween the government and the people. The Department shoulders theonerous responsibility of disseminating various programmes, schemes anddecisions of the government and welfare work undertaken by it among thepeople through media.

Press Publicity

The Uttaranchal Government facilitates press/media representatives of printand electronic media access to information so that the policies andprogrammes of government can be publicised.

Field Publicity

All districts of the state are equipped with infrastructure of publicising theGovernment schemes and policies. District Information Officers areentrusted with the task of creating awareness among the masses aboutGovernment works to the grass root level.

Song and Drama

The government’s policies, decisions and achievements are publicisedthrough folk cultural programmes. For this purpose cultural troupes areselected at district level. Besides, two units of Song and Drama Divisionof Govermnet of India are active in Dehradun and Nainital.

Publication Bureau

Publication Bureau performs the job of informing the people aboutGovernment policies, schemes, programmes, achievements, etc., throughprinted literature. Besides, periodic publications, books, booklets, folders,handbills, posters, albums etc. are published. “Uttaranchal Darshan”, amonthly newsletter is being published to publicize the policies of theGovernment.

Photo – Films Unit

Photo - Films Unit is engaged in publicity of Government’s schemes,programmes, policies, etc., through photographs and films. Stategovernment also telecast a news magazine on DD-I.


The Government policies and programmes are publicised throughexhibition, puppet shows and other cultural activities.


Information Centres

There is a State Information Centre in New Delhi. It caters to therequirements of the national and international print and electronic media.The Information and Public Relations Department has 13 DistrictInformation Offices in each district to look after the publicity at all levels.


Currently the website of I&PRD is on www.uttara.in/. The e-mail addressis : [email protected].

WEST BENGAL

CAPITAL : Kolkata; PrincipalLanguage: Bengali; Area: 88,752 Sq.kms.; Population: 8,02,21,171; LiteracyPercentage: 57.7%; Number ofNewspapers: N/A; Circulation ofNewspapers: N/A; Principal Dailies:Anandabazar Patrika (Bengali), SambadPratidin (Bengali), Aajkaal (Bengali),Bartaman (Bengali), Ganashakti (Bengali)The Statesman (English), Telegraph(English), The Asian Age (English),Timesof India (English), Hindustan Times(English), Viswamitra (Hindi), Sanmarg(Hindi), Jansatta (Hindi), ChhapteChhapte (Hindi), Aabshar (Urdu), Azad Hind (Urdu), Akbar-E-Mashriq(Urdu),; Radio Stations: Kolkata, Kursenong, Siliguri, Baharampur andBolpur; F.M. Stations: N/A; Doordarshan Kendra: (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs) (Digital): Kolkata - Channel-I, Channel-II and DDBangla, Murshidabad DD-II, Baharampur, Kurseong, Krishnagar;Santiniketan DD-I, Balurghat, Asansol, Asansol Metro; (ii) Low PowerTransmitters (LPTs): Kharagpur, Garbeta, Jhargram, Contai, Midnapore,Bardhaman, Kalna, Ryna, Jhalda, Purulia, Bagmundi, Balarampur,Ranaghat, Bishnupur, Basanti, Farakka, Malda, Aliporeduar, Coochbehar,Kalimpong, Darjeeling, Santiniketan DD-11; (iii) Very Low PowerTransmitters (VLPTs): Egra

Organisation

The Department of Information and Cultural Affairs consists of four


Directorates and one Language Cell headed by the Secretary namely (a)Information, (b) Culture (c) Film and (d) Archaeology. All theseDirectorates have Directors at the helm. The language Wing is headed bythe Deputy Secretary.


News Bureau of the Information Directorate is engaged in preparing andissuing press releases to feed the press radio and TV with government news.The officers attached to News Bureau are entrusted with the responsibilityof maintaining press liaison with all the departments of the government.News Bureau discharges the duty by issuing press notes/press releases andbackgrounders by organising press conferences of the Ministers and othersenior government functionaries and organising press parties. This Bureauprovides feed back by sending newspaper clippings to the Ministers andSecretaries.

During all-important elections, a special newsroom is set up to cater theelection results to the press and media. Similar arrangements are madeduring natural calamities and other catastrophes that have adverse bearingon the people of the state. Besides during national and internationalprogrammes of significance media centre is set up by News Bureau toextend facilities to the media representatives and to organise pressconferences, etc., of the visiting dignitaries from home and abroad.

Organising press coverages during the visits of the Heads of States andother VVIPs frequenting, West Bengal is also within the purview of theNews Bureau.

Posters, folders, booklets in different languages highlighting the messageof the State Government are distributed to various information pockets indistricts and sub-divisions by our DICOs and SDICOs.

A Mass Media Centre under the aegis of the Information and CulturalAffairs Department was made to set up media-related information bank andto explore avenues for the uplift of the rural and moffusil based smallnewspapers. It has also arranged training of rural journalists and studentsof journalism. It has set up a journalistic and media library.

Field Publicity

The Rural Information Wing of the Information Directorate maintainsconstant liaison with the people of the State through 18 District and 59Sub-divisional Information and Cultural officers. A Special DistrictInformation and Culture Office has been set up to cater information andassistance to the people of that remote area. While the District Information


and Cultural Officers are in charge of the district offices, the departmentaloffices of the sub-division are headed by the Sub-divisional Informationand Cultural Officers. The Field Workers have been redesignated as JuniorField Information Assistants. There are field workers in 90 blocks. TheRural Wing functions in close tandem with the panchayats and other localself-government bodies.

The wing makes rural people aware of different policies, programmes andactivities of the government. At the same time the wing feeds thegovernment with rural sector information. A special drive is on to highlightthe achievement of the government in the fields of Panchayat, LandReforms, Agriculture, Welfare of the Backward Classes, InformationTechnology and Tourism, etc., through multi-media campaigns likeexhibitions, advertisements, hoarding, screenings of documentaries andvideofilms, press releases and seminars.

Song and Drama

Music and Dance workshops on different items are organised incollaboration with Rajya Sangeet Akademi of the Cultural Directorate.

The Birth anniversary of Rabindra Nath Tagore is celebrated in all districtsand sub-divisons. Seminars followed by cultural programmes are arrangedto pay tribute to the poet laureate. The Rural Wing observes ‘Baishe Sraban’in a solemn manner in all districts and sub-divisions. ‘Patha Natak Utsav’and Drama Festival are organised in the districts in collaboration withPaschim Banga Natya Akademi. Besides, Drama workshops are alsoarranged. This year seminars and cultural functions to celebrate the birthanniversary of Kazi Nazrul Islam were held. Seminars and culturalfunctions were also held on communal harmony. With a view to ensuringcultural bond transcending all discriminations and narrowness ‘TeestaGanga Utsav’ was held in Jalpaiguri. This festival paved the way for anexchange of thoughts and ideas amongst the artistes of North Bengal andSouth Bengal in the real sense of the term.

Publications

One of the major objectives of the Department of Information and CulturalAffairs is to make the plans and programmes of the government public, togather news and views, to earmark and denote the exact identity of acommon citizen in the magnitude of socioeconomic development. ThePublication Wing publishes journals in languages of the State viz. Bengali,English, Hindi, Urdu, Santhali, and Nepali. These journals have becomepopular amongst the people. The editing of the journals is carried out by ateam of editors, sub-editors and translators.


Besides regular and general issues, special journals are brought outcommemorating eminent personalities and highlighting important subjectsand issues.

A publication on education is brought out quarterly by the InformationDepartment with a special supplement on important and relevant issuesconcerning education.

A quarterly bulletin of the Mass Media Centre is also published from thisDepartment.

The Information Directorate also brings out theme based casual publicationson different occasions. Booklets and pamphlets highlighting the policiesand achievements of the government are also brought out.

Photo and Films

Photographers of the Information Department assist the News Bureau inmaintaining media relations on behalf of all the departments of the StateGovernment. Coverage of important events, natural calamities, visit ofVVIPs is also made by our official photographers.

Films Wing is headed by the Director of Film. He is assisted, among others,by one Joint Director, one Deputy Director, one Assistant Director and aProduction Officer. Nandan, a film centre, is run by this Wing forpropagation of film culture. It has three auditoriums, two film archives (onegeneral and the other Satyajit Ray) and one library. The West Bengal FilmDevelopment Corporation has been entrusted with the distribution ofGovernment produced films, exhibition of films in two cinema houses,Chaplin and Ahindra Mancha and running of a colour film laboratorynamed Rupayan. Besides, an educational audio-visual training cumproduction centre has been set up as a joint venture with the Governmentof Italy to provide an opportunity to produce educational audio-visual in aprofessional way. This training centre has been named ‘Roopkala Kendra’.


A.V./Video shows are arranged throughout the State in a planned andorganised way, though there are various infrastructural constraints. Withthe objective of modernizing the whole process, 18 districts and 28 sub-divisions have been provided with colour TV and VCP sets. There are 104audio-visual units in operation in the State. Funds have been placed in 13districts and 16 sub-divisions for purchase of VCD players. Video filmson Polio Eradication, Total Sanitation, Self-help Group are being screenedregularly by our A.V. Units.



Kolkata Information Centre was established as a State Level InformationCentre mainly to provide information to common people on variousdevelopmental activities of West Bengal government. The activities ofKolkata Information Centre have gained much importance in recent times.The centre is being built up as a model Information institution withInformation Kiosk, auditorium, exhibition-hall, reading room, library andother facilities.

Within the State, the project of opening one Information Centre in eachdistrict and sub-division is now cpmplete. As a result the State has now58 such information centres. Besides, State Level Information Centres havealso been set up at Siliguri, Asansol and Durgapur.

There are three State Information Bureaus at New Delhi, Chennai andAgartala. These Bureaus are engaged in disseminating information aboutWest Bengal, promoting its tourism and building up cultural relations.

Information Wing

It is headed by the Director of Information who is assisted among othersby four Joint Directors of Information, eleven Deputy Directors includingone each at Delhi and Darjeeling, six Assistant Directors, twenty-twoInformation Officers, one Research Officer, one Copy Writer, one ExecutiveEngineer, one Public Relations Officer for Jhargram Affairs. At the fieldlevel there are twenty-four (including two Labour Information Officers, oneeach at Asansol and Siliguri), District Information and Cultural Officersand sixty-five Sub-divisional Information and Cultural Officers. Post ofField Information Assistants - one in each district have been created tostrengthen the rural set up. Also ninety Field Workers have been posted inthe same number of Blocks so far to stretch the rural information networkdown to the grassroots level.

Rural Orientation

The Rural Information Wing provides the real basis of the Information andCultural Affairis Department. This Wing covers the rest of the State exceptKolkata,. The officers and workers of the Rural Information Wing workall over the State, diseminating information about the welfare policies ofthe Government and propagating the message of fraternity and harmony.

Exhibitions, hoardings, advertisements, documentaries are used to disseminateinformation about the various prgorammes and message of the Government.

To work in closer co-ordination with the 3-tier Panchayat system, districtofficers of the I & C A Department have been attached to the Zilla Parisads


and Parisad Information Functionaries. Field workers, too, have beenattached to the Panchayat Samitis.

News Bureau

The News Bureau plays a vital role in highlighting the policies andactivities of the Government through mass media. It also arranges pressconferences of ministers and other public dignitaries. The News Bureau isalso the issuing authority of press-accreditation cards to the media personsaccording to the recommendations of the Press Accreditation Committee.

The Department of Information and Cultural Affairs runs three outside StateInformation Bureaus - one each at New Delhi (opened in the year 1964).All the three Information Bureaus run Information Centre-cum-Librariesin their offices and make available the information as well as publicitymaterials to the commonmen, government officials, press and media.

Publication Wing

The Publication Wing brings out journals, which furnish details of publicevents that occur in remote part of the State. The journals are PaschimBangal (Bengali), West Bengal (English), Pachhim Bangla (Santhali),Paschim Bangal (Hindi). A magazine in the Nepali language is alsopublished by the department. Another journal, Siksha Darpan, which is theorgan of the different Education Departments of the State is also publihsedby the Information and Cultural Affairs Department. The Special issues ofthe journals, which are brought out occasionally, are designed to pass onto readers and varied information on the concerned subject through seriousessays and articles contributed by the acknowledged authorities and expertsin the field.

Mass Media Centre

The Mass Media Centre, came under the aegis of the Information andCultural Affairs Department on September 28, 1987 and it functions fromthe Kolkata Information Centre. Its objectives include (a) cultivation ofmass communication as a pre-requisite for economic and socialdevelopment, (b) organising seminars on relevant topics, (c) setting upmedia related information bank, and (d) exploring avenues of revitalisingthe rural and mofussil-based small newspapers.

Film Directorate

Film is the most powerful medium of communication as well as the mostpotent means of creating mass consciousness. Committed to using the


celluloid and electronic (video) media to promote mass education andenhance awareness the Information and Cultural Affairs Department hassuccessfully created an infrastructure for making and screening good films.For almost 25 years now, this Department has consistently striven andplayed a meaningful role at all stages of film-making, including pre-production and public shows.

Films Producation

The State Government has entered into an agreement with the National FilmDevelopment Corporation for producing feature films. So far three films,namely, ‘Shilpi’, Nayantara’ and ‘Swapner Sandhane’ have been jointlyproduced. Proposals for a fourth feature film are under consideration. Since1977 State Government has produced as many as 24 feature films. Thisapart, Film Directorate attaches special importance to documentaries as welland every year it buys a number of documentaries of real merit made byyoung directors or private producers. When the need is felt for adocumentary on some important, significant subject, this Directorateengages empanelled specialist documentary experts to make such films. Itis pertinent to mention here that on the occuasion of the birth centenary ofNetaji Subhas Chandra Bose, a documentary highlighting Netaji’s life andcareer was made. In matters of production of films, the opinion andrecommendations of the West Bengal Films Advisory Council are followed.

Technicians’ Studio

Technicians’ Studio Private Limited was taken over by the StateGovernment in 1983. Over the years the infrastructural facilities have beenthoroughly revamped transforming the old studio into an eminently suitableone for filmmakers in this region. The work of modernisation is in fullswing of the studio. It is expected that the studio will become increasinglyself-supporting. The Film Centenary Building now being built on the oldpremises of the former Radha Films at Tollygunge is nearing completion.The history of film making in Kolkata goes back to eighty or ninety years.Right from the the era of silent films Kolkata has contributed richly to theworld of international films. Proud inheritance consists of the triumphantfilms made by the legendary Satyajit Ray and the other great directors. TheCentenary Building is being built to collect and preserve this wealth ofcinema. No doubt cine enthusiasts and students, research workers and thenumerous film societies will benefit from this project which, whencompleted, will house the proposed film museum, a library, a theatre, anauditorium, etc.

The archive has been built up by the film Directorate. Its collection consistsof the negatives of hundreds of documentaries and newsreels including


some rare ones. From this collection prints of films and videocassettes aresupplied to the different audio-visual units in the districts.

West Bengal Film Development Corporation

The Colour Development laboratory ‘Rupayan’ under this Corporation hascreated adequate infrastructure to extend post-production facilities to filmmakers in the Eastern and North-Eastern India. It processes and developsabout 40 feature films every year and thus caters to the local demands.

In order to promote a healthy cinema and film culture in the city, the WestBengal Film Development Corporation screens films regularly at Chaplin.The Corporation is also in charge of the distribution of feature filmsproduced by the State Government and to address effectively the variousproblems of production, distribution and screening in this field.

Nandan: the Hub of Cinema in West Bengal

Establihed in 1985, the Nandan Complex very soon emerged as the nervecentre of all cinemas and the film related activities in the State.Internationally acclaimed Indian and Foreign films are regularly screenedin the auditoriums of the Nandan Complex which also functions as thecentral venue of the seven year old Kolkata International Film Festival.Every year from November 10 to 17, Kolkata hosts the Festival, whichhas already won the recognition from the International Film FestivalFederation. The Festival now forms an intergral part of the annual agendaof the State Government and has been accepted as one of the majorcultural events of the city. In November every year film personalities fromIndia and abroad come to Kolkata and an exciting interface follows, ahundred flowers bloom and the considerabale crop of world films screenedat Nandan and the cinema-theatres in the city for seven days ignites avarious of interactive sessions, seminars and interviews in which filmmakers, directors and artistes from within and outside India take part. TheFilm Festival Directorate, the Government of India, National FilmDevelopment Corporation, the film Archives of India, Eastern IndianMotion Picture Association, kindred organizations and differentcommercial entitles are associated with the Festival. Over the last few yearNandan has been organising film appreciation courses. Recently theduration of these courses has been extended to ten weeks. Steps are beingtaken to spread and promote the cultivation of good, aesthetic films in thedistricts also.

Cinema Workers’ Welfare Fund

The Fund was started in 1981 to provde financial relief to indigent cinema


workers and technicians. Every year over a hundred indigent workers andthe technicians receive the much-needed help from this fund.

In sector four at Salt Lake, a state-of-the-art video film studio is comingup. When completed and fully operational Roopkala Kendra will functionboth as a hub for making people-oriented video films and training centrefor students intending to make video films. The need has long been feltfor such an institution in the estern and NorthEastern India. A project whichSatyajit Ray had visualised long ago became a reality when the Governmentof India and Italy signed an agreement in 1995. Information and CulturalAffairs Department is executing this Indo-Italian joint venture.

Roopkala Kendra is gearing up to play a major role in the production ofanimations. No facilities woth the name are abailable in Eastern India formaking educational and serious animations, nor does any training institutefunction here. Animation can perform a critical rolein communication withchldren and the semiliterate segments of society.

UNION TERRITORIES

ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR

CAPITAL: Port Blair; PrincipalLanguages: Hindi, Nicovarese, Bengali,Malayalam, Tamil, Telugu; Area: 8,249 sq.kms.; Population: 3,56,152 (2001 Census);Literacy percentage: 81.3; Number ofNewspapers: 31; Principal Dailies withCirculation (Approx.): Daily Telegrams:8000; Dweep Samachar: 1000. RadioStation: Port Blair and Car Nicobar;Number of Cinema Theatres: 3;Doordarshan Kendra: Low Power TVTransmitter (LPT): Port Blair and CarNicobar; Very Low Power Transmitter(VLPT): Digilipur, Mayabudnder, RangatMiddle Andaman, Hut Bay, Nancowry and Campbell Bay; DR sets andDish Antenna are also installed.

Organisation

The Directorate of Information, Publicity and Tourism is functioning underthe Secretary and headed by the Director.


Exhibition

The Administration participated in the India International Trade Fair heldin New Delhi. On 27th of November Andaman Day was celebrated at LalChowk Theatre, New Delhi. A cultural evening was organised by presentingPanchavadyam, Kuchipudi, Folk dances of the Islands, Talvadyam andQuawali.

Publications

Two daily newspapers ‘The Daily Telegrams’ (English) and DweepSamachar (Hindi) are being published regularly by the Administration. Apublicity campaign was undertaken in the media on the mainland with aview to promoting tourism in the Islands.

Field Publicity

There are eight mobile cinema units; two in South Andaman, one each atCar Nicobar, Campbell Bay, Nancowrie, Mayabunder and Diglipur and HutBay operated by the Department.

Film Library

The Department maintains a good film library at Port Blair. There are 97feature films (Hindi) and 1487 documentaries and newsreels on varioussubjects. One video film on A and N Islands has also been made for thebenefit of tourists. These films are screened in rural areas as well as issuedto various departments, agencies for free screening along withdocumentaries on social and family welfare.

Photo Unit

The Department arranged phtography and videography of developmentactivities. All state functions and VIP’s visit were covered during the year.

Training of local Youth and Employment

Many local youths were trained in Hotel Reception and Book Keeping andHouse Keeping at the Local Polytechnic viz. Dr. B. R. AmbedkarGovernment Polytechnic, Port Blair and also in a private Organisationassisted by the Department. A few trained youths were employed inGovernment and Private sectors.

Information Centres

A total of 31 Information Centres functioned during the year. These centreswere provided with newspapers/periodicals etc., besides colour TVs anddish Antenna wherever necessary. 23 Panchayats headed by women


Pradhans were also provided with colour television sets as anencouragement to the women in these Islands.

Press Facility

A press room is available for the journalists. This press room is set up andmanned by the Directorate of IP&T.

CHANDIGARH

CAPITAL: Chandigarh; Area: 114sq.km.; Population : 900635; LiteracyPercentage: 81.76; Principal Languages:Hindi, English and Punjabi; Number ofNewspapers: 18; Circulation ofNewspapers: 5 lakh ; Principal Dailies:Tribune, Hindustan Times, DainikBhaskar, Times of India, Indian Express,Amar Ujala, Punjab Kesri; Radio Station:FM-3, AM1 (AIR); Television Station:One; Number of Cinema Halls/Multiplexes:6/1.

History of Chandigarh

Le Corbusier’s creation fulfilled the dream of Pandit Jawahal Lal Nehru.Today Chandigarh is a fully grown town of most modern architecturalsplender. It has acquired the enviable reputation of being the “CITYBEAUTIFUL”. Chandigarh nestles in a picturesque setting in the foothillsof Shivalik hills and enjoys the popular epithet the City Beautiful.Chandigarh and the area surrounding it were constituted as a UnionTerritory on 1 November 1966. It serves as a joint capital of both Punjaband Haryana states. It is bounded on North and West by Punjab and on theEast and South by Haryana.

Salient Features

1. Chandigarh symbolizes modern India. The residents of Chnadigarh areproud of their unique city due to its distinctive character and ambience.Along the path of economic development this city, the vision of PanditNehru, has been able to maintain its traditional cultural spirit.

2. Chandigarh Administration is moving on four broad fronts. First, it aimsto provide an accessible and transparent administration with the helpof Information Technology. The UT was among the earliest to


implement the provisions of Right to Information Act. A number ofservices are now available on computer and mobile phones. All rulesare being reviewed to see what simplification can be carried out to makethem user-friendly. The purpose is to minimize the exercise ofdiscretion, and minimize the leg work of the citizens in dealing withthe Administration.

3. Secondly, the Administration is working towards a higher rate ofeconomic growth by encouraging economic activities which providedgreater value addition, such as knowledge based industries, high endcommercial activity, etc.

4. Thirdly, the Administraion is seeking to provide infrastructural servicessuch as electricity supply, water supply, health and educational servicesand public transport which should compare with those in advancedcountries.

5. Fourthly, the Administration is conscious of the fact that the benefitsof development do not reach everyone equally. Hence, there is a specialemphasis on reaching out to those whom development has by-passed.

Organisation

Public Relations Department is headed by the Director Public Relationswho is assisted by two Public Relations Officers. The Office staff includestwo Assistant Public Relations Officers, one Section Officer, three SeniorAssistants entrusted with the work of publicity, accounts andestablishments. The technical staff includes one Movie Cameraman, oneAssistant Photo and Cinema Officer, one Dark Room Attendant and oneTechnical Assistant (Sound).

General

The day to day functioning of the Department includes the media coverageof all functions of the Administrator, Adviser to the Administration, HomeSecretary, Finance Secretary and other concerned officers of the UTAdministration.

The Department is also responsible for covering VIP visits, organising pressconferances and cultural programmes, releasing of Press Notes highlightingactivities and achievements of all the Departments of Administration andtheir future plans and Programmes.

National Integration

The Department has been carrying out sustained publicity on NationalIntegration and Communal Harmony through various media at its disposal.It also acts as a coordinating agency for various prestigious. annual events


like Independence Day, Republic Day, National Unity Week celebrations,Sadbhavana Day, Kaumi Ekta Week, and Martyrdom Day, etc.

Press Wing

The Press Wing of the Department carries out extensive publicity ofprogrammes, policies, activities and achievements of the Administrationand Government as a whole in form of Press Releases, Handouts, Articles,Radio talks and advertisements. Public Relations Offices are attached tovarious departments of the Administration for drafting press notes, writingmessages and speeches for officers. During the year, the departmentreleased 1027 press notes for publication in the newspapers. Two speechesand 75 messages were written for the Adviser to the Administrator, HomeSecretary and Finance Secretary.

Display Advertisements highlighting the progress, development andachievements of the Administration in various fields were prepared and gotpublished in newspapers on special occasions.

All advertisements of different departments of Chandigarh Administrationare routed through the Wing. During the year under report more than 1879display and classified advertisements from various departments werereleased to various newspapers in and outside the Union Territory.

The Department played key role in making the major events of theAdministration including Chandigarh Film Festival, Chandigarh Carnival,Rose Festival and New Year Festival a huge success.

Photo Section

During the year photo coverage was given to 471 important functions. Inconnection with these functions, photos were supplied to differentnewspapers for publication. The wing also prepared colourred photographsrelating to development activities of the city for exhibitions arranged fromtime to time. Coloured Photographs highlighting the progress of the cityin different field were also displayed on notice boards.

Publications

The Department undertakes the publication work to highlight the activitiesand achievements of various departments of the Administration. Some otherpublications are also brought out from time to time besides publishing NewYear Diaries, Table Chart of telephone numbers and Telephone Directoryof the Administration.

Administration

The Administrative branch looked after the personal needs of the


department to ensure efficient discharge of its various functions andcoordinated the work of different schemes effectively. Steps were taken tosolve day-to-day problems promptly.

Field Publicity

The Field Publicity Wing of the Administration works in conjunction withother departments of the Administration in publicizing their programmes,policies and achievements and the benefits accruing to the people, and inhighlighting decisions beneficial to the scheduled castes, backward classesand weaker sections of the society.

Public Meetings and Conferences

This Department helped cultural groups to organize melas and conferencesin the Union Territory of Chandigarh which were addressed by theAdministrator, Adviser, Home Secretary and dignitaries of theAdministration. In these meetings topics like national integration, anti-communalism, eradication of untouchability, etc., were highlighted.

Special Campaigns

As usual, Independence Day and Republic Day were celebrated with greatenthusiasm. World Health Day, World Environment Day were alsocelebrated in the Union Territory.

Technical Wing

The Technical Wing extended all help. Public Address System was providedat various meetings and press conferences.

Name/Address/Website/E-Mail of the Department

Public Relations Department; Sector 9 , U.T. Secretariat, Chandigarh,(Ph.01722740056,274059); www.chdpr.gov.in; dpr@&chd.nic.in,[email protected]

DADRA AND NAGAR HAVELI

CAPITAL: Silvassa; Principal Languages:Gujarati, Hindi and Marathi; Area: 491 sq. kms.;Population: 2,20,451; Literacy Percentage:57.63; Number of Newspapers: one; Circulationof Newspapers: 5000 copies (Weekly); PrincipalDailies: Nil; Radio Stations: Nil; F.M Station:Nil; Doordarshan Kendra: (i) High Power


Transmitters (HPTs): Nil; (ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs): Nil; (iii)Very Low Power Transmitters (VLPTs): One; (iv) Relay Centres: One;Number of Cinema Theatres: Two.

Organisation

This Administration has only one Field Publicity Unit. The Publicity Unitissues Press Notes on developmental activities and releases Governmentadvertisements. The Land Reform Officer - I has been designated as ex-officio Chief Publicity Officer who looks after the whole functions of thePublicity Unit. The Chief Publicity Officer is assisted by a Field PublicityOfficer and other staff.

Press Publicity

During the year, the Department has carried out following activities (i)Press Notes Released: 144 (ii) Publication of Advertisment/Tender Notice/Notification Government, etc.: 99 (iii) Provided Public Addressing Systemduring Government programmes: 64 (iv) Sent Script materials to the AIRCorrespondent of AIR Newsletter for Dadra and Nagar Haveli (D.N.H.):10 (v) Film Shows arranged: 18.

Field Publicity

The Field Publicity Unit organises Film Shows regularly in remote areasof the territory on 16 mm Projector as well as Video.

Song and Drama

Song and Drama Division, Pune, sponsored Artists programmes on R.D.A.campaign, AIDS awareness, etc., in interior places of the Union Territoryof D.N.H.

Photo and Films

Photo services are provided in each and every function and film showsare arranged by the Department in interior parts of this territory throughTV.


This Department has provided eleven T. V. sets at the Panchayat HeadQuarters for entertainment.


E-mail Address: silvassatourism@sit;v.com

Website: www.silvassatourism.com


DAMAN AND DIU

CAPITAL: Daman; Prinicipal Language: Gujarati;Languages spoken: Gujarati, English, Hindi,Portuguese; Area: 112 sq. kms.; Population:15,58,204 (2001); Literacy percentage: 78.18; No.of Newspapers: 4; Circulation of Newspapers:25,125; Principal Dailies with Circulation: SaveraIndia Times (Hindi) 7700; Ash Aajadi (Hindi) 3915;Vartaman Pravah (Gujarati) 5000, UT’s Voice(English) 8510 (Fortnightly); Radio Station:2; Doordarshan Kendra: High PowerTransmitter (HPT): Nil; Low PowerTransmitter (LPT): 2; Relay Centres: 2;Number of Cinema Halls/Multiplexes: 2.

Organisation

The Administration is headed by theAdministrator. In the Secretariat there are also the DevelopmentCommissioner, Finance Secretary and Law Secretary. Then there are twocollectors each for Daman and Diu Districts. The Collector is the Head ofDepartment for various offices and the Collector is also the Director ofTourism.


The Department of Information and Publicity issues press releases,photographs, advertisements and the materials for public education, safety,tourist conveniences and general information such as consumer rights andwrite-ups on different forts and churches. Daman and Diu have also gotgood coverage on prime channels and magazines.

Field Publicity

Film shows on subjects like health, education, sanitation, etc., are shownfrequently.

Song and Drama

Bal Bhavan, Daman, organizes programmes and dramas, etc., on differentoccasions.

Publications

This Division published brochures and pamphlets which are in great


demand by the tourists. The brochures are printed in the English,Protuguese and German languages. The post cards cover the multifacetedsites namely the forts, churches and beaches. The calendars also show thesame along with the newly developed garden i.e. Damanganga LakeGarden, Kachigam, Kadaiya Tourist Complex, Kadaiya and Satya SagarUdhyan, Dalwada, etc.

Community Listening cum – Community Viewing Centre

For the literate and illiterate population, the B.D.O. runs a CommunityListening Centre. It serves as a meeting point in the area where importantinformation is disseminated through the Sarpanchs. Each Centre has beenequipped with T. V. and Radio. There are 11 Community centres. Sincethese Centres are also equipped with T.Vs. they are called CommunityViewing Centres where mainly visual communciation is used.

DELHI

CAPITAL : Delhi; Principal Languages:Hindi, Punjabi, Urdu; Area: 1483 Sq.kms.; Population: 138.50 Lakhs; LiteracyPercentage: 81.67; Number ofNewspapers: N/A; Circulation ofNewspapers: N/A; Principal Dailies:English - Hindustan Times, Times ofIndia, Indian Express, Hindu, Pioneer,Asian Age, National Herald, Tribune,Statesman; Hindi - Punjab Kesari,Jansatta, Rashtriya Sahara, Nav Bharat Times, Hindustan, Dainik Jagran,Amar Ujala, Veer Arjun; Urdu - Quami Awaz, Pratap, Milap, Awam, FaisalJadeed, Rashtriya Sahara (Urdu), Akhbar-e-Mashriq, Tej, Sada-e-watan.Eveningers: Mid-day, Today, Sandhya Times, Sandhya Veer Arjun; Radio/T. V. Station - Akashwani, Delhi Doordarshan Kendra: Delhi; FM Stations:N/A; Doordarshan Kendra: Delhi Doordarshan Kendra l; (i) High PowerTransmitters (HPTs): N/A; (ii) Low Power Transmitters (LPTs): N/A; (iii)Very Low Power Transmitters (ULPTs): N/A; (iv) Relay Centres: N/A;Number of Cinema Theatres: 48 (Permanent : 48; Touring : NIL).

Organisation

The Department of Information Publicity (DIP), located at Block IX, OldSecretariat, Delhi- 110054, is entrusted with the job of informing andpublicising the programmes, policies and activities of the Government of


NCT of Delhi for citizens’ welfare, particularly for weaker sections ofsociety.

The Department is headed by a Director, who functions under the overallsupervision of the Principal Secretary, Information and Public Relations,Government NCT of Delhi. The Director is assisted by the DeputyDirectors, Information Officers, Assistant Information Officers, FieldPublicity Officer and Publicity Assistants in carrying out the workentrusted to the Directorate. The officers of the Directorate look afterthe publicity work of the different departments of the Government ofDelhi and for this purpose the Information officers and AssistantInformation Officers are attached with different dignitaries like LieutenantGovernor Speaker, Deputy Speaker, Chief Minister and other Ministersfor the publicity of the departments under them. On the Administrativeside, the Director is assisted by an Administrative Officer, OfficeSuperintendent and Account Officer along with other administrative staffunder them.

The Directorate accomplishes the information dissemination and publicityfunctions through its 8 units namely, Press Unit, Hospitality Unit,Publication Unit, Research and Reference Unit, Advertisement Unit, FieldPublicity Unit, Film & Video Publicity Unit and Photo Unit.

Press (Media) Unit

This unit arranges Press Conferences, Press briefings and Press Tours ofmedia persons and keeps liaison with Press, Radio and T.V. The Media Unitis entrusted with the work of issuing of daily Press Releases. It also issuesPress Accreditation Cards to reporters and camerapersons and arrangesother press related facilities for them. The Media Unit also maintains a well-furnished Press Room (renamed as Media Facilitation Centre) for theaccredited journalists at the Delhi Secretariat, where the facilities of fax,telephone, computer and television, etc., have been provided for thereporters. A modernization plan is underway to modernize this Press Roomby equipping it with the state of the art facilitating equipments. Unit alsoorganizes regular meetings of Delhi Press Accreditation Committee tofinalise issue and renewal of accreditation cards to the journalists coveringDelhi Government beat and to discuss issues pertaining to welfare of theDelhi-based journalists.

Research and Reference Unit

Research and Reference Unit provides ready reference material for differentpublicity oriented activities and is an integral part of the functioning ofthis office. Under this unit a library is being maintained, wherein reference


books, periodicals and newspapers are kept. About 20 newspapers arescanned daily for news and around 27 hard copies of news clippings areprepared everyday and sent to LG, Speaker and Deputy Speaker, ChiefMinister and Ministers, Leader of Opposition and some Secretary/ PrincipalSecretaries. A system of e-media clipping is being introduced wherein theseclippings are mounted in the Directorate’s website and can be freelyaccessed by public.

Advertisement Unit

This unit organizes the publicity of Delhi Government throughadvertisements in print media. Release Order of display and classifiedadvertisements of various departments are issued on a day to day basis.There are 11 Group ‘A’ agencies and 62 Group ‘B’ agencies empanelledby the GNCTD.

The concerned advertising government department invites all the ll Group‘A’ agencies and gives them the brief on the subject and these agenciesprepare creatives and submit them to the brief-giving department. Onreceipt of creatives, the advertising department sends them directly to thePrincipal Secretary to Chief Minister or may route the same through theDIP for obtaining approval of the Chief Minister. After obtaining approvalof CM, the advertising department does the media release by obtaining theDIP number from the advertising unit of the Directorate of Information andPublicity. It is noteworthy that the proper Government Department ofGNCTD shall compulsorily get the creatives made from the 11 Group ‘A’empanelled agencies at a rate similar to Government of India’s DAVP printmedia advertising rate. The noteable exception, however, is the Directorateof Information and Publicity which can utilize the services of bothempanelled Group ‘A’ and Group ‘B’ agencies of GNCTD at a rate similarto DAVP. Further, the profit oriented PSUs, Corporations and other bodiesof GNCTD may utilize services of both Group ‘A’ and Group ‘B’ agencies,but only at a commercial rate.

So far as giving of any advertisement to print media, souvenir, etc., atcommercial rate is concerned, the proper Government Departments needto compulsorily obtain the creative approval of the Chief Minister, GNCTDand financial concurrence of the finance department of the GNCTD.

It may be noted that on the important occasions of national importance suchas Independence Day, Republic Day, Gandhi Jayanti and New Year, etc.,public awareness campaigns on relevant issues are also undertaken by theDIP and it issues advertisements not only to the empanelled print mediaof GNCTD but also to other DAVP empanelled print media who have madeadvance request in writing to the Director, DIP.


Publication Unit

Besides printing publicity literature, calendar, telephone directory, etc., thisunit also publishes booklets, brochures, handbills and posters from timeto time pertaining to important achievements and the campaigns of Delhigovernment. Trilingual monthly magazine ‘ Dilli Masik ‘(in Hindi, Punjabi& Urdu) is brought out by this Unit. Annual Working Reports of theGovernment of NCT of Delhi in Hindi and English are published by thisDirectorate. This Directorate has undertaken a project to compile districtprofiles of all the 9 revenue districts of Delhi.

Film and Video Publicity Unit

This unit is responsible for the production of the documentaries, short films,and docu-feature films pertaining to the publicity of the Delhi government.The unit also gets ‘spots’ for TV and ‘jingles’ for radio made for projectingDelhi Government’s achievements. Departments can get such spots orjingles made either directly through TV and radio channels or throughproduction company who agree to make these creatives free of cost andmount the approved creatives (by CM) on the channel at rate that is similarto DAVP rate. Head of Departments of Delhi Government have full powerof sanctioning money for publicity at prescribed rates (rates either similarto DAVP or rates of DIP). ‘Channels or Production House’ as the case maybe, prepare these spots or jingles free of cost and recover their productioncost out of the mounting cost or its commission to be received from thechannel where the spot or jingle has been mounted. If the channel or theproduction house are asking for production cost for making spot or jingleseparately, it is considered as a commercial rate and the codal formalitiesof limited or open tender, as the case may be, shall be gone through.

A weekly programme titled “ Delhi Round Up” is telecast on Doordarshanchannel I at 7.15 PM on every Friday, reflecting the developmentalactivities and programmes of the Government of Delhi undertaken duringthe week.

Directorate of Information and Publicity have made short films on subjectssuch as Bhagidari, traffic, education, regularization of unauthorized colony,bed & breakfast scheme in 2007-08. This directorate has also commissionedan hour long docu-feature film on Delhi titled “ Delhi : India in One City“. This film is at an advanced stage of preparation and is likely to be airedon national & international TV channels very soon.

Photo Unit

Photo unit arranges photo coverage of the functions and activities of variousdepartments of the Government of Delhi and releases photos to Press and


Television for publicity. It also prepares photographs for exhibitions andphoto albums. A plan is underway to digitalize all the photo-stock availablewith the Directorate. Another plan in the pipe-line is to organize annualphoto-contest and photo-exhibition. The unit subscribes to the professional,journals and website on photography. Photographers in the Directorate areissued the latest digital cameras in the Nikon series.

Field Publicity Unit

This unit organises photo-exhibitions and cultural programmes to highlightthe policies and programmes of the Government and also puts up banners,kiosks, electronic boards and hoardings for the information of generalpublic on important issues and for mounting different campaigns of DelhiGovernment. This Directorate has mounted about 100 outdoor creatives onBus Queue Shelters, and public utility sites. This Directorate has mountedabout 600 panels on the achievement of Delhi Government inside metrocoaches in two major routes of Metro network in Delhi .

Organising photo exhibitions is a regular feature of the Department andthe exhibitions are put up in different parts of capital on various occasionslike Gandhi Jayanti, Trade Fair, etc.

This unit also organises functions like Shaheedi Diwas, Gandhi Jayanti,Madan Mohan Malviya Jayanti and participates in the state level functionson Independence Day, Republic Day, Bal Diwas, New Year Day, etc., andlooks after their publicity.

This Department also presents the tableau of Government of NCT of Delhifor Republic Day parade every year.

Hospitality Unit

This unit arranges hospitality for the press reporters and other mediapersons on the occasions of press conferences and press meets of thedignitaries of Delhi Government.

Website : www.publicity.delhigovt.nic.in

E-mail Address : dirip(a)hub.nic.in

LAKSHADWEEP

CAPITAL : Kavaratti; Principal Language : Malayalam, except inMinicoy; Area :32 sq. km.; Population: 60,650; Literacy percentage: 87.52;Number of Newspapers: 4 (Twice-weekly and fortnightlies 3); PrincipalDailies: one “The Lakshadweep Times” by UT Admin. of Lakshadweep.Radio Stations: N/A; Doordarshan Kendra: N/A; High Power Transmitter


(HPT): Low Power Transmitter (LTP); 9 (one eachat Minicoy, Kavaratti, Amini Androth, Agatti,Kalpeni, Chetlath, Kadmath Kiltan); Relay Centre:Nil; Cinema theatre: Nil.

Organisation

The Information Publicity and Tourism Office isheaded by the Director (Ex-officio). There are nineInformation and Publicity Units functioning invarious islands.

Field Publicity

All the activities of mass communication including the various sectors ofInformation and Broadcasting Ministry like Photo Video/Press Coverageand conduct of Exhibitions, etc., are the activities of this Department. Filmshows, Group Discussions. Quiz, Essay Competitions, seminars, PublicMeetings, Public Awareness Programmes and Celebrations and Observanceof National Days are also organised by this Department. During April 2008to March 2009, the Department organised 2 photo exhibitions, 27 PublicMeetings, 200 Publicity Campaigns, 21 Group Discussions, 18 CulturalProgrammes, 2 Seminars, 27 Competitions in different events and covered300 events through photo video, etc., and 5 development programmestelecast through Doordarshan.

Publications

One regular newspaper, ‘The Lakshadweep Times’, is published on everyTuesday and Friday from Kavaratti and a weekly Bulletin in MahiLanguage from Minicoy is published by the Department. Publicity materialslike Calendar, Diary, Telephone Directory and Information Brochure, othergimmicks and souvenirs have been prepared and distributed to advertisethe natural beauty and cultural heritage of the islands and attract tourists.

Name/Address//e-mail of the department

1. Rajanish Kumar Singh, Director,Information & Public RelationsU.T. of Lakshadweep Kavaratti - 682 555Phone: 04896-262207

2. Shri.P.Mohammed Koya, Publicity Officer,Directorate of Information & Public Relations,Secretariat New WingU.T. of Lakshadweep Kavaratti - 682 555Phone: 04896-262298(0) 263845


PUDUCHERRY

CAPITAL: Puducherry; PrincipalLanguages: Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam,English and French; Area: 479 Sq. Kms.;Population:9.74 lakhs (2001); LiteracyPercentage: 81.24; Number of Newspapers:Puducherry -21; Karaikal - 22; Mahe -15 andYanam - 13; Circulation of Newspapers:2,68,270; Principal Dailies with circulation:Dinakaran (Tamil) 70015; Dinamalar (Tamil)54000; Maalai Malar (Tamil) 16,500; DinaThanthi (Tamil) 15,450, Thamizh Murasu(Tamil) 18,000; The Hindu (English) 11,000;Radio Station: AIR (Prasar Bharati) Puducherry (AM), and FM radioStations: 4 including Karaikal (FM): Doordarshan Kendra/Channels:Doordarshan (Pothigai) and six other Major Cable TV Operatatorsprojecting 100 National/International and Local Channels; CinemaThreatres: 20+2 (Yanam).

Organisation

The Directorate, headed by a Director handles various schemes concerningMass Media viz. Field Publicity, Song and Drama, Exhibition, VisualPublicity, Press Advertisements, Public and Press Relatios, InformationCentres, Publications, Radio and Rural Forums, Communituy Listening setsand Community viewing sets.

Field Publicity Wing

This Wing arranges the distribution of publicity literature, posters, slides,pamphlets, etc., received from Government of India and other States/Union Territories, Government organizations and educational institutions,etc.

Social problems like Family Planning, Evils of drinking, AIDS Awareness,Untouchability, Dowry Menance, Child Labour, Atrocities on Women,Abortion of female foetus and topics of general interest like Education,Agriculture, Industries. Small Savings are being highlighted through songsand Street Plays/Drama Programmes in co-ordination with Song and DramaDivision of Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government ofIndia. Local Drama troupes are given oppourtunities to enact plays as away of encouragement.


Advertising

To publicise the activities and policies of the Government and to encouragesmall newspapers in the Union Territory, advdertisements of governmentdepartments are released to the press, through this Directorate.

Information Centres

There are four State Information Centres in Puducherry, Karaikal, Maheand Yanam which disseminate information through periodicals, magazinesand photographs.

Press Publicity

Issuing of press releases, arranging of photos, All India Radio and T.V.coverage of important events, ceremonies and functions are done by thisDirectorate.

Publications

A Citizen Chapter was brought out highlighting salient features offunctioning of this Department besides, Right to Information Act bookletas per the directives of the Government of India.

Radio Rural Forums

Sixty six Radio Rural Forums are now functioning in different areas ofthe Union Territory of Puducherry for ensuring feedback to agriculturists/rural folk about the schemes of Government of India under the communityListening Scheme.

Community Viewing

The Territory has installed in different villages, 66 colour Television setsfor community viewing under the community viewing scheme.

Address:The Director,Department of Information and Publicity,No. 18, Bellecombe Street,Puducherry - 605 001.Telefax No. (0413) 2334398Ph. (0413) 2337078(0413) 2336415


PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS

PRESS TRUST OF INDIA

Press Trust of India is the country’s leading news agency. It is a non-profitsharing cooperative owned by the Indian newspapers with a mandate toprovide efficient and unbiased news to all subscribers. Established in 1947,PTI has been in the news agency business now for six decades. And, if wetake note of our pre-Independence predecessor the Associated Press of Indiathat was set up in 1908, it is now a full century.

News services in English and Hindi languages and photo services arethe primary services that the agency offers to its clientele that includesabout 500 newspapers in India and scores abroad. All major TV/radiochannels in India and several abroad, including BBC in London, receivePTI news service. Leading internet portals also take the service. PTIdelivers its services through satellite broadcast, Internet, WorldSpace radioand e-mail.

Over the years, PTI has expanded the scope and range of its news and photoservices and has also invested heavily in staff and on technology. With aset up of over 70 offices within India and a few abroad and a network ofcorrespondents and photographers in all important cities of the country, PTItoday offers very exhaustive and specialized political, economic, legal,sports and other coverages, besides photos.

In addition to the news and photo services, the other services of the agencyinclude mailer packages of Feature, Science service, Economic service andData India, and screen-based services as News-scan and Stockscan. Atelevision facility, PTI-TV, does features and undertakes corporatedocumentaries on assignment basis. PTI is now planning to launch a videoclip service to cater to the needs of mobile phone companies. Also on anvilis an audio clip service to cater to the needs of radio stations.

PTI has arrangements with the Associated Press (AP) and Agence FrancePresse (AFP) for distribution of their international news in India. AP’sinternational photo service is also distributed in the country through PTI.The Dow Jones and Bloomberg international commercial services are alsodistributed in India through PTI.

PTI is a partner in Asia Pulse International, a Singapore-registered


company, formed by PTI and a few other Asian media organisations toprovide an on-line data bank on economic developments and businessopportunities in Asian countries. PTI is also a participant in Asianet, acooperative arrangement among news agencies of the Asia-Pacific region,for distribution of corporate and government press releases.

PTI is a leading participant in the NAM News Network, the Internet-basednews exchange arrangement of the Non-Aligned Countries, and theOrganisation of Asia-Pacific News Agencies. It also has bilateral newsexchange arrangements with several news agencies belonging to thecountries of Asia, Africa, Europe and Latin America. Some additionalinformation about PTI

Name & Address of the : Press Trust of IndiaOrganisation PTI, Building, First Floor

4, Parliament Street,New Delhi- I 10001, India

Telephone Nos. : 91-11-23716621-24

Fax Nos. : 91-11-23 718714/23716527

E-Mail Addresses : [email protected], [email protected]

Internet Address : htt ://www. tinews.com

Name & Designation of the : M.K. RazdanHead of the Organisation : Editor-in-Chief & Chief Executive

Officer

UNITED NEWS OF INDIA

United News of India (UNI) was incorporated under the Companies Act1956 on December 19, 1959 and started functioning effective from March21. 1961.

Launched to infuse a sense of competition in news gathering anddissemination, UNI has emerged, in the past four decades, as one of themost vibrant news organisations, providing regional, national andinternational news, news photos and graphics of the highest quality andreliability to a wide spectrum of subscribers in India and abroad.

With innovation and enterprise being its watchwords, UNI became the firstIndian news agency in 1981 to serve subscribers abroad, when it extendedits service to newspapers and radio stations in the Gulf, followed by itsservice to media clients in Singapore. In May 1982, UNI launched

UNIVARTA, its full-fledged Hindi wire service to cater to Hindinewspapers. UNIVARTA is today the largest and the most comprehensiveservice of its kind in the country.

Another ambitious venture, UNI’s Photo Service, was launched in 1987,followed by its Graphics Service in 1991. Also, it has a Scan Service andUNI Direct Service. News pictures from around the world are also deliveredto subscribers through a collaborative arrangement with Reuters and EPA,the European Pressphoto Agency.

UNI’s Urdu Service, launched in June 1992, is the only one of its kind inthe language.

UNI distributes world news from Reuters, the world’s largest informationcompany. Besides, it has news exchange arrangements with Xinhua ofChina, RIA Novosti of Russia, UNB of Bangladesh. Anadolu of Turkey,WAM of the United Arab Emirates, GNA of Bahrain, KUNA of Kuwait,ONA of Oman, QNA of Qatar and CNA of Taiwan.

UNI has always been in the vanguard in adapting modern technology tosuit its requirements in news gathering and dissemination. As part of itsmodernisation drive, UNI has computerised all its offices. It was a quantumjump for UNI when it upgraded its nation-wide teleprinter network,extending to over 10,00,000 km. From 50 baud to 300 baud Data circuits.This again was a temporary changeover as UNI further advanced to 1,200baud speed Data Circuits and then to the state-of-the-art satellite technologyfor distribution of news at a speed of 100 kbps. Switching over to VSATtechnology has meant that all our subscribers across the country would getout stories simultaneously without any loss of time. Further, we would alsobe able to deliver our pictures through this system.

UNI is the only news agency in the country to deliver its entire newsservices in English and Hindi, as well its Photo and Graphics Service,through the Internet. Subscribers across the Globe round the clock candownload stories and pictures from LTNI and UNIVARTA web sites. Theweb sites are: UNI: http://www.uniindia.com & UNIVARTA: http://www.univarta.com

Media Organizations - Professional Organisations 299


APPENDICESCENTRAL BOARD OF FILM CERTIFICATION

INDIAN FEATURE FILMS CERTIFIED FROM 1-1-2007 TO 31-12-2007(REGION-WISE-LANGUAGE-WISE (CELLULOID FILMS)

SL. LANGUAGE MUM KOL CHE BAN THI HYD DEL CUT GUW TOTALNo.

1. Hindi 186 - 18 5 1 45 2 - - 257

2. Tamil 4 - 131 2 2 10 - - - 149

3. Telugu 17 - 53 8 13 150 - - - 241

4. Malayam - - 1 2 67 15 - - - 85

5. Kannada - - - 111 - - - - - 111

6. Bengali 3 39 - - - - - 2 - 44

7. Gujarati 33 - - - - - - - - 33

8. Marathi 97 - - - - - - - - 97

9. English 12 - 1 - 1 2 - - - 16

10. Oriya - 6 - - - - - 11 - 17

11. Chhattisgarhi - - - - - - - 1 - 1

12. Rajasthani 2 - - - - - - - - 2

13. Bhojpuri 75 1 - - - - - - - 76

14. Punjabi 5 - - - - - - - - 5

15. Haryanvi 2 - - - - - - - - 2

16. Angika 1 - - - - - - - - 1

17. Kortha 1 1 - - - - - - - 2

18. Manipuri - 1 - - - - - - - 1

19. Santhali - 3 - - - - - - - 3

20. Maithili 1 - - - - - - - - 1

21. Nepali 1 - - - - - - - - 1

22. Tulu - - - 1 - - - - - 1

Total 440 51 204 129 84 222 2 14 - 1146

MUM-Mumbai, KOL-Kolkata, CHE-Chennai, BAN-Bengaluru, THI-Thiruvananthapuram,HYD-Hyderabad, DEL- Delhi, CUT- Cuttack, GUW- Guwahati

301Appendices

CENTRAL BOARD OF FILM CERTIFICATIONTHEMATIC CLASSIFICATION OF INDIAN FEATURE FILMS CERTIFIED

FROM 1-1-2007 TO 31-12-2007(CELLULOID)

SL. CLASSIFI- MUM KOL CHE BAN THI HYD DEL CUT GUW TOTALNo. CATION

1. Social 338 48 147 86 59 176 2 14 - 870

2. Crime 7 - 9 31 12 5 - - - 64

3. Horror - - 3 4 4 2 - - - 13

4. Devotional 5 1 1 3 - 5 - - - 15

5. Action 6 - 34 - - 4 - - - 44

6. Children’s Film 9 - - - 1 2 - - - 12

7. Fantasy 4 - 1 - - 4 - - - 9

8. Mythological 7 - - 1 - 3 - - - 11

9. Comedy 23 - - - - 10 - - - 33

10. Action/Thriller - - 2 2 8 - - - - 12

11. Patriotic - - - 1 - - - - - 1

12. Thriller 35 2 - - - - - - - 37

13. Historical 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3

14. Science Fiction - - 1 - - - - - - 1

15. Others - - 1 - - 8 - - - 9

16. Adventure 1 - - - - - - - - 1

17. Suspense 2 - - - - 2 - - - 4

18. Sex Education - - - - - 1 - - - 1

19. Animation 1 - 1 - - - - - - 2

20. Biographical - - 3 1 - - - - - 4

Total 440 51 204 129 84 222 2 14 - 1146

MUM-Mumbai, KOL-Kolkata, CHE-Chennai, BAN- Bengaluru, THI-Thiruvananthapuram, HYD- Hyderabad, DEL-DeIhi, CUT-Cuttack,GUW-Guwahati


CENTRAL BOARD OF FILM CERTIFICATIONCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FILMS CERTIFIED

FROM 1-1-2007 TO 31-12-20007

CELLULOID

U UA A S TOTAL

INDIAN FEATURE FILMS 629 310 207 - 1146

FOREIGN FEATURE FILMS 75 101 185 - 361

INDIAN SHORT FILMS 1712 128 33 - 1873

FOREIGN SHORT FILMS 152 124 37 - 313

INDIAN LONG FILMS 1 - - - 1

OTHER THAN FEATURE

FOREIGN LONG FILMS 6 - - - 6

OTHER THAN FEATURE

Total 2575 663 462 - 3700

VIDEO

U UA A S TOTAL

INDIAN FEATURE FILMS 986 121 24 - 1131

FOREIGN FEATURE FILMS 1602 995 277 - 2874

INDIAN SHORT FILMS 10666 830 169 2 11667

FOREIGN SHORT FILMS 485 83 13 - 581

INDIAN LONG FILMS 490 44 11 - 545

OTHER THAN FEATURE

FOREIGN LONG FILMS - - - - -

OTHER THAN FEATURE

Total 14230 2072 494 2 16798

GRAND TOTAL 16805 2735 956 2 20498

303Appendices

RECIPIENTS OF DADA SAHEB PHALKE AWARD

Name Year

Tapan Sinha – Director 2006Shyam Benegal – Director 2005Adoor Gopalakrishnan – Director 2004Mrinal Sen – Director 2003Dev Anand – Actor, Director, Producer 2002Yash Chopra – Director, Producer 2001Asha Bhosle – Singer 2000Hrishikesh Mukherjee – Director 1999B.R. Chopra – Director, Producer 1998Pradeep – Lyricist, Poet 1997Sivaji Ganesan – Actor 1996Dr. Raj Kumar – Actor, Singer, Producer 1995Dilip Kumar – Actor 1994Majrooh Sultanpuri – Lyricist 1993Bhupen Hazarika – Composer, Singer, Producer 1992Bhalji Pendharkar – Producer, Director 1991A. Nageshwar Rao – Actor 1990Lata Mangeshkar – Singer, Producer 1989Ashok Kumar – Actor, Singer 1988Raj Kapoor – Actor, Director 1987B. Nagi Reddi – Producer 1986V. Shantaram – Director, Producer, Actor 1985Satyajit Ray – Director, Producer 1984Durga Khote – Actress 1983L.V. Prasad – Actor, Director, Producer 1982Naushad – Composer 1981Jairaj – Actor, Director, Producer 1980Sohrab Modi – Actor, Director, Producer 1979R.C. Boral – Composer 1978Nitin Bose – Cinematographer, Director, Producer 1977Kanan Devi – Actress, Singer, Producer 1976Dhiren Ganguly – Actor, Director, Producer 1975B.N. Reddi – Director, Producer 1974Sulochana – Actress 1973Pankaj Mallick – Singer, Actor, Composer 1972Prithviraj Kapoor – Actor, Director, Producer 1971B.N. Sirear – Producer 1970Devika Rani – Actress 1969


PAST WINNERS OF SWARNA KAMAL

Sr. Film Director Language YearNo.

1. Shyamchi Aai P.K. Atre Marathi 1953

2. Mirza Ghalib Sohrab Modi Hindi 1954

3. Pather Panchali Satyajit Ray Bengali 1955

4. Kabuliwala Tapan Sinha Bengali 1956

5. Do Ankhen Barah Haath V. Shantaram Hindi 1957

6. Sagar Sangame Debaki Kumar Bose Bengali 1958

7. Apur Sansar Satyajit Ray Bengali 1959

8. Anuradha Hrishikesh Mukherjee Hindi 1960

9. Bhagini Nivedita Bijoy Basu Bengali 1961

10. Dada Thakur Sudhir Mukherjee Bengali 1962

11. Shehar Aur Sapna Khwaja Ahmed Abbas Hindi 1963

12. Charulata Satyajit Ray Bengali 1964

13. Chemmeen Ramu Kariat Malayalam 1965

14. Teesri Kasam Basu Bhattacharya Hindi 1966

15. Hatey Bazare Tapan Sinha Bengali 1967

16. Goopy Gyne Bagha Byne Satyajit Ray Bengali 1968

17. Bhuvan Shome Mrinal Sen Hindi 1969

18. Samskara T. Pattabhiram Reddy Kannada 1970

19. Seemabaddha Satyajit Ray Bengali 1971

20. Swayamvaram Adoor Gopalakrishnan Malayalam 1972

21. Nirmalyam M.T. Vasudevan Nair Malayalam 1973

22. Chorus Mrinal Sen Bengali 1974

23. Chomana Dudi B.V. Karanth Kannada 1975

24. Mrigaya Mrinal Sen Hindi 1976

25. Ghatashraddha Girish Kasaravalli Kannada 1977

26. No award recommended 1978

27. Shodh Biplab Ray Choudhri Hindi 1979

28. Akaler Sandhane Mrinal Sen Bengali 1980

29. Dakhal Goutam Ghose Bengali 1981

305Appendices

30. Chokh Utpalendu Chakraborty Bengali 1982

31. Adi Sankaracharya G.V. lyer Sanskrit 1983

32. Damul Prakash Jha Hindi 1984

33. Chidambaram G. Aravindan Malayalam 1985

34. Tabarana Kathe Girish Kasaravalli Kannada 1986

35. Halodhia Choraye Bodhan Kahi Jahnu Barua Assamese 1987

36. Piravi Shaji N. Karun Malayalam 1988

37. Bagh Bahadur Buddhadeb Dasgupta Hindi 1989

38. Maruppakkam K.S. Sethumadhavan Tamil 1990

39. Agantuk Satyajit Ray Bengali 1991

40. Bhagavad Gita G.V. lyer Sanskrit 1992

41. Charachar Buddhadeb Dasgupta Bengali 1993

42. Unishe April Rituparno Ghosh Bengali 1994

43. Kathapurushan Adoor Gopalakrishnan Malayalam 1995

44. Lal Darja Buddhadeb Dasgupta Bengali 1996

45. Thai Saheb Girish Kasaravalli Kannada 1997

46. Samar Shyam Benegal Hindi 1998

47. Vanaprastham Shaji N. Karun Malayalam 1999

48. Shantham Jayaraj Malayalam 2000

49. Dweepa Girish Kasaravalli Kannada 2001

50. Mondo Meyer Upkhyam Buddhadeb Dasgupta Bengali 2002

51. Shwaas Sandeep Sawant Marathi 2003

52. Page 3 Madhur Bhandarkar Hindi 2004

53. Kaalpurush Buddhabeb Dasgupta Bengali 2005

Sr. Film Director Language YearNo.


FIFTY-FOURTH NATIONAL FILM AWARDS

1. FEATURE FILM

S.N. Category Film Recipient Awards Citation

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Best Feature Pulijanman M.G. Vijay Swarna Kamal For usingFilm (Malayalam) (Producer) and cash metaphors to

prize of Rs. address global2,500,000/- and local issues of

a contemporarysociety

2. Indira Gandhi (a) Eakantham (a) Anthony (a) Swarna (a) ForAward for the (Malayam) Joseph Kamal and a sensitivelyBest Film of (b) Kabul (b) Aditya cash prize of portraying theDirector Express Chopra Rs. 62,500/- solitude of to

(Hindi) (Producers) each ageing brothers(a) Madhu (b) Swarna who have lostKaithapuram Kamal and a everyone around(b) Kabir Khan cash prize of them.(Directors) Rs. 62,500/- (b) For capturing

each through thejourney of twoIndian journaliststhe collapse ofTaliban in post9/11 Afghanistan

3. Best Popular Lage Raho Vidhu Vinod Swarna Kamal For revalidatingFilm Providing Munna Chopra and Cash the philosophy ofWholesome Bhai (Hindi) (Producer) Prize of Rs. non-violence in aEntertainment 2,00,000/- strife torn world

Raj Kumar Swarna Kamal and helpingHirani and Cash rediscover the(Director) Prize of Rs. Gandhi within the

2,00,000/- common man.

In the following categories the Producer and Director get a Rajat Kamal and a cash prizeof Rs. 1,50,000/- each. The Producer and Director of Best Children’s Film get a SwarnaKamal in place of Rajat Kamal. The Best Director gets a Swarna Kamal and a cashprize of Rs. 2,50,000/-. The Best Animation film gets a Swarna Kamal and a Cash prize ofRs. 1,00,000/- for its Producer and Director.

S.N. Category Film Recipient Citation

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

4. Nargis Dutt Award for the Kallarli S. Madhu Bangarappa For depicting theBest Feature Film on Huvagi (Producer) sanctity ofNational Integration (Kannanda) T.S. Nagabharna loyalty to one’s

307Appendices

(Director) land and amitythrough a lovestory set in thetimes of HyderAli.

5. Best Film on Family (a) Karutha (a) Kaladharan (a) ForWelfare Pakshikal K.V. & Vallabhan redefining family

(Malaya- K.G. values in thelam) (b) Arindam slums of a city

Chaudhury through the life(Producers) of a man who

irons clothes fora living.

(b) Faltu (a) Kamal (b) For(Bengali) (b) Anjan Das delineating the

(Directors) need for familythrough thepredicament ofan illegitimatechild.

6. Best Film on Other Social Hope Policherla Venkata For focusing onIssues such as Prohibition, (Telugu) Subbiah the need to re-Women and Child (Producers) examine theWelfare, Anti-Dowry, Drug K. present-dayAbuse, Welfare of the Satyanarayana educationhandicapped, etc. (Director) system that

leads manyyoung people tocommit suicide.

7. Best Film on environment No Award - -Conservation/Preservation

8. Best Children’s Care of Shylaja Shrikanth For articulatingFilm Foothpath (Producers) the burning

(Kannada) Kishan S.S. desire for educa(Director) tion in a slum

dweller. The issueis particularly relevant as the filmis directed by anine year oldboy.

9. Best Animation Kittu K. Bhargava The film is madeFilm (Telugu) (Producer) with characters

B. Satya and concerns(Director) that reflect the

Indian ethos in a


format so faridentified withthe West.

10. Best Direction Traffic Madhur For weaving inSignal Bhandarkar the lives,(Hindi) (Director) livelihoods and

concerns of thestreet dwellersin a metro andthe inspiringstand that makesthe protagonista role modelacross society.

II. BEST ARTISTES AND TECHNICIANS

The recipients in the following categories get a Rajat Kamal and a cashprize of Rs. 50,000. The recipient of special Jury Award gets Rs. 1,25,000in place of Rs. 50,000.

S.N. Category Film Recipient Citation

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

11. Best Actor Podokkhep Soumitra For etching the agonies and(Bengali) Chatterjee elation of an elderly person

trying to keep peace withchanging times.

12. Best Actress Paruthi Priyamani For Portraying the ferocityVeeran of love in a firebrand village(Tamil) girl.

13. Best Supporting Lage Raho Dilip For the sincere portrayal ofActor Munna Bhai Prabhavalkar a wide range of emotions of

(Hindi) two divergent and equallychallenging characters ofGandhi in Lage RahoMunna Bhai and a benignmiddle class clerk in Shevri.

14. Best Supporting Omkara Konkona Sen For the texturedActress (Hindi) Sharma characterization of a village

woman trying to bringsanity in the violent lives ofa political family in UttarPradesh.

309Appendices

15. Best Child Artist Antarnad Divya Chahadkar For evoking the complex(Konkani) emotions of a talented

child overshadowed by acelebrity mother.

16. Best Male Waris Shah Gurdas Mann For building the entirePlayback Singer Ishq narrative through his singing

Da Waris of Heer.(Punjabi)

17. Best Female Antarnad Aarti Anklekar For the sonorous renderingPlayback Singer (Konkani) Tikekar that gives conviction to the cen

tral character of a classicalvocalist.

18. Best Yatra (a) Goutam For creating evocative moodsCinematography (Hindi) Ghose and capturing the nuances of a

(b) Rainbow feudal system changing toColour Lab modern times.

19. Best Screenplay Lage Raho Abhijat Joshi, Raj For the original vision withMunna ehai Kumar Hirani & which Gandhi’s philosophy(Hindi) Vidhu Vinod of non violence is given life in

Chopra popular parlance.

20. Best Omkara K.J. Singh and For the brilliant sound designAudiography (Hindi) Subhash Sahoo that enhances the moods and

emotions through different layers of sound in the film.

21. Best Editing Paruthi Raja Mohammed For innovative editing thatVeeran enhanced the director’s vision(Tamil) to fashion a powerful film.

22. Best Art Waris Shah Rashid Rangrez For the authentic recreation ofDirection Ishq Da a historic and culturally rich era.

Waris(Punjabi)

23. Best Costume Waris Shah Manjeet Mann For accurate and convincingDesigner Ishq costumes, reflecting the socio

Da Waris cultural fabric of a historic era.(Punjabi)

24. Best Make Traffic Anil Moti Ram For subtle and convincingUp Artist Signal Palande make-up for a range of

(Hindi) characters.

25. Best Music Antarnad Ashok Patki For a judicious range ofDirection (Konkani) music from the classical to pop,

elevating the film.


26. Best Lyrics Lage Raho Swanand Kirkire For rousing words that lyricallyMunna combine tradition withBhai modernity to reach the masses.(Hindi)

27. Special Jury Omkara Vishal Bhardwaj For an outstanding film thatAward (Hindi) synergises international treat

ment with an earthy rooted sensibility.

28. Best Special Krrish EFX, Chennai For impressive effects andEffects (Hindi) technical finesse that enhances

the magical quality of the film.

29. Best Ratri Mazha Madhu Samudra For choreography that displaysChoreography (Malayalam) & Sajeev modern and innovative aesthet

Samudra ics in rhythm and movement.

Ill. BEST FEATURE FILM IN EACH REGIONAL LANGUAGE

In the following categories the Producer and Director get a Rajat Kamaland a cash prize of Rs. 1,00,000 each.

S.N. Category Film Producer Director Citation

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

30. Assamese Aideu Nabomika Arup Manna For highlighting aBorthakur lesser known, pio

neering heroine ofIndian cinema.

31. Bengali Anuranan & (a) Indrani (a) Aniruddha (a) For sensitivelyPodokkhep Mukhjerjee, Roy exploring nuances in

Jeet Banerjee Chowdhury relationship.& Aniruddha (b) For convincingRoy depiction of an oldChowdhury (b) Suman man coping with

(b) Nitesh Ghosh loneliness.Shrama

32. Gujarati No Award - - -

33. Hindi Khosla Ka Savita Raj Dibakar For an originalGhosla Hiremath Banerjee portraying of the

middle classstruggle against thereal estate mafia.

34. Kannada Kaada K.M. Veeresh, B.S. For highlighting theBeladingalu K.N. Lingadevaru impact of youth

311Appendices

Siddalingaiah migration and media& B.S. opportunism on theLingadevaru older generation.

35. Malayalam Drishtan M.P. M.P. For a powerful tribtham Sukumaran Sukumaran ute to the co-modi

Nair Nair fication of ancienttradition family.

36. Marathi Shevri Neena Gajendra For an empatheticKulkarni Ahire portrayal of the

struggles of middleclass marriedwoman estrangedfrom her.

37. Oriya Pooja Paeen Padmini Puty Gadadhar For an empatheticPhoolatie Puty portrayal of the

struggles of middleclass marriedwoman estrangedfrom her.

38. Punjabi Waris Sai Manoj Punj For an evocativeShah- Ishq Production portrayal of theDa Waris rich, musical Sufi

traditional.

39. Tamil Veyil S. Shankar G. Vasanta For moving porBalan trayal of sibling

bonding in aturbulent family.

40. Telugu Kamli B.C. Hari K.N.T. Sastry For a ConvincingCharana portrayal for thePrasad and courage of aP.V. Sukanya disadvantaged

woman in her fightagainst female feoticide and child swapping.

41. English Quest Amol Palekar Amol Palekar For a bold filmaddressing issuesof sexuality.

42. Bhojpuri No Award - - -

43. Konkani Antarnad Rajendra Rajendra For a sensitive porTalak Talak trayal of an artist


Creations and her conflictingrelationship with herdaughter.

44. Tulu Kotti R. Dhanaraj Anand P. Raj For Promoting casteChannaya reform and integra

tion.

Jury:

Chairman: Budhadeb Dasgupta

Members: Rahul Dholakia, P. Sheshadri, Ratnotama Sengupta, ShekharDas, Bidyut Chakrabarty, Siva Shankari, Sharada Ramanathan, Hari Kumar,N. Krishan Kumar (Unni), Himanshu Khatua, Meenakshi Shedde, SharadDutt and Ashok Rane.

IV. NON-FEATURE FILMS

The recipients in the following categories get a Rajat Kamal and Cash Prizeof Rs. 50,000 each except the Producer and Director of the best non-fea-ture film who get a Swarna Kamal and Rs. 1,00,000 each and Best Direc-tor who gets a Swarna Kamal and Rs. 1,00,000.

S.N. Category Film Producer Director Citation

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

45. Best Non- Bishar Amitabh Amitabh For courageously treat-Feature Blues Chakraborty Chakraborty ing a sensitive subject inFilm a poetic form. It demol

ishes the myth that thepractice of Islam ismonolithic and not multifaceted.

46. Best First Andhiyum N. Dinesh Jacob For displaying commandNon-Feature Rajkumar Varghese over the medium thatFilm of a goes for beyond theDirector level expected from a

first film.

47. Best Antho No - - -logical/ AwardEthnographicFilm

48. Best (a) Min (a) Devadasan (a) M.R (a) The Film succeeds inBiographical kku Rajan imaginatively presenting

313Appendices

/Historical/ Keezptt & the life story ofReconstruction Bina ‘Kottakkai Sivaraman’Film Narayanan the legendary Kathakali

artist, who specializedin performing femaleroles. In the process italso highlights some aspects of traditionalkathakali dance.

(b) Guru (b) Aribam (b) Aribam (b) For the simplicityLiamay Syam Syam and grace withum Sharma Sharma which the DirectorThamba has related the storylngoubi of the greatDevi Manipuri dance and

theatre artist ‘GuruLaimayumThambalngoubiDevi

49. Best Arts/ Jatra Kailash Kapilas For creativelyCultural Film Jeevan Chandra Bhuyan presenting the

Jeevan Bhuyan transformation of OriyaJatra Jatra from a folk form

to highly commercial-ized and mainstreamform.

50. Best Kalpavr Mike Pandey Nina For bringing out theScientific iksha- Subramani symbiotic relationFilm/Environ Legacy of between forest andment/Conser Forests human life andvation/Preser underlining thevation Film need of conserving the

rich bio-diversity still inour remaining forests.

51. Best Rendez Madhya Rajendra For sensitively evokingPromotional vous with Pradesh Jangaly the spirit of the culturalFilm Times Madhyam heritage of Madhya

Pradesh.

52. Best Jaivik Ravindra Mrunalini For its direct andAgricultural Kheti Alias Nitin Ravindra convincing approach toFilm Prabhakar Bhosale the need and methods

Bhosale & of organic farming.MrunaliniRavindraBhosale


53. Best Film on Children Leoarts Meenakshi For gently drawingSocial Issues of Communi Vinay Rai attention to the depri

Nomads cation vation experienced bythe children of nomadsand for creating sensitive interaction betweenan urban child and agroup of nomadic ruralchildren.

54. Best Filariasis A.S. M. Elango For a straight forwardEducation/ Nagaraju and matter of actMotivation/ treatment of a majorInstructional health problem that hasFilm no cure but that can be

controlled.

55. Best No - - -Exploration/ AwardAdventureFilm

56. Best Mere Rajiv Sumit For exploring in depthInvestigative Desh Ki Mehrotra Khanna the problem of fallingFilm Dharti agro production and

poisoning of the foodchain due to the use ofchemical fertilizers andchemical pesticides.

57. Best Nokpo Children’s Meren For relating a beautifulAnimation kliba Film Society, Imchen folk tale form NagalandFilm India lyrical colours of fluid

animation.

58. Special Jury Lama Anuradha Manas For presenting theAward Dances Mookerjee Bhowmick ritualistic significance

of Sikkim and the colourful natureof the Lama maskdances in cinematiclanguage.

59. Best Short Ek Children’s Ramesh For sensitively bringingFiction Film Aadesh- Film Society, Asher out the moral dilemma

Command India created by existence atfor Choti a subsistence level in a

hostile environment.

60. Best Film on No - - -Family AwardWelfare

315Appendices

61. Best Direction Ek Children’s Ramesh For making imaginativeAadesh Film Society, Asher use of the locale andCommand India cast of characters, andfor Choti displaying complete

command over alldisciplines of filmmaking.

62. Best Raga of Rajendra - For stretching theCinemato- River Janglay & technical possibilities ofgraphy Narmada Sanjay V videography and

(Cameramen) capturing the varyingmoods of riverNarmada.

63. Best Bishar Partha - For creating a soundAudiography Blues Barman track by combining

(Audiography) location sound andmusic that enhance the“meaning” of the film.

64. Best Editing Bishar Amitabh - For creating a rhythmBlues Chakraborty which is unhurried and

& Amit profound and that is inDebnath tune with the life(Editors) worldview of Fakirs in

rural Bengal.

65. Best Music Raga of Ramakant & - For creating a musicDirection River Umakant score which becomes an

Narmada Gundecha invocation of the holy(Music river Narmada.Directors)

66. Best Minukku Nedumudi - For the unique style ofNarration Venu first person narration,Voice Over (Narrator) the quality of narrator’s

voice and the selectiveuse of narration thatadvance the story of thefilm.

67. Special Special Kuldip Sinha Suresh The film highlights theMention Children Menon problem faced by spe

cial children or differently abled children andtheir families an aspectof our society that isstill not receiving adequate attention.


Jury:-

Chairman: K.Bikram Singh

Members: Arvind Sinha, Apurba Sarma, Biyot Projna Tripathi, Satheesh,Venganoor and Iftikhar Ahmed.

V. BEST WRITING ON CINEMA

S.N. Category Title Recipient Award Citation

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Best Book Helen: (a) Jerry Pinto Swarna For an insightful andon Cinema The Life (Author) Kamal and witty account of a2006 and (b) Penguin cash prize of marginal yet iconic

Times of Books India Rs. 75,000/- persona of the HindiAn H- Pvt. Ltd. each cinema.Bomb (Publisher)(English)

2. Best Film - (a) G.P. Ram Swarna (a) For his analytical andCritic 2006 chandran Kamal and perceptive writing

(Malayalam) cash prize of on a wide range of(b) Rafique Rs. 3,75,000/- themes and cinema-

A.R. each tic styles.Baghdadi

(b) For his writings onthe history of cinemaas well as his cogentanalysis ofcontemporarycinema.

Jury:

Chairperson: Madhu Jain

Members: Rashmi Doraiswamy and Vasiraju Prakasam

317Appendices

Andhra Pradesh State Film Awards

The Nandi Film Awards were presented by the Andhra Pradesh Govern-ment on November 16, 2008 for the year 2005 and 2006.

The best actor award for the year 2005 was given to Mahesh Babu for hisperformance in the film Athadu while Tirsha bagged the best actress awardfor her role in Nuvvu Vasthanante Nenu Vadhantana. The Best Film Awardfor 2005 was won by Pothe Poni directed by Thamareddy Bharadwaja, Ac-tors Srihari, Bhanupriya, Sunil, Chandramohan, Singers S.P.Balasubramaniyam, Nityasantoshini won the awards for the year 2005.

Actor Nagarjuna won the best actor award for the year 2006 for his filmSri Ramadasu while Nandita Das won the best actress award for her filmKaamli. Actors Prakash Raj, Kota Srinivas Rao, Sai Kumar, Venu Madhav,Eashweri, Director Shekhar Kammula, Singer Jesudas and Sunitha baggedthe awards for 2006.

The NTR National Award were given for the years 2003, 2004, 2005 and2006 to Actor Krishna, Music Director Ilayaraja, Actor Ambarish andActress Waheeda Rehman respectively.


Karnataka State Film Awards

Girish Kasarvalli’s much acclaimed film Gulabi Talkies has won the bestKannada film award at the recently announced Karnataka State Film Awardsfor 2007-08. Moggina Jade has bagged the second best film award whileMaathad Maathad Mallige has been declared the third best film.

The detailed list of awardees is as follows:

1. Best Film - Gulabi Talkies by Girish Kasarvalli

2. Second Best Film - Moggina Jade by Ramdas Naidu

3. Third Best Film - Mathad Mathad Mallige by NagathihalliChandrashekhar

4. Movie with Social Impact - Banad Neralu by Umashamkar Swamy

5. Best Children’s Movie - Ekalavya by Baragur Ramchandrappa

6. Best Actor - Punit Raj Kumar for Milana

7. Best Actress - Umashree for Gulabi Talkies

8. Best Supporting Actor - Rajesh for Moggina Jade

9. Best Supporting Actress - Smitha for Avva

10.Best Dubbing Artist (Male) - Sudarshan for Aa Dinagalu

11.Best Dubbing Artist - Champa Shetty for Kurunadu(Female)

12.Best Music Director - Sadhu Kokila for Inthi Ninna Preetiya

13.Best Lyricist - Gollahalli Srinivas forMathad Mathad Mallige

14.Best Play Back Singer - S.P. Balasubramanyam for(Male) Savi Savi Nena Pu

15.Best Play Back Singer - Vani for Inthi Ninna Preetiya(Female)

16.Best Story - P. Lankesh for Avva

17.Best Screenplay - Girish Kasarvalli for Gulabi Talkies

18.Best Dialogues - Agni Sridhar for Dinagalu

319Appendices

19.Best Cinematography - H.C. Venu for Accident

20.Best Editing - Suresh Urs for Savi Savi Nenapu

21.Best Art Director - G. Murthy for Kurunadu

22.Best Child Artist (Male) - Master Likhit for Nanu Gandhi

23.Best Child Artist (Female) - Baby Prakruthi for Gubbachichigalu

24.Best Regional Film - Birse (Tiulu)

The prestigious Puttanna Kanagal award went to Renuka Sharma while Dr.Raj Kumar award was bagged by Vishnuvardhan, Parvathamma Raj Kumarwas honoured with the Life Time Achievement Award.


Kerala State Film Award

Orupennum Randanum,produced and directed by well known film makerAdoor Gopalakrishnan has won the best feature film award in the recentlyannounced Kerala State Film Awards, 2008. The film based on four shortstories of famous writer Thakazhi has also won the best director and bestscriptwriter awards. Bhoomi Malayalam directed by T.V. Chandran hasbagged the second best film award. The detailed awards are as follows:

1. Best Film - Orupennum Randanum

2. Second Best Film - Bhoomi Malayalam

3. Best Actor - Lal for Thalapavu

4. Best Actress - Priyanka for Vilapangalkapuram

5. Best Director - Adoor Gopalakrishnan forOrupennum Randanum

6. Best Story Writer - Aryadan Shoukat for VilapangalKapuram

7. Best Playback Singer - Shankar Mahadevan(Male)

8. Best Playback Singer - Manjeri(Female)

9. Best Music Director - M Jayachandran for Madambi

10.Best Lyricist - O.N. Kurup

321Appendices

Maharashtra State Film Awards

The State Government recently presented its film awards at Pune. NotedMarathi Lyricist Jagdish Khebundkar, who has written songs for scores ofMarathi films over five decades, was felicitated with the V. Shantaramaward. The award carries a cash prize of Rs. 2 lakh and a citation. Direc-tor Mahesh Kothare was also felicitated for his contribution to Marathicinema. The rest of the awards are as follows:-

1. Best Film - Harishchandrachi Factory

2. Second Best Film - Jogwa

3. Third Best Film - Dhudgus

4. Best Director - Paresh Mokashi for Harishchandrachi

Factory

5. Second Best Director - Rajiv Patil for Jogwa

6. Third Best Director - Rajesh Deshpande for Dhudgus

7. Best Film for projecting - Made in ChinaSocially relevant issues

8. Best Director - Santosh Kolhe

9. Best Film on Rural issues - Gho Mala Asla Hawa by Sumita Bhaveand Sunil Sukhtankar

10. Best Story - Rajan Khan for Dhudgus

11 Best Screenplay - Prasad Mirajdar and Santosh Kolhe forMade in China

12. Best Dialogues - Girish Salvi and Rajesh Deshpande forDhudgus

13. Best Lyrics - Sanjay Patil for Jogwa

14. Best Music Director - Shreerang Umarani for Gho Mala AslaHawa

15. Best Male Playback - Ravindra Sathe for UroosSinger

16. Best Female Playback - Supriya Ghadekar for Gho Mala AslaSinger Hawa


17. Best Choreographer - Subhash Nakoshe for Gho Mala AslaHawa

18. Best Male Actor - Upendra Limaye for Jogwa

19. Best Female Actor - Mukta Barve for Jogwa

20. Best Actor in a Special - Vijay Chavan for TeeAppearance

21. Best Actress in Special - Deepa Parab – Chaudhury for UroosAppearance

22. Best Male Actor in a - Nikhil Ratnaparkhi for Gho Mala AslaComic Appearance Hawa

23. Best Actor in a Suppor - Jeetendra Joshi for Gulmoharting Role

24. Best Actress in Suppor - Amita Khopkar for Joshi Kiting Role Kamble

25. Best Debutant Actress - Radhika for Gho Mala Asla Hawa

26. Best Sets - Nitin Desai for Harishchadrachi Factory

27. Best Cinematography - Chandrashekhar lyer for Tya Ratri PausHota

28. Best Editing - Vidhyadhar Pathare for Sawariya.com

29. Best Sound - Pramod Thomas for Gho Mala AslaHawa

30. Best Costume - Meha Nupara for Jogwa

31. Best Make-up Artiste - Kiran Sawant for Marmabandh

32. Best Advertisement - Balakrishnan for Tee

33. Best Child Artiste - Kaumudi Valekar for Tuzya Mazyat

323Appendices

15th International Children’s Film Festival 2007 Awards

S.N. Category Film Recipient Award

1. Best Live Action Invisible Wings Feng Zhenzhi Golden Elephant andFiction Feature (China) Rs. 2,00,000/-length film (morethan 60 minutes)

2. Second Best Live Mother Nanny Pablo Silver Elephant andAction Fiction (Phillipines) Biglangawa Jr. Rs. 1,00,000/feature length film and Veronica(more than 60 minutes) B Velasco

3. Best Live Action Bawke Hisham Zaman Silver Elephant andShort Fiction Film (Norway) Rs. 1,00,000/(less than 60 minutes)

4. Best Animation Hunting Janis Silver Elephant andFilm (Latvia) Cimermanis Rs. 1,00,000/-

5. Best Director Mother Nanny Pablo Silver Elephant and(Philippines) Biglangawa Jr. Rs. 1,00,000/-

and VeronicaB Velasco

6. Best Non Fiction - - No AwardFilm

7. Jury Special Award My Eyes Erland E Mo Certificate(Denmark)

8. Jury Special Ek Aadesh Ramesh Asher CertificateAward (India)

9. Best Child Artist Shared by Care Shared by Silver Elephant andof Foot Path Kishan S.S. and Rs. 1,00,000/- (to be(India) and Feng Zhenzhi shared)Invisible Wings(China)

10. Best Music Score Tragic Story Shared by Silver Elephant and With Happy Normand Roger Rs. 1,00,000/- (to beEnding (France) and Denis shared)

Chartnand

11. Best Feature length Butterfly Wings Somaratne Silver Elephant andFilm (Asian (Sri Lanka) Dissanayake Rs. 1,00,000/-Panorama Jury)


12. Best Short Film Once A Crow Abdollah Silver Elephant and(Asian Panorama (Iran) Alimorad Rs. 1,00,000/-Jury)

13. Best Child Artist Will To win Devashish Silver Elephant and(India) Paranjpe Rs. 1,00,000/-

14. Best Film Mother Nanny Pablo Golden Plaque and(Child Jury) (Philippines) Biglangawa Jr. Rs. 1,00,000/-

and VeronicaB Velasco

325Appendices

EXISTING A.I.R. STATIONS

TOTAL STATIONS- 231

TOTAL TRANSMITTERS-372

Sl.No. Stations Category Transmitter

ANDHRA PRADESH [13]

1. ADILABAD LRS 1 KW MW

2. ANANTAPUR LRS 6 KW FM

3. CUDDAPAH (Kadapa) REGIONAL 100 KW MW

4. HYDERABAD REGIONAL 200 KW MW20 KW MW6KW FM VB5 KW FM, RAINBOW50 KW SW

5. KOTHAGUDAM REGIONAL 6 KW FM

6. KURNOOL LRS 6 KW FM

7. MERKAPURAM (Markapur) LRS 6 KW FM

8. NIZAMABAD LRS 6 KW FM

9. TIRUPATHI LRS 10 KW FM

3 KW FM

10. VIJAYAWADA REGIONAL 100 KW MW1 KW MW VB1 KW FM (Int. set up )

11. VISHAKHAPATNAM REGIONAL 100 KW MW10 KW FM , RAINBOW

12. WARANGAL LRS 10 KW FM

13. MACHERLA LRS 3 KW FM

ARUNANCHAL PRADESH [5]

14. ITANAGAR REGIONAL 100 KW MW50 KW SW10 KW FM

15. PASSIGHAT REGIONAL 10 KW MW

16 TAWANG REGIONAL 10 KW MW

17. TEZU REGIONAL 10 KW MW

18. ZIRO LRS 1 KW MW


ASSAM [10]

19. DHUBRI RELAY 6 KW FM

20. DIBRUGARH REGIONAL 300 KW MW

21. DIPHU LRS 1 KW MW

22. GUWAHATI REGIONAL 100 KW MW10 KW MW10 KW FM VB50 KW SW REG.SERV.50 KW SW

23. HAFLONG LRS 6 KW FM

24. JORHAT LRS 10 KW FM

25. KOKRAJHAR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

26. NOWGONG LRS 6 KW FM

27. SILCHAR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

28. TEZPUR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

BIHAR [6]

29. BHAGALPUR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

30. DARBHANGA REGIONAL 20 KW MW

31. PATNA REGIONAL 100 KW MW6 KW FM VB

32. PURNEA LRS 6 KW FM

33. SASARAM LRS 6 KW FM

34. AURANGABAD LPT RELAY 100 W FM

CHHATTISGARH [6]

35. AMBIKAPUR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

36. BILASPUR LRS 6 KW FM

37. JAGDALPUR REGIONAL 100 KW MW

38. RAIGARH LRS 6 KW FM

39. RAIPUR REGIONAL 100 KW MW1 KW FM (Int set up)

40. SARAIPALLI LRS 1 KW FM

DELHI

41. DELHI [1] REGIONAL 200 KW MW ‘A’

327Appendices

100 KW MW ‘B’20 KW MW ‘C’ VB10 KW MW ‘D’ (Yuv Vani)10 KW FM (RAINBOW)5 KW FM (GOLD)20 KW MW NC50 KW SW EXT. SERV.50 KW SW EXT. SERV.50 KW SW EXT. SERV.50 KW SW EXT. SERV.50 KW SW EXT. SERV.50 KW SW EXT. SERV.100 KW SW EXT. SERV.100 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.

GOA [1]

42. PANAJI REGIONAL 100 KW MW20 KW MW VB6 KW FM,RAINBOW250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.

GUJARAT [8]

43. AHMEDABAD REGIONAL 200 KW MW10 KW FM VB

44. AHWA REGIONAL 1 KW MW

45. BHUJ REGIONAL 20 KW MW

46. GODHRA LRS 6 KW FM

47. RAJKOT REGIONAL 300 KW MW10 KW FM VB1000 kW MW EXT. SERV.

48. SURAT LRS 6 KW FM, VB

49. VADODRA VB EXCL. 10 KW FM

50. HIMMATNAGAR LRS 1KWMW

HARYANA [3]

51. HISSAR LRS 6 KW FM


52. KURUKSHETRA LRS 6 KW FM

53. ROHTAK REGIONAL 1 KW FM (Int. set up)20 KW MW

HIMACHAL PRADESH [6]

54. DHARMSHALA REGIONAL 10 KW FM

55. HAMIRPUR LRS 6 KW FM

56. KASAULI RELAY 10 KW FM

57. KINNAUR(KALPA) RELAY 1 KW MW

58. KULLU RELAY 6 KW FM

59. SHIMLA REGIONAL 100 KW MW50 KW SW1 KW FM (Int. set up)

JAMMU & KASHMIR [15] Area-48.05% Populatic

60 JAMMU REGIONAL 300 KW MW3 KW FM YUV VANI10 KW FM VB50 KW SW

61. KARGIL REGIONAL 1 KW MW

200 KW MW

62. KATHUA LRS 10 KW FM

63. LEH REGIONAL 20 KW MW

64. POONCH LRS 10 KW SW6 KW FM

65. SRINAGAR REGIONAL 300 KW MW10 KW MW YUV VANI10 KW FM VB50 KW SW

66. BHADARWAH REGIONAL 6 KW FM

67. KUPWARA RELAY 20 KW MW

68. KHALSI RELAY 1 KW MW

69. NAUSHERA RELAY 20 KW MW

70. RAJOURI RELAY 10 KW FM

71. DRASS RELAY 1 KW MW

72. TIESURU RELAY 1 KW MW

73. NYOMA RELAY 1 KW MW

74. DISKIT RELAY 1 KW MW

329Appendices

JHARKHAND [5]

75. CHAIBASA LRS 6 KW FM

76. DALTONGANJ LRS 10 KW FM

77. HAJARIBAGH LRS 6 KW FM

78. JAMSHEDPUR REGIONAL 1 KW MW

79. RANCHI REGIONAL 6 KW FM VB100 KW MW6 KW FM VB50KW SW

KARNATAKA [141

80. BENGALURU (Banguluru) REGIONAL 200 KW MW10 KW FM VB10 KW FM, RAINBOW500 KW SW EXT. SERV.500 KW SW EXT. SERV.500 KW SW EXT. SERV.500 KW SW EXT. SERV.500 KW SW EXT. SERV.500 KW SW EXT. SERV.&VB

81. BHADRAWATI REGIONAL 20 KW MW

82. BELLARY REGIONAL 1 KW FM (INT SET UP)

83. BIJAPUR LRS 6 KW FM

84. CHITRADURG LRS 6 KW FM

85. DHARWAD REGIONAL 200 KW MW

86. GULBARGA REGIONAL 10 KW FM VB20 KW MW1 KW FM (INT SET UP)

87. HASSAN REGIONAL 6 KW FM

88. HOSPET LRS 10 KW FM

89. KARWAR LRS 3 KW FM

90. MANGALORE/UDUPI REGIONAL 20 KW MW10 KW FM

91. MERCARA (Madikeri) REGIONAL 6 KW FM

92. MYSORE REGIONAL 10 KW FM

93. RAICHUR LRS 6 KW FM


KERALA [8l

94. ALLEPPY (Alappuzha) RELAY 200 KW MW

95. CALICUT (Kozhikode) REGIONAL 100 KW MW10 KW FM (VB)

96. CANNANOR (Kannur) REGIONAL 6 KW FM

97. COCHIN (Kochi) LRS 6 KW FM10 KW FM VB]

98. IDUKKI (DEVIKULAM) REGIONAL 6 KW FM

99. TRICHUR (Thrissur) REGIONAL 100 KW MW

100. THIRUVANANTHA- REGIONAL 20 KW MWPURAM 10 KW FM VB

50KW SW

101. MANJERI LRS 3 KW FM, RAINBOW

MADHYA PRADESH [16]

102. BALAGHAT LRS 6 KW FM

103. BETUL LRS 6 KW FM

104. BHOPAL REGIONAL 10 KW MW6 KW FM VB50 KW SW

105. CHHATARPUR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

106. CHHINDWARA LRS 6 KW FM

107. GUNA LRS KW FM

108. GWALIOR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

109. INDORE REGIONAL 200 KW MW6 KW FM VB

110. JABALPUR REGIONAL 200 KW MW10 KW FM VB

111. KHANDWA LRS 6 KW FM

112. REWA REGIONAL 20 KW MW

113. SAGAR LRS 6 KW FM

114. SHAHDOL REGIONAL 6 KW FM

115. SHIVPURI REGIONAL 6 KW FM

116. MANDLA LRS 1 KW FM

117. RAJGARH LRS 3 KW FM

331Appendices

MAHARASHTRA [20]

118. AHMEDNAGAR LRS 6 KW FM

119. AKOLA LRS 6 KW FM

120. AURANGABAD REGIONAL 1 KW MWI KW FM (Int. set up)

121. BEED LRS 6 KW FM

122. CHANDRAPUR LRS 6 KW FM

123. DHULE LRS 6 KW FM

124. JALGAON REGIONAL 20 KW MW

125. KOLHAPUR REGIONAL 6 KW FM

126. MUMBAI REGIONAL 100 KW MW ‘A’100 KW MW ‘B’50 KW MW VB10 KW FM (RAINBOW)10 KW FM (GOLD)100 KW SW50 KW SW

127. NAGPUR REGIONAL 300 KW MW6 KW FM VB1000KW MW NC

128. NANDED LRS 6 KW FM

129. NASIK LRS 6 KW FM

130. OSMANABAD LRS 6 KW FM

131. PARBHANI REGIONAL 20 KW MW

132. PUNE REGIONAL 100 KW MW6 KW FM VB

133. RATNAGIRI REGIONAL 20 KW MW

134. SANGLI REGIONAL 20 KW MW

135. SATARA LRS 6 KW FM

136. SOLAPUR LRS 1 KW MW

137. YEOTMAL LRS 6 KW FM

MANIPUR [1]

138. IMPHAL REGIONAL 300 KW MW50 KW SW10 KW FM


MEGHALAYA [5]

139. JOWAI LRS 6 KW FM

140. INONGSTOIN CRS 1 KW MW

141. SHILLONG REGIONAL 100 KW MW,50 KW SW NE INTEG.10 KW FM, RAINBOW

142. TURA REGIONAL 20 KW MW

143. WILLIAMNAGAR CRS 1 KW MW

MIZORAM [3]

144. AIZAWL REGIONAL 20 KW MW10 KW SW6 KW FM

145. LUNGLEH REGIONAL 6 KW FM

146. SAIHA CRS 1 KW MW

NAGALAND [4]

147. KOHIMA REGIONAL 100 KW MW1 KW FM (Interim set up)50 KW SW

148. MOKOKCHUNG LRS 6 KW FM

149. MON CRS 1 KW MW

150. TUENSANG CRS 1 KW MW

ORISSA [13]

151. BARIPADA LRS 5 KW FM

152. BERHAMPUR LRS 6 KW FM

153. BHAWANIPATNA REGIONAL 200 KW MW

154. BOLANGIR LRS 6 KW FM

155. CUTTACK REGIONAL 300 KW MW1 KW MW VB6 KW FM,RAINBOW

156. JEYPORE REGIONAL 100 KW MW50 KW SW

157. JORANDA LRS 1 KW MW

158. KEONJHAR LRS 1 KW MW

159. PURI LRS 3 KW FM

333Appendices

160. ROURKELA LRS 6 KW FM

161. SAMBALPUR REGIONAL 100 KW MW

162. DEOGARH LPT RELAY 100 W FM

163. SORO LRS 1 KW MW

PUNJAB [3]

164. BHATINDA LRS 6 KW FM

165. JALLANDHAR REGIONAL 300 KW MW200 KW MW1KWMWVB10 KW FM, RAINBOW

166. PATIALA LRS 6 KW FM

RAJASTHAN [17]

167. AJMER RELAY 200 KW MW

168. ALWAR LRS 6 KW FM

169. BANSWARA LRS 6 KW FM

170. BARMER REGIONAL 20 KW MW

171. BIKANER REGIONAL 20 KW MW

172. CHITTORGARH LRS 6 KW FM

173. CHURU REGIONAL 6 KW FM

174. JAIPUR REGIONAL 1 KW MW6 KW FM Tr. VB50 KW SW

175. JAISALMER REGIONAL 10 KW FM

176. JHALAWAR LRS 6 KW FM

177. JODHPUR REGIONAL 300 KW MW6 KW FM VB

178. KOTA LRS 20 KW MW

179. MOUNT ABU REGIONAL 6 KW FM

180. NAGAUR LRS 6 KW FM

181. SAWAI MADHOPUR LRS 6 KW FM

182. SURATGARH REGIONAL 300 KW MW

183. UDAIPUR REGIONAL 20 KW MW1 KW FM (Int. set up)


SIKKIM [1]

184. GANGTOK REGIONAL 20 KW MW10 KW SW

TAMILNADU [11]

185. CHENNAI REGIONAL 200 KW MW ‘A’20 KW MW ‘B’20 KW MW VB20 KW FM,(RAINBOW)20 KW FM,(GOLD)50 KW SW100 KW SW VB SYNC.

186. COIMBATORE REGIONAL 20 KW MW10 KW FM VB

187. KODAIKANAL REGIONAL 10 KW FM

188. MADURAI REGIONAL 20 KW MW1 KW FM (Int. set up)

189. NAGARCOIL LRS 10 KW FM

190. OOTTACAMUND REGIONAL 1 KW MW

191. TIRUCHIRAPALLI REGIONAL 100 KW MW10 KW FM VB

192. TIRUNELVELI REGIONAL 20 KW MW

193. TUTICORIN REGIONAL 200 KW MW EXT. SERV.

194. DHARMAPURI LRS 10 KW FM TR.

195. SALEM (YERCAUD) LPT RELAY 100 W FM

TRIPURA [3]

196. AGARTALA REGIONAL 20 KW MW10 KW FM

197. BELONIA LRS 6 KW FM

198. KAILASHAHAR LRS 6 KW FM

UNION TERRITORIES

199. CHANDIGARH [1] VB EXCL. 6 KW FM

Coverage: Area-99.00% Population -99.00%

DAMAN and DIU

200 DAMAN [1] LRS 3 KW FM

335Appendices

PUDUCHERRY [2]

201. PUDUCHERRY REGIONAL 20 KW MW5 KW FM (Int set up)

202. KARAIKAL LRS 6 KW FM

L & M ISLANDS [1]

203. KAVARATTI REGIONAL 1 KW MW

A & N ISLAND [1]

204. PORT BLAIR A&N REGIONAL 100 KW MW10 KW SW10 KW FM

UTTAR PRADESH [14]

205. AGRA REGIONAL 20 KW MW

206 ALIGARH RELAY 6 KW FM, RAINBOW250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.250 KW SW EXT. SERV.

207. ALLAHABAD REGIONAL 20 KW MW10 KW FM VB

208. BAREILLY LRS 6 KW FM

209. FAIZABAD LRS 6 KW FM

210. GORAKHPUR REGIONAL 100 KW MW50 KW SW EXT. SERV.1 KW FM (Int. set up)

211. JHANSI 6 KW FM

212. KANPUR VB EXCL. 1 KW MW1 KW FM (Int. set up)

213. LUCKNOW REGIONAL 300 KW MW10 KW MW VB10

KW FM,Rainbow

50 KW SW

214. MATHURA REGIONAL 1 KW MW

215. NAJIBABAD REGIONAL 100 KW MW

216. OBRA REGIO NAL 6

KW FM

217. RAMPUR REGIONAL 20 KW MW

218. VARANASI REGIONAL 100 KW MW


1 KW MW VB1 KW FM (Int set up)

UTTARAKHAND [6]

219. ALMORA REGIONAL 1 KW MW

220. GOPESHWAR(CHAMOLI) REGIONAL 1 KW MW

221. MUSSOORIE RELAY 10 KW FM, RAINBOW

222. PAURI REGIONAL 1 KW MW

223. PITHORAGARH RELAY 1 KW MW

224. UTTARKASHI RELAY 1 KW MW

WEST BENGAL [7]

225. ASANSOLE RELAY 6 KW FM RELAY

226. KOLKATA REGIONAL 200 KW MW ‘A’100 KW MW ‘B’20 KW MW VB10 KW FM Tr.,(GOLD)10 KW FM,(Rainbow)50 KW SW1000 KW MW EXT. SERV.(Chinsurah)

227. KURSEONG REGIONAL 50 KW SW1 KW MW REG. SERV.5 KW FM, RAINBOW

228. MURSHIDABAD LRS 6 KW FM

229. SHANTINIKETAN LRS 3 KW FM

230. SILIGURI REGIONAL 200 KW MW

231. DARJEELING LPT RELAY 10 KW FM VB100 W FM

**As on 1 February 2008.

Source : www.allindiaradio.org/address/addNew.html

337Appendices

LIST OF OPERATIONALISED PVT. FM RADIOSTATIONS IN INDIA

S. City Cate- State Name of Channel Date of RemarksNo. gory the Identity Opera-

Company tionalisa-tion

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) CLEAR MEDIA HIT-FM 01.09.2006

2. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) DIGITAL RED-FM 29.04.2003 ALREADYRADIO IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

3. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) E.N.LL. RADIO- 29.04.2003 ALREADYMIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

4. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) H.T. MUSIC FEVER 30.10.2006104

5. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) M.B.P.L RADIO- 29.04.2003 ALREADYCITY IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

6. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) RADIO RADIO- 23.09.2006MID-DAY ONE [1]

7. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) RADIO RADIO- 28.05.2007TODAY MEOWBROAD-CASTINGLTD.

8. DELHI A+ DELHI (UT) ADLABS BIG-FM 24-09-2006FILMS

9. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- ADLABS BIG-FM 14.11.2006SHTRA FILMS

10. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- DIGITAL RED-FM 29.04.2002 ALREADYSHTRA RADIO IN


OPERA-TIONFROMPHASE-1

11. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- E.N.LL. RADIO- 29.04.2002 ALREADYSHTRA MIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

12. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- H.T. MUSIC FEVER 104 15.01.2007SHTRA

13. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 21.05.2002 ALREADYSHTRA CITY IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

14. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- RADIO RADIO- 26.01.2008SHTRA TODAY MEOW

BROAD-CASTINGLTD

15. MUMBAI A+ MAHARA- RADIO RADIO 29.04.2003 ALREADYSHTRA MID-DAY ONE [1] IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

16. KOLKATA A+ WEST ADLABS BIG-FM 21.10.2006BENGAL FILMS

17. KOLKATA A+ WEST RADIO RADIO- 04.10.2007BENGAL TODAY MEOW

BROAD-CASTINGLTD

18. KOLKATA A+ WEST ANANDA FRIEND 28.02.2007BENGAL OFFSET 91.9

19. KOLKATA A+ WEST DIGITAL RED,FM 03.05.2003 ALREADYBENGAL RADIO IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

339Appendices

20. KOLKATA A+ WEST E.N.I.L RADIO- 03.05.2003 ALREADYBENGAL MIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

21. KOLKATA A+ WEST HITZ FM POWER- 03.05.2003 ALREADYBENGAL FM IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

22. KOLKATA A+ WEST INDIA FM AMAR- 03 05.2003 ALREADYBENGAL FM IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

23. KOLKATA A+ WEST H.T. MUSIC FEVER 23.01.2008BENGAL 104

24. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL ADLABS BIG-FM 27.09.2006NADU FILMS

25. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL E.N.LL. RADIO- 05.05.2003 ALREADYNADU MIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

26. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL M.B.P.L. RADIO- 10.07.2006NADU CITY

27. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL MALAR HELLO FM 02.10.2006NADU PUBLICATIONS

28. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL MUTHOOT CHENNAI 04.01.2008NADU FINANCE LIVE

29. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL NOBLE AAHAA- 18.01.2007NADU BROAD- FM

CASTING

30. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL RADIO RADIO 10.01.2007NADU MID-DAY ONE [1]

31. CHENNAI A+ TAMIL SUN TV SURYANA 05.05.2003 ALREADYNADU FM IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1


32. AGAR- D TRIPURA POSITIVE OOLALA 07.08.2007TALA RADIO FM

33. AGRA B UTTAR ADLABS BIG-FM 18.08.2007PRADESH FILMS

34. AGRA B UTTAR PAN INDIA Z-FM 28.05.2008PRADESH

35. AGRA B UTTAR SHRI PURAN MANTRA 08.07.2007PRADESH MULTIMEDIA FM

36. AHME- A GUJARAT E.N.L.L. RADIO- 10.12.2001 ALREADYDABAD MIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

37. AHME- A GUJARAT M.B.P.L. RADIO- 25.07.2007DABAD City

38. AHME- A GUJARAT RADIO-MID RADIO 26.08.2007DABAD -DAY ONE [1]

39. AHME- A GUJARAT SOUTH ASIA S. FM 20.04.2008DABAD

40. AHME- A GUJARAT SYNERGY MY-FM 21.07.2007DABAD MEDIA

41. AHMED C MAHARASH B.A.G. RADIO- 01.03.2008NAGAR TRA INFOTAIN- DHAMAL

MENT

42. AHMED C MAHARASH M.B.P.L. RADIO- 07.02.2008NAGAR TRA CITY

43. AJMER C RAJAS- ADLABS BIG-FM 28.08.2007THAN FILMS

44. AJMER C RAJAS- KUSHAL SUPER FM 12.09.2007THAN GLOBAL

45. AJMER C RAJAS SYNERGY MY-FM 31.08.2007THAN MEDIA

46. AKOLA C MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 13.03.2008

SHTRA CITY

47. ALIGARH C UTTAR ADLABS BIG-FM 08.12.2006PRADESH FILMS

341Appendices

48. ALLAHA- C UTTAR ADLABS BIG-FM 29.10.2007BAD PRADESH FILMS

49. ALLAHA- B UTTAR PAN INDIA Z-FM 29.05.2008BAD PRADESH

50. ALLAHA- B UTTAR SOUTH ASIA S. FM 18.03.2008BAD PRADESH

51. AMRIT- B PUNJAB ADLABS BIG-FM 01.08.2007SAR FILMS

52. AMRIT- B PUNJAB PAN INDIA Z-FM 26.01.2008SAR

53. AMRIT- B PUNJAB RADIO RADIO- 15.05.2008SAR TODAY MEOW

BROAD-CASTINGLTD

54. AMRIT- B PUNJAB SYNERGY MY-FM 27-7-2007SAR MEDIA

55. ASANSOL B WEST ADLABS BIG-FM 29.06.2007BENGAL FILMS

56. ASANSOL B WEST SOUTH ASIA S. FM 03.06.2008BENGAL

57. AURAN- C MAHARA- E.N.LL. RADIO- 24.07.2007GABAD SHTRA MIRCHI

58. AURAN- C MAHARA- SOUTH ASIA S. FM 21.04.2008GABAD SHTRA

59. BENGA- A KARNA- ADLABS BIG-FM 09.10.2006LURU TAKA FILMS

60. BENGA- A KARNA- E.N.LL. RADIO- 17.04.2006LURU TAKA MIRCHI

61. BENGA- A KARNA- H.T. MUSIC FEVER 06.03.2007LURU TAKA 104

62. BENGA- A KARNA- INDIA RADIO RADIO- 01.10.2006LURU TAKA VENTURES INDIGO

63. BENGA- A KARNA- KAL RADIO S. FM 06.11.2006LURU TAKA

64. BENGA- A KARNA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 10.06.2001 ALREADYLURU TAKA CITY IN OPERA-

TION


FROMPHASE-1

65. BENGA- A KARNATAKARADIO MID RADIO- 01.08.2006LURU -DAY ONE [1]

66. BAREILY C UTTAR ADLABS BIG-FM 30.03.2007PRADESH FILMS

67. BAREILY C UTTAR SHRI PURAN MANTRA 09.04.2007PRADESH MULTIMEDIA FM

68. BHOPAL B MADHYA ADLABS BIG-FM 20.05.2007PRADESH FILMS

69. BHOPAL B MADHYA E.N.I.L. RADIO- 26.05.2007PRADESH MIRCHI

70. BHOPAL B MADHYA SOUTH ASIA S. FM 06.11.2007PRADESH

71. BHOPAL B MADHYA SYNERGY MY-FM 26.05.2007PRADESH MEDIA

72. BHUBA- C ORISSA ADLABS BIG-FM 14.04.2007NESHWAR/ FILMSCUTTAK

73. BHUBA- C ORISSA EASTERN CHOCO- 04.05.2007NESHWAR/ MEDIA LAT ECUTTAK

74. BHUBA C ORISSA SOUTH ASIA S. FM 28.06.2007NESHWAR/CUTTAK

75. BIKANER C RAJASTHAN ADLABS BIG-FM 19.01.2007FILMS

76. BILASPUR C CHHATT- SYNERGY MY-FM 27.09.2007ISGARH MEDIA

77. CHANDI- C CHANDI- ADLABS BIG-FM 12.02.2007GARH GARH (UT) FILMS

78. CHANDI- C CHANDI- SYNERGY MY-FM 19.02.2007GARH GARH (UT) MEDIA

79. COCHIN B KERALA KAL RADIO S. FM 17.05.2008

80. COCHIN B KERALA MALAYALA MANGO 18.05.2008MANORAMA FM

343Appendices

81. COCHIN B KERALA THE CLUB-FM 17.05.2008MATHRA-BHUMI

82. COIMBA- B TAMIL E.N.L.L. RADIO- 03.11.2007TORE NADU MIRCHI

83. COIMBA- B TAMIL M.B.P.L. RADIO- 12.11.2007TORE NADU CITY

84. COIMBA- B TAMIL MALAR HELLO-FM 29.10.2007TORE NADU PUBLICA-

TIONS

85. COIMBA- B TAMIL SUN TV SURYANA 07.03.2003 ALREADYTORE NADU FM IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-I

86. DHULE C MAHARA- B.A.G. RADIO- 15.08.2007SHTRA INFOTAIN- DHAMAL

MENT

87. GANGTOK D SIKKIM CHINAR NINE-91.9 10.08.2008CIRCUITS FM

88. GANGTOK D SIKKIM PCM MISTY FM 31.01 2009CEMMENTS

89. GORAKH- C UTTAR SHRI PURAN MANTRA 03.06.2007PUR PRADESH MULTIMEDIA FM

90. GULBER- C KARNA- KAL RADIO S. FM 02.06.2008GA TAKA

91. GUWA- C ASSAM ADLABS BIG-FM 14.04.2007HATI FILMS

92. GUWA- C ASSAM POSITIVE OOLALA 13.04.2007HATI RADIO FM

93. GUWA- C ASSAM PURVY GUP-SHUP 09.10.2007HATI BROAD-

CASTING

94. GUWA- C ASSAM SOUTH ASIA S. FM 11.04.2008HATI

95. GWALIOR C MADHYA ADLABS BIG-FM 06.08.2007PRADESH FILMS


96. GWALIOR C MADHYA GWALIOR CHASKA 04.08.2007PRADESH FARMS

97. GWALIOR C MADHYA ITM SOFT SUNO 07.09.2007PRADESH LEMON

98. GWALIOR C MADHYA SYNERGY MEDIA 06.08.2007PRADESH MY FM

99. HISSAR D HARYANA ADLABS BIG-FM 02.03.2007FILMS

100. HISSAR D HARYANA B.A.G. RADIO- 18.06.2007INFOTAIN- DHAMALMENT

101. HISSAR D HARYANA SHRI PURAN MANTRA 21.03.2007MULTIMEDIA FM

102. HISSAR D HARYANA SINGLA TARANG 17.03.2007PROPERTY

103. HYDERA- A ANDHRA ADLABS BIG-FM 25.09.2006BAD PRADESH FILMS

104. HYDERA- A ANDHRA E.N.LL. RADIO- 19.04.2006BAD PRADESH MIRCHI

105. HYDERA- A ANDHRA KAL RADIO S. FM 06.11.2006BAD PRADESH

106. HYDERA- A ANDHRA M.B.P.L. RADIO- 30.05.2006BAD PRADESH CITY

107. INDORE B MADHYA ADLABS BIG-FM 03.08.2007PRADESH FILMS

108. INDORE B MADHYA E.N.IL. RADIO- 01.10.2001 ALREADYPRADESH MIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

109. INDORE B MADHYA SOUTH ASIA S. FM 09.12.2007PRADESH

110. INDORE B MADHYA SYNERGY MY-FM 11.08.2007PRADESH MEDIA

111. ITA- D ARUNA- POSITIVE OOLALA 05.08.2008NAGAR CHAL RADIO FM

PRADESH

345Appendices

112. JABAL B MADHYA B.A.G. RADIO- 01.03.2008PUR PRADESH INFOTAIN- DHAMAL

MENT

113. JABAL- B MADHYA E.N.LL. RADIO- 15.02.2008PUR PRADESH MIRCHI

114. JABAL- B MADHYA SOUTH ASIA S. FM 19.03.2008PUR PRADESH

115. JABAL- B MADHYA SYNERGY MY-FM 15.02.2008PUR PRADESH MEDIA

116. JAIPUR A RAJASTHAN E.N.LL. RADIO- 17.04.2006MIRCHI

117. JAIPUR A RAJASTHAN M.B.P.L. RADIO- 08.09.2006CITY

118. JAIPUR A RAJASTHAN RAJASTHAN RADIO- 15.08.2006PATRIKA TADKA

119. JAIPUR A RAJASTHAN SOUTH ASIA S. FM 06.11.2006

120. JAIPUR A RAJASTHAN SYNERGY MY-FM 28.05.2006MEDIA

121. JALAN- C PUNJAB ADLABS BIG-FM 14.04.2007DHAR FILMS

122. JALAN- C PUNJAB E.N.LL. RADIO- 24.04.2007DHAR MIRCHI

123. JALAN- C PUNJAB SHRI PURAN MANTRA 14.04.2007DHAR MULTIMEDIA FM

124. JALAN- C PUNJAB SYNERGY MY-FM 19.04.2007DHAR

125. JALGOAN C MAHARA- B.A.G. RADIO- 22.04.2008SHTRA INFOTAIN- DHAMAL

MENT

126. JALGOAN C MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 21.05.2008SHTRA CITY

127. JAMMU C J & K ADLABS BIG FM 07.12.2006FILMS

128. JAM- B JHARKH ADLABS BIG-FM 07.11.2007SHEDPUR AND FILMS

129. JAM- B JHAR- SOUTH ASIA S. FM 13.04.2008SHEDPUR KHAND


130. JAM- B JHAR- NEUTRAL DHOOM 18.07.2008SHEDPUR KHAND PUBLICATION FM

131. JHANSI B UTTAR ADLABS BIG-FM 19.01.2007PRADESH FILMS

132. JODHPUR C RAJASTHAN ADLABS BIG-FM 14.12.2007FILMS

133. JODHPUR C RAJASTHAN KUSHAL SUPER 14.12.2007GLOBAL FM

134. JODHPUR C RAJASTHAN RADIO RADIO- 01.06.2008TODAY MEOWBROAD-CASTINGLTD

135. JODHPUR C RAJASTHAN SYNERGY MY-FM 20.12.2007MEDIA

136. KANNUR C KERALA ASIANET BEST FM 13.01.2008COMMUNI-CATION

137. KANNUR C KERALA KAL RADIO S. FM 12.03.2008

138. KANNUR C KERALA MALAYALA MANGO 30.12.2007MANORAMA FM

139. KANNUR C KERALA THE CLUB-FM 30.12.2007MATHRABHUMI

140. KANPUR A UTTAR ADLABS BIG-FM 14.06.2007PRADESH FILMS

141. KANPUR A UTTAR E.N.L.L. RADIO- 16.06.2007PRADESH MIRCHI

142. KANPUR A UTTAR SOUTH ASIA S. FM 28.01.2008PRADESH

143. KARNAL D HARYANA B.A.G. RADIO- 18.06.2007INFOTAIN- DHAMALMENT

144. KARNAL D HARYANA SHRI PURAN MANTRA 02.04.2007MULTIMEDIA FM

145. KOLHA- C MAHARA- E.N.LL. RADIO- 18.09.2007PUR SHTRA MIRCHI

347Appendices

146. KOLHA- C MAHARA- PUDHARI TOMOTO 21.09.2007PUR SHTRA PUBLICATION FM

147. KOLKATA A+ WEST RADIO RADIO- 12.12.2008BENGAL MID-DAY ONE [1]

148. KOTA C RAJASTHAN ADLABS BIG-FM 21.01.2008FILMS

149. KOTA C RAJASTHAN RAJASTHAN RADIO- 25.02.2008PATRIKA TADKA

150. KOTA C RAJASTHAN SYNERGY MY-FM 02.02.2008MEDIA

151. KOZIKO C KERALA KAL RADIO S. FM 07.12.2007DE

152. KOZIKO C KERALA MALAYALA MANGO 29.11.2007DE MANORAMA FM

153. LUCKNOWA UTTAR E.N.LL. RADIO- 13.08.2007PRADESH MIRCHI

154. LUCKNOWA UTTAR M.B.P.L. RADIO- 10.12.2001 ALREADYPRADESH CITY IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

155. LUCKNOWA UTTAR SOUTH ASIA S. FM 06.11.2007PRADESH

156. MADURAI B TAMIL E.N.LL. RADIO- 28-09.2007NADU MIRCHI

157. MADURAI B TAMIL KAL RADIO S. FM 05.10.2007NADU

158. MADURAI B TAMIL MALAR HELLO- 01.10.2007NADU PUBLICA- FM

TIONS

159. MANGA- C KARNA- ADLABS BIG-FM 24.11.2007LORE TAKA FILMS

160. MANGA- C KARNA- E.N.L.L. RADIO- 24.11.2007LORE TAKA MIRCHI

161. MANGA- C KARNA- KAL RADIO S. FM 21.02.2008LORE TAKA


162. MUZAF- C BIHAR B.A.G. RADIO- 01.08.2007FARPUR INFOTAIN DHAMAL

MENT

163. MYSORE C KARNA- ADLABS BIG-FM 14.10.2007TAKA FILMS

164. MYSORE C KARNA- KAL RADIO S. FM 07.12.2007TAKA

165. NAGPUR A MAHARA- E.N.L.L. RADIO- 18.10.2007SHTRA MIRCHI

166. NAGPUR A MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 21.10.2007SHTRA CITY

167. NAGPUR A MAHARA- SOUTH ASIA S. FM 04.05.2008SHTRA

168. NAGPUR A MAHARA- SYNERGY MY-FM 21.10.2007SHTRA MEDIA

169. NANDED C MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 15.05.2008SHTRA CITY

170. NASIK C MAHARA- E.N.LL. RADIO- 06.07.2007SHTRA MIRCHI

171. NASIK C MAHARA- SOUTH ASIA S. FM 16.04.2008SHTRA

172. PANAJI D GOA ADLABS BIG-FM 22.05.2007FILMS

173. PANAJI D GOA E.N.L.L. RADIO- 22.05.2007MIRCHI

174. PANAJI D GOA INDIA RADIO RADIO 25.06.2007VENTURES INDIGO

175. PATIALA C PUNJAB ADLABS BIG-FM 01.08.2007FILMS

176. PATIALA C PUNJAB B.A.G. RADIO- 18.06.2007INFOTAIN- DHAMALMENT

177. PATIALA C PUNJAB PAN INDIA Z-FM 26.01.2008

178. PATIALA C PUNJAB RADIO RADIO- 01.06.2008TODAY MEOWBROAD-CASTINGLTD

349Appendices

179. PATNA B BIHAR E.N.I.L. RADIO- 02.04.2007MIRCHI

180. PUDU- C PUDUCHE- ADLABS BIG-FM 01.12.2007CHERRY RRY (UT) FILMS

181. PUDU- C PUDUCHE- KAL RADIO S. FM 20.12.2007CHERRY RRY (UT)

182. PUDU- C PUDUCHE- MALAR HELLO-FM 22.12.2007CHERRY RRY (UT) PUBLICA-

TIONS

183. PUNE A MAHARA- E.N.I.L. RADIO- 18.10.2002 ALREADYSHTRA MIRCHI IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

184. PUNE A MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 06.04.2008SHTRA CITY

185. PUNE A MAHARA- RADIO RADIO- 12.05.2008SHTRA MID-DAY ONE [1]

186. PUNE A MAHARA- SOUTH ASIA S. FM 22.07.2008SHTRA

187. RANCHI C JHAR- ADLABS BIG-FM 24.10.2007KHAND FILMS

188. RANCHI C JHAR- B.A.G. RADIO- 15.11.2007KHAND INFOTAIN DHAMAL

MENT

189. RANCHI C JHAR- SHRI PURAN MANTRA 27.10.2007KHAND MULTIMEDIA FM

190. RANCHI C JHAR- NEUTRAL DHOOM 18.07.2008KHAND PUBLICA FM

TION

191. RAIPUR C CHHATTIS- E.N.L.L. RADIO- 11.01.2008GARH MIRCHI

192. RAIPUR C CHHATTIS- RAJASTHAN RADIO- 10.02.2009GARH PATRIKA TADKA

193. RAIPUR C CHHATTIS- RANEKA RANGILA 15.01.2008GARH FINCOM

104.8


194. RAIPUR C CHHATTIS- SYNERGY MY-FM 16.01.2008GARH MEDIA

195. RAJAH- C ANDHRA KAL RADIO S. FM 19.01.2008MUNDRY PRADESH

196. RAJKOT A GUJARAT ADLABS BIG-FM 13.06.2007FILMS

197. RAIKOT A GUJARAT E.N.LL. RADIO- 13.06.2007MIRCHI

198. RAJKOT A GUJARAT SOUTH ASIA S. FM 18.04.2008

199. ROUR- C ORISSA ADLABS BIG-FM 06.01.2008KELA FILMS

200. ROUR- C ORISSA EASTERN RADIO- 22.01.2008KELA MEDIA CHOCO-

LATE

201. SANGLI C MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 08.02.2008SHTRA CITY

202. SHILONG D MEGHA- POSITIVE OOLALA 16.10.2007LAYA RADIO FM

203. SHILONG D MEGHA- SOUTH ASIA S. FM 13.06.2008LAYA

204. SHOLA- C MAHARA- ADLABS BIG-FM 08-11.2008PUR SHTRA

205. SHOLA- C MAHARA- M.B.P.L. RADIO- 14.11.2007PUR SHTRA CITY

206. SILIGURI C WEST CHINAR NINE-91.9 12.03.2008BENGAL CIRCUITS FM

207. SILIGURI C WEST PCM MISTY FM 14.11.2007BENGAL CEMMENTS

208. SILIGURI C WEST SYNTECH HIGH FM 24.11.2007BENGAL INFOR-

MATICS

209. SILIGURI C WEST SOUTH ASIA S. FM 25.10.2008BENGAL

210. SRI- C J & K ADLABS BIG-FM 10.12.2006NAGAR FILMS

211. SURAT A GUJARAT ADLABS BIG-FM 29.08.2007FILMS

351Appendices

212. SURAT A GUJARAT E.N.LL. RADIO- 21.08.2007MIRCHI

213. SURAT A GUJARAT SYNERGY MY-FM 27.08.2007MEDIA

214. SURAT A GUJRAT M.B.P.L. RADIO- 22.08.2007CITY

215. THIRUVA- C KERALA ADLABS BIG-FM 29.01.2008NANTHA- FILMSPURAM

216. THIRUVA- C KERALA E.N.LL. RADIO- 29.01.2008NANTHA- MIRCHIPURAM

217. THIRUVA- C KERALA KAL RADIO S. FM 06.02.2008NANTHA-PURAM

218. THIRUVA- C KERALA THE CLUB-FM 29.01.2008NANTHA- MATHRABPURAM HUMI

219. THRISSUR C KERALA ASIANET BEST FM 23.12.2007COMMUNI-CATION

220. THRISSUR C KERALA KAL RADIO S. FM 26.12.2007

221. THRISSUR C KERALA MALAYALA MANGO 14.12.2007MANORAMA FM

222. THRISSUR C KERALA THE CLUB-FM 14.12.2007MATHRABHUMI

223. TIRUCHI C TAMIL KAL RADIO S. FM 17.01.2008NADU

224. TIRUCHI C TAMIL MALAR HELLO-FM 14.01.2008NADU PUBLICA-

TIONS

225. TIRUNE- C TAMIL MALAR HELLO-FM 13.10.2007LVELI NADU PUBLICA-

TIONS

226. TIRUNE- C TAMIL SUN TV SURYANA 07.03.2003 ALREADYLVELI NADU FM INOPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1


227. TIRUPATI C ANDHRA ADLABS BIG-FM 01.08.2007PRADESH FILMS

228. TIRUPATI C ANDHRA KAL RADIO S. FM 27.08.2007PRADESH

229. TUTI- C TAMIL KAL RADIO S. FM 05.10.2007CORIN NADU

230. TUTI- C TAMIL MALAR HELLO-FM 15.10.2007CORIN NADU PUBLICA-

TIONS

231. UDAIPUR C RAJASTHAN ADLABS BIG-FM 03.08.2007FILMS

232. UDAIPUR C RAJASTHAN RAJASTHAN RADIO- 27.08.2007PATRIKA TADKA

233. UDAIPUR C RAJASTHAN SYNERGY MY-FM 07.07.2007MEDIA

234. VADO- B GUJARAT ADLABS BIG-FM 05.06.2007DARA FILMS

235. VADO- B GUJARAT E.N.LL. RADIO- 05.06.2007DARA MIRCHI

236. VADO- B GUJARAT M.B.P.L. RADIO- 11.06.2007DARA CITY

237. VADO- B GUJARAT SOUTH ASIA S. FM 17.04.2008DARA

238. VARA- B UTTAR E.N.L.L. RADIO- 14.07.2007NASI PRADESH

239. VARA- B UTTAR PAN INDIA Z-FM 29.05.2008NASI PRADESH

240. VARA- B UTTAR SHRI PURAN MANTRA 20.07.2007NASI PRADESH MULTIMEDIA FM

241. VARA- B UTTAR SOUTH ASIA S. FM 29.12.2007NASI PRADESH

242. VIJAYA- B ANDHRA E.N.L.L. RADIO- 11.12.2007WADA PRADESH MIRCHI

243. VIJAYA- B ANDHRA KAL RADIO S. FM 25.12.2007WADA PRADESH

353Appendices

244. VISHAKA- B ANDHRA ADLABS BIG-FM 27.10.2007PATNAM PRADESH FILMS

245. VISHAKA- B ANDHRA E.N.LL. RADIO- 26.10.2007PATNAM PRADESH MIRCHI

246. VISHAKA- B ANDHRA M.B.P.L. RADIO- 29.10.2007PATNAM PRADESH CITY

247 VISHAKA- B ANDHRA UDAYA TV VISAKHA 06.02.2003 ALREADYPATNAM PRADESH FM IN OPERA-

TIONFROMPHASE-1

248 WARAN- C KARNA- KAL RADIO S. FM 28.05.2008GAL TAKA

Source: www.mib.nic.in


DOORDARSHAN NETWORK

(as on 31.03.2009)

S. State/UT No. of Transmitters

No. Transmitters re-laying Regional

Primary Channel New Channel programmes during(DD 1) (DD News) entire duration

No. of HPTs LPTs VLPTs Trp Total HPTs LPTs VLPTs Total HPTs LPTs VLPTs TotalStudios

1. Andhra 3 9 75 - 1 85 4 6 - 10 - - 10 10Pradesh

2. Arunachal 1 1 3 39 1 44 1 - - 1 - - - 0Pradesh

3. Assam 4 4 20 1 1 26 2 1 - 3 - - - 0

4. Bihar 2 4 32 2 - 38 2 2 - 4 - - - 0

5. Chhattis- 2 3 16 8 - 27 1 - - 1 - - - 0garh

6. Goa 1 1 - - - 1 1 - - 1 - - - 0

7. Gujarat 2 7 51 - - 58 4 3 - 7 - - 3 3

8. Haryana 1 2 13 - - 15 1 7 - 8 - - - 0

9. H.Pradesh 1 3 7 39 2 51 2 1 - 3 - - - 0

10.Jammu 4 10 7 69 1 87 5 3 - 8 4 8 18 30& Kashmir

11.Jharkhand 2 3 17 2 - 22 2 2 1 5 - - - 0

12.Karnataka 2 8 47 - - 55 4 2 - 6 - - 7 7

13.Kerala 3 4 20 - - 24 3 2 - 5 - - 4 4

14.Madhya 3 8 60 6 - 74 4 - - 4 - - - 0Pradesh

15.Meghalya 2 2 3 2 1 8 2 - - 2 - - - 0

16.Maha- 3 8 79 - - 87 5 10 - 15 - - 20 20rashtra

17.Manipur 1 2 1 4 - 7 1 - - 1 - - - 1

18.Mizoram 1 2 1 2 1 6 1 1 - 2 - - - 0

19.Nagaland 1 2 2 6 2 12 1 1 - 2 - - - 0

355Appendices

20.Orissa 3 5 62 - 1 68 2 7 2 11 - - 16 16

21.Punjab 2 4 5 - 1 68 2 7 2 11 - - - 0

22.Rajasthan 1 7 65 17 2 91 4 4 - 8 - - - 0

23.Sikkim 1 1 - 6 - 7 1 - - 1 - - - 0

24.Tamil 3 6 44 - 1 51 2 9 - 11 1 - 7 8Nadu

25.Tripura 1 1 5 1 1 8 1 1 - 2 - - - 0

26.Uttar 7 11 52 3 - 66 7 10 1 18 - - - 0Pradesh

27.Uttaran- 1 1 15 33 2 51 1 2 - 3 - - - 0chal

28.West 3 8 19 - - 27 4 2 - 6 1 - 1 2Bengal

29.A.&N. 1 1 1 17 - 19 1 1 5 7 - - - 0

30.Chandi- 1 - 1 - - 1 - - - 0 - - - 0garh

31.Dadar & - - 1 - - 1 - - - 0 - - - 0Nagar Haveli

32.Daman & - - 2 - - 2 - - - 0 - - - 0Diu

33.Delhi 2 1 - - - 1 1 - - 1 - - - 0

34.L’Dweep - - 1 1 - 2 - - 7 7 - - 7 7Islands

35.Pudu- 1 1 1 1 - 3 - 1 - 1 - - 1 1cherry

Total 66 130 728 259 18 1135 73 78 16 167 6 8 94 108

Note : In addition, there are four digital transmitters (HPTs) at four metros

**As on 31.03.2009

Source : http://www.ddindia.gov.in/About+DD/Doordarshan+Transmitters


CONSOLIDATED LIST OF CHANNELSALLOWED TO BE CARRIED BY CABLE

OPERATORS/MULTI SYSTEM OPERATORS/DTH LICENSEES IN INDIA

(IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER)

Sl. Name of Channel Category ofNo. Channel

1. 360 News

2. 24 GHANTA News

3. 365 DIN News

4. 9X Non-News

5. 9XM Non-News

6. A TO Z News

7. A TO Z DOCUMENTARY & TELEFILMS Non-News

8. A TV Non-News

9. AAJ TAK News

10. AAJTAK TEZ News

11. AALAMISAHARA News

12. AASEERVATHAM News

13. AASTHA BHAJAN Non-News

14. AASTHA Non-News

15. ABC NEWS NOW News

16. ABN ANDHRA JYOTI News

17. ACTION CINEMA Non-News

18. ADITHYA TV News

19. AHIMSAA Non-News

20. AKASH B News

21. AM RITA News

22. ANANDA Non-News

23. ANGEL TV Non-News

357Appendices

24. ANIMAL PLANET Non-News

25. ANIMAX Non-News

26. APNA NEWS News

27. ARADANA Non-News

28. ARIRANG News

29. ASHIRWAD Non-News

30. ASIANET Non-News

31. ASIANET NEWS News

32. ASIANET PLUS Non-News

33. AUSTRALIA NETWORK News

34. AWAAZ News

35. AXN Non-News

36. AZAD News

37. B TV Non-News

38. B4U MOVIES Non-News

39. B4U MUSIC Non-News

40. BABY TV Non-News

41. BALLE BALLE Non-News

42. BBC ENTERTAINMENT Non-News

43. BBC WORLD News

44. BHAKTHI Non-News

45. BHOJPURIA MAGIC Non-News

46. BIG BONDHON Non-News

47. BIG CHITRAPAT Non-News

48. BIG CHOBI Non-News

49. BIG FAMILY Non-News

50. BIG FITNESS 24 7 Non-News

51. BIG FOOD Non-News

52. BIG GAURAV Non-News

53. BIG HEALTH Non-News

54. BIG HITS Non-News


55. BIG HOLLYWOOD Non-News

56. BIG ISAI Non-News

57. BIG JUICE Non-News

58. BIG MAGIC Non-News

59. BIG MAUJA Non-News

60. BIG SANGEET Non-News

61. BIG SANJHA Non-News

62. BIG SPIRITUAL Non-News

63. BIG ULLAS Non-News

64. BIKAS 365 News

65. BINDAAS MOVIES Non-News

66. BINDAAS Non-News

67. BIZ 24 News

68. BIZZ NEWS News

69. BLOOMBERG TELEVISION News

ASIA-PACIFIC FEED

70. BOOMERANG Non-News

71. BRINDAVAN TV Non-News

72. BUSINESS TODAY News

73. C BEEBIES Non-News

74. CARE TV Non-News

75. CARE WORLD Non-News

76. CARTOON NETWORK Non-News

77. CCTV-9 News

78. CHANNEL 10 News

79. CHANNEL EIGHT Non-News

80. CHANNEL NEWS ASIA INTERNATIONAL News

81. CHANNEL NO.1 News

82. CHANNEL V INTERNATIONAL Non-News

83. CHANNELV Non-News

84. CHARDIKALA TIME TV News

359Appendices

85. CHINTUTV News

86. CHUTTI News

87. CLASSIC CINEMA Non-News

88. CNBC-TV 18 News

89. CNEB News

90. CNN INTERNATIONAL News

91. CNN-IBN CHANNEL -1 News

92. CNN-IBN CHANNEL -2 News

93. CNN-IBN News

94. COLORS Non-News

95. CTVN-AKD-PLUS News

96. DAY “N” NIGHT NEWS News

97. DAY STAR TELEVISION NETWORK Non-News

98. DELHI AAJ TAK News

99. DHALIWAL TV News

100. DISCOVERY CHANNEL Non-News

101. DISCOVERY TRAVEL AND LIVING Non-News

102. DISNEY CHANNEL Non-News

103. DIVYA Non-News

104. DNN News

105. DW TV News

106. DY 365 News

107. E 24 Non-News

108. E-LIVE Non-News

109. ENTERR 10 MOVIES Non-News

110. ENTERR 10 Non-News

111. ERA CHANNEL Non-News

112. ESPN Non-News

113. ET NOW News

114. ETC-HINDI Non-News

115. ETC-PUNJABI Non-News


116. ETV 2 News

117. ETV ASSAM News

118. ETV BENGALI News

119. EN BIHAR JHARKHAND News

120. EN GUJARATI News

121. ETV KANNADA News

122. ETV MADHYA PRADESH CHATTISGARH News

123. ETV MALAYALAM News

124. ETV MARATHI News

125. ETV ORIYA News

126. ETV PUNJAB News

127. ETV RAJASTHAN (HINDI) News

128. ETV TAMIL News

129. ETV TELUGU News

130. ETV URDU News

131. ETV UTTER PRADESH UTTARANCHAL News

132. EXPLORE TV Non-News

133. FOCUS TV News

134. FOOD FOOD TV Non-News

135. FOX CRIME Non-News

136. FOX HISTORY AND ENTERTAINMENT Non-News

137. FRESH TV Non-News

138. ftv.com INDIA Non-News

139. FX Non-News

140. GANGA News

141. GEMINI CABLE VISION Non-News

142. GEMINI MUSIC News

143. GEMINI NEWS News

144. GEMINI TV News

145. GOD TV Non-News

146. G-TV News

361Appendices

147. HAMAR TV News

148. HBC NEWS News

149. HBN Non-News

150. HBO Non-News

151. HEADLINES TODAY News

152. HM TV News

153. HOME SHOP 18 Non-News

154. HUNGAMA TV Non-News

155. HY TV News

156. i NEWS News

157. IBN LOKMAT News

158. IBN-7 News

159. IMAGINE SHOWBIZ Non-News

160. IMAYAM TV News

161. INDIA NEWS News

162. INDIA TV News

163. INDIAVISION NEWS News

164. ITV NEWS News

165. J MOVIE News

166. JAGRAN Non-News

167. JAI HIND News

168. JAIN TV News

169. JAN SANDESH NEWS News

170. JAYA MAX News

171. JAYA PLUS News

172. JAYA TV News

173. JEEVAN TV News

174. JHANKAR MOVIES Non-News

175. JUST TV MUSIC Non-News

176. JUST TV PUNJABI Non-News

177. K TV News


178. KAIRALI News

179. KALAIGNAR CHITHIRAM Non-News

180. KALAIGNAR ISAI ARUVI News

181. KALAIGNAR SEITHIGAL News

182. KALAIGNAR SIRIPPOLI Non-News

183. KALAIGNAR TV News

184. KAMYAB TV News

185. KANAK SAMBAD News

186. KASTHURI News

187. KBC NEWS News

188. KBS WORLD News

189. KHOJ INDIA News

190. KIRAN TV News

191. KOLKATA N News

192. KUSHITV News

193. LAMHAS CLASSIC Non-News

194. LEHEREN News

195. LEMON TV Non-News

196. LIFE 24 Non-News

197. LIVE INDIA News

198. M-3 Non-News

199. MAA MUSIC Non-News

200. MAA NEWS News

201. MAA POOJA Non-News

202. MAA TV News

203. MAHAA TV News

204. MAHUAA MUSIC Non-News

205. MAHUAA NEWS News

206. MAHUAA News

207. MAKKALTV News

208. MALLEMAALA Non-News

363Appendices

209. MANA TELUGU Non-News

210. MANORAMA NEWS CENTRAL News

211. MANORAMA NEWS INTERNATIONAL News

212. MANORAMA NEWS NORTH News

213. MANORAMA NEWS SOUTH News

214. MANORAMA VISION Non-News

215. MANORAMA YUVA Non-News

216. MANORANJAN TV Non-News

217. MARINE BIZ TV Non-News

218. MAURYA News

219. MEGA TV News

220. MH 1 Non-News

221. MH ONE NEWS News

222. MH ONE SHRADDHA Non-News

223. MI MARATHI News

224. MIRACLENET Non-News

225. MOON TV News

226. MOVIE ON DEMAND-ENGLISH Non-News

227. MOVIE ON DEMAND-HINDI Non-News

228. MTV Non-News

229. MTV2 Non-News

230. MUNSIF TV News

231. MUSIC CHOICE Non-News

232. MUSIC INDIA Non-News

233. N TV News

234. NAT GEO ADVENTURE Non-News

235. NAT GEO MUSIC Non-News

236. NAT GEO WILD Non-News

237. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC HD Non-News

238. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC Non-News

239. NAXATRA TV News


240. NDTV 24X7 News

241. NDTV GOOD TIMES Non-News

242. NDTV IMAGINE Non-News

243. NDTV INDIA News

244. NDTV LUMIERE Non-News

245. NDTV METRO NATION BENGALURU News

246. NDTV METRO NATION CHENNAI News

247. NDTV METRO NATION KOLKATTA News

248. NDTV METRO NATION MUMBAI News

249. NDTV METRO NATION News

250. NDTV PROFIT News

251. NE BANGLA News

252. NE TELEVISION News

253. NE-HI FI Non-News

254. NEO CRICKET Non-News

255. NEO SPORTS Non-News

256. NEPALI News

257. NEWS 24 News

258. NEWS 9 News

259. NEWS LIVE News

260. NEWS X News

261. NHK WORLD PREMIUM News

262. NHK WORLD TV News

263. NICK Non-News

264. O TV News

265. P7 NEWS News

266. PEOPLE News

267. PLAY TV News

268. POGO Non-News

269. POLIMER News

270. POWER VISION Non-News

365Appendices

271. PRAGYA TV Non-News

272. PREMIERE CINEMA Non-News

273. PTC CHAK DE Non-News

274. PTC NEWS News

275. PTC PUNJABI Non-News

276. PUNJAB TODAY News

277. R PLUS News

278. R TV News

279. RAAZ Non-News

280. RAJ DIGITAL PLUS Non-News

281. RAJ MUSIX KANADA Non-News

282. RAJ MUSIX MALAYALAM Non-News

283. RAJ MUSIX TELUGU Non-News

284. RAJ MUSIX Non-News

285. RAJ NEWS KANNADA News

286. RAJ NEWS MALAYALAM News

287. RAJ NEWS TELUGU News

288. RAJ NEWS News

289. RAJ PARIWAR News

290. RAJ TV News

291. REAL ESTATE News

292. REAL TV Non-News

293. RUSSIA TODAY News

294. SiTADKA Non-News

295. SiTV News

296. SAAM TV News

297. SAB Non-News

298. SADHNA NEWS BIHAR News

299. SADHNA NEWS News

300. SADHNA Non-News

301. SAHARA FILMY Non-News


302. SAHARA FIRANGI Non-News

303. SAHARA ONE Non-News

304. SAHARA SAMAY BIHAR News

305. SAHARA SAMAY MP News

306. SAHARA SAMAY MUMBAI News

307. SAHARA SAMAY NCR News

308. SAHARA SAMAY UP News

309. SAHARA TV News

310. SAI TV Non-News

311. SAKSHI News

312. SAMAY News

313. SAMAYA News

314. SANATAN TV Non-News

315. SANGEET BANGLA Non-News

316. SANGEET BHOJPURI Non-News

317. SANSKAR Non-News

318. SATHIYAM TV News

319. SATSANG Non-News

320. SET MAX Non-News

321. SET PIX Non-News

322. SHAKTI TV Non-News

323. SHALOM TELEVISION Non-News

324. SHOPPING ZONE Non-News

325. SITARA Non-News

326. SMILE TV Non-News

327. SOBHAGYA MITHILA Non-News

328. SONY ENTERTAINMENT TELEVISION (SET) Non-News

329. SPACE TV Non-News

330. SPACETOON KIDS TV Non-News

331. SPLASH TV Non-News

332. SRI SANKARA Non-News

367Appendices

333. SRI VENKATESWARA Non-News

334. SS ENTERTAINMENT Non-News

335. SS MUSIC Non-News

336. STANDRAD WORLD News

337. STAR ANANDO News

338. STAR CRICKET Non-News

339. STAR GOLD Non-News

340. STAR GUJARATI Non-News

341. STAR JALSHA Non-News

342. STAR MAAZZA News

343. STAR MOVIES Non-News

344. STAR NEWS News

345. STAR ONE Non-News

346. STAR PLUS Non-News

347. STAR PRAVAH Non-News

348. STAR SPORTS Non-News

349. STAR TELUGU Non-News

350. STAR UTSAV Non-News

351. STAR WORLD Non-News

352. STUDIO 1 Non-News

353. STUDIO N News

354. STV GOA NEWS News

355. STV HARYANA NEWS News

356. STV UP NEWS News

357. SUBHA VAARTHA Non-News

358. SUDARSHAN News

359. SUN MUSIC News

360. SUN NEWS News

361. SUN TV News

362. SUPER STAR-JOSH Non-News

363. SURYA TV News


364. SUVARNA NEWS News

365. SUVARNA Non-News

366. TAMILAN TELEVISION News

367. TARA MUSIX Non-News

368. TARA PUNJABI Non-News

369. TARANG MUSIC Non-News

370. TARANG Non-News

371. TBN CHANNEL Non-News

372. TCM TURNER CLASSIC MOVIES Non-News

373. TEHKEKAAT Non-News

374. TEJA TV News

375. TEN SPORTS Non-News

376. THE MGM CHANNEL Non-News

377. TIMES NOW News

378. TMG ENTER Non-News

379. TML VOICE OF INDIA LIFESTYLE Non-News

380. TML VOICE OF INDIA MADHYA PRADESH News

381. TML VOICE OF INDIA MUSIC Non-News

382. TML VOICE OF INDIA PUNJAB, News

HARYANA,HIMACHAL PRADESH

383. TML VOICE OF INDIA RAJASTHAN News

384. TML VOICE OF INDIA UP News

385. TML VOICE OF INDIA News

386. TOON DISNEY Non-News

387. TOPPER Non-News

388. TOTALTV News

389. TULSI Non-News

390. TV 1 News

391. TV 100 News

392. TV 24 News

393. TV 5 MONDE News

369Appendices

394. TV 5 News

395. TV 9 News

396. TV 99 News

397. TV SOUTH ASIA News

398. TV9 GUJARAT News

399. TV9 KANNADA News

400. TV9 MUMBAI News

401. TVC ONLINE Non-News

402. UDAYA MOVIES News

403. UDAYA TV News

404. UDAYA TV-II News

405. UDAYA VARTHEGALU News

406. USHETV News

407. UTV i News

408. UTV MOVIES Non-News

409. VANITHA TV News

410. VASANTH News

411. VH 1 Non-News

412. VIJAY Non-News

413. VIJAY Non-News

414. VISION TV ENTERTAINMENT Non-News

415. VISION TV MUSIC Non-News

416. VISION TV SHIKSHA Non-News

417. VISSA News

418. VOYAGES TELEVISION Non-News

419. WB Non-News

420. WE Non-News

421. WELLNESS Non-News

422. WIN TV News

423. WORLD MOVIES Non-News

424. YES-IN DIAVISION Non-News


425. YO TV News

426. ZAPAK TV HINDI Non-News

427. ZAPAK TV (E) Non-News

428. ZEE 24 GHANTALU News

429. ZEE 24 GHANTE-CHATTISGARH News

430. ZEE 24 TAAS News

431. ZEE BANGLA NEWS News

432. ZEE BOLLYWOOD Non-News

433. ZEE BUSINESS News

434. ZEE CAFE Non-News

435. ZEE CINEMA Non-News

436. ZEE GUJARATI NEWS News

437. ZEE KANNADA News

438. ZEE MARATHI NEWS News

439. ZEE NEWS UTTAR PRADESH News

440. ZEE NEWS News

441. ZEE NEXT Non-News

442. ZEE PUNJABI NEWS News

443. ZEE PUNJABI PLUS Non-News

444. ZEE RX Non-News

445. ZEE SPORTS Non-News

446. ZEE STUDIO Non-News

447. ZEE TALKIES Non-News

448. ZEE TAMIL News

449. ZEE TELUGU News

450. ZEE TRENDZ Non-News

451. ZEE TV Non-News

452. ZING Non-News

453. ZOOM DIVA Non-News

454. ZOOM TV Non-News

Disclaimer: Whereas all precaution has been taken to prepare the above list, car-

371Appendices

riage of channels by cable TV network/ DTH/ IPTV/ HITS/ any other broadcast-ing platforms merely on the basis of above list shall not be valid. They are ad-vised to conduct due diligence before retransmitting any channel on their plat-form.

Source:http://www.mib.nic.in/showContent.aspx?uid1=2&uid2=82&uid3=0&uid4=0&uid5=0&uid6=0&uid7=0


BIBLIOGRAPHY(BROADCASTING-2007)

BROADCASTING (Europe)

SIMS (Martin). Spectrum management and the EU: Liberalisation secondary trading, interference andthe “toughest test of TV “. Inter Media. 35 (2); May 2007; G-10.

Discusses the present state of spectrum managementt across the countries of the European Union.

BROADCASTING, BBC

SACHDEVA (Gautam). Badlauv Ke daur mein BBC. Dainik Jagran. 13 December 2007; 8.

A critical appraisal of BBC’s plan to shift BBC Hindi Service and Internet service to Delhi.

BROADCASTING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

PALIWAL (Gauri). Internet radio our internet T. V. Kadambini. 47 (4); February 2007; 26.

Gives a brief account of the history and working of internet radio and internet television.

BROADCASTING, BILL (India)

BABURAJAN (K). Blurred vision. Voice & Data. 14 (2); August 2007; 22-24, 26.

Highlights the recommendations of the draft Broadcasting Services Regulation Bill 2007. Also givesthe reactions of the broadcast fraternity and the impact of these recommendations on the Broadcastingindustry.

BAJPAI (Shailaja). Shadow on my screen. Indian Express. 9 August 2007; 11.

Critically analyses the provisions of the proposed Broadcasting Services Regulation Bill, 2007 andsuggests for an independent regulatory mechanism to frame guidelines or content code for broadcastsector rather than government.

GHOSH (Lakshmi B). Radio wants change in music royalty law. Asian Age. 3 July 2007; 14.

Focuses on the draft Broadcasting Services Regulation Bill, 2007 which proposes multiple compulsorylicenses to enable private radio channels to play songs of all music companies.

BROADCASTING, CODE (India)

RAY (Ashis). Don’t gag news TV. Times of India. 21 December 2007; 20. Keeping in view the presentbroadcasting scenario discusses, whether a legislation/content code is essential for electronic media.

BROADCASTING, HISTORY(India)

MITRA (Ashish). Making waves . Screen. 56 (16); 9 February 2007; 28. Traces the history of newsbroadcasting in India.

BROADCASTING, PUBLIC (India)

MURALIDHARAN (Sukumar). Public ownership over the broadcast spectrum. Vidura. 44(l); Jan-Mar2007; 22-24.

Commenting on broadcast spectrum in India emphasises on the public control over the airways.

MURTHY (N.V.K). Public service broadcasting : Illusion and reality. Mainstream. 45 (31) ; 21 July2007 ; 19-21.

Takes a close look at the Indian broadcast media, Akashvani and Doordarshan, owned and controlled

373Bibliography

by the Government of India and referred as the public service broadcasting media.

BROADCASTING, REPORTING

HERMAN (Francis). Broadcaster and conflicts: The need for strategic partnership in post – conflictmediation. Inter Media. 35 (1); February – March 2007; 24 - 26.

Discusses the role of broadcasters in resolving conflicts and maintaining peace in the nation by servingthe truth through responsible and unbiased reporting.

BROADCASTING, TECHNOLOGY (India)

RAKESH RAMAN. Flying in the open sky. Voice & Data. 13 (9); March 2007; 163-164, 166.

Focuses on emerging technologies for digitization of broadcasting in India.

RADIO

TULLY (Mark). Radio is here to stay. Vidura. 44(1); Jan-Mar 2007; 25-27.

Comments on radio’s remarkable recovery despite the challenges it faced from television and printmedia.

RADIO (U.S.A)

MI’I’RA (Ashish). Golden times. Screen. 56 (21); 16 March 2007; 24.

Traces the history of radio between 1935 and 1950 in United States of America.

RADIO CHANNEL, FM

JHA (Pallavi). Boom time on the radio. Screen. 56(3 1); 25 May 2007; 27.

Comments on the fast growing FM radio market in India.

NITYA JACOB. Radio revolution. Hindu. 4 February 2007; 4.

Writes about FM community radio stations set up by the NGOs and other reputed voluntaryorganisations in the country under the new policy announced by the government in November 2006.

RADIO CHANNEL, FM

SHARMA (S.P). Radio making waves. Tribune. 29 July 2007; 7.

Comments on the growing popularity of FM radio in Jammu and Kashmir.

WALUNJKAR (Somashukla Sinha). Honey, let’s get married on FM !. Screen. 56 (18); 23 February2007; 28.

Comments on the growing popularity of FM channels, the main aim of which are to address issues ofpublic interest besides entertainment.

RADIO CHANNEL FM, COMMERCIAL

KHANDELWAL (Payal). Top FM players are ready to grow. Screen. 56 (38) ; 13 July 2007 ; 27.

Abraham Thomas, Chief Operating Officer of Red FM, talks about advertising on radio and theinfluence of new niche players on advertising revenue.

RADIO, COMMUNITY

BHARATI (Seerna). Paanv pasarte campus radio. Vidura. 44 (2);

April-June 2007; 59-61.

Traces the history of campus radio which was started in India in 2004.

RADIO, COMMUNITY

GUIDELINES for setting up community radio stations. Voice & Data. 13 (10); April 2007; 59-60,62.


Gives details of guidelines approved by the Government of India for setting up of Community RadioStations (CRS) in the country.

JACOB (Nitya). Communities ride the new communication wave, Vidura, 44(1); Jan- Mar 2007; 15-17.

Discusses community radio which is emerging as the third wave of communication in India - printwas the first and television the second.

MALIK (Kanchan K). Concept and worldwide practice. Vidura.44 (1); Jan-Mar 2007; 4-7.

Describes the concept of comrnunity radio and how it started in different continents of the world.

VAISH (Nandini). Message of the medium. India Today. 32 (9); 5 March 2007; 66-67.

Discusses how community radios are bringing in socio-economic changes by focusing on local issuesand creating awareness among people.

VENNIYOOR (Sajan . Evolution not revolution. Vidura. 44(1); Jan-Mar 2007;18-21.

Critically analyses the provisions of the new community radio policy notified by the government on16 November 2006.

RADIO, COMMUNITY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

NORONHA (Frederick). Forging an e-community. Vidura. 44(1); Jan-Mar 2007; 8-10.

Discusses the role played by the community radio - India mailing list in linking scattered campaignersin different parts of the country.

TELEVISION (India)

BAJAJ (Vikas). In India, golden age of’TV is now. Asian Age. 18 February 2007; 14 ; Deccanchronicle. 18 February 2007; 8.

Discusses the fast growing television ownership and programming in India during the last five years.

PACHAURI (Sudhish). Hamara aina hai T.V. Kadambini. 47 (11); September 2007; 11-16.

Discusses how television broadcasting scenario has changed over the past forty - eight years. Alsodiscusses its impact on the society.

TOAST of the town. Voice & Data. 14 (1) ; July 2007 ; 68-70, 72.

Reviews the growth.of Indian television industry during the financial year 2006-07.

UNNIKRISHNAN (Chaya). Telly track: Tracing history, trends and milestones. Screen. 56 (53); 21July 2007; 25-26.

Traces history, trends and milestone of Indian television which has taken a marathon leap in threedecades specially in the last thirteen years.

TELEVISION AND CHILDREN (India)

CHRISTAKIS (Dimitri). TV watching by kids: The myths and truths. Tribune. 6 January 2007; 13.

Weight the pros and cons of television watching on the lives of kids.

TELEVISION AND CIIILUREN (USA)

ROE (Keith) and MINNEBO (Jurgen). Antecedents of adolescents’ motives for television use. Journalof Broadcasting & Electronic Media. 51 (2); June 2007; 305-315.

Hypothesizes that adolescents’ television use for mood management is predicted by factors related tothe school and family contexts.

375Bibliography

TELEVISION AND ELECTIONS (USA)

FOX (Julia R) et al. No joke: A comparison of substance in the daily show with Jon Stewart andBroadcast Network Television coverage of the 2004 presidential election campaign. Journal ofBroadcasting. & Electronic Media. 51 (2); June 2007; 213-227.

Examines substantive political coverage of the first presidential debate and the political conventionsin 2004 on the daily show with Jon Stewart and Broadcast Television network’s nightly newscasts.

TELEVISION AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

ABOUT technology. Hindustan Times. 31 August 2007; 2.

Describes meaning, features and functioning of Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) technology.

CREATING your own TV content. Hindustan Times. 31 August 2007; 1-2.

Gives the salient features and advantages of Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) technology.

IPTV vs cable TV. Cable Quest. 13 (12); March 2007; 58-59.

Discusses the characteristics of IPTV service launched by Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Ltd (MTNL)in metros.

TELEVISION AND PUBLIC OPINION (USA)

GLYNN (Carroll J). et al. When oprah intervenes: Political correlates of daytime talk show viewing.Journal of Broadcast & Electronic Media. 51 (2); June 2007; 228-244.

Examines the influence of daytime talk shows on public opinion formation.

TELEVISION AND SOCIETY (USA)

NABI (Robin L). Determining dimensions of reality: A concept mapping of the reality TV landscape.Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media. 51 (2); June 2007; 371-389.

Examines the dimensions under lying reality based TV programmes as a first step towards uncoveringthe reality programming sub-groups that might exist in viewers minds and the themes that mightdistinguish them.

PAPACHARISSI (Zizi) and MENDELSON (Andrew L). An exploratory study of reality appeal: Usesand gratifications of reality TV shows. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media. 51 (2); June 2007;355-370.

Examines the reasons why individuals watch reality and considers how social and psychologicalantecedents influence reality TV viewing from a uses and gratifications perspective.

SHIM (Jae Woong) and PAUL (Bryant). Effects of personality types on the use of television genes.Journal of ‘Broadcasting & Electronic Media. 51 (2); June 2007; 287-304.

Examines the role of three personality characteristics Psychoticism, Extraversion and Neuroticism(PEN), on viewers’ level of attention to five different genres of television programming – news, soapoperas, reality shows, talk shows and crime dramas.

TELEVISION, CABLE (India)

ANAND (Arun). Gavon-kasho mein ghumte TV camre. Vidura.44 (2); April-June 2007; 55-56.

Discusses the process of decentralization of’ media. TV channels are also launching their regionalchannels to focus on rural consumers like the small city editions of riewspapers.

BUDKI (Sandeep). Tightening the noose. Voice & Data. 14(5); November 2007; 116.

Writes about Telecom Regulatory Authority of India’s (TRAI ) amendments to the provisions of the


cable services in non CAS (Conditional Access System) areas.

CAS roll out VI : A new era begins. Cable Quest 13 (11); February 2007; 34-35,38-39.

Assesses the state of cable television in the four metros where Conditional Access System (CAS) hasbeen implemented by the government.

CAS to speed up digital migration. Cable Quest. 13 (11 ); February 2007; 43, 46.

Reports how CAS’s successful implementation has given Telecom Regulatory Authority of India amagic wand to shape the cable industry in a digital format of operation.


JHA (Nilabh). Riding on CAS. Voice & Data. 13(11); May 2007- 74-75.

Discusses how the implementation of’ Conditional Access System will increase the production ofindigenous set-top boxes (STBS) in the wake of a strong demand from the cable and DTH consumers.

MISRA (Nripendra). Nothing conditional about CAS. Screen. 56(12); 19 January 2007; 23.

Discusses how the Conditional Access System (CAS) implemented in 2006 will benefit the televisionviewers and the television industry

MITRA (Ashish). SAB TV gets young. Screen. 57 (12); 7 December 2007, 21.

Writes about SAB TV, a channel known for its comedy shows, has changed to youth specific serials,after its acquisition by Sony Entertainment Television.

MITRA (Ashish). Zee Network launches Zee Next. Screen. 57 (14); 21 December 2007; 21.

Tarun Mehra Operating Head of Zee Entertainment Enterprises Ltd (ZEEL) which has launched itssecond general Entertainment channel - Zee Next to cater to the needs of the younger section of theaudience.

RAYMACKERS (Thierry). Digital migration in India. Cable Quest. 13 (11) ; February 2007; 50-51,54.

Defines the fundamentals of digital cable technology.


ROOPINDER SINGH. CAScading effect: TV viewers will be spoiled for choice. Tribune. 5 January2007; 11.

Discusses the impact of Conditional Access System (CAS) on the television industry which has morethan 25,000 cable operators and about 65 million cable viewers in India.

SHARMA (Roop). Revenue sharing forimula for service providers in CAS areas. Cable Quest. 13 (12);March 2007; 43-44, 46.

Examines the revenue sharing formula for service providers in the light of the changing scenario ofthe cable television operation in India.

UDASI (Harshikaa). Tube’s tombola. Week. 26 (5); 24 December 2007; 70-74.

Throws light on the programme plans of satellite channels for the year 2008 to woo their audience.

UNNIKRISIINAN (Chaya). News channel for youth. Screen. 57 (14); 21 December 2007; 21.

Anurradha Prasad, Managing Director, BAG Films and Media, talks about her recently launched newschannel — News 24 and its shows for young adults.

VOLUNTARY implementation of CAS. Cable Quest. 13 (12); March 2007; 38-39,42.

377Bibliography

Gives details of new model developed by TRAI sub-group, for voluntary implementation of ConditionalAccess System (CAS) in order to speed up the digitalization of cable television in India.


WALUNJKAR (Somashukla Sinlia). Licensing their way into living rooms. Screen. 56(28); 4 May2007; 28.

A report on Indian television channels that are waking up to the magic of merchandising and licensingwhich has become an important alternate; source of revenue for entertainment industry.

WALUNJKAR (Somashukla Sinha). Shopping for blockbusters. Screen. 56 (26); 20 April 2007; 28.

Discusses why Indian movie channels often pay very high prices to acquire satellite rights of the latestHindi film.

TELEVISION, CABLE (India-South)

MATHEWS (A. Saj). Party tiine for channels. Tribune. 30 September 2007; 1,7

A look at the phenomenal growth of vernacular private television channels in southern part of India.

TELEVISION, CABLE, NEWS CHANNELS

MURTHY (C.S.H.N). News of haste. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007; 35-37.

Analyses the format adapted by channels like Aaj Tak, Headlines Today and NDTV (both Hindi andEnglish) with regard to showing headlines every half-an-hour.

TELEVISION, CABLE, NEWS CHANNELS

PRABHAT RANJAN. Sama bhi manoranjan hai. Vidura (Hindi).44(2); April-June 2007; 41-44.

A critical analysis of contents of satellite news channels of television.

VYAS (Deepak). Sansani, par sawar news channel : Is samachar ki prayojak hai TRP. Nai Duniya.25 March 2007; 1.

A critical appraisal of satellite news channels.

TELEVISION, CABLE, PROGRAMME

CHOUGULE; (A.L). Need to regulate television content. Screen. 56 (18); 23 February 2007; 23.

Expresses concern over the contents of television programmes aired by cable channels and suggeststo set up a regulatory body to regulate television content which is not suitable for family viewing.

HEADING towards TV censorship...! Another political gimmick or real moral policing. Cable Quest.13 (12); March 2007; 47-48.

Comments on the governments decision to ban AXN channel for showing indecent contents. Alsosuggests to constitute a separate body to monitor contents of TV programmes like Central Board ofFilm Certification for films and Press Council of India for print media.

TELEVISION, CABLE, PROGRAMME

NEGI (S.S). SC to examine media role in agitations. Tribune. 5 July 2007 ; 11.

Examines the role of media, particularly the television news channels, in the coverage of agitations.

VASANTI (P.N). It is perverse to view rules for TV as moral policing. Screen. 56 (17); 16 February2007; 23.

Commenting on the present broadcasting scenario in the country emphasizes on a content code in orderto protect viewers from exposure to unsolicited material that they find offensive.


TELEVISION, CABLE, STING OPERATION

BROADCASTING Bill: cure worse than the ills. Tribune. 12 September 2007; 12.

Citing the example of recent three sting operations which exposed a trible MP, a school teacher andMonica Bedi, suggests for a content code for the electronic media as the present BroadcastingRegulation Bill, 2007 is also unable to address such ills.

DUTT (Barkha). A tale in the sting. Hindustan Times. 8 September 2007; 12.

Condemns the television expose on a Delhi school teacher and advocates for a code of conduct andself scrutiny system to distinguish between good and bad journalism.

TELEVISION, CABLE, STING OPERATION

PUNJ (Balbir). Jhoot ki sansanikhej kahani. Dainik Jagran. 11 September 2007; 8.

Critically analyses television private channels programmes and suggests for a content code for televisionmedia.

SURYA PRAKASH (A). 24 X 7 channels lack ethics. Pioneer. 11 September 2007; 6.

Criticises the working of media organizations in the light of sting operation conducted by a privatetelevision channel to expose a school teacher.

THAKUR (Ramesh). Media ka daayra, tay hona chaaheeye. Rashtriya Sahara. 19 September 2007’10.

Priyaranjan Das Munshi, Minister for Information & Broadcasting, expresses his reaction on the stingoperation which exposed a school teacher.

TELEVISION, COMMERCIAL

DANGOR (Kimi). Hinterland hits. India Today. 32(20); 21 May 2007; 88-89.

Focuses on the changing face of television advertising which are now using more and more regionaldialects in their commercials.

TELEVISION, PROGRAMME, NEWS

ADAMS (Terry). Producers, directors and horizontal communication in television news production.Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media 51 (2); June 2007; 337-354.

Examines the horizontal communication between producers and directors as they put together atelevision newscast.

TELEVISION, PROGRAMME, PRODUCTION

CHOUGULE (A.L). Back in action. Screen. 56 (47); 14 September 2007; 23.

Prem Krishen, Chairman of Cinevistaas, the first television production house speaks about company’stroubled times and future Plans which is celebrating its silver jubilee this year.

TELEVISION, PROGRAMME, VIEWERSHIP

HOW the world watches television. Hindu. 20 June 2007; 13.

Studies the television viewership trends in countries like China, India, Great Britain, France and UnitedStates of America.

TELEVISION, PROGRAMME, VIEWERSHIP, ABROAD

SINGLETON (Angela). Desi invasion. Statesman. 24 June 2007; 12-13.

Writes how Indian television programming is making history in terms of viewer participation in theUnited Kingdom.

379Bibliography

TELEVISION, SATELLITE

S. NIHAL SINGH. Potentials of satellite TV. Tribune. 16 January 2007; 10. Citing the example ofinternational channel CNN and Qatar based Al-Jazeera, discusses the potentials of satellite television..

TELEVISION, TECHNOLOGY

AHMED SHAIKH. The high-definition itch. Digit. 7(1); January 2007; 35-38.

Looks at some of the numerous high-definition technologies available. Also discusses the pros andcons of each technology.

(THE) CUSTOMER is king. Voice & Data. 13 (8); February 2007; 50, 52.

Looks at the challenges faced by the customers who booked Direct-toHome (DTH) connections fromTata Sky and also those who opted for Conditional Access System (CAS) launched by the government.

JHA (Vivekanand). Interactive digital television. Cable Quest. 13 (12) ; March 2007; 66-69.

Describes the main features of interactive digital television which enables the convergence of manytypes of media.

OLSON (Jim). Beyond IPTV-Why plain old television won’t cut it for telcos. Cable Quest. 13 (11);February 2007; 72-73.

Elaborates salient features of IPTV, the most advanced system providing the best features in terms ofchoice interactivity and mobility.

TELEVISION, TECHNOLOGY

PANDEY (Prateek). Aa gaya hai television dekhne naya jamana. Kadambini. 47 (4); 24-25.

Discusses how new technologies like Direct-to-Home (DTH) and Conditional Access System (CAS)introduced in many parts of the Country will revolutionise the television broadcasting in India.

RAO (Malovika). Coming attraction : HDTV. Voice & Data. 13 (8); February 2007; 46-49.

Gives a brief account of High Definition Television (HDTV) service launched in United States Europe,Japan and Asia Pacific region (APAC) during 2005-2006. Also throws light on HDTV scenario inIndia.

TELEVISION, VIEWERSHIP SURVEY

KRISHNAN (L.V). First ever peep into the TV viewing habits of the elite. Cable Quest. 13 (11);February 2007; 58-59.

Presents the findings of a survey conducted by audience measurement company TAM India, to studythe television viewership behavior of the elite audiences in Mumbai and Delhi.


BIBLIOGRAPHY(CINEMA – 2007)

CINEMA HALLS

ARJUN SINGH (Jai). Screen time. Outlook (Delhi city Limits). 3 (9); September 2007; 16-18, 20-25.

As the success of a cinema hall depends on a combination of many factors, many single screen hallsare changing to multiplexes in Delhi.

CHATTERJEE (Saibal). A decade on, multiplexes still have some way to go. Screen. 56 (32) ; 1 June2007; 2,8.

Discusses whether the exponential increase in the number of multiplexes had the desired effect on theoverall quality of Indian cinema during the past ten years of its existence.

JHA (Pallavi). A multiplex in all cities. Screen. 56 (15) ; 2 February 2007; 11.

Focuses on the growth of multiplexes which are exploring new ways of attracting audiences.

FILM, ACTING, STUNT

SHARA ASHRAF. License to thrill. Asian Age. 29 July 2007; 33. Writes about stunt artistes of Hindicinema who are also doing stunt shows to popularise the art of stunts in India.

FILM AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

DATTA (Sudipta). Now showing on the net. Screen. 56 (45); 31 August 2007; 27.

Discusses whether blogs on films will change the till-now closed film industry as it establishes a directcontact with the fans and direct communication is a powerful medium.

MITRA (Ashok). Enhancing visual effects. Screen. 56 (40) ; 27 July 2007 ; 28.

Excerpts from the interview of Siddhartha Jain, Managing Director, Avitel Post Studios Ltd, in whichhe discusses the new digital intermediate technology being randomly used to give special visual effectsto films.

SACHDEV (Radhika). Net gain for movies. Screen. 56 (32) ; 1 June 2007; 27.

Citing the example of Hindi films Guru, Don, Nishabd and Honey Moon Travels which have beenpromoted aggressively on the internet, discusses the role of lnternet in movie promotion and marketing.

FILM AND NATIONAL INTEGRATION

VISVA NATHAN (Shiv). Popcorn nationalism. India Today. 32 (33); 20 August 2007; 90-92, 94.

Assesses the role played by Hindi cinema to promote unity and national integration in the country.

FILM AND WOMEN

BISWAS (Nilosree). Mirror, mirror... Who am I? . Deccan Herald. 15 September 2007; 1.

Analyses the depiction of women in Indian films.

CHATTERJEE (Saibal). Focus female. Screen. 56(28); 4 May 2007; 31.

Gives a brief account of a new breed of young women filmmakers who are carving a strong niche forthemselves in the film industry.

DHAWAN (M.L). Mother of stereotypes. Tribune. 19 August 2007; 8.

Discusses how the portrayal of the mother on screen has undergone a drastic transformation over theyears.

381Bibliography

FILM, ANIMATION

APARNA HARISH. Cartoons go classic. Telegraph. 21 January 2007; 3.

Taking into account the popularity of animation series for television such as Mowgli, Tenali Raman,Chhota Birbal and film Hanunran, comments on the future of animation films in India.

BANERJEE (Indrani Rajkhowa). New kids on the block !. Times of India. 15 July 2007; 3.

Assesses the growth of animation films in the light of their growing popularity among grown ups.

CHANANA (Aashish). Magic of Indian animation. Screen. 56 (22); 23 March 2007; 28.

Reveals the insights of India’s first 3-D character generated animated film Magic.

GUPTA (Ruchi). Producer’s best friend. Screen. 56 (38) ; 13 July 2007; 28.

Comments on the growing popularity of animation films in India after the release of films like Krissh,Hanumun and My Friend Ganesha.

JOSHI (Namrata). Spidersonic. Outlook. 47(22); 28May 2007; 66-67.

Writes about Sam Raimi’s film Spider-Man 3 which has amassed Rs. 33.5 crore in seven days and seta record opening week collection for a foreign film in India. Incidentally, the film has also set a recordinternationally of $382 million weekend collections worldwide.

KALRA (Vandana). Toon is catching on. Indian Express. 20 March 2007; 6.

A report on the fast growing animation industry.

MEHROTRA (Mohim). No kidding. Times of India. 6 December 2007; 1.

Writes about mythological animation films that proved to be a huge success and have turned the wholemarket upside down.

MITRA (Ashish) Unique blend. Screen. 56 (42) ; 10 August 2007 ; 28.

Tilak Shetty, Animation Director of Graphiti, explains how characters are designed for the film Cashin which action and animation has been blended for the first time in India.

MITRA (Ashish). Animated ode. Screen. 56 (54); 28 September 2007; 28.

Smita Maroo of VP Animation Division, shares her views about Shemaroo Entertainment’s fullyanimated 3D film Bal Ganesh.

NAYARE ALI. Animated action. Asian Age. 24 June 2007; 33. Deccan Chronicle. 24 June 2007; 1.

Explains the reasons for the growth of animation industry in India after the release of aniniation filmHanuman which was a big hit.

PRASHANT SINGH. Toon typhoon to hit 70mm. Asian Age. 10 January 2007; 21.

Gives a briefaccount of cartoon feature films being produced by major production houses and producers,most of them based on mythological characters, to be released this year.

SAWHNEY (Anubha). Bolywood biggies get animated about toons. Times of India. 2 September 2007;21.

Assesses the phenomenal growth of animated films in India.

WADEHRA (Randeep). New look Hanuman. Tribune. 23 December 2007; 8.

Discusses how the influx of latest technology in the field of movie making has, given tremendousfillip to the production of full length animated feature films in India.


FILM, ANIMATION, CONFERENCE

MITRA (Ashish). Exploring filmmaking synergy. Screen. 57 (4); 12 October 2007; 28.

Proceedings of the First AITF (Animation of Interactive Technology Forum) conference held inMumbai. The central theme of the conference was ‘How do studio imbibe a technology sensibilitythat will enable better production quality and efficiency’.

FILM, ANIMATION, TRAINING

SUBRAMANIAN (T.S ). Animated sector. Frontline. 24 (15); 10 August 2007; 118, 120.

Taking into account the future prospects of animation industry in India, focuses on the Chennai – basedanimation companies which are offering specialised courses in animation related techniques.

FILM, ARCHIVE

PAL (Barnali). Neglect makes classics fade out. Asian Age. 17 July 2007 ; 23.

Explains why Indian classics including regional films are rarely availaible in the country.

FILM, ARCHIVES, NATIONAL

MEHTA (Sunanda). The writing on the reel. Screen. 57 (8); 9 November 2007; 3 l.

Writes about National Film Archives of India’s (Pune) rare collection of film journals since the releaseof first Indian talkie in 1931.

These journals are an authentic account of the evolution of contemporary Indian cinema.

FILM, AWARDS

FILMFARE Awards. Filmfare. 56 (4); April 2007; 66-108.

A report on the 52nd Annual hair one Filmfare Awards, 2006.

FILM, AWARDS, OSCARS

GERMAIN (David). Scleroses finally scores. Asian Age. 27 February 2007; 12.

A report on the seventy - ninth Academy Awards announced on 26th February 2007 in Hollywood,California.

FILM, AWARDS, SCREEN

SCREEN Awards 2006. Screen. 56(12); January 2007; 19-34.

A report on the Hero Honda thirteenth Annual Star Screen Awards announced on 6 January 2007 inMumbai.

FILM, BILL

CHATTOPADHYAY (Shibani). Lights, action, funds. Telegraph. 18 April 2007; 11.

Reports whether the Cinema Artists’ Welfare Bill, 2006, introduced by Jaya Prada, Member ofParliament, will improve the working conditions of the junior artists who are employed by the filmindustry.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY(Asia)

ALBERT MOSES: Surviving critics. By Mathures Paul. Statesman. 10 November 2007; 2.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (Great Britain)

BEBORAH KERR: Yesterday qeen By Erveil E. Menezes. Tribune. 28 October 2007; 8.

383Bibliography

BEN KINGSLEY: The reel Gandhi. By Sturat Jeffries. Hindustan Times. 27 October 2007; 30.

REMEMBERING DAVID LEAN. Screen. 56 (15); & February 2007; 20.

MEDELEINE CARROLL : Toast to a real heroine. By Louise Jury. Tribune. 25 March 2007; 7.

PETER O’ TOOLE: Actor for all seasons. By Erve Menezes. Tribune. 13 May 2007; 8.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (India)

A.K. HANGAL celebrates freedom and b’day. Interviewed by Shama Bhagat. Deccan Chronicle. 15August 2007; 39.

A.R. RAHMAN: musical journey. By Smita Sarkar. Telegraph. 29 April 2007; 6-9.

AAMIR KHAN: Starlight on his palette. By Namratia Joshi. Outlook. 47 (51); 17 December 2007;98-100.

ADOOR GOPALAKRIHNAN: Compact oeuvre. By Prema Manmadhan. Hindu. l April 2007; 5.

...................All about soul. By Sangeetha Nair. Statesman 10 November 2007; 3.

AKSHAY KUMAR: Bollywood hitman. By Aarti Dua. Telegraph. 18 November 2007; 6-9.

AKSHAY KUMAR: Mr. Mast. By T. Krithika Reddy.Hindu. 21 December 2007; 1.

AMITABH BACHCHAN. By And Rahi. Dainik Bhaskar. 13 October 2007; 2.

ANIL KAPOOR : Calling the shots. By Anuj Kumar. Hindu. 9 July-2007; 4.

ANUPAM KHER; Saransh was a gift from heaven’. As told to Shoma A Chatterji. Tribune. 19 May2007; 3.

ANURAG BASU: Scripting success. By Sushmita Biswas, Telegraph. 29 April 2007; 10- 11.

ARUNA IRANI: Sixty three and still going strong. As told to Jyothi Venkatesh. Deccan Herald. 3June 2007; 3.

ARUP MANNA : Recognition too late. By Sangeeta Barooah Pisharoty. Hindu. 25 March 2007; 5.

ASHOK KUMAR. The renaissance man. By Deepa Karmalkar. Screen. 57 (5); 19 October 2007; 30.

ATUL KULKARNI: (The) World is his stage. By Utpal Borpujari, Deccan Herald. 20 May 2007; 3.

BAPPI LAHIRI, ‘We’ve created history. By Roshmila Bhattacharya.Screen. 56 (39) ; 20 July 2007;5.

BEGUM PARA Graph ! By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 57 (10); 23 November 2007; 30.

UNFORGETTABLE BIMAL ROY. By M.L. Dhawan. Tribune. 7 January 2007;.8.

BISWAJIT : Prince charming. By Roshmila Bhattacharya. Screen. 56(12); 19 January 2007; 30-31.

BUDDADEB DASGUPTA: Random harvest. By Shoma A Chatterji

Statesman. 16 September 2007; 1.

CHETAN ANAND: Maker of innovative, meaningful movies. By Randor Guy. Hindu. 15 June 2007;1.

...........................Art for heart’s sake. By Roshmila Bhattacharya. Screen. 56 (38) ; 13 July 2007; 30.

CHITRAGUPT : Man from Chhapra. By R. M. Patwardhan. Hindustan Times. 8 July 2007 ; 13.

DANNY DENZONGPA: The Sikkimese storm. By Deepa Karmalkar. Screen. 56 (46); 7 September2007; 30.


DARA SINGH: Wrestling with fame. By Deepa Karmalkar. Screen. 57 (12); 7 December 2007; 30.

DATTA RAM : The genius from Goa. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (37); 6 July 2007; 25.

DEBU BHATTACHARYA : Wide area network. Statesman. 11 August. 2007; IV.

DEV ANAND: By Ajit Duara. Hindu. 18 February 2007; 2.

..................................... ‘Making films is my passion’. By Mohan Sahay. Tribune. 23 September 2007;8.

DHANANJOY MANDAL: Mela will revive memories. By Shoma A Chatterji. Screen. 56 (15); 2February 2007; 19.

DHARMENDRA: Evergreen. By Roshmila Bhattacharya. Screen. 56 (36); 29 June 2007 ; 9.

DWARAKISH : Changing times. By Chaitanya. Screen. 57 (5); 19 October 2007; 16.

FRANK FERNAND: Father of Konkani films passes away. By Ashish Mitra. Screen. 56 (25); 13 April2007; 18.

G.L. BHARADWAJ : Eye opener. By Namita Niwas. Screen. 56 (22); 23 March 2007; 18.

GHULAM ALI : The golden ghulam. By Shaheen Raj. Screen. 57 (5); 19 October 2007; 25.

GOUTAM GHOSE : Journey of his own. By Santanu Ganguly. Telegraph. 4 February 2007; 10- 11.

GULSHAN BAWARA on a comeback trail. By Shishir Prashant. Deccan Heralaid. 15 September 2007;3.

..............................: Verse effect. By Deepa ‘Karmalkar. Screen. 56 (37); 6 July 2007 ; 30.

GULZAR : In full bloom. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56(12); 19 January 2007; 25.

..................: A lyrics genius. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Deccan Herald. 4 March 2007; 25.

..................Words are all he has. By Sudeshna Banerjee. Telegraph. 1l January 2007; 25.

GURU DUTT: Remembering a genius. By Vidyarthy Chatterjee. Statesman. 19 October 2007; 14.

HARIHARAN : Fusion power. By Prornita Mukherjee. Telegraph. 11 February 2007; 6 -9.

HEMA MALINI : Ek sapne ki wapsi. By Mahesh Bhatt. Dainik Bhaskar. 17 March 2007; 4.

HEMANT, KUMAR: That velvet touch. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (54); 28 September 2007; 25.

HIMESH RESHAMMIYA : Zara zoom zoom. By Namrata Joshi. Outlook. 47 (31) ; 30 July 2007 ;54-55.

INDEEVAR : Memories of a master. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (19); 2 March 2007; 25.

IRFAN KHAN: A mighty talented actor. Deccan Herald. 28 October 2007; 2. JAGJIT SINGH :Keeperof timeless melodies By AditiTandon. Tribune. 10 March 2007, 2.

.........................: Music for the soul. By Aditi Tandon. Tribune. 15 April 2007;1.

JATIN PANDIT: Charting success. By Roshmila Bhattacharya. Screen. 56 (54); 28 September 2007;25.

JAYAPRADA: A woman of today. Interviewed by Srikanth Srinivasa. Deccan Herald. 11 Noveniber2007; 2.

JAYASHREE T- time. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 57 (14); 21 December 2007; 31.

JESH KRISHNA MURTHY: VFX Guru. By Ashish Mitra. Screen. 57 (5); 19 October 2007; 28.

385Bibliography

JOHNNY LEVER : Art of splitting sides. By Kajari Bhattacharya. Statesman. 10 August 2007; IV.

K.K. MAHAJAN : Enduring image. By Partha Chatterjee. Frontline. 24 (15); 10 August 2007; 87-88.

KAIFI AZMI, ‘Kuchh diI ne kahna..........Screen. 56(29); 11 May 2007; 30.

KAMINI KAUSHAL : Never say good bye. By Meera Joshi. Filmfare. 56 (9); September 2007; 116 -119.

KAMINI KAUSHAL : Different strokes. By Raijv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (19); 2 March 2007; 30.

KHAYYAM, ‘Music has to touch the soul’. Interviewed by Ziya us Salam. Hindu. 8 June 2007 ; 1.

KISHORE KUMAR : The child who never grew up. By Rubina P. Banerjee. Cine Blitz. 33 (10);October 2007; 134-136, 138.

UNFORGETTABLE KISHORG By Avijit Ghosh. Times of India. 7 October 2007; 8.

LATA MANGESKAR Conquering the scale. By Bhawana Somaaya. Screen. 56 (32); 1 June 2007 ;30.

............................is a living legend. Free Press Journal. 29 September 2007; 17.

.............................:The nightingale speaks. By Piyush Roy. Screen 56 (45); 31 August 2007; 30.

VINTAGE LATA. By Santosh Subramaniam. Screen. 56 (55); 5 October 2007; 25.

MADAN MOHAN : A maestro remembered. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (37) ; 6 July 2007 ; 25.

....................................:The emperor of ghazals. By Nelson Pereira. Free Press Journal. 17 October2007; 19.

MADHURI DIXIT : Beauty and the best. Telegraph. 6 January 2007; 19. MAGICAL MAIA SINHA.By Deepa Karmalkar. Screen. 56 (20); 9 March 2007 ; 30.

MAMMOOTTY : The ageless wonder. By Manoj Nair. Economic Times. 28 July 2007 ; 18.

MANORAMA : An achiever all through. By Malathi Rangaraian. Hindu. 5 January 2007; 3.

MANNA DEY : Sur sadhak. By Jaiprakash Chokse. Dainik Bhaskar. 14 July 2007, 15.

THE sheer genius of MEHMOOD MUMTAZ ALI. By Shweta Kulkarni. Cine Blitz. 33 (8); August2007 ; 110-112, 114, 116.

MIKE PANDEY: His wild ways By Sumanaspati. Hindu. 27 Nuvember 2007; 6.

MOHAMMED RAFI: The ring of melody. By Binu Nair. Screen. 56 (28); 4 May 2007; 30.

............................: 27 carat gold. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (41); 3 August 2007; 30.

MUBARAK BEGUM : House of heartbreaks. By Bhawana Somaaya. Screen. 56 (26); 20 April 2007;30.

MUKUL ANAND. Master of foresight By. Ashish Mitra. Screen. 57 (6); 26 October 2007; 30.

NABENDU GHOSH : Back to the classics. As told to Roshmila Bhattachrya. Screen 56 (23) 30 March2007; 30.

NAGESH : Behind that humorous veneer. By Malathi Rangarajan. Hindu. 27 July 2007 ; 1.

NA. MUTHUKUMAR : Pearls of emotions. By Malathi Rangarajan. Hindu. 2 February 2007; 3.

NASEERUDIN SHAH : jaisa koi nahin. By javrimal Parekh. Kadambini. 47 (8); June 2007 ; 28-31.

.............................: Playing tough. By Ayesha Matthan. Hindu. 10 Nuvember 2007; 1.


NAUSHAD: Master of great Indian ragas. By Nelson Pereira. Free Press Journal. 7 November 2007;21.

O.P. NAYYAR : Khamosh ho gaya sangeet ka sur. Rashtriya Sahara. 29 January 2007; 14.

.............................: Milestones of a maestro. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (16); 9. February 2007;25.

THE genius of O.P. NAYYAR. By M.L. Dhawan. Tribune. 4 February 2007; 8.

SANGEET ke jaadugar the O.P. NAYYAR. By Sharad Dutt. Kadambini. 48 (2); December 2007; 30-32.

OM PURI run. By Smita Sarkar. Telegraph. 2 September 2007; 12.

P.C. SREERAM : Through the master’s lens. Interviewed by Sangeetha . Devi. Hindu. 7 June ?007 ;1.

PIYUSH PANDEY and PRASOON JOSHI What’s the big idea. By Parag Rabade. Deccan Herald. 9December 2007; 1.

PRAN. By Bunny Reuben. Screen. 56 (16); 9 February 2007; 30.

PRASOON JOSHI and PIYUSH PANDEY : What’s the big idea. By Parag Rabade. Deccan Herald. 9December 2007; 1.

PRAYAG RAJ :The heart of the matter. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (36); 29 June 2007 ; 30.

PRIYA DARSHAN: Just for laughs. By Avinash Kalla Times of’India. 16 September 2007: 3.

PYARELAL: The return note. By Piyush Roy. Screen. 56 (47); 14 September 2007; 30.

RADHAKRISHNAN : Into realms of the past. By Malathi Rangarajan. Hindi.19 January 2007; 8.

RAJ KAPOOR: The Ultimate showman. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Scrcen. 57 (14);.21 Decemher 2007; 30.

RAJNIKANTH: Back in sttle. By Kavitha Muralidharan. Week. 25 (30); 24 June 2007 ; 92, 94.

................................................: The boss. By Arup Chanda. Tribune. 24 June 2007; 1,8.

................................................: The boss. By Lakshmi Subramanian. India Today. 35 (27); 9 July 2007;52-55.

.................................................:King airbrushed. By S. Anand. Outlook. 47 (26) ; 25 June 2007; 60-62.

................................................South’s shining star. By Kalyani Shankar. Pioneer. 13 July 2007.; 7

RAJNI’S rage. By R Bhagwan Singh. Deccan Chronicle. 1 July 2007 ; 1; Asian Age. 1 July 2007 ;33.

RAMESH DEO and SEEMA DEO : Fifty years of togetherness. By Namita Nivas. Screen. 56 (19);2 march 2007; 17.

REKHA ke abhinay ki koi seema-rekha hai! By Kanan Jhingan.

Kadambini 47 (12); October 2007; 93-95.

RITWIK GHATAK Jinxed legacy. By Partha Chatterjee Frontline. 24 (20); 19 October 2007; 93-95.

SABYASACHI MAHAPATRA: Divine designor. By Roshmila Bhattacharya. Screen. 56 (39) ; 20 July2007 ; 18.

SAJID-WAJID harmony. By Namita Nivas. Screen. 56 (43); 17 August ; 25.

387Bibliography

SALIL CHOWDHURY: A genious remembered. By Shoma A Chatterji. Statesman. 23 November 2007;10.

SAMEER: Lessons of life. Screen. 56 (18); 23 February 2007; 30.

SAMIR CHANDA: Turning point. By Shoma A Chatterji. Screen. 57 (14); 21 December 2007; 16.

SARIKA : From poster girl to parzania. Week. 25 (12); 18 February 2007; 88-89.

........................: ‘Life has taught me a lot............’. Tells to Jyothi Venkatesh. Deccan Herald. 6 May2007; 3.

SAROJA DFVI : A Kannada queen, Who ruled in four languages. By Veena

Bharathi. Deccan Herald. 2 January 2007; 9.

SHAAN : Straight speak. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56(12); 26 January 2007; 25.

SHABANA AZMI, ‘I’ m primarily a cinema actor’. By Mila Kapur. Hindu. 18 March 2007; 5.

SHANKAR - JAIKISHAN :Twice as good. By R.M. Patwardhan. Hindustan Times. 15 July 2007;17.

SHASHIKALA : Positive all the way. By Rajiv Vijaykar. Deccan Herald. 8 July 2007 ; 3.

..............................: Peace and contentment. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen 56(31); 25 May 2007; 30-31.

SHYAM BENEGAL, ‘I am still making films. By Ziya us Salam. Hindu 19 August 2007; 1

..............................: Smantar cinema ke srijak. Rashtriya Sahara. 9 August. 2007; 11.

..................................: In tune with the times. By Partha Chatterjee. Frontline. 24 (17); 7 September2007; 37-40.

GAMBHIR filmkaar hain SHYAM BENEGAL. By Govind Nihalani. Kadambini 47 (12); October 2007;65-66.

SHEERSH par. SHYAM. Rashtriya Sahara. 10 August 2007; 10.

SITARA DEVI : Dancing Queen. Nai Duniya. l0 March 2007; 2.

SOUMITRA CHATTERJEE : All-rounder. By Roshmila Battacharya. Screen.

56 (35); 22 June 2007 ; 30.

..................................... : Road to another milestone. By Trara Muzik. Statesman. 15 June 2007 ; 10.

SOUMITRA RANADE : Animation allows you to dream. By Kavitha S Daniel. Hindu. 24 July 2007;1.

SOWCAR JANAKI: Inimitable actress. By C.V. Aravind. Deccan Herald. 20 May 2007;3.

SUBHASH GHAI : Passion tower. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 57 (7); 2 November 2007; 30.

SUDITIR MISHRA : A leading director. By Sarbanti Chakrabarti Deccan Herald. 18 February 2007;3.

SUKHWINDER DHANJAL : Rebel with a cause. By Roshmila Bhattacharya. Screen. 56 (44); 4 August2007; 16.

SUMAN TALWAR : The Villain’ is back... with a bang ! By W. Sreelalitha Hindu. 17 August 2007;1.

TARUN MAJUMDAR: Moon lighting. By Shoma A Chatterji. Screen. 57 (12); 7 December 2007;17.


USHA UTHUP : Pathbreaker. By Rajiv Vijayakar. Screen. 56 (21); 16 March 2007; 22.

VANMALA remembered. By Anuradha Mane. Screen. 56 (34); 15 June 2007 ; 17.

VICTOR BANERJEE : Living on the edge. By Anuj Kumar. Hindu. 4 July 2007 ; 8.

VIDHU VINOD CHOPRA : Bollywood’s Mr maverick. By Kaveree Bamzai. India Today. 32 (9); 5March 2007; 60-62, 64.

VIJAY BHATT : The great sage of Indian cinema. By Deepa Karmalkar. Screen. 56 (34); 15 June2007; 30.

VIKRAM GOKHALE : Powerhouse. By Shailaja Bajpai. Screen. 56 (23); 30 March 2007; 23.

WAHEEDA REHMAN : Sundar our Sampuran abhinetri hain. By Kanan Jhingan. Kadambini. 47(3);January 2007; 56-58.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (General)

DHAWAN (M.L). Queens of hearts. Tribune. 9 December 2007; 8.

Looks at Hindi film heroines who left a mark and changed the face of Indian cinema in their ownway.

INDIA shining. Screen. 56 (43); 17 August 2007; 14.

Gives a brief biographical sketch of the most influential actors who have ruled the Hindi cinema duringthe last sixty years (1947-2007).

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). The singing stars. Screen. 56 (39); 20 July 2007; 26. Gives a brief account ofsinging stars of Hindi cinema.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (Italy)

FNNIO MORRICONE : Maestro of movies, historian of sound. By Jon, Pareles. Asian Age. 17February 2007; 7.

MICHELANGELO ANTONIONI : Seductive power of the boring and the beautiful. By Pritish Nandy.Economic Times. 4 August 2007; 5.

......................................Style and subtlety. By David Thomson. Frontline. 24 (16) ; 24 August 2007 ;87 - 88.

........................................‘S: gaze...By Sian Stott. Telegraph. 2 August 2007; 10.

..........................................and INGMAR BERGMAN : Directors who brought art into 70 mm cinema.By A.O. Scott. Asian Age. 9 August 2007; 15.

MICHELANGELO ANTONIONI and INGMAR BERGMAN : The giants of cinema are all gone now.By Philip Hensher. Statesman. 3 August 2007; 7.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (Pakistan)

RAGINI : Safar tanha umar tanha. By Zahida Hina. Dainik Bhaskar. 18 March 2007; 4.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (Russia)

JULIE CHRISTIE : An Unforgettable performer. By V.Gangadhar Hindu.18 May 2007; 7.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (Sweden)

INGMAR BERGMAN : Autumn Sonata falls silent. By Mervyn Rothstein. Telegraph. 31 July 2007;2.

........................................: Cinematic maestro is dead. Hindu 31 July 2007; 24.

389Bibliography

.........................................: Creator and a craftsman. By Anand Parthasarathy. Hindu. 3 August 2007;5.

........................................: Inward search. By Ajit Duara. Hindu. 12 August 2007; 5.

INGMAR BERGMAN : Joke but not a joke. By Stephen Holden. Week. 25 (38) ; 19 August 2007;68, 70.

.............................: Legendary Swedish film maker. By Luise Nordstom. Econonmic Times. 31 July2007; 24.

.............................: Poet with camera dies. By Mervyn Rothstein. Asian Age. 31 July 2007 ; 12.

..............................:Soul out. By Vikramaditya Motwane. Economic Times. 4 August 2007, 15.

BERGMAN’S World. By Parthna Chatterjee. Frontline. 24 (16); 24 August 2007; 82 – 86.

LEGENDARY filmmaker BERGMAN dead. Free Press Journal. 31 July 2007 ; 21.

REMEMBERING a titan INGMAR BERGMAN By Rachit Gupta. Sceern. 56 (42) ; 10 August 2007;30.

INGMAR BERGMAN and MICHELANGLO ANTONIONI : Directors Who brought art into 70 mmcinema. By A.O Scott. Asian Age. August 2007; 15.

FILM, BIOGRAPHY (USA)

BRUCE WILLIS : Almighty. By Sailesh Ghelani. Fimfare. 56 (6) ; June 2007; 116 - 117.

FRANCIS FORD COPPOLA’ turn as an upstart filmmaker. By A.O. Scott. Asian Age. 17 September2007; 15.

GORDON SCOTT: (The), ‘Lord of the jungle’. By V.Gangadhar. Hindu. 11 May 2007; 13.

JOHN WAYNE: Quintessential, cowboy. By Janardhan Roye.Hindu. 27 May 2007; 5.

KATHERINE HEPBURN: Even at 100, we don’t know.Times of India. 11 May 2007;36.

NORMAN MAILER : Advertisements for himself. By A.O. Scott. Hindustan Times. 4 August 2007;26.

PAUL NEWMAN : Blue-eyed legend. By Vikramdeep Johal. Tribune. 3 June 2007 ; 8.

SIDNEY LUMET: After fifty years and forty four films, still no time for sentimentality. By DennisLim. Asian Age. 3 November 2007; 8.

FILM, BUDGET SMALL

SHAH (Gouri). Film production houses target small budget films. Hindustan Times. 8 November 2007;27.

Discusses why film production houses are setting up separate divisions/companies for small budgetfilms.

FILM, CHILDREN

DHAWAN (M.L;. Story of reel children. Tribune. 23 September 2007; 8. Writes about the children’sfilms right from the 1950s Jagriti to the recent The Blue Umbrella where children have playedsignificant roles.

PRASHANT SINGH. Kiddie films take giant leap. Asian Age. 19 July 2007; 27.

A report on children’s movies-Taare Zameen Par By Aamir Khan, Blue Umbrella by Vishal Bhardwajand Aladin by Sujoy Ghosh.


FILM, COMEDY

GUPTA (Rachit). Is the standard of our comedy films abysmally low? Screen. 57 (15); 28 December-2007; 4.

A debate on the standard of the comedy films. Anant Mahadevan, actor and Director, appreciate filmsmado. in the ’60s and the ‘70s and among the recently released films. the Munna Bhai series and KhoslaKa Ghosla while Anee., Bazmee, Director, emphasises on an alternate approuch as the peoples taste,social norms and perceptions have changed.

FILM, CONFERENCE

CHATTERJI (Shoma A). Brighter sparks at the fest. Screen. 56 (23); 30 March 2007; 18.

A report on the sixth International Social Communication Cinema Conference held at Nandan, Kolkata.

.....................................Cinema with a purpose. Tribune. 4 March 2007; 8. Gives a brief account ofthe Sixth International Social Communication Cinema Conference held from 15-21 February 2007 inKolkata.

FILM, CO-OPERATIVES

MITRA (Ashish). Cooperative effort. Screen. 56 (44); 24 August 2007 ; 28.

Amarjeet Amle, Head of Spandan Parivar Cinema Movement (SPCM), throws light on the activitiesof SPCM, a voluntary organization aimed at promoting cinema and has made Humne Jeena SeekhLiya which is India’s first film made by a cooperative society.

FILM, DIGITAL

MITRA (Ashish). Redefining entertainement. Screen. 56 (45); 31 Aujust 2007; 28.

Pankaj Jaysinh, Chief Operation Officer (Coo) UFo Moviez, explains the proccess of digitizing oldfilms and its impact on the audience and the revenue of the nation

FILM, DISTRIBUTION (India)

CHATTERJEE; (Mauhusree). Indian films ready for journey beyond diaspora. Tribune. 23 -December2007; 4.

Gives a brief detail of film induatry’s plans for distribution and promotion of Indian films abroad.Film industry will use digital distribution networks which has an edge in terms of cost and speed.

FILM, DISTRIBUTION (India - North)

MITRA (Moinak) and RAGHAVENDRA (Nandini). Northern lights. Economic Times. 8 September2007; 14.

Throws light on the huge groth of Hindi cinema, largely fuelled by the tremendous growth ofmultiplexes and digital cinema in the northern hemisphere of India.

FILM, DOCUMENTARY

CHATTERJI (Shoma A). A telling documentary. Screen. 56 (18); 23 February 2007; 18.

Gives a brief account of documentary Ab Aur Waqt Nahin, produced by Shape and directed by AbhijoyKarlekar on the history of adivasis.

KUMAR (Meenakshi). Real-time change : Documentaries get new lease of life. Times of ‘India. 10June 2007; 10.

Discusses why documentary-making is now growing in India.

391Bibliography

FILM, EXPO

REINVENTING film technology. Screen. 56 (32); 1 June 2007; 28.

A report on the cinema India Expo (CIL), organised by cinema system to highlight technologicaldevelopments and tacts in Indian and world cinema.

FILM, FESTIVAL, CHILDREN

GAUR (Shveta Vashist). Children’s real life captured on camera. Screen. 57 (10); 23 November 2007;31.

Gives details of a children’s film festival, Child’s Eye organised by Plan India at the National FilmArchives, Pune.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL

DARGIS (Manohla) and SCOTT (A.O). France is again centre of the film world Asian Age. 17 May2007; 15.

A report on the 60th International Film Festival of Cannes, France field from 16-27 May 2007.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL (Asia)

GUPTA (Rachit). Banking on massters. Screen. 57 (7); 2 November 2007; 31

Gives details of the Third Eye 6th Asian Film Festival (AFF) held in Mumbai From 2-4 November2007. The festival focused on the Competitions, felicitations, and special screenings of films from Akira,Kurosawa, and Tapan Sinha.

FILM, FESTIVAL INTERNATIONAL (Canada- Toronto)

CHATTERJEE (Saibal). The TIFF principal: Go where the action is. Screen. 56 (47); 14 September2007; 31.

A report on India’s participation at the thirty-second Toronto lnternational Film Festival (TIFF).

RADHIKA (V). Panning it wide. Week. 25 (43); 23 September 2007; 68-69.

A report on Indian entries at the thirty-second Toronto International film Festival held from 6-15September 2007.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL, (India-Chennai)

RAMNARAYAN (Gowri). Calling cineastes. Hindu. 13 December 2007; 5.

A brief account of the various sections of the Chennai International Film festival which screenedpackage of films screened at 38th IFFI (Goa). Kolkata and Trivandrurm International Film Festivalsthis year.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL, IFFI 38th (India - Goa)

CUNHA (Uma da). Film India worldwide showcases at IFFI Goa. Screen. 57 (11); 30 November 2007;18.

Writes about the Films screened at the ‘Film India worldwide’ section of the 38th International FilmFestival of India held in Goa from 23 November – 3 December 2007. The purpose of this section wasto connect India with the scene of international filmmaking.

D’ MELLO (Pamela). IFFI turned focus back to cinema. Asian Age. 6 December 2007; 15.

A critical analysis of 38th edition of International Film Festival of India (lFFI) held from 23 November—3 December 2007 in Goa.

MENEZES (Ervel E). Good show, bad pick. Tribune. 16 December 2007; 8. Compares 38th InternationalFilm Festival of India (IFFI) with that of the previous year and finds it was well organised andcomputerisation was the best thing that happended to IFFI.


FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL, IFFI 38th (India – Goa)

MOTIHAR (Jhilmil). Finally. just films. India Today. 32 (49); 10 December 2007; 80-81.

Gives a brief account of films screened in differernt sections of the 38th International Film Festivalheld from 23 November-3 December 2007 in Goa.

TORCATO (Ronita). 38th IFFI: A cellulold feast. Free Press Journal. 3 December 2007; 18.

A report on the 38th International Film Festival of India (IFFI) held from 23 November – 3’December:in Goa.

FILM, FESTIVAL., INTERNATIONAL (India – Kolkata)

CHATTERJI (Shoma A). Celluloid pearls. Screen. 57 (10); 23 November 2007; 13.

A report on the 13th Kolkata Film Festival held from 10 – 17 November 2007. Highlights of this festivalwas retrospective of international masters, tributes to contemporary filmmakers and a well designedexhibition of photographs besides the screening of a special package of Idian and Diaspora films.

..................................In search of truth. Statesman. 9 November 2007; 10.

Writes about five Bangladeshi digital films screened at the International Forum of New cinema; asegment of the 13th Kolkata Film Festival organised by Cine Central. All these films are made byyoung filmmakers who are challenging the dwindling of cincma.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL (Italy -Venice)

MORRIS (Roderick Conway). Venice fest builds on history of surprises. Asian Age. 2 September 2007;15.

Traces the history of Venice film festival which is celebrating its seventy-fifth anniversary this year.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL (MAMI)

CUNHA (Uma da). MAMI’s window to film India worldwide. Screen. 56 (20); 9 March 2007; 15.

A report on the ninth Mumbai Academy of Moving Images (MAMI) film festival held from 8-15 March2007 in Mumbai.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL (OSIAN)

AN Osian of cinema. Screen. 56 (37) ; 6.July-2007; 11.

A curtain – raiser on the ninth Osian’s Cinefan Festival, dedicated to Asian and Arab cinema, to beheld in Delhi from 20-29 July 2007.

BORPUJARI (Utpal). Creating cinematic culture. Deccan Herald. 12 August 2007; 2.

Gives an overview of the ninth Osian’s Cinefan Festival of Asian and Arab cinema held in Delhi from20-29 July 2007.

GUPTA (Rachit). Osian’s – Forum for independent filmmakers. Screen. 56 (34); 15 June 2007; 1,10.

A report on the premiere of the ninth Asian’s Osian’s Cinefan Film Festival held in Mumbai on 8 June2007.

LEARNING to read cinenna. Screen. 56 (40) ; 27 July 2007; 11.

Glimpses at the ninth Osian’s Cine Fan Festival of Asian and Arab cinema held in new Delhi from20-29 July 2007.

TUL1 (Neville). Next cinematic leap. Screen. 56 (40) ; 27 July, 2007 ; 12.

Neville Tuli, Founder – Chairman of OSIAN Cine Fan, expresses his views on the OSIAN’s Cine FanFestival of Asian and Arab Cinema.

393Bibliography

VERGHIS (Shana Maria). Asian stories, world setting. Pioneer 2 August 2007; 16.

Looks at some of the winners in the Best film and Asian and Arab competition categories at the ninthOsian’s Cinefan festival held in Delhi from 20 - 29 July 2007.

FILM FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL (South Korea-Pusan)

CHNHA (Uma da) It pours Film goodies at pusan festival. Screen. 57 (5), 19 October 2007; 18.

Gives a brief account of the 12th Pusan International Film festival held from 4-12 October 2007. Theaim of the festival is to promote Asian talents worldwide and this year it has extended its spotlight toAsian actors.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL (Thailand - Bangkok)

SHANKAR (Lekha J). BIFF to honour Hema Malini. Hindu. 13 July 2007; 1.

A report on the Bangkok International Film Festival (BIFF) held from 19-29 July 2007.

FILM, FESTIVAL, INTERNATIONAL, Disability

RAMACHANDRAN (Parvathy). No one’s excluded. Week. 25 (49); 4 November 2007; 63-64.

A report on the second India International Disability Film Festival held in Chennai from 5-8 October2007. The highlight of the festival was the audio description that helped the visually challengedexperience every frame.

FILM, FESTIVAL, NGO

FILM Festival on Indian NGOs. Screen. 56(l2); 19 January 2007; 4.

A report on the film festival of Indian NGO’s, organised by Peacock Projects in collaboration withMAM Movies, in Mumbai.

FILM, FOREIGN, (India)

GHELANI. (Sailesh). World ciema virgins. Filmfare. 56 (10); October 2007; 118-120.

Discusses whether the world cinema will find a place in our multiplexes, till now, the entry of whichis limited to our festivals and DVD clubs.

FILM, INDUSTRY (Bangladesh)

CHATTRJI (Shoma A). Bangla filmmakers breathe new life. Screen. 57 (9) November 2007; 19.

Appreciates the bouquet of Bangladesh films screened at the thirteenth Kolkata Film fesstival. Allthese, films arc in Bangali language, on digital mode, and made by young filmmakers which shows anew trend in Bangladeshi cinema.

FILM, INDUSTRY (Bhutan)

BHUTAN’S shot at cinema. Deccan Chronicle. 19 August 2007; 2.

Gives a brief acccunt of Bhutan’s film industry since 1989 when first Bhutan’s film – Gasa LamaiSingye was made in the local Dzongkha language by Ugyen Wangdi, the pioneer of the country’sfledgling cinema.

FILM, INDUSTRY, (China)

CHRONICLES of Chinese film history. Screen. 56 (39) ; 20 July 2007; 11. Excerpts from the booktitled 100 Year History of Chinese Film – Ningbo firsts, a well researched book on the contribution ofNingbo film personalities in the development of Chinese film industry.


FILM INDUSTRY (India)

AIYAR (Swaminathan S. Anklesaria). How the reforms changed Bollywood. Times of India. 16September 2007; 22.

Discusses how deregulation of a great many sections such as filmmaking, banking, capital markets,TV, theatre building-plus the lifting of ‘price control on tickets has revolutionized film Industry.

BHANDARKAR (Madhur). Magnificent mirror. Week. (Jubilee Special);. 30 December 2007; 130,132,134.

Traces the graph of India’s cinematic journey during the past twentyfive years.

CHATTRJI (Shoma A). Where East meets West. Statesman. 1 July 2007 ; 1. Focuses on the changingtaste, character, personality and complexion of Hindi film audiences over the years.

GUPTA (Rachit). Black to grey. Screen. 57 (14); December 2007; 10. Discusses how Hindi cinemahas developed new trends with changing times. The angry young men of the seventies and eightieshas given way to the lover boys and the evil minded villains has moved on fronl being mere an evilboss to a more believable and better developed negative characters.

HARIHARAN (K). Is cinema free enough? Hindu. 28 September 2007; 4.

Evaluates the relevance of independent cinema in present times. Also appreciates the setting up of theIndian Independent Filmmakers Foundation (IIFF).

JHA (Malati). Desi cinema mein videshi paisa. Rashtriya Sahara. 27 November 2007; 1-2.

Focuses, on a new trend in Hindi cinema where foreign film companies are investing money forinfrastructure filmmaking in India. This will boost the international market of Hindu. films.

KRISHNAKUMAR (R). Good Cinema, bad cinema. Hindu. 15 September 2007; 21.

Adoor Gopalakrishnan, a renowned film maker, looks at the ups and, downs of Indian cinema duringthe sixty years of independence.

NAVEEN KUMAR. Lage raho Bollywood. Kadambini. 47 (8) ; June 2007; 11- 18.

Comments on the changing, face of Indian cinema in the light of recently released trend-setter filmslike - Rang de Basnti. Lage Raho Munnabhai, Khosla Ka Ghosla, Nishabd and Guru.

PRASHANT SINGH. Small films mean big business. Deccan Chronicle. 22 December 2007; 4.

Keeping in view the high box – office return by low budget films in 2007, big production houses areplanning to set up separate divisions for better execution of small budget projects.

RAO (Shakuntala). There’s no Hollywood invasion. Tribune. 3 June 2007; 8. Comparing the technicalaspect of Hollywood films and Hindi fillms finds that Hindi films using special Visual effects generatedthrough computer imaging are also doing equally well.

SACHDEVA. (Seema). Small is big. Tribune. 21 October 2007; 8.

Writes about the changing face of Hindi cinema where the production of low budget content-basedquality films with off beat themes are increasing.

SHARMA (Dvesh). Colour of money. Filmfare. 57 (1); 27 December 2007; 108-109.

Reviews the year 2007 and lists the top hits /failures during the period January – November 2007.Also gives their approximate box-ffiice earnings.

TIWARI (Abhay). Abhishaap ausatpane ka. Rashtriya Sahara. 27 November 2007; 4.

Comments on the quality of Indian films. Though India is producing the largest number of films yet afew films are nominated for prestigious film awards.

395Bibliography

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). Milestones in Hindi Cinema. Deccan Herald. 12 August 2007; 3.

Reviewing the past sixty years of Indian cinema, highlight the milestones of each decade sinceindependence.

.......................................: Sixty trendsetters (1947-2007). Screen 56 (43); 17 August 2007; 13, 15.

Looks at those sixty films that hake perhap reflected the most significant of the ongoing kaleidoscopicchanges through content, form, music cast etc.

.........................................: (The) story so far...Screen. 57 (9); 16 November 2007; 10.

Focuses on changing trends of Hindi cinema ie. form, content, script, etc, over the last few years.

WALUNJKAR (Somashukla Sinha). Is the dream run over. Screen. 56(29); 11 May 2007; 28.

Reviews the films released during the first quarter of 2007.

FILM, INDUSTRY (Nepal)

SHRESTHA (Deepesh). Nepal films prosper in peace. Asian Age. 20 March 2007; 11.

Comments on the present state of Nepal’s fledgling film industry.

FILM, INDUSTRY REGIONAL (Assam)

THAKURIA (Nava). Dull year for Asomiya filmdom. Screen. 56 (12); 26 January 2007; 18.

Expresses concern over the present state of seventy year old film industry of Assam.

FILM, INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Bengal)

CHATTERJI (Shoma A). Much ado about nothing: Return to literary roots. Screen. 57 (15); 28December 2007; 23.

Discusses how Bengali films especially the new directors, new banners and new subjects fared at thebox office during the year 2007.

FILM, INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Bengali)

DAS (Mohua). Twin hi-tech boons for tollywood. Telegraph. 14 January 2007; 24.

Discusses how the setting-up of Adlabs Films, a film laboratory, will revolutionise the post productionwork of films in the entire eastern region including Bangladesh.

FILM, INDUSTRY REGIONAL (Bhojpuri)

GHOSH, (Avijit). Bhojwood dream big. Times of India. 27 May 2007, 10. Comments on the presentstate of the Bhojpuri film industry which is riding high, with new markets opening up and its starsrevelling in their new found stature.

FILM INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Gujarati)

BHATNAGAR (Jyotsna). Limping at 75. Screen. 56(28); 4 May 2007; 17.

Comments on the state of Gujarati film industry which despite brief flashes of brilliance has only 762films to its credit and is still dominated by traditional large than life costumes.

FILM, INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Malayalam)

NAIR (Unni R). Much ado about nothaing: More misses than hits. Screen. 57 (15); 28 December 2007;23.

Comments on the performance of Malayalam Cinema during the year 2007, of the sixty odd filmsreleased, there were only a few big hits.


FILM INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Oriya)

CHOUDHURY (Rabindra Nath). Bollywood masala turns Oriya film bitter. Asian Age. 20 August 2007;15; Deccan Chronicle. 20 August 2007; 8.

Comments on the present state of the Oriya film industry which is adopting Bollywood formula andfacing a serious crisis.

FILM, INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Punjabi)

JASKIRAN KAUR. Punjabi films go global. Screen. 56 (18); 23 February 2007; 18.

Discusses the fast changing frames of Punjabi films in the light of film Waris Shah - Ishaq Da Wariswhich was selected as India’s official entry to the Oscars.

WADEHRA (Randeep). Punjabi cinema: In search of the bigger role. Tribune. 19 May. 2007; 1.

Looks at the record of Punjabi cinema which has seen more downs than ups.

FILM INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Tamil)

GANGADHAR (V). Indelible impressions. Hindu. 24 August 2007; 1. Reminiscences the charm ofTamil cinema of the 1940s and. 1950s.

FILM, INDUSTRY, REGIONAL (Tamil)

MENON (Jaya). Brave new wave. Screen. 56 (38) ; 13 July 2007; 18.

Throws light on some unconventional low-budget films of recent times, which are making aconsiderable impact on Tamil movie audience.

NARESH. Encouraging trends. Screen. 57 (15); 28 December 2007; 24.

Reviews the Tmi1 and Telugu film Industry which saw more box, office successes in 2007 than in theprevious year.

PILLAI (Sreedhar). Business booms for Tamil cinema. Hindu. 29. June 2007; 1.

Reviews the Tamil films produced during the first half of 2007.

.......................................Kollywood goes the corporates way. Hindu. 7 September 2007; 8.

Focuses on corporatisation of the Tamil film industry where one-man producers are being replaced bycorporates and has made industry more systematic and accountable.

FILM, INDUSTRY, REPORT

BAMZAI (Kaveree). How India watches movies. India Today 32 (50); 17 December 2007; 88-90.

Findings of a report titled The New Economics of Indian Film Industry: Creativity and Transformationby Confederation of Indian Industry, (CII) and A. T. Kearney. This is the most exhaustive analysis ofthe film Industry in India.

FILM, MUSIC

CHATTERJEE (Sonali Jha). Folk’s the way to go. Tribune. 15 July 2007 ; 8. Commenting on thecontemporary film music, says that traditional songs which reflect realism and openness in societyare an instant hit with listeners.

JAVED AKHTAR, Woh subah kabhi to aayegi. Talks to Piyush Roy. Screen. 56 (22); 23 March 2007;25.

Javed Akhtar expresses his views on the changing trends of Hindi film music.

M1TRA (Chandan). India at 60 : A musical journey. Pioneer. 12 August 2007; 1.

397Bibliography

Recalls the magnificent contribution of music to the shaping of India’s film industry during the pastsixty years.

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). A change of tune. Asian Age. 11 November 2007; 33.

Comments that Hindi film music has come over the age of monopoly. Today there is a pool of fivehundred talented singers instead of five.

......................................Chartbusters. Screen. 57 (15); 28 December 2007; 21 Lists twenty big hit songsof the Hindi films produced during the year 2007.

FILM, MUSIC

VIJAYKAR (Rajiv). Notes for children. Screen. 57 (9); 16 November 2007; 25.

Takes a look at the Children.’s classics of the 50s, 60s and 70s that yielded sterling number like Tukitni acchi (Raja Aur Rank), Pappa Jaldi aa Jaana (Taqdeer), Janam din aaya (Baharon kiMatrzil), Bacche man ke Sacche (Do Kaliyan) and Gudiya humse roothi rahogri (Dosti) etc.

............................Striking a new note! Screen. 56 (53); 21 September 2007; 24.

Givcs a brief acccunt of how film music has evolved, meta-r-morphised and adoped to tastes, trendsand the socio-cultural changes ever the years.

.................................Those musical guests, Screen. 56 (30);18 May 2007; 25. Look; at some papular‘items songs’ of Hindi cinema.

.................................Those seventy-five cult songs. Screen. 56 (22); March 2001; 30-31.

Attempts to look at seventy-five mega hit songs that have crossed economic, cultural and geographicalbarriers and thus defined and redefined tastes and trends in Hindi film music.

FILM, MUSIC, EXCHANGE

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). Foreign exchange. Screen. 56(28); 4 May 2007; 25.

Looks at the musical give-and-take that has officially taken place in Hindi cinema and is now on theupswing with Hindi cinema going global. Also cites the prominent examples of foreign exchange downthe years.

FILM, OUTSOURCING

SENGUPTA (Vishnupriya). Made in India. Telegraph. 17 June 2007; 12.

Gives details of post product offshoring of Hollywood films to India.

FILM, PARALLEL

ZIYA US SALAM. Any takers for serious cinema? Hindu. 8 July 2007; 1.

Comments on the state of serious cinema which is struggling to find takers among the private channels.

FILM, POSTERS

MITRA (Ashish). Changing colours. Screen. 56 (53); 21 September 2007; 18.

Vinod and Pramod Guruji, veteran art directors recall old days when there was more art in the filmbanners/posters.

FILM, PUBLICATIONS

DIXIT (Rekha Borgohain). The good word Week. 26 (2); 9 December 2007; 62-64.

Gives a brief account of books published on Indian cinema during the year 2007.


F1LM, REMAKE

MOTHER (Jhilmil). [The] recycle bin, India Today. 32 (39); 1 October 2007; 158-159.

Writes about foreign films being cloned and redone by the Indian filmmakers during the past manydecades and this trend is growing because of many loopholes in our copyright laws.

NIVAS (Namita). Found in Translation. Screen. 57 (5); 19 October 2007; 1-2.

Discusses why regional remakes, Hindi acaptation of hit regional movies like Ramji Rao Speaking(Malayalam)– Hera Pheri, Sethu (Tamil)– Tere Nam (Hindi), Manichitrathazhu (Malayalam)– BhoolBhulaiyaa (Hindi) etc are turning out to be a big hit.

FILM, SCRIPT WRITING

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). Script – teasers. Deccan Herald. 15 September 2007; 2.

Writes, about the new breed of professional scriptwriters who are focusing too much on ideas ratherthan the execution.

FILM, STUDIO

APARNA HARISH. Enter the behemoth studio. Telegraph. 7 January 2007; 3.

Gives a brief account of model studios like Yash Raj Films (YRS), Adlabs Films and UTV which areinvolved in every aspect of filmmaking – from writing of a script to the film production and distribution.

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). Time tested. Screen. 57 (12); 7 December 2007; 28.

Looks at the key banners that are reinventing themselves to survive despite changes in tastes and trendsof cinema.

FILM, STUNTWOMEN

SINHA (Meenakshi). Wonder women. Times of India. 10 June 2007; 22.

Gives a brief account of stuntwomen of Hindi cinema.

FILM, TECHNOLOGY

BHATTACHARYA (Roshmila). Colours of war Screen. 50 (18); 23 February 2007; 19.

Ketan, son of filmmaker Chetan Anand, narrates his plans to digitally upgrade and Add colour to India’sfirst real was film Haqeequt as a tribute to the memory of his late father’s tenth death anniversaryfalling this year.

DATTA (Sudipta). Impacting outsourcers. Screen. 56 (55); 5 October 2007; 28.

Discusses why India is slowly gaining ground in visual effects (VFX) outsourcing.

DUA (Aarti). It’s show time folks. Telegraph. 17 February 2007; 1.

Referring to growing demand of DVD’s for home entertainment, discusses how an online DVD rentalservice works.

DWIVEDI (Rajeev). Adding grandeur. Screen. 56 (39); 20 July 2007; 28.

Explains the process of colorisation of black and white films.

MITRA (Ashish). Digital intermediate: Heightening visual quotient. Screen 56 (46); 7 September 2007;28.

Siddhartha Jain of Avitel studio explains digital intermediate technology being used by manyfilmmakers to enhance their films’ visuals.

399Bibliography

FILM, TECHNOLOGY

MITRA (Ashish). Endearing application. Screen. 57 (9); 16 November 2007; 28.

Explains digital colour grading system and digital intermediate solution which has been adopted bythe top filmmakers to add high value colour grading to their creative services at low costs.

................................Making of Bal Ganesh. Screen. 57 (14); 21 December 2007; 28.

Director Pankaj Sharma explains the process of making of Bal Ganesh, a full length 3 D computergenerated animation film based on birth and childhood years of Lord Ganesh.

................................Trendsetting endeavour. Screen. 56 (47); 14 September 2007; 28.

Writes about Wilson Louis’s horror film Ghat - The Hill Station. The film has been shot in five difterentformats for the very first time in the annals of Indian cinema.

....................................Virtual set studio system soon a reality. Screen. 56 (38); 13 July 2007; 28.

Describes virtual set studio system to be launched in India in August 2007 by Monarch Virtual on AirSystem. The system allows live actors and properties to integrate seamlessly with dynamic 3Dcomputer-generated sets in real time, which results in the culmination of imagination and creativityfar beyond the realm of physical limitations.

FILM, TECHNOLOGY

PRADHAN (Bharathi S). Old wine in a new bottle. Telegraph. 15 July 2007; 15.

Writes about B.R. Chopra’s Naya Daur which has been colourised and edited by Ravi Chopra.

VIJAYAKAR (Rajiv). Naya Daur turns golden. Screen. 56 (41); 3 August 2007 ; 20

Pays tribute to the evergreen, classic Naya Daur, the Coloured version in dolby digital of which willbe released this month.

FILM, TECHNOLOGY – 3D

WAXMAN (Sharon). (The) Furture is 3-1. Screen. 56 (33) ; 8 June 2007 ; 28.

Discusses how 3 D movies are becoming popular agnin with the emergence of large screen Imax moviesand technological advances around the world.

...............................Hollywood goes back to the future with 3-D. Asian Age. 24 May 2007; 15.

Discusses, how 3 - D movies are becoming popular again with the emergence of large screen imaxmovies and technological advances around the world.

FILM, THEME

BHAGAT (Shama). Fast forward to flashback. Asian Age. 18 November 2007; 33; Deccan Chronicle.18 November 2007; 1.

Writes about Hindi films Om Shanti Om, Khoya Khoya Chand and Jodhaa- Akbar which bring backthe look of the glorious past of the Indian cinema.

BUNSHA (Dionne). Missing in Gujarat. Frontline. 24 (4); 9 March 2007; 82-84.

Writes about Hindi film Parzania, based on the life story of theatre projectionist Dara Mody, whichhas been released through out the country except Gujarat.

CHATTERJI (Shoma A). Director’s cut. Tribune. 11 November 2007; 8.

Explores the world of self reflexive films including Rituparno Ghosh’s The Last Lear.

...............................In the name of the father. Tribune. 22 July 2007; 8 ; Deccan Herald. 22 July 2007;3.


Gives a brief account of Feroz Abbas Khan’s film Gandhi, My Father which presents Gandhi mainlyas the father of his children.

.....................................A matter of belief. Tribune. 18 November-2007; 8.

Traces the role superstition has played within Indian cinema.

CHATTERJI (Shoma A). Windaw within a window. Deccan Herald. 25 November 2007; 2.

Explores the world of self-reflexive films a genre that is defined by the filmmaker’s fondness for makinga film-within-a-film that explores the film world inside out, and also functions as a critique of thefilmmaker himself.

DASGUPTA (Uma Mahadevan). Two India’s. Frontline. 24 (23); 7 December 2007; 85-87.

Writes about two recently released films which depict India’s diversity. Navdeep Singh’s debut featurefilm Manorama Six Feet under explores the dark corners of small town life and is set in Lakhot(Rajasthan) while Sriram Raghavan’s Johnny Gaddaar is set in fast – track Mumbai.

DHAWAN (M.L) and JOHAL (Vikramdeep). Second coming. Tribune. 2 December 2007; 8.

Writes about Hindi films made on the unusual theme of reincarnation or second birth. Also looks atHollywood films based on this theme.

GILBEY (Ryan). Films and graphic novels, cross-pollination. Hindu. 24 November 2007; 15.

Looks into how films and graphic novels are transforming each other.

JOHAL (Vikramdeep). French twist in the tale. Tribune. 17 June 2007; 8:

Discusses why Hindi film directors who were borrowing ideas and stories from Hollywood industryfor the past several decades are now shifting to French cinema.

.........................Joint (ad) venture. Tribune. 16 December 2007; 8.

Writes about multi-director; multi-story films like Dus Kahaniyan, Darna Zaroori Hai and 11,09”01September 11 (2002). These films depict wide range of perspective and the variety of filmmaking styles.

MENEZES (Ervell E). Scoop opera. Tribune. 16 September 2007; 8.

Writes about media – centric films and how they were dealt with in the last two decades.

PATIL (Vimla). Few takers for serious cinema. Tribune. 23 December 2007; 8.

Discusse, why issue-based films made with an aim to give message to the society have failed to clickwith the masses.

RAO (Shakuntala). A movie widh a heart, a soul and a message. Tribune. 25 July 2007; 13.

Writes about Michael Winterbottom film The Mighty Heart, based on kidnapping and killing of WallStreet Journal’s South Asian Bureau chief Daniel Pearl.

SEN (Swagata). Out of the woods. India Today. 32 (23) ; 78-79.

Writes about the low-budget city-oriented Bengali films made by new-age directors for a biggeraudience.

FILM, THEME (USA)

JOHAL (Vikramdeep). Evergreen tninity. Tribune. 8 July 2007; 8.

Writes about Hollywood films Citizen Kane, The Godfather and Casablanca which are named thegreatest American films of all time in a movie poll conducted by the venerable American Film Institute.

WADIA (Piroj). Casablanca : Matchless. Screen. 56 (12); 26 January 2007; 30.

401Bibliography

Writes about the film Casablanca which has been ranked by the American Film Institute as the secondgreatest American film ever made.

FILM, THEME, COMEDY

DHANDHANIA (Keshav), et al. Laugh out loud. Statesman. 14 June 2007; l.

Looks at the cinematic world of comedy and a few of its prominent characters down the year.

FILM, THEME, PATRIOTIC

JOSHI (Namrata). Mother principle. Outlook. 47(21); 21 May 2007; 42-44.

Findings of a survey conducted by research organisation C fore in twelve cities – Delhi Mumbai,Kolkata, Bengaluru, Chennai, Hyderabad, Jaipur, Ahmedabad, Chandigarh, Bhopal, Lucknow and Patnabetween 15-25 April, 2007 to know favourite patriotic Hindi films of all times.

ROY (Piyush). Mr. Bharat unplugged. Screen. 56 (43); 17 August 2007 ; 30.

Manoj ‘Bharat’ Kumar talks about his favourite and other memorable patriotic Hindi films from thelast six decades.

FILM, THEME, POLITICAL

RAO (Shakuntala). Collective amnesia: Where is the cinema of partition? Tribune. 17 August 2007;11.

Criticises Indian film industry for making less than a dozen films depicting the tragedy and loss duringpartition of India while European holocaust has been portrayed in more than 5,000 documentaries andfilms.

FILM THEME, SOCIAL

SRIVASTAV (Mukul). Filmo mem manav adhikar. Vidura (Hindi). 44 (2); April -June 2007; 47-51.

Applauds Hindi cinema for creating awareness about the issues relating to Human Rights.


BIBLIOGRAPHY(INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – 2007)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

BAKRE (Shoma) and PANDE (Aparna). Blogosphere: Opportunities for the media. Deccan Herald.15 August 2007; 16.

Analyses new non-traditional media channels like blogs and their implications on the corporatecommunicators and researchers.

BROADBAND : Global take off. Voice & Data. 13 (7); January 2007; 81-82. Discusses future prospectsof broadband growth across the globe.

BUDKI (Sandeep). Increasing reach. Voice & Data. 14 (3); September 2007; 41-42.

Focuses on growth of Very Small Aperture Terminals (VSAT) technology and its advantages over theother technologies to provide quick, cost effective solution to remote destinations.

COMMUNICATION to all. Voice & Data. 13 (7); January 2007; 54,56,57.

Excerpts from the white paper of GSM Association on improvement of telecommunications networks.

MAKWANA (Samir). Completely internet literate. Digit. 7 (2); February 2007; 121-123.

A case study of Malappuram district of Kerala where Akshaya Project was launched to provide e-governance and other related utility services to general citizens. The objective of this project is to bridgethe digital divide by making residents of the district computer literate.

McCARTNEY (Neil). Reaching for 100 Mbit/sec-but how? Inter Media. 35 (1); February-March 2007;8-12.

A report on broadband services. It focuses on the range of high speed services, costs, regulations andsubscribers around the world.

MURALI (J). Tool for sending multimedia content. Hindu. 24 September 2007; 17.

Profiles a tool meant for generating/sending multi media content and messages.

POGUE (David). An iphone FAQ : Here’s what you don’t get. Asian Age. 1 July 2007 ; 14.

Describes the functions of iphone which serves as a wireless modem internet machine and a phone.

PRAVIN PRASHANT. Global networking platform. Voice & Data. 13 (7); January 2007; 92-96.

A report on the premiere international ICT and networking event ITU Telecom world 2006, hosted bythe government of the people’s Republic of China and organised by ITU. The theme of the event was‘Living the Digital world’ and the focus was an exploring current and future lifestyles.

PREM (Arpita). New kid on the block. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 92-93.

Describes the fourth-generation (4G) wireless the stage of broadband mobile communication that willabandon the third generation. It will provide wireless broadband access to rural communities atreasonable cost.

ROWLAND (Tom). Striking back at identity thieves. Telegraph. 9 April 2007; 22.

Explains how to combat online identity theft which is becoming an area of concern among consumersusing internet transactions.

SACHDEVA (Sujata Dutta). World’s R&D hub. Times of India. 1 April 2007; 10.

403Bibliography

Gives a brief account of research and product development activities of Indian Research & Development(R&D) Centres of four Information Technology giants-Microsoft India, Intel India, Adobe India andIBM India.

SHARMA (Dinesh C). Media exploits internet “Social Networking”. Vidura. 44(1); Jan-Mar 2007;28-30.

Discusses the phenomenon of social networking where people can upload and share video clips throughwebsites, blogs and electronic mail. Also discusses its developing relationship with the traditional media.

SHARMA (Sonia). Next gen communication. Voice & Data. 13 (10); April 2007; 74-76.

Discusses the future prospect of video-conferencing which has now started moving from group systemsto desktop video-conferencing systems.

SMITH (Robert Sovereign). Power 2 the people. Digit. 7 (2); February 2007; 29-32, 34.

Discusses the working of peer to peer (P2 P) networks and how it will change the future of the net.

SWAIN (Gyana Ranjan). Slow and steady wins the race. Voice & Data. 14 (1) July 2007 ; 59-60, 62.

Presents the findings of Voice & Data survey on the growth of Very Small Aperture Terminals (VSAT’s).

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Asia - Pacific)

CHONG (Janice). Mobile broadband – the killer ap’ for 3G in Asia-pacific? Inter Media. 35 (1);February – March 2007; 17 – 19.

Discusses the growth of 3G (Third Generation) network/services in the Asia-pacific region during thelast five years.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (China)

GUNJAN SWGH. Internet in China : The media’s changing face. Mainstream. 45 (28); 30 June 2007;23-24.

Looks at the Internet boom in the China in the light of a new cultural phenomenon.

DONGMING ZHANG. Slow train to maturity. Voice & Data. 14 (1) ; July 2007 ; 148, 152, 154,155-156.

A report on the China’s telecom industry.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Europe)

SUTHERLAND (Ewan). Spectrum management: The failure to deliver the single European wirelessinformation space is very disappointing. Inter Media. 35 (1); February-March 2007; 20-23.

This is part of a background paper prepared for the International Telecommunication Union (ITU)workshop on the subject Market Mechanisms for Spectrum Management.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY(France)

CHAMPSAUR (Paul) France: Lowering the entry barriers for very high speed broadband. Inter Media.35 (1); February-March 2007; 13-16. Extract from a speech by Paul Champsaur, Chairman of France’sElectronic Communications and Postal Regulator, on broadband’s remarkable success in France.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY(India)

ALMANAC. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 120-136.

Looks at significant developments such as new technologies, policy decisions and news makers of theyear 2007 that influenced the growth of the Telecom industry.

BABURAJAN (K). Awaiting broadband push. Voice & Data. 13 (9); March 2007;126,128,130.


Focuses on the key growth drivers in the Indian wireline sector.

CHANDRASEKHAR (C.P). India’s traverse to an information society. Hindu. 15 August 2007; 18.

Expresses concern over the limited penetration of information and communication technology due tolack of literacy and educational levels in the country. The internet penetration in India amounted tojust 4.7 per cent as compared with 66.5 per cent in Japan and 12.3 per cent in China in 2006.

DADEECH (Balendu). Blog ho to baat bane. Kadambini. 47 (12); October 2007; 11-18.

Assesses the growth and development of Hindi blog during the last four years. Also throws light onthe efforts of some dedicated bloggers to promote Hindi blogging.

DASGUPTA (Surajit). India at your fingertips. Pioneer. 26 November 2007; 7.

Describes Lekhika, a new software developed by an Israeli IT firm. This application package createsa virtual keyboard with which any Indian language can be typed.

JHA (Nilabh). (The) Gold rush. Voice & Data. 14 (5); November 2007; 44, 46.

Focuses on the current bidding of the Unified Access Services License (UASL) for which TelecomRegulatory Authority of India (TRAI) has received more than 500 applications from forty companies.

JHA (Nilabh). Filling the gap. Voice & Data. 14 (2); August 2007; 42, 44.

Discusses the role of the wireless and wireline in spreading broadband services rapidly in the country.

MITTA (Manoj). A recipe for killing internet in India. Times of India. 17 October 2007; 1,18.

Comments on the future of the Internet in India in the light of the recommendations of the ParliamentaryStanding Committee.

PRAVIN PRASHANT. Satisfaction down, expectations same. Voice & Data. 13 (7); January 2007;28-32,34,36,38,40,42-47.

Findings of an online user’s satisfaction survey, conducted by Voice & Data in the month of October-November 2006, to study the overall satisfaction of the subscribers and the future of mobile handsetbrands.

RAO (Malovika). Uphill task. Voice & Data. 14 (1); July 2007 ; 48, 50, 52, 54, 56.

Provides a clear picture on the current position of broadband penetration in the country and how thewhole ecosystem is being affected by slow growth of broadband services.

RAO (Malovika). Mission critical. Voice & Data. 14 (2); August 2007; 36, 38, 40.

Explains why the growth of broadband is slow in India. At present there are about 2.4mn broadbandsubscribers which is about 2 per cent penetration.

RAY (Kalyan). Internet is now 12 years old in India. Deccan Herald. 14 August 2007; 11.

Traces the history of growth of internet in India. Also discusses how it has benefited the society.

SHARMA. (Sonia). Mapping the road ahead. Voice & Data. 13 (7); January 2007; 87,91.

A report on the Indian Telecom 2006, organised by the Department of Telecom, Ministry ofCommunication and Information Technology at Pragati Maidan in New Delhi.

SRIDHAR (V). Spectrum war. Frontline. 24 (21); 2 November 2007; 108-111.

Discusses why an unprecedented number of applications have been filed for mobile phone licencesdespite the shortage of spectrum. Also throws light on the recommendations of the Telecom RegulatoryAuthority of India (TRAI) on licence reforms and on capping the number of service providers.

405Bibliography

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND ADVERTISING

ASFAQ TAPIA. Cheapest trumpet. Digit. 7 (9); September 2007; 104-107.

Finds out how small business entrepreneurs can effectively reach their target audience through internet.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND COMMERCE

SHARMA (Adeesh). et al.. Bank on IT to keep your money safe. PC Quest. November 2007; 14-16,18, 20, 22, 24,26.

Discusses IT channels like phone banking, SMS banking, online banking, biometric banking, ATMs,credit cards etc. introduced by banks to reach out to their customers.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND COPYRIGHT

SARMA (Sujay V). You paid for it but can you use it freely ? P.C. Quest. January 2007; 22-24, 26,28-30.

Analyses the pros and cons of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) management. Also discusses the waysto control its unauthorised usage.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND EDUCTION

RAO (Ram Mohan). Internet instructors. Digit. 7 (2); February 2007; 110-112.

Writes about Tutor Vista an exclusive online tutoring provider for Microsoft’s MSN Encarta onlineeducation portal.

SHARMA (Adeesh) et al. Empowering India’s future through IT. P.C. Quest. October 2007; 46-48,50, 54, 58, 60.

Discusses how Information technology is redefining education and increasing its reach unshacklingthe barriers of distance, region and language amongst masses. Also discusses the innovative solutionsbeing used to disseminate information.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND FILM

JHA (Pallavi). Bollywood’s net gains. Screen. 56(30); 18 May 2007; 28.

Discusses the role played by internet in online promotion of Hindi films.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND FINANCE

SHARMA (Adeesh) and CHOPRA (Anil). Howz IT improving the business of insurance. P.C. Quest.August 2007; 57-62.

Discusses the role of the information technology innovations in shaping the future of insurancesector.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND GAMES

MAKWANA (Samir). Be the game. Digit. 7(7) ; July 2007; 89-91.

A report of the study conducted by the Internet and mobile Association of India on the growth andfuture prospects of the Indian online gaining industry.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND GOVERNMENT

SHARMA (Adeesh). It’s what the government needs. P.C. Quest. July 2007 ; 52, 54, 56-59.

Discusses the merits of e-governance . Also throws light on the governments schemes to implemente-governance in letter and spirit.


INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRY

CHOPRA (Anil) and ARORA (Swapnil). Strategies for a healthy WAN: Toward a well connectedenterprise. PC Quest. November 2007; 62-64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74.

Findings of a survey conducted to find out how key enterprises are managing their WAN (Wide-AreaNetwork) infrastructures and how they are optimizing their bandwidth. Also explores solution to somekey pain points in WAN management.

SHRIKANTH (G). Made in India. Voice & Data. 14 (5); November 2007; 22-24, 26, 28.

Looks at future prospects of electronic equipment manufacturing in India which is emerging as anideal destination for Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS).

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MUSIC

BUDKI (Sandeep). Music in a new bottle. Voice and Data. 13(11); May 2007; 21-22, 24.

Discusses the digital music driven by the mobile sector by combining music and mobile technology.Also discusses its impact on the traditional music industry.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND PORNOGRAPHY

BHATTACHARJEE ( Subimal). Freedom virtual, fear real. Tribune. 4 February 2007; 7; 1.

Expresses concern over the unwanted and objectionable contents of internet. Also outlines the provisionsof the Information Technology Act, 2000 (IT Act) related to online censorship.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND PRESS

ANANTHAKRISHNAN (G). (The) challenge of growth for the news media. Hindu. 23 April 2007;12.

Findings of an exhaustive survey of the American media conducted by the Project for Excellence inJournalism at the Pew Research Centre in Washington. The findings shows a sharp decline in circulationof American newspapers with the growth of news and advertising on the Internet.

E-paper comes of age. Screen. 56 (26); 20 April 2007; 28.

Discusses E Ink Corporation’s commercially viable electronic paper technology that would makenewspaper and books obsolete

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

CHANDIRAMANI (Nimish). Read me my rights. Digit. 7 (2); February 2007; 36-38, 40.

Looks at the Digital Rights Management (DRM) technology which is basically an implementation ofthe copyrights Act of the country.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY

PHADKE (Ruchi). (The) next wave. Voice & Data. 14 (5); November 2007; 56-57.

Focuses on service providing companies’ efforts to bridge the digital divide by providing connectivityto the rural masses.

ROY (Anindya). How wireless technologies influence our lives. PC Quest. November 2007; 30-33,36.

Discusses how wireless devices/technologies influence our social, personal and official lives.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY, RURAL

ANSHUMAN KUMAR. The heat is on but... Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 22-24, 26.

407Bibliography

Assesses the plans of the leading telecom operators for rural connectivity as there is a vast scope forgrowth and expansion of telecom sector in rural areas.

.............................. and PHADKE (Ruchi). Taming towering costs. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December2007; 44, 46, 48.

Emphasises on the setting up of infrastructure in rural areas in order to provide connectivity to thepeople living in rural and remote areas.

BUDKI (Sandeep). The rural way. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 3 8, 40.

Discusses the role of rural Indian market in the growth of mobile value-added services (MVAS).

BUDKI (Sandeep). Reaching out. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 78, 80, 82, 84.

Discusses the role of Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) companies in providing connectivity torural India.

PRABHAKAR (R.N). Taking telecom beyond cities. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 53, 56.

Gives a brief account of the government’s initiatives to make telecom services available to rural masses.

PREM (Arpita). Go rural, 3G shows the way. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 88-90.

Discusses how third Generation (3G) services on mobile handsets will bring Internet access to ruralIndia and bridge the gap between urban and rural areas.

SWAIN (Gyana Ranjan). Mission rural India. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 28, 30, 33-34.

Throws light on the state owned Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd’s strategies for semi-urban and rural areas.

.................................Tailor-made for villages. Voice & Data. 14 (6); December 2007; 58, 60, 62, 64,66-67.

Focuses on handset manufacturers innovative ideas and plans to redesign their business models forpotential customers in B and C class cities and rural India.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND TELEVISION

BUDKI (Sandeep). IPTV: Waiting to fly. Voice & Data. 14 (5); November 2007; 40-42.

Shyamal Ghosh, Chairman, IPTV Indian Forum, shares his views about Internet Protocol Television(IPTV) and its future prospects in India as the government and private IT companies are looking toincrease broadband penetration.

PUNJA (Ranajoy). Complexities of providing IPTV. Economic Times. 12 July 2007 ;15.

Unravels the challenges such as scalability, operational complexities and high quality of experiencebeing faced by the Internet Protocol Television (IPTV).

UPADHYAY (Piyush). Idiot box! Not any more. Voice & Data. 13(7); January; 2007; 78-80.

Discusses how the introduction of high bandwidth applications like TV signals and other Internetapplications over Internet protocol (using a set-top box) will transform the idiot box into an intelligentdevice.

SHARMA (Sonia). Me too, not enough. Voice & Data. 13 (10); April 2007; 64-67.

Discusses how to boost the growth of Internet protocol Television (IPTV) in India.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND TELEVISION

SWAIN (Gyana Ranjan). Getting bigger. Voice & Data. 14 (5); November 2007; 54-55.

Throws light on Huawei Technologies, a Chinese company, that plans to tap the relatively unexplored


Indian market for its 3G (Third Generation) and IPTV (Internet Protocol Television) products.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, AWARDS

LEADING the way always. Voice and Data. 14 (2); August 2007; 64-66, 68, 70-72, 75-76, 78.

A report on the Voice and Data 100 Awards 2007 presented in New Delhi.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, CONFERENCE

JHA (Nilabh), Convergence at its best, Voice and Data. 13(11); May 2007; 104-105.

A report on the 15th convergence India 2007, an international exhibition and conference, held from20-22 March 2007.

....................................Leveraging the networks. Voice and Data. 13 (11); May 2007; 96,98, 100,102.

Excerpts from a conference on leveraging the multi-service enterprise networks in the next generation(NGN) organized by voice & Data on 09,15 and 16 March 2007 in New Delhi, Mumbai and Bengalururespectively.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, CONFERENCE (London)

WINSBURY (Rex). The search for the new web: Personal blogs about the evolution of the internet.Inter Media. 35 (2); May 2007; 11-34. Presents the comments of speakers on the approaches to thenew internet at the two-day Digital Media and Broadcasting conference organised by the FinancialTimes Conference organisation in London.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, CONFERENCE (SAARC)

BUDKI (Sandeep). Unity in diversity. Voice and Data. 14 (2); August 2007; 86.

A report on the first SAARC Telecom Advisory Council (STAC) meet held in New Delhi. It wasorganised by Voice and Data and Confederation of Indian Industry.

CEO conclave, 2007: SAARC Communication Industry’s own discussion forum. Voice and Data. 14(6); December 2007; 100-118.

Proceedings of the Sixth CEO conclave, 2007 held in Kathmandu (Nepal) from 25-28 October 2007.The theme of the conclave was ‘Taking Telecom Beyond cities’.

RAO (Malovika). Mobility empire in SAARC. Voice and Data. 13(7); January 2007; 20-22,24,26.

Throws light on the current telecom scenario in SAARC countries.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, DVD

WALUNJKAR (Somashukla Sinha). Cashing in on the couch potato. Screen. 56 (16); 9 February 2007;28.

Comments on the future of home video market which is currently facing threat from video on demandand pay-per-view services provided by cable operators, DTH operator and IPTV.

409Bibliography

BIBLIOGRAPHY(PRESS – 2007)

JOURNALISM AND HISTORY (USA)

WINFIELD (Betty Houchin) and HUME (Janice). The continuous past: Historical reterents innineteenth—century American journalism. Journalism & Communication Monogyraphs. 9 (3); Autumn2007; 121 - 156.

Examines how writers in American journalism repeatedly relied upon the past and used history, actualpast events during nineteenth century when the United States had little or no published history.

JOURNALISM, EDUCATION

GUHA THAKURTHA (Paranjoy). Journalism education In India Some issues and concern. Vidura.44 (2); Aprl-June 2007; 10-11. Focuses on the problems and challenges being faced by the institutionsimparting media education in India.

JOURNALISM, REPORTING

SONWALKAR (Prasun). Cultural hegemony as journalism practice. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007;38-43.

Presents interview responses of senior New Delhi - based journalists to demonstrate how socio-culturalperceptions of the mainstream affect coverage and the non-coverage of events and issues concerningminorities.

JOURNALISM, STING

SARDESAI (Rajdeep). Media’s mediators. Hindustan Times. 14 September 2007; 12.

Taking into account some fraudulent sting operations, expresses concern over sting journalism andstresses on a self code of conduct with strict penal provisions for non observance of news journalism.

JOURNALISM, WORKING CONDITIONS (Pakistan)

BEENA SARWAR. Pak journalists face threats from all sides. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007; 51-52.

Comments on the working conditions of journalists who despite press freedom face threats andharassment from all sides in Pakistan.

JOURNALIST, BIOGRAPHY (India)

BOBBY GOSH: Luck gives him the best in life. By Gayatri Reddy. Asian Age. 2 September 2007;35.

PALAGUMNI SAINATH : Man on mission. By Sujata Anandan. Hindustan Times. 4 August 2007;12.

................................ Rural journalism redefined. By Harihar Swarup. Tribune. 5 August 2007; 12.

SHYAM LAL: Death of a titan. Vidura. 44(1); Jail-Mar 2007; 42.

...............................: Editors then., editors now. By Vinod Melita. Outlook. 47 (11), 12 March 2007;16.

................................. (1912-2007) : Grand old man of Indian journalism. By Inder Malhotra. AsianAge. 24 February 2007; 7.

..................................: Portrait of a reader as writer. By Manish Chand. Tribune. 4 March 2007; 5.


.................................:Scholar-editor. By Rudrangshu Mukherjee. Telegraph. 25 February 2007; 10.

..................................:Thinker editor and author extraordinaire. Free Press Journal. 24 February 2007;2.

..................................: A tribute. By Harish Khare. Mainstream. 45 (13), 17 March 2007; 31.

JOURNALIST, BIOGRAPHY (USA)

PETER BHATIA, ‘Good journalism is in the eye of the beholder’. Talks to Nona Walia. Times ofIndia. 1 July 2007; 3.

NEWS AGENCY, UNI

THOMAS (EC). News agencies fight for survival. Vidura. 44 (2); April - June 2007; 4-5.

Narrates the story of United News of India (UNI), which has allotted 50.05 percent of the total sharesto Media Vest Pvt. Ltd, owned by Shri Subash Chandra, Chairman of Zee Tele Films Ltd.

NEWSPAPERS

GOVIND SINGH. Akhbaro ko koi nahi mar sakta. Vidura (Hindi). 44 (2); April-June 2007; 4-5.

Discusses the future of newspapers in the light of recently released World Association of Newspapers(WAN) report on World Press Trends.

RAM (N). Newspaper futures: India and the World. Hindu. 15 August 2007; 3.

Narrates the story of growth and development of Indian newspapers over the past six decades andtheir contribution to global growth as showcased in the World Association of Newspapers (WAN) reporton World Press Trends released in June 2007.

NEWSPAPERS, PRICES

THAKORE (Aloke). Inexpensive newspapers defeat their purpose. Vidura. 44(1); Jan-Mar 2007; 31-33.

Studies the impact of low cover costs of newspapers on readers as consumers, market mechanism andthe democratic processes.

NEWSPAPERS, REPORTING, RURAL

NINAN (Sevanti). A rural newspaper revolution. Vidura. 44 (2); April - June 2007; 12-14.

Extract from the author’s recently released book-Headlines from the Heartland, published by Sage,New Delhi.

PRESS (India)

CHATTERJEE (Somnath). Media in India today: Focus shifts to trivial issues. Tribune. 17 November2007; 12.

Text of the address by the Lok Sabha Speaker on ‘Media as people’s Voice - Pre and Post-Independence’on the occasion of National Press Day organised by the Press council of India in Delhi on 16 November2007.

PRESS (India)

CHATTERJEE (Somnath). Time for a round of introspection. Hindu. 22 November 2007; 12.

Based on an address by Lok Sablia Speaker Somnath Chatterjee at a discussion on ‘Media as people’sVoice - Pre and Post-Independence, organised by the Press Council of India on the occasion of NationalPress Day on 16 November 2007 in New Delhi.

411Bibliography

EVANS (Harold). Indian Press a tiger. Tribune. 18 November 2007; 4. Extract from Sir Harold Evansaddress at the fourth K.C. Mammen Mapillai Memorial Lecture on 15 November 2007 to celebratethe contribution of the editor of Malayala Manorama.

KARLEKAR (Hiranmay). Globalisation, media and ethics. Mainstream. 45 (11), 3 March 2007; 21-25.

Excerpts from the paper presented at a national seminar held on the occasion of the fortieth anniversaryof the Press Council of India on November 16, 2006 in New Delhi.

PRESS (India-North East)

DINKAR KUMAR. Purvottar mein patrakarita ki chunotian. Vidura (Hindi). 44 (2) April-June 2007;45-46.

Discusses the challenges being faced by the press in the north east region of India.

PRESS AND ELECTIONS

PRADHAN (Anand). Media management ke khatre. Vidura (Hindi). 44 (2); April-June 2007; 13-16.

Citing the case of Uttar Pradesh Legislative Assembly elections analyses the role of media managementduring election.

YADAV (Anubhuuti). Opinion polls: Bandwagon or under dog effect ? Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007;19-21.

Tracing the history of opinion poll surveys attempts to find out the effect of exit and opinion polls onrespondents.

PRESS AND GOVERNMENT(Pakistan)

HAMEED HAROON. Dawn under siege. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007; 32-34.

Analyses the developments occurred during the critical years of 2004-2007 that have caused the presentbreakdown of communication between the government and the Dawn Group of Newspapers in Pakistan.

PRESS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

MATHEWS (Sam). The war of words: Print versus new media. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007; 47-48.

Compares print media with new media especially the internet, which also furnishes a platform forjournalism, to find out whether the internet will be able to deliver in the primary function of keepingthe society informed.

SHARMA (Dinesh C). Digging into digital reserves. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007; 17-18.

Writes about online digital archives especially of the Time magazine and New York Times and searchengines that allow digging into archives of various newspapers, magazines and other historicaldocuments.

PRESS AND INSURGENCY

LAITHANGBAM (Iboyainia). Stop press. Frontline. 24 (22); 14 November 2007; 40-41.

Comments on the state of media in the insurgency-affected border State of Manipur.

PRESS AND JUDICIARY

GAGGING the media. Deccan Herald. 24 September 2007; 10.

Expresses concern over the Delhi High Court’s judgement in a suo motu contempt case initiated againstfour reporters of Mid Day tabloid in Delhi.


PRESS AND MUTINY

SINGH (Arvind Kuniar). 1857. Akhbaron ki bhumika. Vidura (Hindi). 44 (2); April-June 2007; 17-22.

Discusses the significant role played by Indian Newspapers in 1857 when the literacy rate was onepercent only.

PRESS FREEDOM

CAG on press. Deccan Chronicle. 10 December 2007; 6.

Cites the incidents when the press was curbed in Andhra Pradesh.

GIRVI hai press ki aajadi. Dainik Jagran. 3 May 2005; 11.

Critically analyses the annual press freedom report of the Reporters without Borders organisation forthe year 2006.

NAYYAR (Kuldip). ‘Talash press swatantrata ki. Danik Jagran. 8 August 2007; 8.

Comments on the present state of the press in India.

PRESS FREEDOM

WORLD press freedom review. IPI Report. 2006; 8-297.

A comprehensive annual survey of the state of press Freedom in more than 160 countries around theglobe.

PRESS LANGUAGE, (Kannada)

SANJAY (B.P.) Rendering journalists into mere translators. Vidura. 44(1); Jan-Mar 2007; 44-46.

Tracing briefly the history of Kannada journalism analyses the pros and cons of translation editionsof the so-called mainstream papers launched in Karnataka.

PRESS, LANGUAGE (Urdu) AND MUTINY

SHAFEY KIDWAI. The first war of independence and Urdu Press. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007;44-46.

Discusses the role played by the Urdu press in moulding public opinion against the foreign rule duringIndia’s first war of Independence.

PRESS, REPORTING

DANG (Satyapal). Reflections on the print media. Mainstream. 45 (31) ; 21 July 2007 ; 32-33.

Citing the examples, critically analyses the reporting of some English and Hindi national dailies.

EVANS (Harold). The fourth estate. Week. 26 (5). 30 December 2007; 64, 66, 68.

Discusses the role of the free and responsible press in an era of violence in the light of terrorist attackon 11 September in New York and Washington, 13 December in Delhi and 7 July in London.

PRESS, REPORTING (Chhattisgarh)

SUNIL KUMAR. Naxalvad, salva-judum aur media. Vidura (Hindi) 44 (2); April-June 2007; 28-31.

Comments on the working of media especially the press in the naxallite area-Bastar in Chhattisgarh.

PRESS, TABLOID

GHOSH (Subir). Tabloid culture in India. Vidura. 44 (2); April-June 2007; 23.

Focuses on the growth of tabloid press in India and its impact on the society.®

413Index

Defamation, 17

Delhi, 289-93

Doordarshan, Indian Television, 115-30Channels, Cable, 356-71Transmitters, 354-55See also Prasar Bharati

E

Electronic Media Monitoring Centre, 94-97

F

Field Publicity, Directorate of, 67-70

Film and Television Institute of India, 179-86

Film Archive of India, National, 165-71

Film Festivals, directorate of, 171-79

Films’ Certification, 164-65

Films Division, 137-64

Freedom of Speech and Expression, 1-3

G

Goa, 211-13

Gujarat, 213-15

H

Haryana, 216-17

Himachal Pradesh, 217-19

J

Jammu and Kashmir, 219-24

Jharkhand, 224-27

K

Karnataka, 227-30

State Film Awards, 318-19

Kerala, 230-33

State Film Awards, 320

INDEX

A

Advertising and Visual Publicity, Director-ate of, 59-64

All India Radio, 98-114, 325-53

Andaman and Nicobar, 281-83

Andhra Pradesh, 199-201

Appendices, 300-71

Arunachal Pradesh, 201-03

Assam, 203-06

Awards, FilmsFifty Fourth National Film, 306-16Best Artists and Technicians, 308-10Best Feature Film, 304-05Regional Languages, 310-12

B

Bibliography, 372-412

Bihar, 206-09

Broadcast Engineering Consultants IndiaLimited (BECIL), 130-36

C

Censor Board See Central Board of FilmCertification

Central Board of Film Certification, 164-65, 300-02

Chandigarh, 283-86

Chhattisgarh, 209-11

Children’s Film Festival (15th Interna-tional), 323-24

Children’s Film Society, India 193-94

D

Dadasaheb Phalke Awards See PhalkeDadra and Nagar Haveli, 286-87

Daman and Diu, 288-89


L

Lakshadweep, 293-94

M

Madhya Pradesh, 233-36

Maharashtra, 236-39

State Film Awards, 321-22

Manipur, 239-41

Mass Communication, Indian Institute of,91-94

Media and Criminal Justice, 1-12

Media and Human Development 38-39

Media, Guidelines, 42

Media, Laws, 22-34

Media Organisations, Central Government,44-198

States and UTs, 199-296

Media, Trial by, 13-21, 35-43

Meghalaya, 241-42

Mizoram, 242-45

N

Nagaland, 245-47

National Documentation Centre on MassCommunication, 76-77

National Film Development Corporationof India (NFDC), 195-98

News, Crime, 1

O

Orissa, 247-56

P

Phalke, Dadasaheb Awards, 303

Photo Division, 82-86

Prasar Bharati, 97-130

Press Council, 86-91

Press Information Bureau, 45-58

Press Trust of India (PTI), 297-98

Publications Division, 70-75

Puducherry, 295-96

Punjab, 256-58

R

Radio, All India (AIR), 98-114, 325-53FM, Stations, 337-53Staff Training Institute (Programme),

111-13Staff Training Institute (Technical), 113-

14State wise coverage, 325-36

Rajasthan, 258-61

Registrar of Newspapers of India (RNI),64-67

Research Reference and Training Division,75-77

S

Satyajit Ray Film and Television Institute,186-93

Sikkim, 261-63

Song and Drama Division, 77-82

Sting Operation, 13-21

Swarna Kamal Awards, 304-05

T

Tamilnadu, 263-65

Television, Cable Channels, 356-71

Trial by Media, 13-21

Tripura, 265-68

U

United News of India (UNI), 298-99

Uttar Pradesh (UP), 268-71

Uttarakhand, 271-73

W

West Bengal, 273-81

indian mass media--anthology by govt. of india

Documents